ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY VOLUME XXII 1937 Numbers 1-28 PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY THE ZOOLOGICAL PARK, NEW YORK jgeto fiorfe Zoological Society General Office: 90 Broad Street, New York City ©fficerg President, W. Redmond Cross Vice-Presidents, Kermit Roosevelt and Alfred Ely Chairman, Executive Committee, W. Redmond Cross Treasurer, Cornelius R. Agnew Secretary, Fairfield Osborn Scientific Staff Zoological $arb W. Reid Blair, Director Raymond L. Ditmars, Curator of Mammals and Reptiles Lee S. Crandall, Curator of Birds Charles R. Schroeder, Veterinarian Claude W. Leister, Ass’t to the Director arid Curator, Educational Activities H. C. Raven, Prosector Edward R. Osterndorff, Photographer William Bridges, Editor and Curator of Publications Aquarium Charles M. Breder, Jr., Acting Director Christopher W. Coates, Aquarist Ross F. Nigrelli, Pathologist G. M. Smith, Research Associate in Pathology Homer W. Smith, Research Associate in Physiology Uepartnwnt of tropical iSuseartfj William Beebe, Director and Honorary Curator of Birds John Tee-Van, General Associate Gloria Hollister, Research Associate Jocelyn Crane, Technical Associate Ctiitorial Committee Fairfield Osborn, Chairman Charles M. Breder, Jr, George Bird Grinnell W. Reid Blair William Beebe William Bridges CONTENTS Part 1. April 5, 1937. PAGE 1. The Electric Discharge of the Electric Eel, Electro phorus electrkus (Linnaeus ) . By C. W. Coates, R. T. Cox & L. P. Granath. (Plates I & II; Text-figures 1-6) 1 2. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. II. Introduction, Itinerary, List of Stations, Nets and Dredges. By Wil- liam Beebe. (Text-figures 1-8) 33 3. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. III. Brachygnathous Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. By Jocelyn Crane. (Plates I- VIII) 47 4. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. IV. Porcellanid Crabs from the Gulf of California. By Steve A. Glassell. (Plate I) 79 5. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. V. A. New Chry- somelid Beetle of the Genus Monoxia from Lower Cali- fornia. By Doris H. Blake. (Text-figure 1 ) 89 6. A New Species of Caulolatilus from Trinidad, British West Indies. By William Beebe & John Tee-Van. (Text- figure i) ... 93 Part 2. July 16, 1937. 7. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VI. Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. By Jocelyn Crane. (Plates I & II) 97 PAGE 8. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VII. Caridean Decapod Crustacea from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. By Fenner A. Chace, Jr. (Text-figures T9) 109 9. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VIII. Polychaetous Annelids from the West Coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island. By Aaron L. Treadwell. (Plates I & II) 139 10. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. IX. Holothurians from the Gulf of California, the West Coast of Lower California and Clarion Island. By Elisabeth Deich- mann. (Text-figures 1-3) 161 11. Notes on the Cestodes of North American Sparrows. By H. W. Stunkard & John J. Milford .177 12. Further Studies on the Susceptibility and Acquired Im- munity of Marine Fishes to Epibdella melleni, a Mono- genetic Trematode. By Ross F. Nigrelli. (Plate I) 185 13. Further Notes on Certain Birds of Paradise. By Lee S. Crandall 193 Part 3. October 7, 1937. 14. Preliminary List of Bermuda Deep-sea Fish. By William Beebe 197 15. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. X. Echinoderms from the West Coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island. By Fred C. Ziesen- henne. (Text-figures 1 & 2) 209 vi PAGE 16. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. XI. Hermit Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. By Steve A. Glassell 241 17. Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Shallow Water Fishes. II. Order Percomorphi, Suborder Percesoces: Atherinidae, Mugilidae, Sphyraenidae. By Gloria Hollister. (Text-figures 1-14) 265 18. Some Observations on the Feeding Methods of the Vam- pire Bat. By Barry G. King & Robert Saphir. (Plates I-III) 281 19. Growth of Galapagos Tortoises, Testudo vicina, from 1928 to 1937. By Charles Haskins Townsend. (Plate I) 289 20. Lymphocystis Disease in Angelichthys. By G. M. Smith & R. F. Nigrelli. (Plates I-III) 293 Part 4. December 31, 1937. 21. The Histological Structure of the Normal and the Hyper- plastic Thyroid in Rash ora later is triata (Bleeker). By G. M. Smith & C. W. Coates. (Plates I-III) 297 22. Lymphocystis in the Hogfish, Lachnolaimus maximus. By R. Weissenberg, R. F. Nigrelli & G. M. Smith. (Text-figure 1) 303 23. Position of Wires in the Display of the Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise. By Lee S. Crandall. (Text- figures 1-3) 307 24. Display of the Magnificent Rifle Bird. By Lee S. Crandall & Claude W. Leister. (Text-figure 1) 311 vii PAGE 25. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. XII. Sergestidae (Crustacea Decapoda) from the Lower Californian Region, with Descriptions of Two New Species and Some Remarks on the Organs of Pesta in Sergestes. By Martin D. Burkenroad. (Text-figures 1-12). 315 26. Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expedi- tions. Family Serrivomeridae. Part II: Genus Platu- ronides. By William Beebe & Jocelyn Crane. (Text-figures 1-14). 331 27. Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expedi- tions. Family Nemichthyidae. By William Beebe & Jocelyn Crane. (Text-figures 1-22). 349 28. Caudal Skeleton of the Bermuda Shallow Water Fishes. III. Order Iniomi: Synodontidae. By Gloria Hol- lister. (Text-figures 1-18). 385 Index to Volume XXII 401 viii ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY VOLUME XXII Part 1 Numbers 1-6 PUBLISHED BY THE THE ZOOLOGICAL PARK, April 6, 1937 SOCIETY NEW YORK CONTENTS PAGE 1. The Electric Discharge of the Electric Eel, Electro phorus electricus (Linnaeus). By C. W. Coates, R. T. Cox & L. P. Granath. (Plates I & II; Text-figures 1-6) 1 2. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. II. Introduction, Itinerary, List of Stations, Nets and Dredges. By Wil- liam Beebe. (Text-figures 1-8) 33 3. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. III. Brachygnathous Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. By Jocelyn Crane. (Plates I- VIII) 47 4. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. IV. Porcellanid Crabs from the Gulf of California. By Steve A. Glassell, (Plate I) 79 5. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. V. A. New Chry- somelid Beetle of the Genus Monoxia from Lower Cali- fornia. By Doris H. Blake. (Text-figure 1) 89 6. A New Species of Caulolatilus from Trinidad, British West Indies. By William Beebe & John Tee-Van. (Text- figure 1) 93 ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1. The Electric Discharge of the Electric Eel, Electro phorus elec trie us (Linnaeus). C. W. Coates New York Aquarium R. T. Cox & L. P. Granath Department of Physics, New York University, University Heights. (Plates I & II; Text-figures 1-6). Introduction. The electrical power developed by certain fishes has stirred the imagina- tion of investigators since the earliest times, but an adequate, thorough, explanation of the phenomenon is still unavailable. Since there is still much to be explained in the physiology of skin and muscle, from which the electric organs of the various electric fishes are derived, we thought it well to attempt an explanation of the external manifestation by an analysis of the electrical currents and potentials as they may be examined at present and, perhaps, to suggest the internal electrical mechanism from this analy- sis. The present paper then, is largely concerned with the physics of the external electrical phenomena. Of all the electric fishes the Electric Eel is the largest and develops most power, and to our minds offers the most suitable medium for investiga- tion. Besides, the other electric fishes, Torpedo ( Raia ), Malopterurus, the Electric Mormyridae, and Astroscopus, are not so easily available to us as the eel, and do not withstand the necessary laboratory manipulation as well. The Electric Eel is more or less circular in cross-section, depressed at the head and compressed at the tail. The length is roughly ten times the greatest diameter. We are greatly indebted to Mr. C. M. Breder, Jr., and Dr. D. E. S. Brown for criticism and sug- gestions on the preparation of this paper; to Dr. R. F. Nigrelli for photographic assistance, and to Francesca LaMonte for bibliographic assistance. [i] 9 193?? 2 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :1 Dr. Max Mapes Ellis (1913) describes the position of the electric organs of the fish rather fully and since the position is of some importance in the following discussion we think it advisable to quote him. “There are three pairs of electric organs in E. electricus, the large electric organs, the secondary organs or the organs of Hunter, and the bundles of Sachs. The large organs and the organs of Hunter both begin a short distance behind the viscera and run nearly the whole length of the fish. The bundles of Sachs are found only in the posterior half of the fish. The large organ of each side is more or less quadrant shaped in cross- section, and is of greatest diameter about a centimeter back of its origin. It tapers gradually back of this point becoming more nearly circular in cross-section until it disappears a few centimeters from the end of the tail. It lies on each side of the haemal spine above the anal fin muscalature and below the muscle v entralis. In the region of its maximum size the top of each organ is on a level with the vertebral centra, but as the caudal end is approached, the dorsal portion of each organ lies more and more ventrad. “The organ of Sachs consists of a series of bundles of fibers which resemble both muscle and electric tissue. From the middle of the body to the caudal end of the large electric organs, the organs of Sachs lie on a dorso-lateral surface of the latter, just below the muscle ventralis. The bundles of this organ wrap around the large electrical organ obliquely in a latero-ventral direction. They extend further ventrad as the caudal ex- tremities of the large organ are neared. They finally close over the ends of these. The organs of Sachs increase in diameter caudad. “The organs of Hunter are triangular in cross-section and much smaller than either of the other two pairs of organs. They are in the anal fin region and lie between the muscles pinnalis analis externalis and the muscles pinnalis analis internalis. Dorsally they are separated from the large organ by the remnants of the muscles lateralis imus. They taper off as their caudal ends are approached and terminate a few centimeters in front of the ends of the large organs.” Dr. Ellis reproduces plates, not included here, and continues with a description of the organs: “Both the large organs and the organs of Hunter are composed of plates of tissue which run parallel to the large axis of the fish. In the large organs these plates are more or less arched ventrally in cross-section. In the small organs they are almost flat. The number of these plates seem to be rather constant in each organ, regardless of the size of the fish. Bois-Raymond (1881) (in Sachs, Zitteraal, p. 32) gives the following table: Plates in Plates in Observer Body length Large Organ Small Organ Sachs 31 cm. 30 14-19 Knox 48.5 32 17 Pahlberg 68.5 32 13 Hunter 71 35 15 Kupffer and Keferstein 120 31 Not given Humboldt Not given 36 20 Sachs Not given 30 14-19 “According to Sachs, who confirmed in general the work of Pacini, the large electric organs are made up of minute units about .14 mm. broad, which lie at right angles to the long axis of the plates. Each unit is divided near the center by a vertical partition. On the anterior face of this are several papillae which do not reach the wall of the unit. On the posterior face are fewer papillae which reach out to the wall of the unit. Between the latter are several minute papillae. It is on this side that each receives its nerve-fibers.” We see no reason to change these descriptions. 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 3 The Electric Eel is a sluggish fish, given to lying still in shallow water for long periods which are broken only to move to the surface of the water to gulp air, a process which is repeated at intervals of about four minutes. We have found these fish will drown if denied access to air for as little as fifteen minutes, a significant fact, perhaps, which might indicate a high oxidation rate, especially when discharging electricity. The fish is reported from the fresh waters of northern South America, ranging from the Amazon Basin northward to the Orinoco Basin. The first scientific reports of the electricity of the Electric Eel appear to be those of Richer, published 1729, and since then there are several hundred titles in the bibliography. For the sake of convenience we do not list the complete bibliography but suggest that reference to Dean’s (1916- 1923) Bibliography of Fishes be made. However, it might be as well to discuss briefly some of the earlier findings, which, despite the crudity of the measuring apparatus available at the time, seem to us to be highly suggestive. We do not quite see, in view of many of these reports, how subsequent investigators, with still crude apparatus but apparatus which was a decided improvement over the original, should have become as confused as they apparently did, and it seems strange that with the improvement in electrical measuring instru- ments through the years the research into the nature of the discharge should have diminished considerably. The first detailed evidence that the discharge was one of “electric fluid” seems to have been adduced by Williamson in 1775, who reports that he received an electrical shock through his finger when it was inserted in a stream of water flowing from a tank in which an Electric Eel had been disturbed. He further reports that a person insulated by standing on glass bottles could receive a shock by placing his hands in the water containing an eel. This report followed by two years the evidence that the Torpedo could give an electric shock, adduced by Walsh (1774) in letters to Ben- jamin Franklin. Garden (1775), writing from America at the same period, olfers some proof that the discharge was electrical and further, his description sug- gests that some of the five eels he saw were suffering from cataracts of the eye, a condition we find in most of our larger eels and which we suspect is due to the continual electric discharges. If this is so it is, apparently, the only self-inflicted effect of the electricity we have found to date. It is at once apparent from most of this early literature that the eels available to the investigators were in poor condition ; no doubt some of them were dying, a condition which might have had its advantages since the early investigators estimated the strength of the discharge by the sensa- tion felt in the joints of the fingers, the hands, wrists, elbows, etc., follow- ing the methods of Cavendish’s work on the Torpedo. However, Schonbein (1841) reports seeing a fish in London in 1841 which had lived there for more than a year. This fish seemed to be quite healthy and gave an unexpectedly heavy shock which made a chain of peo- ple holding hands, the extreme left and right hands being placed in the water, leap into the air. This shock was repeated in rapid succession and he concluded that the eel could either divide its electricity or renew it at will. As against most previous investigators, Schonbein was able to report a spark across a small air-gap. He suggested that the nerve of the organ is an important, or perhaps the most important, part of the organ since if this is severed there is no more electricity. Matteucci (1844, 1847), on the contrary, thought that the nerves had little to do with it since he was able to dissect out part of the electric tissue and keep it for as long as eight days in an electrically active state. Humboldt (1806), however, had stated that until more was known of the general function of nerve it was useless to attempt further work. He compares the shock to that of a 4 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :1 Voltaic Pile and comments on the utter lack of effect on an electrometer. Letheby in 1843 endeavored to show that the electricity was derived from the brain and spinal cord and that the nervous and electrical forces were the same. Faraday (1839, 1844) made a number of remarkably accurate observa- tions on the Electric Eel — remarkable in their accuracy and in that his opportunities for observing the fish were extremely limited both because of the scarcity of specimens and because they were not his own and his use of them was limited by his unwillingness to risk damaging them by experiments. (Incidently there cannot have been many eels available any- where at that time and the cost of those that were available comparatively high. Garden (1775) mentions fifty guineas as the price of the smallest of five ranging in size from two to about four feet which were presented for sa’e in Charleston about 1775. The price could not have been much, if anything, less in England, and the chance of obtaining them there much slimmer.) However, in spite of meager facilities, meager apparatus, and obvious’y sick fish, Faraday was able to determine that the current flowed from the head to the tail of the fish externally, that the largest shock was obtained from a point close behind the body proper and near the end of the tail. Our points of maximum potential correspond closely to this. Faraday also noted that the current must be of “low intensity but of great quan- tity,” that the fish must be conscious of its own capabilities, and that the eel would quit discharging when it discovered that the electricity had no effect on the irritant. All these observations but the last, of which we have but a priori knowledge, fit nicely into the present calculations. Pacini, 1853, postulated that the internal current of the electric organs must flow from the nutritive to the electrical surfaces of the cells, and since the nutritive surface is always posterior to the electric, the current must flow from tail to head. Throughout this paper positions of electrodes and lengths of bodies of the eels measured are given in centimeters although they were actually measured in inches. The factor used in conversion is 2.5 cm. per inch in- stead of 2.54 cm. per inch. This is for convenience, on the one hand, and because the use of the more accurate figure would imply an exactitude of position impossible with such an animal. The total error involved by use of the conversion factor 2.5 is a little over one centimeter for the largest eel, negligible because it was not always possible to control the position of the animal during a series of discharges and observations to within one centimeter. Our method of preparing the Electric Eel for taking the electrical readings is to remove it from the water, allow it to dry for a few minutes on a dry, insulated surface, and then put it into the measuring trough where it will usually lie quietly for as long as one hour, although we found it expedient to return the fish to the water at shorter periods. Heavy rubber gloves are worn when touching the eel, for the discharge may be dangerous, even with an exhausted eel which may have its voltage reduced by as much as one-third and which will not discharge as frequently as a fresh one. Discussion. Because the electric tissue is modified muscle tissue, it seems reason- able to suppose that the chemical processes by which energy is released in the electric organs are similar to those by which energy is released in muscles, but whereas in muscles most of the energy made available by the chemical transformations is released as mechanical work and only a minute fraction is released as electrical energy, in the electric organs this ratio is reversed and a large part of the energy is used to produce an electric discharge. On this supposition, the principal consequence of the modifica- 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 5 tion of muscle tissue into electric tissue would be to provide an organization of the cells in an electric network to make possible a discharge in cascade, so combining the cellular electromotive forces as to produce voltages more than a thousand times greater than those developed in ordinary muscular activity. It does not seem necessarily true that the action of electric tissue is more complex than that of muscle tissue. On the contrary, there is reason to expect that it will be more easily understood. For it seems reasonable to suppose that muscular activity is a conversion of energy in two stages, first from the chemical form to the electrical, then from the electrical form to the mechanical. If this be true, then the action of electric tissue may show the isolated first stage of muscular action, and study of the trans- formation of energy in electric organs may be important for understand- ing the initial phase of muscular activity. Since the skin of the eel and the tissue surrounding the electric organs are electrically conducting, it is possible to study the discharge by connect- ing the terminals of a suitable measuring instrument to wires in contact with the skin. When potential differences are measured without drawing appreciable current, as was the case in most of our observations, they are found only between points on the skin which include between them some longitudinal segment of one of the electric organs. (The points of contact with the skin must not both be anterior nor both be posterior to the dis- charging organ, and they must not both be on a common circumference of the eel.) If the points of contact are far enough apart to include be- tween them the whole lengths of the electric organs, no appreciable change is made in the observed voltages by having them still farther apart. When no appreciable current is drawn, that is, when the eel is on “open circuit” except for the leakage of current through its own tissue, an anterior point on its skin is always during the discharge electrically positive with respect to a posterior portion, which is in accordance with Pacini’s rule. When considerable current is drawn, the potential distribution over the skin of the eel is naturally modified by the flow of current in the neigh- borhood of the electrodes. In one of the few experiments we made in which considerable currents were drawn, an odd effect was noticed. The eel being out of the water and in contact with certain wires which offered a highly conducting path between anterior and posterior parts, it was gently prodded to make it discharge. After about five minutes of intermittent discharge, the skin over the posterior, electrically negative parts was observed to be bleached, where it touched the wires, to a shade much lighter than that elsewhere on the body. The eel was then returned to the water. After some ten or fifteen minutes similar sharply defined bleached areas were observed where the skin over the anterior parts had formerly touched the wires. With these connections the current density may have attained instantaneous values of the order of 0.1 ampere per cm.2 of skin, as may be inferred from the area in contact and certain observations (to be described later in this paper) made to determine the power of the discharge. Although such a current density must be much greater than any produced when the eel discharges under water and the current flows through its whole skin, the eel, nevertheless, showed no effects of the discharge beside the bleaching, and the bleached areas soon returned to the normal color. Eilenfeld, using a string galvanometer of short period, has measured the peak voltages obtained between the extremities of a number of electric eels. He has reported the existence of two distinct peak voltages developed by any one eel. Observations previously reported1 by two of the present 1 Coates, C. W., and Cox, R. T. Preliminary Note on the Nature of the Electrical Discharges of the Electric Eel, Electrophorus electricus (Linnaeus). Zooloyica, New York, 1936, Vol. 21, No. 11, pp. 125-128. 6 Zoologica: Neiv York Zoological Society [XXII :1 authors have confirmed this. We have not observed voltages as high as some of those reported by Eilenfeld. From observations under various con- ditions on a number of eels, we conclude that the maximum voltage by no means increases proportionately with the length of the eel. A potential difference of nearly 200 volts was developed by an eel 29 cm. long, but no voltages greater than about 300 volts have been found with larger eels, though observations have been made out of water on open circuit on eels ranging in length to about a meter and in water on eels as long as 240 cm. The cathode-ray oscillograph, by reason of its almost instantaneous response to an applied voltage, is especially suited to observations of electric discharges in tissue. Its essential part is a vacuum tube in which a well defined beam of electrons, accelerated by a potential difference of several hundred volts, passes between flat electrodes to strike a fluorescent screen. The electrodes are commonly in the form of rectangular plates. A pair of such plates being fixed one on either side of the beam with their surfaces parallel to it, a difference of potential established between them will cause a deflection of the electron beam approximately proportional to the applied voltage. If the voltage is applied suddenly, the luminous spot in which the electron beam strikes the fluorescent screen will move rapidly across the screen, and the persistence of the fluorescence and of the visual sensation will give the appearance of a luminous streak. This trace can be photo- graphed with a lens sufficiently rapid. We have used an F2 and an F3.5 lens with Eastman Super X film. Commonly, the tube is equipped with two pairs of deflecting plates, mutually at right angles, to which voltages can be applied at the same time. A usual practice is to connect a “sweep circuit” to the horizontally deflect- ing pair of plates. This circuit generates a voltage which increases uni- formly in time to a certain value and then returns very rapidly to zero. Under the action of this voltage, the luminous spot moves horizontally across the fluorescent screen at a nearly uniform rate for a certain distance and then returns almost instantaneously to its starting point. A transient voltage under investigation being applied at the same time to the vertically deflecting plates, the luminous spot has at any instant a horizontal displace- ment proportional to the time and a vertical displacement proportional to the instantaneous value of the transient voltage. The trace on the fluo- rescent screen is thus a graph showing the variation in time of the transient voltage. The scales both of voltage and of time can be fixed by the use of a standard alternating voltage. We have found convenient for this research the Radio Corporation of America Cathode Ray Oscillograph Type TMV-122-B, an instrument de- veloped for general laboratory utility. It contains in the same case with the oscillograph tube a number of accessory circuits, including a sweep circuit of variable frequency, circuits with amplifier tubes through which the voltages applied to the deflecting plates can be either amplified or attenuated, and circuits for converting power at 110 volts and 60 cycles to the types required in the oscillograph. Since the potential differences developed by the eel are longitudinal, measurements are conveniently made by removing the eel from the water and laying it in a trough of insulating material ribbed with transverse wires evenly spaced. The skin of the eel is kept in contact with these wires. By means of dial switches, any wire can be connected to any one of the de- flecting plates of the oscillograph. Most of the observations to be described here were made on two eels. Eel I was 92 cm. in length. Its girth was 21 cm. at a distance of 20 cm. from the snout and the same at a distance of 50 cm. from the snout. Eel II was 88 cm. long and had a girth of 18 cm. at a distance of 20 cm. from the snout and a girth of 16.5 cm. at a distance of 50 cm. from the snout. 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 7 In discussing most of these observations, the eel, or, rather, any one of its electric organs, can be regarded as some sort of power line, with all the significant variations occurring in one dimension only, that of the length of the eel. The quantity most directly measured with the oscillograph is the potential difference between two points on this line. But potential is not the quantity in terms of which the discharge is most conveniently described. For example, consider a point on the eel’s tail, posterior to all the electric organs. The potential of such a point with respect to the eel’s head varies in the discharge from zero to a peak negative value and back to zero, though no electromotive force is developed nearer this point than the end of the nearest electric organ. It is more convenient to describe the discharge in terms of some quantity of which the value at any point is wholly determined by the transformations of energy in the immediate neighborhood of that point. Such a quantity is the potential gradient or voltage per unit length along the eel. In the discharge of an electric organ, if no appreciable current is drawn, the potential gradient remains prac- tically zero at any point anterior or posterior to the organ, while it rises to a maximum and falls again to zero at any point along the electric organ. If at any instant the potential gradient is uniform over the distance between two given points, the potential difference between them at this instant is simply the product of the potential gradient by the distance. More gen- erally, the potential difference between two points is the integral from one point to the other of the potential gradient. One of the first questions to present itself is whether the potential gradient varies synchronously at all points along the discharging electric organ, so that the potential gradient at any given point maintains during the discharge a fixed ratio to the potential gradient at every other point, or whether on the contrary there is a time lag in the rise and fall of the potential gradient between one point and another. This question is easily decided by the oscillograph. One plate of each pair in the oscillograph tube is connected to a point somewhere near the middle of the electric organ. The other plate of the horizontally deflecting pair is connected near the anterior end of the electric organ and the other plate of the vertically deflecting pair is connected near the posterior end. The organ is thus divided into an anterior and a posterior segment in such a way that the potential difference over the anterior segment produces a horizontal deflec- tion of the luminous spot on the fluorescent screen of the oscillograph and the potential difference over the posterior segment produces a vertical de- flection. If the potential gradient varies synchronously at all points, then the potential difference over the anterior segment will maintain a constant ratio to the potential difference over the posterior segment. The horizontal deflection will therefore be in a constant ratio to the vertical deflection, and the oscillographic trace will be a straight line. If, on the contrary, there is a time lag between the variations of potential gradient at different points along the electric organ, then the path traced by the luminous spot will have a changing slope as the ratio of the potential differences over the two segments changes, and the trace will be a loop of some kind. In PI. I, Figs. 1 and 2, are shown oscillographic traces photographed during the discharge of Eel II when the horizontally deflecting plates were joined to the extremities of an anterior segment between points at 15 and 35 cm. from the snout and the vertically deflecting plates were joined to the extremities of a posterior segment between points at 35 and 70 cm. from the snout. The traces of several discharges appear in each picture because the time of exposure was much greater than the time of one discharge. The traces clearly show that the phase of the discharge differs between the anterior and posterior segments. The sense of the difference is, how- ever, not indicated. Since there is nothing to show whether the luminous spot traversed the loop clockwise or counter-clockwise, it is impossible to 8 Zoologica: Netv York Zoological Society [XXII :1 tell from the pictures whether the potential difference over the anterior segment leads or lags behind the potential difference over the posterior seg- ment. Another observation was made to decide this question. The sweep cir- cuit was connected to the horizontally deflecting plates, the timing period being set at 1/60 sec. Two points on the skin of Eel II, 20 and 70 cm. from its snout, were connected to one of the vertically deflecting plates, and two intermediate points, 25 and 50 cm. from the snout, were connected to the other vertically deflecting plate. Thus, there were connected in parallel between the vertically deflecting plates two segments, one extending be- tween the points at 20 and 25 cm. from the snout, the other extending between the points at 50 and 70 cm. from the snout. Since the extreme points of the two segments were connected to one plate and the intermediate points to the other, potential differences in the two segments produced op- posing deflections of the luminous spot. The segments were chosen far apart in order to provide the greatest possible time lag. The connections made established two short circuits in the electric organ, but auxiliary ob- servations showed that a short circuit of one part of the electric organ does not drastically change the discharge in another part. PI. I, Fig. 3, shows an oscillographic trace photographed with these connections. Because the time of exposure was much greater than the timing period of the sweep circuit, several discharges appear in confused super- position on the right of the picture. But two discharges are shown dis- tinctly on the left. The potential difference developed in the anterior seg- ment caused a deflection downward, that in the posterior segment a deflec- tion upward, and the progression of time was toward the right. Hence, it is evident that the discharge begins in an anterior part and progresses toward the posterior. From PI. I, Fig. 1, it is clear that successive discharges are sometimes very different from one another. Traces of the sort shown in this picture were, however, not very frequent. The more regular pattern of PI. I, Fig. 2, was more often obtained. It appears to be typical of the more intense dis- charge of the two reported by Eilenfeld. We shall call this the major dis- charge and certain evidence will be given which makes it probable that this discharge is generated in the large electric organs of the eel. From inspection of PI. I, Fig. 2, certain inferences can be made con- cerning the propagation of the discharge. We have to consider not only the variation in time of the potential gradient at a given point on the elec- tric organ, but also the variation from point to point along the organ of the potential gradient at any given instant. These two variations can be re- garded as constituting together a surge or pulse of electric gradient run- ning along the electric organ from anterior to posterior. Ahead of this pulse and behind it the potential gradient is zero. As the front of the pulse ad- vances into any given segment of the electric organ, it builds up potential difference over that segment. As the rear of the pulse progresses out of a given segment, the potential difference over that segment falls. It is con- venient for discussion to divide the pulse into three sections, a rising slope, a plateau, and a falling slope. The division is arbitrary and the sections must not be expected to show sharp boundaries. At any instant, the rising slope comprises that segment of the electric organ in which the potential gradient is rising, the plateau comprises the segment in which the poten- tial gradient is changing slowly enough to be regarded as constant, and the falling slope comprises the segment in which the potential gradient is fall- ing. The segment of the organ included in any one section of the pulse is, of course, continuously changing as the pulse progresses down the organ. In PI. I, Fig. 2, the lower horizontal side represents the building up of potential difference over the anterior segment of the organ, the segment extending between points at 15 and 35 cm. from the snout. As the rising 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 9 slope of the pulse reaches the point at 35 cm., the potential difference starts to rise in the posterior segment, and the trace accordingly starts to bend toward the vertical. When the rising slope has entirely passed the point at 35 cm., the whole anterior segment is occupied by the plateau of the pulse. The potential gradient is no longer changing in any part of the anterior segment and the voltage over this segment is for the time constant. It will be noticed that the lower side of the loop is horizontal for most of its length; the voltage in the posterior segment does not rise appreciably until the voltage in the anterior segment has attained almost its peak value. This means that the rising slope of the pulse is short in comparison with the anterior segment, so that when the rising slope reaches the 35 cm. point, the anterior segment is already largely covered by the plateau. The nearly vertical right side of the loop shows the voltage rising in the posterior segment while it is maintained practically constant in the anterior segment. The voltage in the anterior segment does not fall appre- ciably until the voltage in the posterior segment has almost reached its peak, as is shown by the sharp upper right corner of the loop and the horizontal upper side. The plateau of the pulse is thus almost long enough to cover the whole length of both segments, a distance of 55 cm. The upper side of the loop shows the voltage falling in the anterior segment while it is maintained practically constant in the posterior seg- ment. At the sharp upper right corner, the leading point of the falling slope of the pulse is just entering the anterior segment at 15 cm. from the snout. At the rounded upper left corner, the leading point of the falling slope is just entering the posterior segment at 35 cm. from the snout, having traversed the anterior segment. During this process the voltage in the anterior segment has fallen to a small fraction of its peak. Therefore, most of the falling slope must be comprised in the length of the anterior segment, a distance of 20 cm. The pulse of potential gradient in the major discharge has thus a short rising slope, probably less than 10 cm. long, a long plateau, about 50 cm. long, and a fairly steep falling slope, not much more than 20 cm. long. The whole pulse would appear to be longer than the large electric organ. This simply means that there is no instant in which the whole pulse is developed in the organ, the front of the pulse running off the posterior end of the organ before the falling slope is entirely developed at the anterior end. These dimensions of the pulse are, of course, very roughly estimated. The form of the pulse appears to vary not only with the size of the eel, but also between eels of approximately the same size. In oscillographic traces ob- tained with Eel I in the same way as those of PI. I, Fig. 2, were obtained with Eel II, the loops are much narrower and less rectangular than those shown in PI. I, Fig. 2. It should also be made clear that the plateau is a region in which the potential gradient at any given point is constant in time, but not a region in which the potential gradient at a given instant is uniform over all points. If the potential gradient had a uniform value all along the plateau, the peak voltage over any segment of the electric organ shorter than the plateau would be the product of this uniform value by the length of the segment. The peak voltages over two such segments would thus be in the same ratio as the length of the segments. That this is not the case is shown by the shape of the loop in PI. I, Fig. 2. The peak voltage over the anterior seg- ment, represented by the horizontal distance across the loop, is considerably greater than the peak voltage over the posterior segment, represented by the vertical distance across the loop, although the length of the anterior segment is 20 cm. and the length of the posterior segment is 35 cm. The loop of PI. I, Fig. 2, carries, of course, no time calibration and, therefore, gives no indication of the speed at which the pulse travels. But 10 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :1 from PI. I, Fig. 3, in which the heavy base line denotes 1/60 sec., it appears that the whole discharge in both segments takes about .003 sec. This is the time between the instant at which the front of the pulse reaches the point 15 cm. from the snout and the instant at which the rear of the pulse reaches the point 70 cm. from the snout. Hence, it is the time required for the pulse to traverse a distance of 55 cm. in addition to the whole length of the pulse itself, which is perhaps 80 cm. or more. The pulse thus appears to travel about 1.5 meters in .003 sec., and to have a speed therefore of the order of 500 meters per second. Other estimates, to be given later in this paper, show the same order of magnitude. Several series of observations were made in order to identify more precisely the different types of discharge by their peak voltages as devel- oped between different points along the eel and by the sequence in which they occur after excitation of the eel. The sequence could be studied only by having the timing period of the oscillograph long enough to show a number of discharges during one period. The period chosen was 1/20 sec. The fluorescent screen was photographed with a motion picture camera making 16 exposures per second. The end of the exposure cut off sharply the luminous trace on the fluorescent screen. The end being thus marked, and the time of exposure being less than the timing period of the sweep circuit, the order in time of two or more discharges occuring during one exposure was evident. The beginning of the luminous streak, on the other hand, was gradual because of the afterglow on the fluorescent screen, which carried over to each exposure a faint record of the motion of the luminous spot just preceding the exposure. In the most fortunate of these observations, this afterglow persisted over the whole interval between two successive exposures and so gave a continuous record. In other observa- tions, there was a brief interruption of the record for one or two hundredths of a second between each two successive exposures. With different connections of the oscillograph to Eel I, the peak voltages of more than 800 discharges were measured to the nearest multiple of 10 volts. Text-fig. 1 shows the distribution with respect to peak voltage ob- served when one of the deflecting plates of the oscillograph was connected to the snout of the eel and the other was joined to a point 85 cm. from the snout, near the tip of the tail. It is clear that nearly all the discharges ob- served are grouped around a higher and a lower peak voltage. The dis- charge of higher peak voltage we have called the major discharge, and that of lower peak voltage we shall call the minor discharge. Besides the discharges which can be classified in one or the other of these types, there appear certain others, in number about 5 per cent, of the total recorded, which could not be so classified. These are especially numerous in one series of observations in which one vertically deflecting plate of the oscil- lograph was connected to the snout of the eel and the other to a point 55 cm. from the snout. The distribution with respect to peak voltage of the dis- charges recorded with these connections is shown in Text-fig. 2. The dis- charges with peak voltages between those of the major and minor types are so variable in voltage that it is hard to say whether they belong to one type or to several. But tentatively, we shall assume that they belong to a single type, which we shall call intermediate. The types of discharge are also distinguished by the sequence in which discharges of the several types appear. The discharges occur commonly in trains of three or usually more members. The average interval between two discharges in a train is between .005 and .006 sec., as measured from the start of one to the start of the next. In the longer trains the interval is commonly less between the first members and greater between the last, being sometimes as short as .003 sec. at the beginning of the train and sometimes as great as .015 sec. at the end. For several reasons, the number and types of the discharges in one train are not always clear on the film. 1937] Coates, Cox & Granatin: The Electric Eel 11 The start or the end of a train is often lost in an unrecorded interval be- tween two exposures. With both contacts near the head the minor discharge does not appear and with both contacts near the tail, the major and minor discharges are too much alike to be distinguished. However, a number of unambiguous traces were found on the film. Two of these are shown in PI. I, Figs. 4 and 5. In PI. I, Fig. 4, a minor discharge is followed by a number of majors, in this instance, five. This appears to be a characteristic combination of these two types, though the number of majors following the minor is found to vary from two to five, two being rare and more than five not being observed. (A sixth major could, however, be lost in an un- recorded interval between two exposures.) PI. I, Fig. 5, shows a minor, 20 to 60 80 100 120 ItO 160 180 200220 2i0 260 280300 Peak \/o/fage Text-figure 1. Numbers of discharges with various peak voltages. Eel I. Contacts at snout and 85 cm. from snout. 12 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :1 quite small, followed by an intermediate and three majors. The marked difference in form between the intermediate and major discharges is to be noted. It is shown with a larger time scale in PI. I, Fig. 11. It seems characteristic of the intermediate discharge that it occurs between a minor and a train of majors. Certain apparent exceptions to these two kinds of train were recorded. There are two nearly certain instances of a single minor not followed by a major or an intermediate. Other examples of this have frequently been noticed visually. There is one instance, not quite certain, of a single major. There are a few cases in which the second discharge of a train, as well as the first, may be a minor, but it seems likely that it is an intermediate of low peak voltage. As against these instances there are some hundred and fifty cases in which a minor discharge is followed by a major or an intermediate discharge, the number of discharges afterward being some- times determinable on the film and sometimes not. Because of the quantity of film required for observations of this kind and the considerable labor involved in measuring so many peak voltages and time intervals, so extensive a series of discharges was recorded and studied only with Eel I. A fairly extensive series was recorded also with 30 Peak l/o/fcraie. Text-figure 2. Numbers of discharges with various peak voltages. Eel I. Contacts at snout and 55 cm. from snout. 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 13 an eel 38 cm. long, and an inspection of the film showed some of the regu- larities just described. Tables I and II show the distribution with respect to peak voltage of all the discharges of Eel I measured in this way. In the observations recorded in Table I, one vertically deflecting plate was kept connected to the snout of the eel and the other was connected in turn to points 5 cm. along the eel. In the observations recorded in Table II, one contact was fixed 85 cm. from the snout while the position of the other was varied in steps. From these tables, the mean peak voltage of the major discharge was found for each position of the contacts. The values are shown in Curves A and B of Text-fig. 3. For each curve the horizontal scale shows the dis- tance of the variable contact from the .snout. In curve A, plotted from Table I, the fixed contact is at the snout, and the peak voltage of the major discharge, shown on the vertical scale, increases as the variable contact is moved toward the tail. In curve B, plotted from Table II, the fixed contact is near the tip of the tail, 85 cm. from the snout, and the peak voltage de- TABLE I. Number of discharges with different peak voltages with one contact fixed at the snout end and the other at various distances from it along the body of the eel. Numbers of minor discharges are marked (*). Numbers of in- termediate discharges are marked (#). All other numbers are of major discharges. Peak Voltag°s from Snout Position of Variable Contact, Centimeters from Snout to Variable Contact 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 295-305 1 3 11 285-295 6 5 7 11 20 275-285 1 1 3 18 6 7 15 11 30 265-275 1 6 2 5 24 22 9 14 2 7 255-265 1 10 3 28 15 2 2 3 5 245-255 3 24 5 13 8 3 1 235-245 10 1 1 3 2 1 225-235 3 13 1 1 215-225 3 7 1 3 205-215 12 1 195-205 5 2 1 1 185-195 1 lit 175-185 5 1 lit 165-175 16 lit 155-165 1 ltt 145-155 135-145 125-135 6 115-125 2 105-115 2tt 95-105 85- 95 1 ltt 75- 85 14 ltt 65- 75 ltt ltt 55- 65 ltt 45- 55 1ft ltt ltt ltt 2* 4* 35- 45 5 1,1ft 4* 2* 10* 25- 35 10 1ft ltt lit lit ltt ltt 4* 2*, 1ft 3* 8* 8* 7* 15- 25 lit lit lit 2* ltt 2* 14* 6* 3* 1 5- 15 1# 3tt 3 ft 3ti 2* 7* 8* 1* 14* 6* 2* 0- 5 | 2fj 6* 6* 1* 3* 1* 14 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :1 creases as the variable contact is moved from the snout toward the tail. Curve C is obtained by adding the vertical coordinates of curves A and B. That is, curve C shows for any given point along the eel the sum of the peak voltages from the snout to that point and from that point to the tail. If the peak voltage were attained at the same instant at every point along the eel, this sum would be simply the peak voltage between the snout and tail of the eel, and curve C would be a horizontal straight line. Its rise around the middle part of the eel, in the region of greatest potential gradi- ent, is evidence, additional to that shown in PI. I, Figs. 1-3, that the dis- charge is not synchronous along the electric organ, but that there is, on the contrary, a time lag between points longitudinally separated. This effect is also noticeable, though not marked, in the mean peak voltages observed in the major discharge of a smaller eel as recorded in our previous paper, but we had not recognized its significance at the time that paper was written. From Text-fig. 3 it appears that in the major discharge electromotive force is generated over a length of Eel I extending between points at about 12 and 75 cm. from the snout. These points are near the ends of the large electric organs, and it seems reasonable to suppose that the major discharge TABLE II. Numbers of discharges with different peak voltages with one contact fixed 85 cm. from the snout and the other at various positions along the body of the eel. Discharges of different types are distinguished as in Table I. Peak Voltages from Variable Contact to Tail 295-305 285-295 275-285 265-275 255-265 245-255 235-245 225-235 215-225 205-215 195-205 185-195 175-185 165-175 155-165 145-155 135-145 125-135 115-125 105-115 95-105 85- 95 75- 85 65- 75 55- 65 45- 55 35- 45 25- 35 15- 25 5- 15 0- 5 Position of Variable Contact, Centimeters from Snout 1# 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 7 3,1’ 2*,1# 3,1* 3 2,1* 1,1* 5 L^o/Z'S 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 15 Text-figure 3. Mean peak voltages of major discharge between various points along eel. Eel I. A: One contact fixed at snout. B: One contact fixed at 85 cm. from snout. C: Sum of peak voltages of A and B. 16 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :1 originates in these organs, the more so as they are much the largest of the electric organs and most of the electric energy discharged by the eel is released in the major discharges. The records in Tables I and II of the peak voltages of the minor dis- charge are not precise enough to enable curves to be drawn like those for the major discharge shown in Text-fig. 3. But from Table I it is clear that with one contact fixed at the snout the peak voltage of the minor dis- charge is very low until the variable contact is some 40 cm. from the snout. And from Table II it is clear that with one contact fixed at the tail the peak voltage is about the same for all positions of the variable contact nearer the snout than some 40 cm. At 60 cm. from the snout, the peak voltages of the major and minor discharges are about equal. It appears that the electromotive force of the minor discharge is generated in the posterior half of the eel, and most of it in the posterior third. This suggests that the minor discharge originates in the bundles of Sachs. These lie in the pos- terior half of the eel and, instead of having nearly their maximum cross- section at their anterior end, as the large electric organs have, they increase in cross-section for some distance toward the tail, finding room at the ex- pense of the large organs, which taper off in the same region. If the intermediate discharge has its special electric organ, as the major and minor discharges appear to have, then it probably originates in Hunter’s organs. On the other hand, the fact that the intermediate dis- charge appears to take the place of a major discharge in the train of dis- charges, and the further fact that the major discharge next following an intermediate discharge is often of less than mean peak voltage indicate that the intermediate discharge is closely connected with the major discharge and suggest that it may be merely an anomalous form of the major dis- charge, instead of having a separate origin. For the study of the variation of voltage in a single discharge, oscil- lographic traces on a much larger time scale than that of PI. I, Figs. 4 and 5, are required. We have made a fairly thorough study only of the major discharge, as observed with Eels I and II. The timing period of the sweep circuit was set at 1/240 sec. The vertically deflecting plates of the oscillo- graph were connected to two points along the eel and the shutter of the camera was held open until the eel was provoked by gentle prodding to discharge. Particular attention was given to the potential differences de- veloped in that part of the eel’s length in which the large electric organs are of fairly uniform cross-section, in order to study the discharge without the complication caused by the tapering of the organs. In an eel of the size of these the large electric organs are of fairly uniform cross-section over a length of some 30 cm. starting almost at their anterior end. With each of these eels on open circuit, two series of oscillographic traces were recorded. In one series the fixed contact was 20 cm. from the snout and the variable contact was successively at positions equally spaced over a length of 30 cm. starting at the fixed contact. In the other series, the fixed contact was 50 cm. from the snout and the positions of the variable contact were the same as in the first series. PL I, Figs. 6-11, shows some of the traces so obtained with Eel I. Except in PI. I, Fig. 11, which was reproduced because it shows an example of the intermediate discharge, all the traces shown are of major discharges. Time increases toward the right in all the pictures. It will be seen at once that there is on each trace a sharp break between a period of rapidly rising voltage and a longer period of nearly steady voltage, and that there is a more gradual transition from the latter period to a period of falling voltage. Viewing the rising branch of the trace more closely, it is seen that the rate of increase of voltage, as measured by the slope of the curve, increases to a maximum at the place of steepest slope and, after holding this value briefly constant, falls quickly to zero at 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 17 the break of the curve. The description of a pulse of potential gradient given in the discussion of Plate I accounts, qualitatively at least, for these variations. It will be recalled that the pulse there described had a steep rising slope, a long plateau, and a fairly long falling slope. Consider a segment of the electric organ longer than the rising slope but shorter than the plateau. The segments with which the traces of PI. I, Figs. 6-11, were obtained are probably all of such a length. As the pulse approaches the anterior end of the segment, the potential difference between the ends of the segment remains zero until the front of the rising slope enters the segment. Then the voltage starts to rise, at first slowly, however, not only because the part rendered active by the pulse is still short but also because the potential gradient near the front of the rising slope is still small. But as the rising slope advances into the segment, the rate of increase of voltage becomes greater, and when the whole rising slope is in the segment, the voltage is rising at maximum speed. This rate is maintained until the front of the rising slope passes the posterior end of the segment. The rate of increase of voltage in the segment then becomes less than the maximum, since some of the potential difference caused by the advance of the pulse is outside the segment. When the whole rising slope has passed out of the segment, leaving the segment entirely covered by the plateau, the potential difference over the segment is constant, since the potential gradient is con- stant at every point. Then, as the front of the falling slope enters the segment, the voltage begins to fall, but slowly at first, because the region of falling potential gradient is still short. As the pulse advances farther the rate of fall increases. The fall is probably near its steepest when the front of the falling slope reaches the posterior end of the segment and the potential gradient is no longer sustained in any part. As the pulse of potential gradient runs down the electric organ, all points ahead of the pulse are at the same potential. Consequently, when the front of the pulse has passed the first of a set of points along the organ, but has not yet reached the second, the potential difference between the first and second is the same as between the first and third, and so on. Hence, in a series of traces obtained with a fixed anterior contact and a variable posterior contact, the rising branches of the various traces should all be identical almost to the break. Or, more strictly, since successive discharges do not give exactly the same trace even with both contacts the same, what we should expect is that the traces obtained with different positions of the posterior contact should show no greater differences up to the break than do traces obtained with the same position of the posterior contact. In our observations this appears to be true. If then in such a series of traces the mean time intervals from the start of the discharge to the break be meas- ured for two positions of the variable contact, the difference in these in- tervals should be the time the pulse takes to travel from one position to the other. Such measurements were made on a large number of traces in the series illustrated by PI. I, Figs. 6-11. The results are shown by the solid circles of Text-fig. 4, the distances between the fixed and variable contacts being plotted vertically and the time intervals horizontally. The open circles show the corresponding distances and time intervals as measured on the traces obtained with a fixed posterior and a movable anterior contact. The argument in this case is like that in the other except that in this case the break would occur at the same instant for all positions of the anterior electrode, while the start of the discharge would occur earlier the farther the anterior contact was from the posterior. Even with care only very crude measurements are possible, and the information obtained about the speed of the pulse is only qualitative. A smooth curve drawn to fit as well as possible either the solid or the open circles will have a slope increasing toward the right, and from this it may at first appear that the pulse runs down the electric organ with an ac- 18 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :1 celerated motion. This interpretation is, however, not justified, for the lower solid circles refer to the region just more than 20 cm. from the snout, while the lower open circles refer to the region just less than 50 cm. from the snout, and vice versa for the upper circles. It seems likely that the points below 10 cm. on the vertical scale should be ignored in reckoning the speed of the pulse, since the rising slope of the pulse may itself be somewhere near 10 cm. long. The other points are spread along a roughly indicated slope. The line drawn in the figure has a slope corresponding to a speed of 1,200 meters per second, but this should not be taken as giving *0 3S 0.0 0.1 O.z 0.3 OA O.S 0.6 Thousandths of a Second Text-figure 4. Distances traversed by the potential pulse of major discharge in various inter- vals of time. Eel I. Black circles: Fixed contact at 20 cm. from snout. Movable contact at distances toward tail from fixed contact as shown on vertical scale. White circles: Fixed contact at 50 cm. from snout. Movable contact at distances toward snout from fixed contact as shown on vertical scale. 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 19 more than the general order of magnitude of the speed of the pulse in Eel I. PI. II, Figs. 1-5, shows traces obtained with Eel II corresponding to those for Eel I shown in PI. I, Figs. 6-11. The general character of the discharge appears similar in the two eels, but neither the break in the rising branch nor the flat top of the trace is marked with Eel II as with Eel I. (These features are less marked also with any of the smaller eels we have studied. In the visual observations reported in our previous paper, we did not notice them at all.) Because the break is not so sharp with Eel II as with Eel I, and also because the number of traces photographed is smaller, a figure like Text-fig. 4 made from the traces obtained with Eel II tells even less than Text-fig. 4. The data suggest for the major discharge of Eel II a speed of the general order of 800 meters per second, to be com- pared with the estimate of 500 meters per second made for the same eel from PI. I, Figs. 1-3. From the break on, different traces obtained with the same eel do not differ greatly except in the vertical scale. This is shown in Text-fig. 5, in which the ratio of the voltage at any instant to the peak voltage is plotted vertically and the time after the break is plotted horizontally from measure- ments on the traces of three discharges of Eel II. The vertical scale is logarithmic; that is, equal distances represent equal intervals in ratio. Each of the three curves shown ends on the right in an approximately straight falling branch. The scale of voltage being logarithmic, this indi- cates that the fractional rate of decrease of the voltage is constant; that is, the time required for the voltage to drop by one-half, for example, is the same whether the voltage be high or low. This type of decrease is char- acteristic of the voltage of an electric capacity discharging through a re- sistance, and it may be that some such mechanism is operative in the electric organs. The time interval between the instant at which the rising branch of the trace breaks and the instant at which the fractional rate of decrease becomes constant is very closely the same for one eel whatever the distance between the contacts. The rising branch breaks when the front of the plateau of the pulse reaches the posterior contact. It seems likely that the fractional rate of decrease of potential gradient becomes constant at any one point when the rear end of the plateau passes that point, and conse- quently the fractional rate of decrease of potential difference between two contacts becomes constant when the rear end of the plateau passes the posterior contact. If this is true, the interval noted is the time taken for the entire plateau of the pulse to pass a given point on the electric organ. From Text-fig. 5 this interval is about .001 sec. for Eel II. The length of the plateau was reckoned at about 50 cm. in the discussion of PI. I, Figs. 1-3, and the speed of the pulse would thus be 500 meters per second. This is the same as the first estimate made for this eel. It may be worth while to remark that the plateau of the pulse not only prolongs the discharge but also increases the peak voltage developed over the whole electric organ. High voltages over the whole organ are developed only by the addition of the voltages in different segments, and the highest voltage that can be developed in the whole organ is only the voltage that can be developed in whatever length of the organ is active at one time. If the length of the organ were increased without an increase in the length of the plateau, the discharge would last longer without attaining a much higher peak voltage, and if the length of the plateau were decreased with- out a change in the length of the organ, the discharge would last as long as before but would not attain so high a peak voltage. In order to get some notion of the power of the discharge, a variable resistance was connected between points at 20 and 70 cm. from the snout of Eel I, and the vertically deflecting plates of the oscillograph were con- 20 Zoologica: Neio York Zoological Society [XXII :1 nected to measure the voltage developed across this resistance. From the values of the voltage and the resistance, the power externally delivered in the discharge could be calculated. The circles in Text-fig. 6 show the power at the peak of the discharge found with different observed values of the Text-figure 5. Decay of potential difference in major discharge. Eel II. Horizontal scale shows time measured from break in potential difference. Vertical scale shows potential difference plotted logarithmically, potential difference at break being taken as unity. A : Contacts at 20 and 40 cm. from snout. B : Contacts at 30 and 50 cm. from snout. C: Contacts at 20 and 50 cm. from snout. 1937] Coates, Cox & Granath: The Electric Eel 21 voltage. The maximum external power is about 40 watts and is found at a voltage about half the open-circuit voltage. Since an electromotive force operating through a fixed internal and a variable external resistance also delivers maximum power externally at half the open-circuit voltage, there has been drawn for comparison with the observations the power-voltage curve for an electromotive force of 300 volts and an internal resistance of 600 ohms. The same eel in a tank filled with the water to which it is accus- tomed develops between the same points of contact a potential difference of 150 volts. The water, being in contact with the whole skin of the eel, is of course not electrically equivalent to a resistance connected between two points. Neither is there any reason to expect that the electric organ can be represented even approximately by an electromotive force and an internal resistance. Nevertheless, although the argument can not be made at all precise, it seems likely that the evolution of the eel has brought about such a series- parallel connection of the electromotive elements as to approach the condi- tion for maximum external power. In this connection, a comparison of the different species of electric fishes is suggestive. The fresh-water species, the Electric Eel, the Electric Mormyridae, and the Electric Catfish, all have longitudinal electric polarity. The first two are long in proportion to their width and thus well adapted in shape to the development of a prevailingly series connection to build up a high electromotive force against the high external resistance of fresh water. The electric organ of the Electric Cat- fish forms a sheath under its skin and is also of small cross-section in com- parison with its length. Both the Electric Ray and the Star-gazer, on the other hand, have a polarity between their upper and lower surfaces and their shape is suited with this polarity to a prevailingly parallel connection for a low internal resistance against the low resistence of the salt water in which they live. Those members of the ostracoderms, fossil fish-like 50 f5 Me- tres General No. No. Net N. Lat. W. Long. Locality 1936 Haul Hrs. Mins. April ISO D-7 4' dredge 20-30 36-55 23° 06' 109° 29' 30" Gorda Banks. 22 9:11 a.m. 0 2 D-8 4' dredge 40-45 73-82 23° 05' 109° 30' Gorda Banks. 22 9:35 a.m. 0 10 D-9 4' dredge 50-60 91-109 23° 04’ 109° 30' 30" Gorda Banks. 22 10:07 am. 0 8 D-10 4' dredge 60 91 23° 06' 109° 25' Gorda Banks. 22 2:44 p.m. 0 h D-ll 4' dredge 40 73 23° 07' 109° 24' Gorda Banks. 22 3:29 p.m. 0 0 D-12 4' dredge 80-90 145-165 23° 02' 109° 28' Gorda Banks. 22 5:36 p.m. 0 10 D-13 4' dredge 70-80 128-146 23° 01' 109° 27' 30" Gorda Banks. 23 9:12 a.m. 0 20 D-14 4' dredge 60 109 23° 01' 109° 28' 30" Gorda Banks. 23 9:58 a.m. 0 20 D-18 4' dredge 80 146 23° 01' 30" 109° 30' Gorda Banks. 23 10:43 a.m. 0 18 D-10 4" dredge 07-75 122-136 23° 02' 109° 30' 30" Gorda Banks. 23 May 11:22 a.m. 0 11 D-17 4' dredge 90 165 23° 02' 109° 29' Gorda Banks. 3 8:43 a.m. 0 7 D-18 4' dredge 60 109 23° or 109° 28' 30" Gorda Banks. 3 9:19 a.m. 0 10 D-19 4' dredge 50 91 23° 01' 109° 27' 30" Gorda Banks. 3 10:13 a.m. 0 10 D-20 4' dredge 120 219 23° 02' 109° 26' 30" Gorda Banks. 3 10:53 a.m. 0 12 D-21 4' dredge 80 146 23° 01' 30" 109° 27' Gorda Banks. 3 1:34 p.m. 0 10 D-22 4' dredge 68 124 23° 01' 30" 109° 28' Gorda Banka. 3 2:14 p.m. 0 15 D-23 4' dredge 45 82 23° 01' 109° 27' 30" Gorda Banks. 3 3:02 p.m. 0 10 D-24 4' dredge 60 109 23° 01' 109° 29' Gorda Banks. 3 3:38 p.m. 0 10 D-28 4' dredge 56 102 23° 00' 109° 28' Gorda Banks. 3 4:13 p.m. 0 10 D-26 4' dredge 55 100 23° 01' 109° 28' 30" Gorda Banks. 3 April 4:44 p.m. 0 11 T-l Metre 0 0 23° 01' 30" 109° 29' Gorda Banks. 21 1:20 p.m. 0 10 T-2 Metre 0 0 23° 03' 109° 30' Gorda Banks. 21 9:30 p.m. 0 10 T-3 Metre 0 0 23° 06' 109° 25' Gorda Banka. 22 12:50 p.m. 0 10 181 D-l 4' dredge 05 128 22° 51' 30" 109° 54' 3 m. E. of Cape Falso. 24 8:48 a.m. 0 10 D-2 4' dredge 00 109 22° 51' 109° 55' 3 m. E. of Cape Falso. 24 9:18 a.m. 0 5 182 — Light — — 23* 00' 108° 11' 80 m. E. of San Joae del Cabo. 20 9:00 p.m. 0 48 183 D-l 4' dredge 120 218 23° 06' 106° 47' 19 m. W. of Maiatlan. 27 9:24 a.m. 0 8 184 D-l 4' dredge 45 82 23° 06' 106° 35' IVi m. SW. of Maiatlan. 27 10:49 a.m. 0 8 D-2 4' dredge 35 64 23° 07' 106° 32' 4 Vi m. SW. of Maiatlan. 27 11:11 a.m. 0 20 188 D-l 4' dredge 56 102 23° 12' 106° 40' 13 m. W. of Maiatlan. 28 8:42 a.m. 0 20 D-2 4' dredge 60 109 23° 12' 106° 42' 13 m. W. of Maiatlan. 28 9:25 a.m. 0 11 180 D-l 4' dredge 138 246 23° 13' 106° 52' 21 m. W. of Maiatlan. 28 11:42 a.m. 0 20 D-2 4' dredge 238 428 23° 13' 106° 54' 21 m. W. of Maialtan. 28 2:17 p.m. 0 20 D-3 4' dredge 235 428 23° 15' 106° 66' 21 m. W. of Mazatlan. 28 3:46 p.m. 0 30 187 T-l Metre 1 2 23° 20' 107° 17' 47 m. W. of Maiatlan. 28 9:16 p.m. 0 20 T-2 Metro 300 549 23° 20' 107° 17' 47 m. W. of Masatlan. 28 9:02 p.m. 1 0 188 T-l V$ Metre 1 2 23° 25' 108° 31' 48 m. E. of Arena Point. 29 9:36 a.m. 0 20 T-2 Metre 300 549 23° 28' 108° 31' 48 m. E. of Arena Point. 29 9:09 a.m. 1 0 T-3 Metre 400 732 23° 26' 108° 31' 48 m. E. of Arena Point. 29 9:00 a.m. 1 0 1937] Beebe: Templeton Crocker Expedition 43 Text-figure 6. Dredging Stations of the Zaca in the Inez Bay Area, Gulf of Cali- fornia, Stations 141 to 147. The upper number within the circle is the station number, the lower the dredge number. The small figure in italics represents the depth in fathoms. 44 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :2 Text-figure 7. Dredging Stations of the Zaca on the Gorda Banks and vicinity, southern tip of Lower California, Station 150. The numbers within the circles are the numbers of the dredges. The small figure in italics represents the depth in fathoms. STATION LISTS AND DATA ( continued ). Station Net Type of Depth Position General Date Start of Duration of Haul Fath- oms Me- tres No. No. Net N. Lat. W. Long. Locality 1936 Haul Hrs. Mins. 158 T-4 Metre 500 914 23° 25' 108° 31' 48 m. E. of April 29 9:09 a.m. 1 0 159 T-l Metre 300 549 23° 27' 108° 49' Arena Point. 34 m. ExS. of 29 2:34 p.m. 2 30 T-2 Metre 400 732 23° 27' 108° 49' Arena Point. 34 m. ExS. of 29 2:34 p.m. 2 30 T-3 Metre 500 914 23° 27' 108° 49' Arena Point. 34 m. ExS. of 29 2:34 p.m. 2 30 160 Light 22° 30' 110° 15' Arena Point. 27 m. SW. of May 7 8:45 p.m. 0 40 161 T-l Metre 0 0 20° 40' 112° 10' Cape Falso. 185 m. SW. of 8 9:50 p.m. 0 10 Light 20° 40' 112° 10' Cape Falso. 185 m. SW. of 8 8:50 p.m. 1 0 162 Light 18° 44' 114° 20' Cape Falso. 30 m. NE. of 9 9:00 p.m. 2 0 Cla-ion Is. §l§ 8 8 8fc 1937] Beebe: Templeton Crocker Expedition 45 ISO 103 / 137 { 116 109 105/" / 90 /99 63 81 / ,-^J 75 \ — ~_"'lK> 107 ~nnn 109 104 94"Xl04 104 " ea 96\ ,05 62-^ 5Q 59 \ v Y% 97 «7 i 57J255 56 / 63 / "I 55 ( 56 6? 53 53 58j / 54 54 104 136 S3 'IJ .“r5^54 ■. ' \ AG 44 /52 j 6763\58 5t4623 26/;3l l «A 4537«/,4l3 1,7 V 67\^5^« ^ N 69"’ 63 '*>6 67 71 \ / / 129 ioa\ 84 \99 INNER l5?'' GO RDA BANK / 106 113 104 • 73 SOUNDINGS IN FATHOMS OUTER G O R D A BAN K f 6 i\ / 66 63 C 78 71 ''-^96 83 99 / 62 / J tgA \ 6! t Jf% lei 58 1 4498S5 ‘ 66 \53 Vi?- ~S6W 4' 59 \ r io2\ ,/"l03 SECTION Text-figure 8. Soundings in fathoms on the Gorda Banks, and section of the Banks at the line A-A. The soundings are from the original surveys of the Banks and were supplied through the courtesy of the Hydrographic Office, U.S. Navy. STATION LISTS AND DATA ( continued ). Depth Position Duration of Haul Station Net Type of General Date Start of No. No. Net Fath- oms Me- tres N. Lat. W. Long. Locality 1936 Haul Hrs. Mins. 163 D-l 2' dredge 20 36 18° 20' 40" 114° 44' 20" Sulphur Bay, Clarion Is. 11 3:40 p.m. 0 20 D-2 4' dredge 55 100 18° 19' 114° 45' 3 m. off Pyramid Rock, Clarion Is. 12 9:16 a.m. 0 10 D-3 4' dredge 60 91 18° 19' 30" 114° 44' 30" 3 m. off Pyramid Rock, Clarion Is. 12 9:40 a.m 0 1 D-4 4' dredge 50 91 oo to o 114° 43' 3 m. off Pyramid Rock, Clarion Is. 12 10:38 a.m. 0 10 D-5 4' dredge 48 87 18° 20' 30" 114° 42' 30" 3 m. off Pyramid Rock, Clarion Is. 12 10:59 a.m. 0 0 D-6 4' dredge 45 82 18° 20' 114° 42' 3 m. off Pyramid Rock, Clarion Is. 12 11:27 a.m. 0 1 T-l Metre 0 0 18° 20' 40" 114° 44' 20" Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island. 10 1:15 p.m. 0 10 T-2 Metre 0 0 18° 20' 40" 114° 44' 20" Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island. 10 9:00 p.m 0 10 T-3 Metre 0 0 18° 20' 40" 114° 44' 20" Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island. 11 12:45 p.m. 0 10 46 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society STATION LISTS AND DATA ( continued ) Net Depth General Duration of Haul Station Type of Date Start of No. No. Net Fath- oms Me- tres N. Lat. W. Long. Locality 1936 Haul Hrs. Mins. T-4 Metre 0 0 18° 20' 40" 114° 44' 20" Sulphur Bay, May 11 9:15 p.m. 0 10 T-5 Metre 0 0 18° 20' 40" 114° 44' 20" Clarion Island Sulphur Bay, 12 9:30 p.m. 0 10 T-6 Metre 0 0 18° 20' 40" 114° 44' 20" Clarion Island. Sulphur Bay, 12 9:60 p.m. 0 10 T-7 Metre 0 0 18° 20' 40" 114° 44' 20" Clarion Island. Sulphur Bay, 13 10:20 a.m. 0 10 164 Light 19' 20' 114° 55' Clarion Island. 58 m. N. of 16 9:05 p.m. 0 20 106 T-l Yt Metre 0 0 20° 36' 115° 07' Clarion Island. 145 m. N. of 17 12:05 p.m. 0 30 T-2 Metre 400 732 20° 36' 115° 07 ' Clarion Island. 145 m. N. of 17 9:52 am. 3 0 T-3 Metre 500 914 20° 36' 115° 07' Clarion Island. 145 m. N. of 17 9:52 a.m. 3 0 T-4 Metre 600 1097 20° 36' 116° 07' Clarion Island. 145 m. N. of 17 9:52 a.m. 3 0 166 Surface 21° 12' 115° 11' Clarion Island. 173 m. N. of 17 5:15 p.m. 0 30 167 Light 21° 20' 115° 14' Clarion Island. 183 m. N. of 17 9:00 p.m. 0 20 168 T-l Metre 1-2 2-4 24° 38' 115° 42' Clarion Island. 20 m. S. of Alijos 19 11:22 a.m. 0 20 109 T-l Metre 2 4 24° 57' 115° 48' Rocks. H m. E of Alijos 19 4:38 p.m. 0 20 170 Light 25° 02' 115° 52' Rocks. 5H N. of 19 9:00 p.m. 0 12 T-l Metre 2 4 25° 02' 115° 52' Alijos Rooks. 5J4 m. N. of 19 7:69 p.m. 0 20 171 T-l Metre 1 2 27° 19' 115° 05' Alijos Rocks. 50 m. SW. of 21 12:20 p.m 0 20 172 Light 28° 33' 115° 15' Cedros Island. 12 m. N. of 22 9:15 p.m. 0 20 173 T-l H Metre 0 0 29° 35' 116° 20' Cedros Island. 30 m. W. of 23 2:57 p.m. 1 0 174 _ Light _ 30° 00' 116° 27' Point Antonio 30 m. SW. of Cape 23 9:00 p.m. 0 20 176 D-l 4' dredge 46 80 31° 25' 116° 42' San Quentin. 5 m. W. of San 24 10:28 a.m. 0 10 D-2 4' dredge 45 80 31° 25' 30" 116° 42' 30" Jose Point. 5 m. W. of San 24 10:54 a.m 0 10 D-3 4' dredge 45 80 31° 26' 116° 43' Jose Point. 5 m. W. of San 24 11:15 a.m. 0 10 T-l Yi Metre 2 4 31° 26' 116° 43' Jose Point. 5 m. W. of San 24 11:40a.m. 0 10 Jose Point. Crane: Brachygnathous Crabs 47 3. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. III. Brachygnathous Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California.1 Jocelyn Crane Technical Associate, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. (Plates I-VIII). [Note: This is the third of a series of papers dealing with the specimens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Depart- ment of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; William Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the capture of specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46. 1 Contents. Page Summary of Important Points 43 Introduction 49 Superfamily Oxyrhyncha Family Majidae Subfamily Inachinae Stenorhynchus debilis (Smith) 50 Podochela barbarensis Rathbun 51 Podochela hemphillii (Lockington) 51 Podochela latimanus (Rathbun) 52 Podochela vestita (Stimpson) 52 Inachoides laevis Stimpson 53 Erileptus spinosus Rathbun 54 Eucinetops lucasii Stimpson 54 Euprognatha bifida Rathbun 55 Collodes tenuirostris Rathbun 55 Collodes tumidus Rathbun 56 Pyromaia tuber culata (Lockington) 56 Dasygyius depressus (Bell) 56 Subfamily Acanthonychinae Epialtus minimus Lockington 57 Sphenocarcinus agassizi Rathbun 58 Subfamily Pisinae Rochinia vesicularis (Rathbun) 58 IHerbstia tumida (Stimpson) 59 Lissa aurivilliusi Rathbun 59 Lissa tuberosa Rathbun 59 Subfamily Majinae Thoe sulcata Stimpson 59 Pitho picteti (Saussure) 59 Pitho eexdentata Bell 60 Mithrax ( Mithrax ) mexicanus Glassell 60 1 Contribution No. 521, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 48 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 Page M'thrax ( Mithrax ) sinensis Rathbun 60 Mithrax ( Mithrax ) spinipes (Beil) 60 Mithrax ( Mithrax ) tuberculutus Stimpson 60 Mithrax (Mithraculus) * reolatus (Lockington) .... 61 Teleophrys cristulipes Stimpson 61 Stenocionops beebei Glassell 61 Stenocionops contigua (Rathbun) 62 Stenocionops macdonaldi (Rathbun) 62 Macrocoeloma villosum (Bell) 63 Microphrys branchiclis Rathbun 63 Microphrys platysoma (Stimpson) 63 Tyche lameliifrons Bell 64 Family Parthenopidae Parthenope ( Platylambrus ) exilipes (Rathbun) 64 Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) . cxcavata (Stimpson) 65 Parthenope ( Pseudolambrus ) triangula (Stimpson) 65 Mesorhoea behii ( A . Mi.ne E^waras) 65 Superfamily Brachyrhyncha Family Portunidae Ovaiipes punctatus (de Haan) 66 Portunus ( Achelous ) iii^escens (Rathbun) .... 66 l ot tunas ( Achelous ) m.nimus Rathbun 67 Portunus ( Achelous ) pichilinquei Rathbun 67 portunus ( Achelous ) tuberculatus (Stimpson) 68 Cadinectes bellicosus (Stimpson) 68 Family Atelecyclidae Pliosoma parvijrons Stimpson 69 Family Xanthidae Carpdodes cinctimanus (White) 69 Actaea crockeri Glassell 69 A.ctuea sulcata Stimpson 69 G>.yptoxanthus fedpens.s Rathbun 70 Pair a americana Stimpson 70 Meuaeus lobipes Rathbun 70 Eurypanopeus planisai/nus (Stimpson) 70 Micropanope areolata Rathbun 71 Micropanope nitida Rathbun 71 Micropanope polita Rathbun 71 Micropanope xantusii [oUmpsun) 72 Pilumnus pelagius Glassell • 72 Pilumnus townsendi Ratnbun 72 Heteractaea iunata (Milne Edwards and Lucas) 72 Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet 73 Trapezia cymodoce jerrugmea Latreille 73 Trapezia digitalis Latreille 73 Quadrella nitida Smith 74 Family Goneplacidae Chasmocarcinus ferrugineus Glassell 75 Chasmocarcinus latipes Rathbun 75 Family Cymopoliidae Cymopolia cortezi, sp. nov 75 Cymopolia lucasii (Rathbun) 76 Cymopolia zacae Glassell 76 Cymopoda zonata Rathbun 77 Family Grapsidae Grapsus grapsus (Linnaeus) 77 Pachygrapsus crassipes Randall 77 Planes minutus (Linnaeus) 77 Summary of Important Points. The most interesting features of the present collection and report may be summarized as follows: 1. The following paper l'ecords all of the brachygnathous crabs taken by the Templeton Crocker Expedition with the exception of the specimens taken at Clarion Island. 2. The total of 73 species is more than one-third of all of the brachy- gnathous crabs previously recorded from the Gulf of California and the west coast of Lower California. 1937] Crane: Brachy gnathous Crabs 49 3. The collection contains the following 7 new species: Mithrax mexi- canus Glassell, Stenocionops beebei Glassell, Actaea crockeri Glassell, Pilum- nus pelagius Glassell, Chasmocarcinus ferrugineus Glassell, Cymopolia zacae Glassell and Cymopolia cortezi, sp. nov. The last species is described in the present paper; the others, described by Mr. Steve A. Glassell, will be found in Zoologica, Vol. XXI, No. 17, pp. 213-218. 4. The 4 following species have not been reported previously from the Gulf of California-Lower California area: Rochinia vesicularis (previously known only from the Galapagos), Parthenope ( Pseudolambrus ) excavata (previously known only from Panama and Manzanillo), Ovalipes punctatus (a cosmopolitan species not recorded before in the eastern Pacific north of Peru), and Trapezia cymodoce ferrnginea (a cosmopolitan species not pre- viously recorded in the eastern Pacific north of the Revilla Gigedos Islands). 5. The 12 following species, while they have been known from the western coast of Lower California or from Cape San Lucas or both, have not been reported previously from the Gulf of California: Podochela bar- barensis, Inachoides laevis, Erileptus spinosus, Lissa aurivilliusi, Pitho sex- dentata, Mithrax ( Mithrax ) tubercidatus , Macrocoeloma villosum, Medaeus lobipes, Micropanope polita, Trapezia digitalis, Chasmocarcinus latipes and Cymopolia lucasii. 6. The vertical ranges of the 20 following species have been extended in either or both directions by more than 5 fathoms : Stenorhynchus debilis, Podochela barbarensis, Podochela latimanus, Inachoides laevis, Euprognatha bifida, Collodes tumidus, Dasygyius depressus, Rochinia vesicularis, Mith- rax ( Mithrax ) sinensis, Mithrax ( Mithrax ) spinipes, Stenocionops con- tigua, Tyche lamellifrons, Parthenope ( Platylambrus ) exilipes, Portunus minimus, Portunus pichilinquei, Micropanope nitida, Quadrella nitida, Chasmocarcinus latipes, Cymopolia lucasii, and Cymopolia zonata. 7. Color notes and sketches were secured in the field from many living specimens. The “Color in Alcohol” notes were all made within 4 months of the capture of the crabs. 8. Food analyses and egg counts have been made in numerous instances, studies which have not been undertaken before on crabs from this area. It is planned to correlate and tabulate these results (which in the present paper appear under the names of the various species) in ecological papers which are now in course of preparation. It should be stated here that in every case the number of eggs carried by specimens of the same species varied directly with the size of the female. Introduction. Relatively little taxonomic discussion has been found necessary in the study of the present collection, thanks to Mary J. Rathbun’s splendid mono- graphs2 on the crabs of America. Since her nomenclature and synonymy are followed throughout, references are omitted except to the few species which have been described since the publication of the monographs. Length and breadth measurements were made as follows : Length, from the most anterior tip of the rostrum to the middle of the posterior edge of the carapace, unless otherwise stated. Breadth, the maximum width of the carapace, unless otherwise stated. The catalogue numbers given all refer to specimens in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. The photographs are the painstaking work of Mrs. Ruth Needham Nauss. 2M. J. Rathbun ; 1918. The Grapsoid Crabs of America. Bull. 97, U. S. Nat. Mus. ; 1925, The Spider Crabs of America, Bull. 129, U. S. Nat. Mus. ; 1930, The Cancroid Crabs of America of the Families Eurydalidae, Portunidae, Atelecyclidae, Cancridae and Xanthidae, Bull. 152, U. S. Nat. Mu 3. 50 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 My sincere thanks are due to Mr. Steve A. Glassell of the San Diego Society of Natural History for his descriptions of the 6 new species men- tioned above, and for the identification of several puzzling series of spec- imens; to Mr. Templeton Crocker for giving me the opportunity of studying these interesting crustaceans in the field, and to Dr. William Beebe for en- trusting the collection to me and for supervising the entire study. Superfamily Oxyrhyncha. Family Majidae. Subfamily Inachinae. Stenorhynchus debilis (Smith), 1871. General Range: From Magdalena Bay, Lower California, and the Gulf of California to Chile and the Galapagos Islands. From low water mark to 50 fathoms. Local Distribution : A total of 54 specimens was taken from San Lucas Bay (Station 135), Gorda Banks (Station 150), Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Stations 141 and 142, and the shore of Santa Inez Point) between low water mark and 50 fathoms, on bottoms ranging from muddy or shelly to sandy or rocky with weed. Sex and Size : Males, which measured 9 to 27 mm. in length of carapace, were almost half again as numerous as the females, which measured from 12 to 28 mm. Ovigerous females ranged from 17 to 24.5 mm. Detailed measurements of the two largest specimens in the collection are as follows : Ovigerous female, length of carapace 24.5, breadth of carapace 11, length of rostrum 11.5, length of cheliped 31 mm. Male, length of carapace 27, breadth of carapace 10, length of rostrum 15, length of cheliped about 48 mm. Color in Life: Carapace always marked with narrow vertical and oblique, alternate stripes of dark brown, white and buff. The specimens taken on weedy bottoms, however, had a greenish cast which was wholly lacking in the crabs living in other areas. Rostrum and all legs except chelipeds reddish-brown or dull lavender mottled or barred with buff. Merus of chelipeds of adult male pale buff, the palm and fingers olive; merus of chelipeds of female and young like other legs, the palm and fingers bright orange. Carapace coloration of young like that of adult, except that the body stripes were much paler, the dark brown of grown specimens being faint tan. Eggs deep cream. Food: An examination of fifteen stomachs of specimens from different stations showed these crabs to be omnivorous; the majority had fed either on algae or minute crustaceans (probably amphipods), but a single minute anemone was the sole content of one stomach, and a sea urchin of another. Breeding: Ovigerous specimens numbered two-thirds of all the females, and were taken in every area in which the species was captured with the exception of San Lucas Bay. The eggs measured .38 to .4 mm. in diameter. Four counts gave totals ranging from 215 (on a female measuring 17 mm. in length) to 975 (on a 23 mm. specimen). Remarks: The present series extends the vertical range from 31 to 50 fathoms. Material: Station 135: D-20 (1 3) . Station 136: D-l (2 2, 5 8), D-5 (1 2, 3 8), D-ll (2 8), D-12 (1 2), D-13 (1 2), D-14 (2 2, 3 5), D-15 (1 2), D-23 (1 8), D-24 (4 2, 10 8), D-26 (1 8), D-28 (1 2), D-30 (1 2, 2 3). Station 141: D-l (1 2), D-4 (1 2). Station 142: D-l (1 8). Shore of Santa Inez Point: (1 8). Station 150: D-7 (1 2, 2 3), D-8 (12), D-10 (4 2). Of these 54 specimens, 29 are preserved ("Cat. Nos. 36,694, 36,695, 36,696, 36,834, 36,835, 36,836). 1937] Crane: Brachygnathous Crabs 51 Podochela barbarensis Rathbun, 1924. General Range : From the Santa Barbara Islands, California, to the Gulf of California. From 1 to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution : A total of 7 specimens was taken from the Cedros Island region (Station 126), Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez Area (Station 144) between 1 and 60 fathoms, on bottoms composed of sand and rocks with weed. Sex and Size: The 4 females measured from 9.4 to 16 mm., the 3 males from 7.4 to about 20 mm. (tip of rostrum broken). Color in Alcohol: Pale ochre, the chelipeds conspicuously banded with reddish in both sexes. Food: Three stomachs contained large quantities of pulverized algae mixed with sand; a fourth held short lengths of algal stems. Breeding: Two of the females (1 from the Cedros Island region and 1 from Arena Bank) were ovigerous. The former, measuring 12.3 mm. in length, carried 98 eggs .65 mm. in diameter; the latter, measuring 13.5 mm., carried 177 eggs .7 mm. in diameter. Habits: All of the specimens carried a few pieces of weed, especially on the ambulatories. The female from Station 136 D-27 had bits of sponge attached both to her carapace and legs. Remarks: The present collection extends the range of this species both horizontally and vertically: hitherto it was known only from the Santa Barbara Islands off California and from a series taken by the Albatross near Los Coronados Islands off the northern part of Lower California; these previously known specimens were taken between 38 and 50 fathoms. Material: Station 126: D-10 (2 9, 1 8). Station 136: D-27 (19), D-31 (1 a). Station 144: D-l (1 9, 1 <$). Cat. Nos. 36,700, 36,874, 36,875. Podochela hemphillii (Lockington) , 1877. General Range: From San Luis Obispo, California, to the Gulf of California. From 3 feet to 50 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 14 specimens was taken from the shore of Magdalena Bay and from Arena Bank (Station 136) between 3 feet and 50 fathoms on various types of bottom ranging from sandy and rocky to muddy ; algae usually present. Sex and Size : The series consists of 3 ovigerous females ranging from 9.3 to 11.5 mm. in length, 3 non-ovigerous females from 7.6 to 12.4 mm., and 8 males from 7 to 16 mm. Color in Life: Pale buff to light brown. Food: The stomachs of specimens from Magdalena Bay contained am- phipods, those from Arena Bank (about a half dozen examined) all con- tained algae mixed with sand. Breeding: The 3 ovigerous females carried from 58 to 95 eggs, each measuring .59 mm. in diameter. Habits: All 4 specimens taken from Magdalena Bay entirely lacked decoration; while those from Arena Bank all carried bits of weed, sponge and hydroids, though not nearly enough to conceal the crab. Remarks: The 4 Magdalena males are typical P. hemphillii in every way. The deep-water specimens from Arena Bank differ in the following particulars: The cardiac and gastric prominences are more conspicuously elevated, even in young specimens, and the movable segments of the an- tennae are slightly thicker. Material: Shore of Magdalena Bay: (4 3). Station 136: D-l (2 9), D-ll (1 8), D-14 (1 8), D-23 (2 9), D-24 (2 9), D-30 (2 8). Cat. Nos. 36,699, 36,873. 52 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 Podochela latimanus (Rathbun), 1893. General Range : Gulf of California. From 1 to 35 fathoms. Local Distribution : A total of 9 specimens was taken from the Inez area (Stations 141, 142 and 144) between 1 and 35 fathoms, on muddy or shelly sand with weed. Sex and Size : The 4 females, all ovigerous, ranged from 15 to about 17 mm. (rostrum broken) in length of carapace, while the 5 males were from 8.9 to about 28 mm. long. Detailed measurements of the two largest specimens were as follows : Female, length of carapace behind anterior margin of orbit 11, breadth 11, cheliped 14 mm. Male, length of carapace behind anterior margin of orbit 18, breadth 17, cheliped 28 mm. (shell soft). Color in Alcohol: Uniformly yellow buff, more or less speckled with black in the sulci between regions and on the ventral surface. Close to the margin of the last abdominal segment in each female were two pairs of conspicuous dark circles, the two in the middle being the larger. Fingers of chelipeds with scarlet bar at or near tip in both sexes. Food : The stomachs of 5 specimens, representing 3 dredges and both sexes, were all crammed with amphipods. Breeding: The 4 females carried between 400 and 800 eggs ranging from .59 to .75 mm. in diameter. Habits: Only one specimen had the least trace of weed attached to it. In contrast to other species of this genus, P. latimanus is characteristically smooth. Remarks : This species has been previously recorded to a depth of only 11 fathoms. The tip of the rostrum was broken in every specimen of the present series. Material: Station 141: D-l (13). Station 142: D-2 (1 2, 1 3). Station 144: D-l (3 2, 2 3), D-2 (13). Cat. Nos. 36,868, 36,870, 36,871. Podochela vestita (Stimpson), 1871. (Plate I). General Range: Cape San Lucas and Gulf of California. From 11 to 35 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 3 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Station 143) between 29 and 35 fathoms on sandy bottoms with weed. Sex and Size : The series consists of an adult male and ovigerous female which were taken in the same net, and a young male. Measurements gave the following results: Ovigerous female: Length 20, breadth 15, cheliped 21, ambulatories ca. 40.5, 30, 25 and ? mm. Adult male: Length 21.5, breadth 18, cheliped ca. 24, ambulatories ca. 47, 40, 32, and 29 mm. Young male: Length 12.6, breadth 9.7, cheliped ca. 16, ambulatories ca. 34, 25, 21, 19 mm. Color in Life: Adults, reddish-brown, the chelae speckled with scarlet. Young male, pale buffy-yellow ; chelae speckled with scarlet; bases of ambulatories tinged with pink. Food: The stomachs of both the female and the young male contained bits of algae. Breeding: The eggs carried by the female had already hatched, and many zoeas, each measuring about 2.3 mm. in length, were clustered around the anterior margin of the sternum. Habits: All 3 specimens carried a few bits of algae held by the curved hairs, especially on the ambulatories. Remarks: This species has been known previously from only 2 speci- mens, both young: namely, Stimpson’s type of Podonema vestita {Ann. Lyc. 1937] Crane: Brachy gnathous Crabs 53 Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 10, 1871, p. 97) from Cape San Lucas, a female which measured 13.2 mm. in length and which is not extant; and Rathbun’s type of Podochela ( Coryrhynchus ) mexicana ( Proc . U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, 1893, p. 225), a male 10 mm. in length from the Gulf of California. The species were synonymized by Rathbun in 1925 {Bull. 129, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 42) ; to the rostrum the adjectives “short, rounded, . . . arcuate, thin” were applied, while the sternum and basal segments of the legs were de- scribed as “vermiculated. Sternal segments in the form of raised plates with sharp edges and separated by deep depressions.” The present specimens disagree with the description of these important characters in the following particulars: the rostrum, instead of being rounded, is bilobed in all the specimens, the lobes being conspicuous and unequal in the large male and female, and barely indicated by a slight, median emargination in the 12.6 mm. male; along the margins of the rostrum is a row of spinules which are clearly distinguishable even in the young specimen. The sternum is exactly as described except that the ver- miculations are spinulous, especially in the large specimens. In all other particulars given in the published descriptions, however, the young male, at least, of the present series agrees perfectly, and where the characteristics of the 2 adults differ from those of the young, the differences are merely intensifications of these characters obviously due to age or sex: The cardiac protuberances of the adults are higher and more compressed and scarcely continued forward (in the 12.6 mm. male the forward projec- tion is evident, but not as pronounced as in Rathbun’s 10 mm. specimen) ; the hepatic and pterygostomian lobes are relatively more developed; the outer margin of the basal antennal article is more conspicuously bi-lobed; and, finally the manus of the adult male is considerably, instead of slightly, swollen, the fingers gaping instead of meeting at the base. In view of these rather extensive, but obviously developmental, differences, it seems rea- sonable to attribute also to age the differences in the shape of the rostrum and the spinulation of both rostrum and sternum described in the preced- ing paragraph. Details of the structure of the chelipeds in the adult male are as fol- lows: Merus with a few small spinules on both outer and inner lower mar- gins. Carpus with 7 or 8 small tubercles, the most anterior much the largest, scattered on the upper-outer surface. Manus considerably swollen, the outer surface covered with a dense, short pubescence and with some long, straight hairs (longest on the margins) and a few short, curved hairs, some of which form a longitudinal row; upper and lower margins each armed with an irregular row of very small spinules; 5 or 6 minute tubercles in a crooked line and several even smaller spinules on the nearly bare, inner surface of palm. Fingers slender, slightly gaping at base. Cheli- peds of female slender, tubercles on inner surface of palm lacking. Material: Station 136: D-30 (1 8). Station 143: D-l (1 2, 1 3). Cat. Nos. 36,697, 36,869. Inaclioides laevis Stimpson, 1860. General Range: Atlantic: from the west coast of Florida to Desteno, Brazil. Pacific: from Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California, and Magdalena Bay, Lower California, to Panama. From 3 fathoms or less to 29 fathoms. Local Distribution, Sex and Size: Two specimens, an ovigerous female and a male measuring 9.6 and 9.4 mm. in length respectively, were taken in the Inez area (Station 143) at a depth of 29 fathoms, the bottom being composed of crushed shell mud with a little weed. Food: Traces of crustaceans, probably amphipods, were found in both stomachs. Breeding : The female carried 362 eggs measuring .59 mm. in diameter. 54 Zoological New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 Habits'. Neither of the specimens was decorated. Remarks'. This variable species has not been recorded previously from the Gulf of California, and apparently has not been taken as deep as 29 fathoms. The present specimens have the sharp supraorbital tubercle de- scribed by Rathbun (1925 p. 61) as present on the Magdalena specimen, but the antennal ridges are coarsely denticulate in the male, and almost smooth in the female. There are about 15 good-sized tubercles on the inner surface of the manus of the cheliped in the male, and 3 or 4 large, along with a number of small ones on the outer surface. The manus of the female is almost smooth. Material: Station 143: D-l (1 $, 1 $). Cat. No. 36,876. Erileptus spinosus Rathbun, 1893. General Range: From Santa Rosa, California, to Abreojos Point, Lower California; Gulf of California. From 21 to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 14 specimens was taken from the Inez area (Station 147) in a single net at a depth of 60 fathoms, the bottom being composed of mud and crushed shell. Size and Sex: The 10 females of the collection measured between 3.5 and 6.4 mm. in length, 9 of them being ovigerous. The single non-ovigerous female was immature and measured 4.6 mm. The 4 males were from 6 to 10 mm. long. Food: Six stomachs all contained indeterminate animal remains and a few grains of sand. Breeding : The 3.5 mm. female carried 21 eggs, a middle-sized specimen 46 and the largest 76. The diameters ranged from .43 to .48 mm. Remarks: This species has not been reported before from the Gulf of California. Material: Station 147: D-2 (10 $, 4 3). Cat. No. 36,837. Eucinetops lucasii Stimpson, 1860. (Plate II, Figures 5, 6). General Range: Gulf of California and Cape San Lucas, Lower Cali- fornia. Shallow water. Local Distribution, Sex and Size: Two males, each measuring 6.9 mm. in length, were taken in the Inez area (Station 144) at a depth of 1 fathom on a sandy bottom with weed. Color in Alcohol: The chelipeds, and, to a lesser extent, the ambula- tories were conspicuously banded and marbled. Habits: The specimens were fairly well covered with algae. Remarks : This is the third time this species has been taken, neither of the other specimens being extant. Our two males agree well with the de- scriptions (accepting Rathbun’s synonymy given in 1925, p. 85) except for the following details: the rostral horns of the more developed specimen are distinctly but abruptly pointed or spined, similar to those of E. panamensis, while the rostrum itself and the horns are longer; the younger male on the other hand has one horn blunt, possibly broken, and the other pointed, although not so sharply as in the older specimen. The eye-stalks, however, agree well with Lockington’s description of his 8-mm. specimen, each stalk being about as long as the distance between the bases of the eyes; when in a natural position, pointing obliquely outward, each extends almost twice the length of the postocular spine beyond its tip, measuring the length of the spine along its anterior margin. This character alone separates the species from E. panamensis. 1937] Crane: Brachygnathous Crabs 55 In addition to the 3 tubercles in a transverse line on the gastric region mentioned in Stimpson’s description of the female, the carapaces of the present specimens are ornamented with 4 spines and tubercles and a num- ber of small lumps on each branchial region, arranged as follows: a distinct spine, directed upward, slightly above the postero-lateral curve of the carapace, a smaller spine or tubercle in front of this, and 2 tubercles in a transverse line between it and the cardiac region; finally, there is a promi- nent oblong swelling on the summit of the branchial region and a few scat- tered, minute tubercles. In both specimens the merus of the chelipeds is nearly smooth, slightly lumpy at most, not tuberculate as in Lockington’s older specimen, while the tooth on the inner side of the movable finger near its base is also lacking. Both of these are doubtless age characters. It is of interest that the cheliped of one of the present specimens is considerably longer and thicker than that of the other crab of the same length. Due to the small size of these specimens, a neotype is not proposed. Material : Station 144: D-l (2 3). Cat. No. 36,838. Euprognatha bifida Rathbun, 1893. General Range : Both coasts of Lower California. From 3 feet to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 59 specimens was taken from Magdalena Bay, San Lucas Bay (Station 135), Gorda Banks (Station 150), Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Station 142) between 3 feet and 45 fath- oms, usually on sandy bottoms, or on bottoms of sand and crushed shell. Sex and Size : Males, which measured 5 to 10 mm. in length, were almost 3 times as numerous as the females, which measured from 5.1 to 7.9 mm. Ovigerous females ranged from 5.1 to 7.4 mm. Color in Life : Pale gray. Food : The specimen from Magdalena Bay contained an amphipod; all the other stomachs examined, numbering a dozen from various dredges, contained grains of sand mingled with finely digested algae. Breeding : Of the 16 females taken, 14 were ovigerous. The eggs, measuring .43 mm. in diameter, were difficult to count accurately since they dissolved at a touch; the usual number, however (based on 6 counts) was about 70. Habits: In 2 widely separated localities, namely Arena Bank and the Inez area, these little gray crabs were found clinging tightly to worm tubes which they exactly matched in color. Remarks: This species has not been taken previously in water less than 18 fathoms or more than 40 fathoms in depth. In the specimens from the San Lucas region, the tubercles of both sexes are blunter and less con- spicuous than in those from the other regions. Material: Shore of Magdalena Bay: (1 9). Station 135: D-9 to D-26 inch (7 2, 13 $). Station 136: D-l (1 9), D-5 (1 8) , D-6 (1 8), D-13 (1 8), D-26 (1 2, 1 8), D-30 (1 2, 1 8). Station 142: D-l (2 8 ), D-2 (4 2, 22 8). Station 150: D-8 (1 2, 1 8). Cat. Nos. 36,701, 36,702, 36,839, 36,840, 36,877. Collodes tenuirostris Rathbun, 1893. General Range: Western coast of Lower California; Gulf of California. From 33 to 145 fathoms. Local Distribution: 3 females, from 14 to 19 mm. in length, were taken from the Inez area (Stations 142 and 146) between 33 and 35 fathoms on bottoms composed of mud and crushed shell. 56 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 Food: The stomachs of 2 specimens contained algae. Breeding: A single specimen was ovigerous. It measured 15.5 mm. in length by 13 in breadth and carried 246 eggs, .51 mm. in diameter. Material: Station 142: D-2 (2 9). Station 146: D-l (1 9). Cat. Nos. 36,841, 36,842. Collodes tumidus Rathbun, 1898. General Range: Western coast of Lower California; southern part of Gulf of California. From 10 to 35 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single young male, measuring 6.6 mm. in length, was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136 D-30; Cat. No. 36,703) at a depth of 35 fathoms on coarse sand with weed. Remarks: This specimen is the fourth ever recorded, and increases the recorded depth from 12 to 35 fathoms. The chelipeds are not yet inflated. Pyromaia tuberculata (Lockington) , 1877. General Range : From Monterey Bay, California, to the Bay of Panama. From SV2 to 66 fathoms. Local Distribution: 4 specimens were taken from the Inez area (Station 143) between 25 and 35 fathoms on bottoms ranging from soft mud with shell to firm sand, with or without weed. Sex and Size : The single female, ovigerous, measured 14 mm. in length and 11 in breadth; the 3 males were from 9.9 mm. long by 7.2 mm. wide to 12.7 mm. long and 9.4 mm. wide. Food: The 2 stomachs examined contained bottom detritus including Foraminifera. Breeding: The female carried 387 eggs measuring .35 mm. in diameter. Remarks : All of the specimens were typical representatives of the “variety A” designated by Rathbun (1925, p. 136), which includes speci- mens from the Lower California region and is characterized by the presence of 2 well developed gastric tubercles. In both the smallest and largest male the manus of the cheliped was considerably swollen, while in the middle-sized crab it was scarcely inflated at all. Material: Station 143: D-l (1 5), D-2 (1 9), D-3 (1 $), D-4 (1 $) . Cat. No. 36,843. Dasygyius depressus (Bell), 1835. General Range: Gulf of California; Galapagos Islands. From 6 to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 363 specimens was taken from Gorda Banks (Station 150), Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Stations 142, 143, 146 and 147) between 29 and 60 fathoms, usually on mud bottoms; in 4 out of the 19 dredges in which the species occurred, however, the bottom was sandy or rocky. Sex and Size: Females, which measured 10.2 to 19 mm. in length, were almost twice as numerous as the males, which measured from 8.4 to 27.5 mm. Ovigerous females ranged from 17.5 to 19 mm. The chelipeds of the males were fully developed in specimens 22 mm. in length and over. Detailed measurements of the 2 largest specimens in the collection were as follows: Ovigerous female, length of carapace 19, breadth of carapace 21, length of cheliped 18.5 mm. Male, length of carapace 24.5, breadth of carapace 27.5, length of cheliped 32 mm. 1937] Crane: Brachy gnathous Crabs 57 Color in Life : Entire crab pinkish with olive-gray pubescence, except for manus and dactyls of cheliped, which were pure white. Eggs coral-red. Food: An examination of 17 stomachs gave the following results: 11 held sand, usually almost filling stomach; 2 (a male and female from Sta- tion 142 D-3) contained remains of the oxystomatous crab, Randallia amer- icana; 1 held unidentifiable crustacean remains; 3 were entirely empty. Breeding: Over four-fifths of all females were ovigerous. The eggs measured from .43 to .48 mm. in diameter. Counts on six specimens gave totals ranging from 205 to 230. Habits : The viability of these crabs seems very low : all of the numerous specimens taken were either dead when the net came up or nearly so, dying soon after. The movements of even those in the best condition were in- variably sluggish. Remarks: This species has not hitherto been reported below 26.5 fath- Material: Station 136: D-l (1 3), D-4 (26 2 and 3), D-5 (1 3), D-7 (3 2, 3 3), D-10 (3 3), D-13 (1 3), D-14 (32 2, 4 3), D-15 (42 2, 11 3), D-16 (10 2, 15 3), D-17 (5 2, 6 3), D-18 (1 2), D-23 (1 3). Station 142: D-2 (1 3), D-3 (3 2, 2 3). Station 143: D-l (43 2 and 3), D-2 (79 2 and 3), D-3 (33 2 and 3), D-4 (20 2 and 3), D-5 (13 2 and 3). Station 146: D-l (2 3). Station 147: D-2 (1 3). Station 150: D-8 (1 2). Of these 363 specimens, 35 are preserved (Cat. Nos. 36,704, 36,844, 36,845, 36,846, 36,878). Subfamily Acanthonychinae. Epialtus minimus Lockington, 1877. (Plate II, Figure 7). General Range: Gulf of California. From low tide to 2 y2 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 15 specimens was taken from the San Lucas area (Station 144) between the low-tide mark and 2% fathoms on sandy bottom with weed and stones. Sex and Size : The 9 females ranged in length from 8.2 to 14.5 mm. ; the 7 males from 6 to 18 mm. Ovigerous females measured from 9.4 to 14.5 mm. Color in Life: Creamy to ochraceous yellow, the chelipeds and ventral surface sometimes spotted or blotched with brown. Food: All stomachs examined were crammed with algae. Breeding : Of the 9 females, 7 were ovigerous. The eggs measured .48 mm. in diameter. Four counts gave totals ranging from 145 to 680, the number depending, as usual, directly on the size of the crab. Habits: Bryozoans were attached to one crab and bits of sponge to another; the remainder were not decorated. Remarks: The following sexual differences are apparent in the present series: In the females the pre-hepatic length is much shorter than in the males, being contained up to more than 3 times in the post-hepatic length, instead of almost, or more than equalling it. (In the present series, however, all of the males have the pre-hepatic length slightly shorter than the post- hepatic, whereas in some of Rathbun’s specimens it was equal. See Rathbun, 1925, p. 155). Also, the females have the anterior margin of the hepatic lobe irregularly scalloped, instead of with a single low tooth, and the supra- orbital tooth is better developed than in the male. It will be seen from the photograph that, even in addition to sexual differences, the species is very variable. Material: Station 144: D-l (4 2, 3 3), D-2 (2 2, 1 3), D-3 (1 2, 2 3). Shore of Santa Inez Bay: (1 2, 1 3). Cat. Nos. 36,847, 36,848. 58 [XXII :3 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society Sphenocarcinus agassizi Rathbun, 1893. General Range: From the Gulf of California to Panama. From 14 to 71 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 24 specimens was taken from Gorda Banks (Station 150) and Arena Bank (Station 136) between 40 and 70 fathoms, almost always on muddy bottoms. In 2 of the 11 dredges in which it was taken, however, the bottom was sandy. Sex and Size: The 21 females measured from 13.5 to 44 mm. in length, the 3 males from 14.5 to 58 mm. The smallest ovigerous female measured 29.5 mm. Detailed measurements of the two largest specimens in the collec- tion were as follows: Ovigerous female, length 44, breadth 30, length of cheliped 32 mm. Male, length 58, breadth 36, length of cheliped 75 mm. Color in Life: General color olive brown, usually darkest posteriorly. In the adult males the entire cheliped, with the exception of the dorso-ex- terior surface of the merus, was bright rose red, sometimes speckled with black, while the projecting parts of the ventral surface were similarly col- ored. Large females occasionally also had a tinge of pink ventrally. Eggs bright scarlet or grenadine orange to mulberry red, ova of the latter shade being almost ready to hatch. Food: 7 stomachs contained only slight traces of mud; while 1 held the body and operculum of a small snail. Breeding: Ovigerous specimens numbered two-thirds of all the females. The eggs measured .54 mm. in diameter. A specimen 29.5 mm. long carried 315 eggs, one of 33.5 mm. 850 eggs, and one of 44 mm. 1,650 eggs. Habits: These crabs had very little vitality. The majority were dead when the dredge reached the surface, while those that were still alive died almost immediately, even when placed at once in aquariums. Material: Station 136: D-2 (3 2), D-8 (3 9, 1 3), D-9 (1 9), D-16 (1 3), D-18 (2 2), D-20 (2 2), D-22 (6 2), D-23 (1 2), D-24 (1 9), D-26 (19). Station 150: D-4 (1 9, 1 3). Cat. Nos. 36,705, 36,706. Subfamily Pisinae. Rochinia vesicularis (Rathbun), 1907. (Plate III, Figures 8, 9). General Range: Off Galapagos Islands; southern part of Gulf of Cali- fornia. From 40 to 300 fathoms. Local Distribution: 3 specimens were taken from Gorda Banks (Station 150) in a single net between 40 and 100 fathoms on a rocky bottom. Sex and Size: The young female measured more than 13 mm. in length by 9 in breadth; the 2 males each over 11.5 by 8 and over 19.5 by 15 mm., respectively. The tips of the rostrum were broken off in every specimen. Remarks: This species has been known previously only from 3 speci- mens, including the male holotype 20.7 mm. long, all taken off the Galapagos Islands at a depth of 300 fathoms. The present trio of specimens differs from the published description and figures in the relatively greater breadth of the carapace and in the shorter legs. The number and arrangement of all the spines, however — including the 2 very characteristic spines on the basal antennal article and the spine on the lower margin of the orbit outside the antennal article — as well as the presence of spherical vesicles on the cara- pace, indicate that the differences in proportions are due only to the youth of the present specimens. As has already been stated, the tips of the rostral horns are broken in all 3 specimens. Material: Station 150: D-5 (1 2, 2 3). Cat. No. 36,707. 1937] Crane: Brachy gnathous Crabs 59 fHerbstia tumida (Stimpson), 1871. General Range: Gulf of California and Manzanillo, Mexico. Local Distribution: 3 juvenile specimens (Cat. No. 36,757) each measur- ing about 5.5 mm. in length, were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) at a depth of 2% fathoms. Remarks: This species has been known previously from only 2 speci- mens, Stimpson’s non-extant type from Manzanillo, and a specimen in the American Museum of Natural History from the Gulf of California, 13.5 mm. in length. Allowing for the difference in age, the present series of young specimens agrees well with the descriptions, except for the relative flatness of the carapace and the absence of a small tooth at the insertion of the first movable article of the antenna. Additional material is needed for an ade- quate knowledge of the characters of this and closely related species. Lissa aurivilliusi Rathbun, 1898. General Range: West coast of Lower California; southern part of Gulf of California; Galapagos Islands. To a depth of 35 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,708), 11 mm. in length, was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136 D-30) at a depth of 35 fathoms on a sandy bottom with weed. Habits: The carapace was decorated with bits of sea urchin test and fragments of sponge. Remarks: This is the first time this species has been taken within the Gulf. Lissa tuberosa Rathbun, 1898. General Range: Southern part of Gulf of California. From 7 to 30 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single non-ovigerous female (Cat. No. 36,709), 12 mm. in length, was taken from Gorda Banks (Station 150 D-7) at a depth of 20 to 30 fathoms on a sandy bottom. Remarks: The teeth at the anterior angles of the front are slightly more, not less, advanced than the submedian lobes. In all other respects, however, the specimen agrees perfectly with the description. This species has not been previously reported below 10 fathoms. Subfamily Majinae. Thoe sulcata Stimpson, 1860. General Range: West coast of Mexico from Tepoca Bay in the Gulf of California to the State of Oaxaca. From low tide to at least 2 y2 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,758), 7.3 mm. in length, was taken from a piece of coral ( Pocillo-pora ligulata ) brought up close to Arena Bank (Station 136) from a depth of 2 y2 fathoms. Pitho picteti (Saussure), 1853. General Range: West coast of Mexico including the Gulf of California; Central America. From 3 feet to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,849), 15.5 mm. in length, was taken under a stone in 3 feet of water on the shore of Magdalena Bay. Habits: The crab was well decorated with large grains of sand and bits of shell and weed. 60 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 Pitho sexdentata Bell, 1836. General Range : Gulf of California; Cape San Lucas; Galapagos Islands. Shallow water. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,867), 10 mm. in length, was taken off Santa Inez Point on some floating weed. Habits: The crab was decorated with large grains of sand and bits of weed. Remarks: This species has not been recorded previously from north of Cape San Lucas. Mithrax ( Mithrax ) mexicanus Glassell, 1936. (Plate III, Figures 10, 11). General Range: Gulf of California. At 50 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single specimen, the male holotype (Cat. No. 36,712), was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136 D-27) at a depth of 50 fathoms on a bottom composed of sand and rock. Remarks: For a description of this species, see Zoologica, XXI, No. 17, p. 213. The holotype is deposited in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. Mithrax ( Mithrax ) sinensis Rathbun, 1892. General Range: Gulf of California. From 7 to 30 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single young female (Cat. No. 36,710), 7 mm. long, was taken on Gorda Banks (Station 150 D-7) between 20 and 30 fathoms on a sandy bottom. Remarks: This species has not been recorded previously below 17 fath- oms. Mithrax ( Mithrax ) spinipes (Bell), 1836. General Range: From the Gulf of California to Ecuador and the Gala- pagos Islands. From 2y2 to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: 2 specimens were taken from Ai'ena Bank (Station 136) in 2V2 and 45 fathoms of water, respectively. The shallow water speci- men was found in a piece of coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) , while the deep water crab was from a muddy bottom. Sex and Size : The specimens were male and young female, measuring 10.1 and 17.5 mm. respectively, the larger specimen having been taken in deep water. Color in Life: Carapace and chelipeds violet pink; ambulatories faintly pink above; ventral surface grayish-white. (Described from the female specimen). Remarks : The female from deep water differs from typical members of the species in having a single good-sized tubercle instead of two small ones on the anterior mesogastric region, in which respect it resembles M. acuti- cornis. Mr. Steve A. Glassell, who has kindly examined our specimen, says he finds the species to be variable in this character. This species has been recorded previously only between 6 and 33 fath- oms. Material: Station 136: D-l (1 $), D-33 (1 $). Cat. Nos. 36,711 and 36,760. Mithrax ( Mithrax ) tuberculatus Stimpson, 1860. General Range : From Arena Bank in the Gulf of California to Panama. Local Distribution: 4 specimens (Cat. No. 36,759) were taken from 1937] Crane: Brachy gnathous Crabs 61 a piece of coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) which was brought up off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) from a depth of 2 y2 fathoms. Sex and Size : The 3 females were all ovigerous and measured from 15 to 17.5 mm. in length ; the single male measured 24 mm. Color in Life: Crimson to maroon, mottled ventrally with a varying amount of white. Chelipeds either pale cream except for crimson dactyls or mottled crimson and white, or entirely crimson. The color was deepest in the male. Food: 2 stomachs contained large quantities of algae mixed with small amounts of coral detritus, bits of sponge and unidentifiable animal matter. Breeding : The 3 females each carried from 375 to 525 eggs measuring from .5 to .6 mm. in diameter. Habits : Bryozoans were attached to the carapaces of 2 specimens and a worm tube to a third. Remarks: In 2 specimens there is a small accessory spine on one or both sides located in front of the last anterolateral spine. This species has not been recorded previously north of Cape San Lucas. Mithrax ( Mithraculus ) areolatus (Lockington) , 1877. General Range: San Diego, California; Gulf of California; Bay of Panama and Pearl Islands. Shallow water. Local Distribution: 3 males (Cat. No. 36,866), measuring from 3.8 to 7 mm. in length, were taken from a piece of coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ), which was brought up off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) from a depth of 2% fathoms. Teleophrys cristulipes Stimpson, 1860. General Range: From Arena Bank in the Gulf of California to Panama; Galapagos Islands. Local Distribution: 9 specimens (Cat. No. 36,865) were taken from a piece of coral ( Pocillopora ligidata) which was brought up off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) from a depth of 2y2 fathoms. Sex and Size: The 6 females measured from 4.3 to 6.1 mm. in length, the 3 males from 4.6 to 8.5. Ovigerous females were 6 mm. long. All of the younger specimens were about as long as wide or a little longer, instead of being slightly wider than long. Breeding: Of the 6 females, 3 were ovigerous. The eggs measured .28 mm. in diameter and numbered 170 in one case. In the others some of the zoeas had already hatched. Stenocionops beebei Glassell, 1936. (Plate IV, Figures 13-15). General Range: Gulf of California. From 35 to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: 7 specimens were taken on Arena Bank (Station 136) between 35 and 45 fathoms on sandy and muddy bottoms. Sex and Size: The series contains a single female, non-ovigerous, 56 mm. in length (the holotype), and 6 males measuring from 9.5 to 20 mm. in length (including the male paratype). Color in Life: The holotype was dull pink. Habits : All of the specimens were decorated with tiny sponges, hydroids and algae, the smaller specimens to a greater extent than the larger ones. Remarks: For a description of this species, see Zoologica, XXI, No. 17, 62 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 p. 214. Mr. Steve Glassell, the author of the species, has examined the 5 small specimens in the collection which were isolated after the publication of the type description, and has designated them as metatypes. The holotype is deposited in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society, while the paratype and 3 meta types are in those of the San Diego Society of Natural History. Material: Station 136: D-13 (1 $), D-23 (1 $, 3 8), D-30 (2 3). Cat. Nos. 36,714 (holotype) and 36,928. Stenocionops contigua (Rathbun), 1892. General Range: Magdalena Bay, Lower California; Gulf of California. To a depth of 30 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single young male (Cat. No. 36,850), 20.5 mm. in length, was taken in the Inez area (Station 142 D-l) at a depth of 30 fathoms on a bottom composed of coarse shelly sand with weed. Habits: The crab was decorated sparsely with bits of weed and grains of sand. Remarks: This species has not been recorded previously from below 21 fathoms. Stenocionops macdonaldi (Rathbun), 1892. General Range: Gulf of California; Bay of Panama. From 33 to 145 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 13 specimens was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136) between 45 and 55 fathoms on muddy bottoms. Sex and Size: The 12 females measured 61.5 to 81.5 mm. in length, the single male 37.5 mm. Ovigerous females ranged from 69.5 mm. Color: Pink with olive brown pubescence. Chelae dark brown. Food: Each of the 3 stomachs examined contained a little weed and a considerable amount of indeterminate animal matter. Breeding: Several of the females were ovigerous. The eggs of an 81.5 mm. specimen measured .59 mm. in diameter and numbered about 36,000. Remarks : This species has been known previously only from 7 speci- mens taken by the Albatross. The present series differs from the description in that the outer margins of the rostral horns tend to diverge widely instead of converge slightly, but they show variation in this respect even among themselves. The length of the rostrum of the larger specimens is contained 9 to 10 times in the total length, not 12 as in Rathbun’s slightly larger (93 mm.) male type, while that of our 37.5 mm. young male is contained only 7 times in the length — i. e., it approximates the relative size of the rostrum in S. triangulata (Rathbun). In the latter species, which is known only from specimens up to 30 mm. long, the rostral length is contained 6 times in the length of the crab. This young male of the present collection, although clearly referable to S. macdonaldi and not to S. triangulata, nevertheless lends further sup- port to Rathbun’s suggestion (1925, p. 461 ff.) that the two species are synonymous. While its hepatic spines are double on one side and triple on the other, as in typical S. macdonaldi, still the subsidiary spines are very small (they are absent in S. triangulata). Again, the hepatic region, in- stead of bulging prominently as in S. macdonaldi, protrudes only slightly more than in S. triangulata; in even our largest specimen the hepatic regions do not project quite as much as in Rathbun’s figure of the slightly larger type of S. macdonaldi, so that it is evident that this characteristic develops with growth. The relatively greater length of the rostrum is, of course, typical of the young of many crabs. Finally, the range of S. triangulata is 1937] Crane: Brachy gnathous Crabs 63 similar to that of S. macdonaldi. Nevertheless, a still smaller intermediary- specimen should be secured before the two species are actually synonymized. Material : Station 136: D-7 (3 2), D-9 (1 2), D-17 (8 2), D-22 (1 3). Of these specimens 4 are preserved (Cat. No. 36,713). Macrocoeloma villosum (Bell), 1836. (Plate III, Figure 12). General Range : From Santa Inez Bay in the Gulf of California to Ecuador. To a depth of at least 11 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single young male (Cat. No. 36,352), 9.6 mm. in length, was taken from weed floating near Santa Inez Point. Remarks : This specimen differs from the descriptions in having the postero-lateral spines directed very slightly backward instead of forward, while the pits between the protuberances of the carapace are only slightly vermiculated. All the specimens previously known, however, were over an inch in length — 3 times the size of the present crab. This species has not been recorded previously north of Cape San Lucas. Microphrys branchialis Rathbun, 1898. General Range : From Abreojos Point, Lower California, to the Gulf of California. From 12 to 48 fathoms. Local Distribution: 2 specimens were taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) at 35 and 40 fathoms on bottoms composed of mud and of coarse sand with weed, respectively. Sex and Size: The non-ovigerous female measured 10.1 mm. in length, the male 8.4 mm. Color: The female, taken on the muddy bottom, was pinkish-olive with the manus and dactyls of the chelipeds pink. Habits: In contrast with M. platysoma, this species is provided with few curved hairs, and our specimens carried no decoration whatever of weed or sand. Material: Station 136: D-23 (1 2), D-30 (1 3). Cat. No. 36,715. Microphrys platysoma (Stimpson), 1860. General Range: From the western coast of Lower California and the Gulf of California to Panama. From low tide to at least 4y2 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 4 specimens was taken in the Inez area (Station 144 and the shore of Santa Inez Bay) between low tide and 2V2 fathoms on sandy bottoms with weed. Sex and Size: The 3 females measured 9, 12.4 (ovigerous) and 14 mm. in length, respectively; the single male 13.2 mm. Color in Life: Our specimens agreed well with those described in Lock- ington’s notes ( Proc . Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, 1876 [1877], p. 66 [4]), but there was considerable variation: Carapace plain tan to reddish-brown; chelipeds creamy white above mottled with pink, or red marbled with white, a band of bright red usually present across base of fingers; underparts and ambulatories pale cream, sometimes mottled with pink or red. Food: The stomach of the largest female held several amphipods, while that of the ovigerous specimen was crammed with seaweed. Breeding : There was a total of 315 eggs, .54 mm. in diameter. Habits : Each specimen was well decorated with grains of sand and bits of weed held in place chiefly by the curved hairs of carapace and appendages. 64 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 Material : Station 144: D-2 (2 9, 1 3). Shore of Santa Inez Bay : (1 9). Cat. No. 36,851. Tyche lamellifrons Bell, 1836. General Range'. From the Gulf of California to Panama on sandy bot- toms. To a depth of 29 fathoms. Local Distribution : 2 specimens were taken from the Inez area (Sta- tions 143 and 144) on sandy bottoms with weed at depths of 29 and 2^2 fathoms respectively. Sex and Size: The non-ovigerous female measured 24 mm. in length, the male 18.5 mm. Color in Life: Although Bell ( Proc . Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, 1835 [1836], p. 173) recorded the color as dull, uniform brown which was paler beneath, both of our specimens were tinged strongly with pink. Habits: Both specimens were covered with sponges and bristled with algae of several kinds, so that their outlines were entirely concealed. Even the ambulatories were decorated, and each specimen held between the rostral horns an especially large frond of seaweed. Remarks : The present specimens increase the known depth range from 10 to 29 fathoms. Material: Station 143: D-l (1 3). Station 144: D-2 (1 9). Cat. No. 36,852. Family Parthenopidae. Parthenope ( Platylambrus ) exilipes (Rathbun), 1893. General Range : From the west coast of Lower California and the south- ern part of the Gulf of California to Panama and the Galapagos Islands. From 20 to 80 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 26 specimens was taken from Gorda Banks (Station 150) and Arena Bank (Station 136) between 20 and 75 fathoms on muddy and sandy bottoms. Sex and Size : The 9 females measured from 17 to 24 mm. in length, the largest being ovigerous. The 17 males ranged from 7 to 30 mm. Color in Life : Males : Carapace and chelipeds light yellow brown to olive brown marked with chestnut and light orange; ventral side of cheli- peds salmon pink or orange with a violet spot at joint between merus and carpus; tips of dactyls white washed with red violet; ambulatories white banded with maroon or chestnut and tipped with grayish-brown. Female: Carapace usually darker and more reddish than in male. Eggs coral red. Food : A 29.5 mm. male had eaten a very small crab of the same species ; a second stomach held traces of another crab (species indeterminable) ; a third held a minute holothurian. The remainder of the 6 stomachs examined were empty. Breeding: The single ovigerous female carried at least 8,000 eggs, almost all of which had already hatched, the shells being still attached to the pleopods. The unhatched eggs measured .32 mm. in diameter. Habits: A specimen was kept alive in an aquarium for several days. It spent almost the entire time buried in the mud with only the eyes pro- jecting. Remarks : The tubercles of males were sharper than those of females, while the young specimens had the sharpest ones of all. This species has not been reported previously at less than 31 fathoms. Material: Station 136: D-8 (1 9), D-18 (1 9), D-20 (2 9, 13), D-21 (1 9, 2 3), D-24 (1 3), D-26 (1 9, 1 3), D-27 (3 9, 1 3). Station 150: D-3 1937] Crane: Brachygnatlious Crabs 65 (1 $), D-4 (2 $), D-8 (5 S), D-9 (1 &), D-16 (2 $). Of these specimens 13 are preserved (Cat. Nos. 36,716 and 36,717). Parthenope ( Pseudolambrus ) excavata (Stimpson), 1874. (Plate V, Figures 16, 17). General Range : From Santa Inez Bay in the Gulf of California to Panama. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,853) was taken in the Inez area (Station 143 D-l) at a depth of 29 fathoms on a sandy bottom with weed. Sex and Size : The measurements of this male are as follows: length 15, breadth 18, cheliped 28, right propodus 14.2, right manus 12.2 mm. Remarks: Both of the specimens previously taken, the non-extant type from Manzanillo and the specimen from Panama, were over an inch long and both were females. The present young male agrees with the descrip- tions perfectly in general shape and appearance and in the tuberculation of the chelipeds. It disagrees markedly, however, in having long, sharp supra- orbital and branchial spines instead of low tubercles. Also, there are traces of another pair of long spines on the anterior mesogastric region and of a single spine on the cardiac prominence, all three being obviously bi'oken off, but resembling low tubercles in their present condition. Nevertheless, since tubercles are normally sharper and more spine-like in young males of this genus than in older specimens of the opposite sex, and since it is possible that some of the spines of the previously recorded females were broken off and hence resembled tubercles, just as they do in the present case, it appears that the creation of a new species with the present speci- men as holotype would be unjustified. Parthenope ( Pseudolambrus ) triangula (Stimpson), 1860. (Plate V, Figure 18). General Range: Known only from Cape San Lucas, Lower California.* Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,718), measuring 8.4 mm. in length by 10 mm. in breadth, was taken in San Lucas Bay (Station 135 D-20) at a depth of 3 fathoms on a sandy bottom. Remarks: This species was previously known only from the non-extant type specimen, a female measuring 14 mm. in length by 17.5 mm. in breadth, which was also taken at San Lucas. Our specimen differs from it in having the antero-branchial region slightly more prominent, so as almost to form an angle as in P. (P.) excavata. Due to its small size, this male is not pro- posed as a neotype. Mesorlioea bellii (A. Milne Edwards), 1878. General Range: From Abreojos Point on the western coast of Lower California and from the Gulf of California to Panama Bay. From 9 y2 to 71 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 19 specimens was taken from San Lucas Bay (Station 135), Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Stations 141, 142 and 143) between 13 and 45 fathoms on sandy or muddy (usually sandy mud) bottoms. Sea: and Size: The 12 females measured between 9.7 and 14 mm. in length (2 specimens, each 14 mm. long, were ovigerous). The 7 males ranged from 7.5 to 14.5 mm. Food: Of the 6 stomachs examined, 3 contained bottom detritus, 1 a worm and 2 were empty. 66 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 Breeding : The eggs were .27 mm. in diameter and numbered about 2,600 on each of the ovigerous females. Remarks: As in the analogous Atlantic species, M. sexspinosa, there is considerable variation in the size of the teeth at the branchial angle of the carapace and on the posterior margin. The length of the rostral lobe is also variable. In general, old males have the longest spines and teeth and the smallest rostral lobes, while the opposite is true of young females. Material : Station 135: D-ll (1 3), D-26 (1 2). Station 136: D-14 (2 2). Station 141: D-4 (1 2). Station 142: D-2 (1 2), D-3 (1 2). Station 143: D-2 (1 2, 1 3), D-3 (2 2, 3 3), D-4 (1 2), D-5 (2 2, 2 3). Cat. Nos. 36,719, 36,720, 36,854, 36,855, 36,856. Superfamily Brachyrhyncha. Family Portunidae. Ovalipes punctatus (de Haan), 1833. General Range : Cape San Lucas, Lower California; Peru; Chile; Uru- guay; Argentina; South Africa; Japan; China; Australia; New Zealand. Local Distribution: The manus (Cat. No. 36,924) of a cheliped was taken from the stomach of a long-snouted shark, Carcharias velox, April 3, 1936, in San Lucas Bay (Station 135). This is the first record of the crab’s occurrence on the eastern Pacific coast north of Peru. Portunus ( Achelous ) iridescens (Rathbun), 1893. General Range: West coast of lower California; Gulf of California. From 18 to 112 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 447 specimens was taken off Cape San Lucas (Station 151), on Arena Bank (Station 136) and in the Inez area (Stations 142, 143, 146 and 147) between 30 and 60 fathoms. The great majority occurred on mud bottoms, with only a few on sand, shelly or rocky bottoms with weed. • Sex and Size: The 264 males, half again as numerous as the females, measured between 6.3 and 26 mm. in length. Females ranged from 13.5 to 26.5 mm., with ovigerous specimens from 17 to 25 mm. Detailed measure- ments of the 2 largest specimens in the collection are as follows; Female, length 26, breadth 52, breadth in front of lateral spines 38, fronto-orbital breadth 19.5, length of cheliped 62, length of carpal spine 12.5 mm. Male, length 26, breadth 53, breadth in front of lateral spine 39, fronto-orbital breadth 19, length of cheliped 80, length of carpal spine 32. Color in Life: Carapace olive gray, the ridges and prominences being chestnut or maroon ; lateral spines sometimes yellow orange, always tipped with white; underparts whitish; eyes olive green; palps of outer maxillipeds opalescent ; chelipeds paler than carapace — cream-colored to light sienna, the ridges colored as on the carapace; short spines of chelipeds also maroon tipped with white and orange; carpal spines usually reddish-orange tipped with white, the fringe of hair being pale Indian red; ambulatories whitish spotted with dull yellow brown, barred with maroon and tipped with light orange red; swimmerets each tipped with a characteristic reddish-purple ocellus with a white center. In the smallest specimens (up to 14 mm. in length) the general color is very pale, but even in the youngest the ocelli are visible. The chelipeds of adult males are much redder than those of other specimens. Eggs coral red. Food : 12 stomachs contained material distributed as follows : Stomachs with sand and algae, 2 ; with sand alone, 1 ; with pebbles, bits of shell and minute snails, 1 ; with amphipods, 1 ; with worm, 1 ; with echinoderm (prob- ably sea-urchin), 1; empty, 5. 1937] Crane: Brachygnathous Crabs 67 Breeding: About three-fifths of the females were ovigerous. The eggs measured .32 mm. in diameter. Three counts gave totals ranging from about 13,000 (on a female measuring 17 mm. in length) to about 21,500 (on a 23 mm. specimen). Habits : In an aquarium a specimen lived several days, remaining buried under a thin film of mud. Remarks: In the adult males of the present collection, the carpal spine did not quite reach the tip of the manus. Material: Station 136: D-2 (1 $), D-4 (20 9 and 3), D-7 (17 9, 8 3), D-8 (5 9, 1 3), D-9 (9 9, 9 3), D-10 (5 9, 9 3), D-13 (1 3), D-14 (3 9, 9 3), D-15 (9 9, 14 3), D-16 (17 9, 30 3), D-17 (15 9, 70 3), D-18 (33 9, 37 3), D-20 (18 9, 19 3), D-21 (2 9, 4 3), D-22 (27 9, 28 3), B-24 (2 3), B-26 (2 9), D-31. (1 3), B-32 (3 9). Station 142: B-3 (5 9, 6 3). Station 143: B-2 (2 3). Station 146: B-l (1 9, 3 3). Station 147: B-2 (19). Station 151: B-l (19). Cat. Nos. 36,724, 36,857, 36,858, 36,859, 36,860. Portunus ( Achelous ) minimus Rathbun, 1898. General Range: Gulf of California from Tiburon Island to the Tres Marias Islands. From 4 to 50 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 19 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) between 34 and 50 fathoms, on sandy or muddy bottoms, sometimes with weed. Sex and Size : The 12 females measured between 12 and 17 mm. in length, with ovigerous specimens between 14.5 and 17 mm. The 7 males ranged from 5.3 to 18.5 mm. Betailed measurements of the two largest speci- mens in the collection are as follows: Ovigerous female, length 17, breadth including spines 26, fronto-orbital width 15, length of cheliped 35. Male, length 18.5, breadth including spines 29, fronto-orbital width 16, length of cheliped 48.5. Color in Life : Reddish- or purplish-brown blotched with darker brown ; chelae banded with purple. Eggs watermelon pink, coral red or orange. Food: 6 stomachs contained material distributed as follows: with shrimps, 1 ; with amphipods, 1 ; with inderminable crustaceans, 1 ; with inde- terminable animal matter, 3. Breeding: Half of the females were ovigerous. The eggs, .32 mm. in diameter, ranged in number from about 12,500 on a 14.5 mm. crab to about 14,500 on a 17 mm. crab. Remarks: In the young the outer frontal teeth are less tooth-like and projecting, their inner margins being long with a gentle slope. This species has not been recorded previously below 40 fathoms. Material: Station 136: B-l (1 9), B-5 (2 3), B-6 (2 9, 1 3), B-12 (1 9), B-23 (5 9), B-24 (1 9), B-30 (2 9, 4 3). Cat. No. 36,722. Portunus ( Achelous ) pichilinquei Rathbun, 1930. General Range : From Magdalena Bay to the head of the Gulf of Cali- fornia. From 3 feet to 33 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 62 specimens was taken from the shore of Magdalena Bay, from San Lucas Bay (Station 135) and from the Inez area (Stations 141, 142 and 144), between 3 feet and 33 fathoms on various types of bottoms, usually more or less sandy. Sex and Size: The 23 males, only three-fifths as numerous as the females, measured between 3.2 and 14 mm. in length. Females ranged from 4.6 to 13.5 mm., with ovigerous specimens from 7.6 to 10 mm. Color in Life: This species varies considerably in accordance with its 68 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 surroundings. The carapace of specimens taken on sandy bottoms was mot- tled with a fine pattern of brown and grayish-white, and a few small spots of orange. Specimens taken on bottoms with pink or purplish coral and algae, on the other hand, had the carapace coral pink with mottlings of dark red- dish-brown or with lighter brown and white. Legs same color as background of carapace, more or less mottled with buff and brown, or barred with pink- ish buff, depending on the bottom. Chelae with one or two conspicuous dark bands, one always near the base and sometimes another near the tip. Swim- ming legs sometimes plain buff (on crabs from sandy bottoms). The males found on both backgrounds have each a bright pink or orange spot on the hepatic region. Underparts pure white. Eggs rose red. Food : 3 specimens from San Lucas Bay had, respectively, sand, a larval fish and crustacean remains in their stomachs, while 3 specimens from Santa Inez Bay contained the following: with a sponge, a shrimp and the oxysto- matous crab, Randallia americana, 1 ; with 2 amph ipods and Randallia amer- icana, 1; with a single crustacean, 1. Breeding : Only 6 of the 39 females were ovigerous. The eggs of a me- dium-sized specimen numbered about 2,100. Habits'. Specimens from bottoms composed of crushed shell and sand sought that material when placed in an aquarium containing samples of various bottoms. The crabs matched the chosen background perfectly in color. Remarks: Although the lateral spine in all specimens is considerably longer than twice the length of the preceding tooth, so that there is no pos- sibility of confusion with P. minimus, in a few specimens the spine is not quite as long as the width of the 3 preceding teeth, as recorded in Rath- bun’s description of her specimens (1930, p. 78). The outer orbital teeth go through the same developmental phases as in P. minimus (see p. 67). This species has previously been recorded from between 7 and 29 fathoms, so that the present series (from 3 feet to 33 fathoms) increases the known vertical range slightly in both directions. Material: Shore of Madalena Bay (3 feet): (6 9). Station 135: D-l and D-9 to D-26, inch (26 9, 16 3). Station 141: D-4 (1 J). Station 142: D-l (6 9, 5 $), D-2 (1 $). Station 144: D-2 (19). Cat. Nos. 36,235, 36,236, 36,723, 36,880, 36,881. Portunus ( Achelous ) tuberculatus (Stimpson), 1860. General Range: From Cape San Lucas, Lower California, to Panama. From 3 to 29 V2 fathoms. Local Distribution: 5 specimens were taken from San Lucas Bay (Sta- tion 135) between 3 and 6 fathoms on sandy bottoms. Sex and Size : The single ovigerous female measured 9.6 mm. in length, 2 young females 9.9 and 10.6 mm., and 2 males 8.3 and 8.9 mm. Food: The stomachs of 2 specimens contained indeterminable animal matter. Breeding: The ovigerous female had about 5,400 eggs measuring .27 mm. in diameter. Material: Station 135: D-l (2 9, 2 $), D-19 (19). Cat. No. 36,725. Callinectes bellicosus (Stimpson), 1859. General Range : From Point Loma, California, to the Gulf of California. Local Distribution: 2 young males (Cat. No. 36,879), measuring 12.5 and 14 mm. in length respectively, were taken off Santa Inez Point in float- ing weed over shallow water. 1937 j Crane: Brachygnathous Crabs 69 Family Atelecyclidae. Pliosoma parvifrons Stimpson, 1860. General Range : Known only from Caps San Lucas and, questionably, from Carmen Island. Local Distribution : 5 males, measuring from 4.9 to 17.5 mm. in length, were taken from San Lucas Bay (Station 135) between 6 and 20 fathoms on a sandy bottom. Color : Plain buff. Food: Bits of algae; sand. Material: Station 135: D-l (2 S) , D-16 (1 $), D-26 (2 3). Cat. No. 36,726. Family Xanthidae. Carpilodes cinctimanus (White), 1847. General Range : From Arena Bank in the Gulf of California to the Galapagos Islands; South Sea Islands; Japan and Australia to the Gulf of Aden. Local Distribution: 3 males (Cat. No. 36,761), measuring 5.2, 5.4 and 12.2 mm. in length, respectively, were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 21/2 fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) . Color in Life: This series shows the development of color with age: The largest specimen was entirely burnt orange with the middle of each lateral margin tipped with white; the characteristic band on the inner side of the palm was pale gray. The 5.4 mm. specimen was bright orange, the mid-lateral margins tipped with white; chelae dark tipped with white, but with no trace of a band on the inner side of the palm. The carapace and un- derparts of the 5.2 specimen were pure white; the chelipeds were orange except for dark and white dactyls; no trace of a band on inner margin of palm; ambulatories bright orange. Remarks: A fourth specimen, measuring only 2.7 mm. in length, was taken in the same piece of coral with the above specimens and probably belongs to this species. It differs in having a relatively broader front, the fronto-orbital distance being slightly more, instead of less, than half the greatest breadth. Also, the surface of the carapace is slightly granulate instead of punctate, but this, too, can easily be an age characteristic. In preservative the specimen is entirely white with narrow, vertical, widely separated orange stripes on the carapace; chelae gray tipped with white; no trace of band on inner surface of manus. Actaea crockeri Glassell, 1936. (Plate VI, Figure 1). General Range : Gulf of California. At 34 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single specimen, the male holotype (Cat. .No. 36,731), was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136 D-5) at a depth of 34 fathoms on a bottom composed of rocks and sand with weed. Remarks : For a description of this species, see Zoologica, XXI, No. 17. p. 215. The holotype is deposited in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. Actaea sulcata Stimpson, 1860. General Range: From Arena Bank in the Gulf of California to the Pearl Islands, Panama. From 2 y2 to 15 fathoms. Local Distribution: 2 immature females (Cat. No. 36,762), measuring 70 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 8.4 and 8.9 mm. in length were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) at a depth of 2x/2 fathoms. Color in life : Carapace and all legs clear orange-red in larger specimen ; orange-red mottled with white in smaller one. Underparts white. Chelae jet black tipped with white. Food: Indeterminable animal matter. Glyptoxanthus felipensis Rathbun, 1933. (Plate VI, Figures 20, 21). General Range : From San Felipe to Santa Inez Bay in the Gulf of Cali- fornia. Local Distribution : A single male (Cat. No. 36,885), 8.4 mm. in length, was taken in the Inez area (Station 144 D-2) at a depth of 2x/2 fathoms on a sandy bottom with weed. Remarks: This species was known previously only from the 29 mm. male holotype from San Felipe in the Gulf of California (Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 46, p. 147, 1933). The present young specimen agrees well with the description. Daira americana Stimpson, 1860. General Range: From the southern part of the Gulf of California to Ecuador. Local Distribution: 15 non-ovigerous females (Cat. No. 36,763), meas- uring from 3.4 to 24 mm. in length were taken from coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 2x/2 fathoms. Color in Life: Carapace and chelipeds dark brown, the hairs grayish- brown; ventral side paler except pterygostomian region, which is dark brown also; a longitudinal very pale streak down mid-line of abdomen. Antennules, palps of maxillipeds, inner (anterior) surface of chelipeds, en- tire surface of ambulatories and outer margins of abdomen brownish tinged with carmine. Food: 4 stomachs contained seaweed mixed with grains of sand. Medaeus lobipes Rathbun, 1898. General Range: From Santa Inez Bay in the Gulf of California to the Bay of Panama; Galapagos Islands. From 5x/2 to 33 fathoms. Local Distribution: 1 male (Cat. No. 36,861), measuring 16 mm. in length by 25 in breadth, was taken from the Inez area (Station 143 D-4) at a depth of 25 fathoms on a sandy bottom. Color in Life: Carapace pale tan mottled with brownish-orange; chelae rich chestnut. Food: The stomach was crammed with sand. Remarks: This is the first time this species has been reported north of Cape San Lucas. Eurypanopeus planissimus (Stimpson), 1860. General Range: West coast of Mexico, including both east and west coasts of Lower California. Low tide zone and shallow water. Local Distribution: A total of 6 specimens was taken from the shore of Magdalena Bay and from that of Santa Inez Bay, from the surface (in floating weed) to a depth of 3 feet. Sex and Size: The series consists of a single ovigerous female measur- ing 7.9 mm. in length by 12.6 mm. in breadth; 1 young female 5 mm. in 1937] Crane: Brachygnathous Crabs 71 length; and 4 males from 3.2 to 9.2 mm. in length; the largest male meas- ures 14.5 mm. in breadth. Food : The stomachs of 3 specimens, chosen from both the Magdalena Bay and the Santa Inez Bay material, contained algae. Breeding: The ovigerous female, taken from Magdalena Bay, carried about 1,450 eggs each measuring .38 mm. in diameter. Remarks : This species has not previously been taken in the Gulf of California north of La Paz. Material: Shore of Magdalena Bay: (1 2, 1 3) ; in floating weed, Santa Inez Point: (1 $, 2 $) ; in old augur shell, shore of Santa Inez Bay: (13) (uncalcified). Cat. Nos. 36,862, 36,886, 36,887. Micropanope areolata Rathbun, 1898. General Range: Southern California and Lower California, including the Gulf, to a depth of 11 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,888), measuring 7.2 mm. in length by 10.3 mm. in breadth, was taken in the Inez Area (Station 144 D-4) between iy2 and 4 fathoms, on a sandy bottom with weed. Micropanope nitida Rathbun, 1898. General Range: Gulf of California; 7 to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,730), measuring 6.4 mm. in length, was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136 D-16) at a depth of 45 fathoms, on a sandy-mud bottom with weed. Remarks: This species has never before been taken below 10 fathoms. Mr. Steve A. Glassell of the San Diego Museum of Natural History has kindly checked the identification of this specimen. Micropanope polita Rathbun, 1893. General Range : From Magdalena Bay, Lower California, and the south- ern part of the Gulf of California to Panama; Galapagos Islands. From 20 to 66 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 39 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Station 147) between 35 and 50 fathoms on both sandy and muddy bottoms. Sex and Size: The series contains 12 females, measuring from 2.6 to 6.2 mm. in length (ovigerous females from 3.1 to 3.9 mm.), and 27 males, measuring from 3.2 to 6 mm. Color in Alcohol: After 4 months in preservative, the specimens were found to be exceedingly variable, even when taken in the same dredge. The range was from dark brown through various shades of red and red mottled with white to pure creamy white. Age and sex apparently were not con- tributing factors. Food: 3 stomachs all contained remains of amphipods; 3 others held unidentifiable organic remains. Breeding: 5 of the 12 females were ovigerous, carrying between 25 and 60 eggs .27 mm. in diameter. Remarks: The entire series of specimens from Arena Bank (Station 136), numbering all but 2 in the collection, were referred to this species by Mr. Steve A. Glassell who kindly examined them for me. They form an ex- ceedingly variable group. The 26 specimens from Station 136 D-30 are on the whole more typical than the others, and run smaller in size; the bottom in this locality was composed of coarse sand with weed. The others, chiefly from muddy bottoms, have the palms of the chelae almost entirely rough, 72 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 while the amount of granulation on the anterior part of the carapace is very variable. The variations in color have already been remarked. This species has not been reported previously from the Gulf of Cali- fornia. Material : Station 136: D-l (1 3), D-12 (1 9), D-13 (1 3), D-21 (19, 1 3), D-23 (3 9), D-26 (1 3), D-27 (2 3), D-30 (7 9, 19 3). Station 147: D-2 (2 3). Cat. Nos. 36,728, 36,729, and 36,889. Micropanope xantusii (Stimpson), 1871. General Range: From the southern part of the Gulf of California to Maria Madre Island, Mexico; Galapagos Islands. In shallow water. Local Distribution: 14 specimens (Cat. No. 36,764) were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 2% fathoms in coral ( Pocil - lopora ligulata). Sex and Size: The 5 females in the series measured from 3.2 to 7.2 mm. in length, the 9 males from 2.7 to 6 mm. Food: 2 stomachs each contained both algae and sand. Breeding: The single ovigerous female, 6.4 mm. long, carried 725 eggs .3 mm. in diameter; the eggs were ready to hatch. Pilumnus pelagius Glassell, 1936. (Plate VII, Figures 22, 23). General Range : Gulf of California at 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: 3 specimens including the holotype were taken on Arena Bank (Station 136) at 45 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks: For a description of this species, see Zoologica, XXI, No. 17, p. 215. The holotype is deposited in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society, the paratype in those of the San Diego Society of Natural History. Pilumnus townsendi Rathbun, 1923. General Range : The west coast of Mexico from Magdalena Bay and the southern part of the Gulf of California to Manzanillo; Galapagos Islands. From 1 Vfc to 51 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 4 specimens was taken from the Inez area (Stations 141 and 144) between IV2 and 13 fathoms on bottoms com- posed of sand or crushed shell, always with weed. Sex and Size : The series consists of 2 non-ovigerous females, measur- ing 6.2 and 13.2 mm. in length, and 2 males, 8.9 and 12.6 mm. in length. Food: 2 stomachs contained algae, and sand and algae, respectively. Remarks : In 3 of the 4 specimens, 1 or both frontal lobes have 4 instead of 3 spines. Material: Station 141: D-l (1 9), D-2 (1 9). Station 144: D-4 (1 3), D-6 (13). Cat. Nos. 36,890 and 36,891. Heteractaea lunata (Milne Edwards & Lucas), 1843. General Range: From San Diego, California, to Valparaiso, Chile. From between tide marks to 10 fathoms. Local Distribution: 5 males (Cat. No. 36,768), measuring from 2.7 to 7.3 mm. in length, were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 2% fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata). Food: 2 stomachs contained algae. 1937] Crane: Brachygnathous Crabs 73 Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet, 1842. General Range : Western Atlantic from South Carolina to Brazil; east- ern Atlantic, Indian and western and eastern Pacific Oceans; Gulf of Cali- fornia to Panama. Shallow water, among sponges, under stones and in corals. Local Distribution : 23 specimens (Cat. No. 36,765) were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 2 % fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) . Sex and Size-. The 10 females in the series measured between 4.1 and 9.3 mm. in length, ovigerous specimens ranging from 6.7 to 9.3 mm.; the 13 males measured between 3 and 8.3 mm. Food : 4 stomachs contained indeterminable organic matter. Breeding: 4 of the 10 females were ovigerous, carrying from 585 to 1,050 eggs measuring .3 mm. in diameter. Trapezia cymodoce ferruginea Latreille, 1825. General Range: From the southern part of the Gulf of California to Panama; Revilla Gigedos Islands; Galapagos Islands; Indo-Pacific region to the Red Sea. Local Distribution: 162 specimens (Cat. No. 36,767) were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 2 y2 fathoms in coral ( Pocil- lopora ligulata). Sex and Size: The series contained 87 females measuring from 2.6 to 14.3 mm. in length (ovigerous specimens ranging from 4 to 14.3 mmj and 75 males, measuring from 3.2 to 16.5 mm. Color in Life : The specimens varied in general color from orange rufous to grenadine red (by Ridgway’s Color Standards), adult males being usually the brightest. Food: An examination of 12 stomachs showed that 11 contained worms, while 1 held traces of bottom detritus. Breeding : 61, or almost two-thirds, of the females were ovigerous. They carried from 48 and 61 (on the smallest specimens) to about 2,350 eggs, meas- uring from .38 to .43 mm. in diameter. Although the size range of ovigerous females (from 4 to 14.3 mm. in length) was so great, the specimens were well distributed throughout this range, no one size predominating noticeably in number. Remarks: This species has not been reported previously off the eastern Pacific coast north of the Revilla Gigedos Islands. Trapezia digitalis Latreille, 1825. General Range: From Arena Bank in the Gulf of California to Panama; from the Red Sea to the Indo-Pacific region. Local Distribution: 25 specimens (Cat. No. 36,766) were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 2% fathoms in coral ( Pocil- lopora ligulata) . Sex and Size : The series contains 12 females measuring from 3.8 to 10.4 mm. in length (ovigerous specimens ranging from 6.2 to 10.4 mm.), and 13 males, measuring from 3.7 to 11.7 mm. Color in Life: Dorsal surface rich chocolate brown to chestnut brown, except for the palms and dactyls of the ambulatories which are usually bright chestnut red. Food: An examination of 6 stomachs showed that 5 contained worms while 1 held traces of bottom detritus. Breeding: 7 of the 12 females in the series were ovigerous. The eggs were found to number from 72 to about 950, and measured from .32 to .38 mm. in diameter. 74 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 « Remarks : The lateral tooth is well developed in the young. This species has not been recorded previously on the eastern Pacific coast north of Cape San Lucas. Quadrella nitida Smith, 1869. General Range : From the southern part of the Gulf of California to Panama. From 6 to 75 fathoms. Local Distribution. A total of 26 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) and Gorda Banks (Station 150) between 35 and 75 fathoms on bottoms ranging from sandy to muddy, but always in association with gorgonids. Sex and Size: The series contains 12 females measuring from 6.8 to 10.2 mm. in length and 14 males measuring from 5.1 to 8.9 mm. Color in Life; Habits: Carapace, ambulatories and underparts pure white; chelipeds white or variously colored with shades of red, yellow or orange; usually a gray, brown or black bar across base of chelae. The color of these crabs shows an amazing correlation with their mode of life. Every specimen was taken in association with gorgonids, most fre- quently a species ( Muricea miser Verrill) which was either entirely white or with the tips of the branches brightly colored, the shade varying in different specimens from bright golden yellow through peach-colored to bittersweet orange and flame scarlet. The crabs, still alive, were often found clinging to the branches with their chelae so tightly that they could not be dislodged except by breaking off the chelipeds. The remarkable part of the association was this: In almost every case, the crabs which were found on all-white gorgonids were entirely white themselves (except, sometimes, for a dark, typically xanthid bar across the chelae), while those clinging to specimens with the branch tips colored were white except for the chelipeds (or, sometimes, the manus and dactyls only) which always matched the shade of the gorgonid fronds more or less per- fectly. Moreover, the crabs almost always clung to the branches in such a position that the white carapace and ambulatories were surrounded by the white basal parts of the branches, while the colored chelipeds were among the colored outer tips. In several examples an all-white crab was found in a gorgonid with colored tipped branches, but each of these clung to the white central portion of the coral. On 4 occasions, single pairs were found close together in the same gor- gonid treelet, 3 of the females being ovigerous. In 2 of these pairs, both male and female were completely white on an all-white gorgonid; in the other 2 pairs, either the male or the female had colored chelipeds paler than those of its mate, the outer fronds of the gorgonid being colored in both cases. Only a single specimen, the carapace white as always, was taken on a completely colored gorgonid. Although these crabs were all caught at depths (210 to 450 feet) at which all of the red rays and most of the yellow rays of the spectrum are entirely absent, so that these shades would appear grayish or black to our eyes, nevertheless, they would stand out to a certain extent against the lighter gray of pure white objects, so that the color patterns of Quadrella are evidently an example of protective coloration. Food: An examination of 10 stomachs showed that 5 contained worms, and 4 brittle stars, while 1 was empty. Both worms and brittle stars were often found in the branches of the same gorgonids with the crabs. Breeding: 6 of the dozen females taken were ovigerous; they carried from 420 to 1,000 eggs measuring between .32 and .38 mm. in diameter. Remarks: Some specimens have 9 or 10 spines instead of only 6 to 8 on the merus of the chelipeds. 1937] Crane: Brachy gnathous Crabs 75 This species has not been reported previously below 31 fathoms. Material : Station 136: D-l (1 $), D-12 (19), D-23 (1 9, 2 $), D-24 (3 9, 1 3), D-26 (2 9, 4 3). Station 150: D-9 (19), D-10 (3 9, '5 3), D-16 (1 9, 1 3). Cat. Nos. 36,394, 36,732 and 36,733. Family Goneplacidae. Chasmocarcinus ferrugineus Glassell, 1936. (Plate VII, Figure 24). General Range : Gulf of California. At 45 fathoms. Local Distribution-. 3 specimens were taken on Arena Bank (Station 136 D-21) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a muddy bottom. ' Color in Life: Reddish-brown; carpus, manus and dactyls of chelipeds white. Remarks : A description of this species will be found in Zoologica, XXI, No. 17, p. 216. The holotype (Cat. No. 36,735) #is deposited in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society, the paratype in those of the San Diego Society of Natural History. Chasmocarcinus latipes Rathbun, 1898. General Range: Cedros Island and Magdalena Bay, both off the west coast of Lower California. From 38 to 51 fathoms. Local Distribution: 9 specimens were taken off Cedros Island (Station 126) between 38 and 40 fathoms on muddy bottoms. Sex and Size: The collection contains 5 non-ovigerous females, measur- ing between 11 and 12 mm. in length, and 4 males, between 9 and 14.5 mm. in length. Color in Life: Carapace and chelipeds grayish-white, center of carapace pink; basal segments of all specimens usually brown. Pubescence brown. Remarks: This species has been known previously from a single female taken in Magdalena Bay. There is no sexual variation, and the specimens agree well with the original description. Material: Station 126: D-l (1 3), D-2 (5 9, 1 3) , D-4 (2 3). Cat. No. 36,893. Family Cymopoliidae. Cymopolia cortezi, sp. nov. (Plate VIII, Figure 25). Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 36,895, Department of Tropical Re- search of the New York Zoological Society; Station 147, Dredge 2, from Santa Inez Bay in the Gulf of California, 26° 57' 30" N. Lat., 111° 48' 30" W. Long.; 60 fathoms; bottom composed of mud and crushed shell; April 17, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis: Front with 2 large, non-emarginate, triangular teeth; 2 sharp antero-lateral teeth; last leg reaching beyond merus of third ambula- tory; distal lobe of merus of ambulatories acute. Description: Carapace not much broader than long, moderately convex with 2 large, acute, antero-lateral teeth besides orbital tooth; both of these teeth point obliquely outward, their bases nearly touching; first tooth slightly broader than second. Tubercles of carapace conspicuous, trending forward, becoming increasingly laminate transversely toward posterior part of carapace; intervening spaces almost smooth except for a few small gran- ules and hairs, the latter being more numerous posteriorly. Ridge above 76 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :3 posterior margin crenulate with 4 large tubercules and 4 intervening small ones. Entire front divided by a deep median notch, slightly wider than deep, into 2 large, triangular teeth, their apices forming almost perfect right angles. First sinus of supraorbital margin narrowly U-shaped, the second broadly V-shaped; middle tooth subacute, equilaterally triangular; outer tooth acute, lower and narrower than middle tooth, and separated from outer tooth of orbit by a broad, triangular notch; Outer tooth of orbit di- rected obliquely forward, the inner margin entirely straight, the outer straight except for the slightly convex distal portion. Both suborbital sinuses V-shaped, the outer narrowly, the inner broadly. Outer suborbital lobe very convex, almost triangular, its inner margin nearly twice as long as its outer one. Inner suborbital lobe rudimentary, very low, with an oblique, slightly convex margin half concealed by the pterygostomian lobe. The latter is strongly developed, with a sinuous margin ending in a small, blunt, tooth- like projection, far in advance of the outer suborbital lobe. Chelipeds slender, the right one slightly the longer with its manus mod- erately tumid. Tips of fingers crossing. First ambulatory leg reaching middle of merus of second leg; second leg about 1% times the maximum width of carapace. Merus of ambulatories each with a low dorsal crest ending in an acute lobe; carpus with a low dorsal crest with 2 subacute lobes, basal and distal; propodus slightly enlarged distally, its low dorsal crest extending both basally and distally in a small, horizontal tooth. Last leg reaching slightly beyond end of merus of third leg. Measurements: Male holotype: Length of carapace, 7.9 mm.; breadth of carapace including second antero-lateral teeth, 10.1 mm.; breadth of cara- pace excluding second antero-lateral teeth, 9.4 mm.; length of first ambula- tory, 12 mm.; length of second ambulatory, 16.8 mm. Material Examined : The male holotype. Remarks: This proposed species is allied to Cymopolia obesa A. Milne Edwards and to Cymopolia tuberculata Faxon. It differs from both in the character of the front and of the antero-lateral teeth, but has more char- acters in common (namely, the length of the last leg and the number of antero-lateral teeth) with C. obesa from the Gulf of Mexico than it has with C. tuberculata from the Bay of Panama. Cymopolia lucasii (Rathbun), 1898. General Range : Cape San Lucas and southern part of the Gulf of Cali- fornia. From 31 to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: 2 specimens were taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) and Gorda Banks (Station 150), respectively, between 50 and 60 fath- oms on muddy and sandy bottoms. Sex and Size: The non-ovigerous female from Arena Bank measured 13.6 mm. in length, the male from Gorda Banks 11.5 mm. Remarks : This species has been known previously only from a series of 7 specimens taken by the Albatross off Cape San Lucas at a depth of 31 fathoms. Material: Station 136: D-27 (1 2). Station 150: D-9 (1 5). Cat. Nos. 36,738 and 36,739. Cymopolia zacae Glassell, 1936. (Plate VIII, Figure 26). General Range: Gulf of California. At 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single specimen, the male holotype, was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a muddy bottom. 1937] Crane: Brachygnathous Crabs 77 Remarks: For a description of this species, see Zoologica, XXI, No. 17, p. 217. The holotype is deposited in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. Cymopolia zonata Rathbun, 1893. General Range: Magdalena Bay, Lower California, and the Gulf of California. From V2 to 40 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 49 specimens was taken from the shore of Magdalena Bay, from Arena Bank (Station 136) and from the Inez area (Station 142) between % and 40 fathoms, on sandy and muddy bottoms, usually with weed. Sex and Size: The series contains 19 females measuring between 4.7 and 11.5 mm. in length, and 30 males, between 5.4 and 12.4 mm. The 2 ovigerous females each measured 11.5 mm. Color in Life : Carapace and chelipeds varying from rose through pome- granate purple to dark maroon. A pair of elongate longitudinal white spots in middle of carapace, one on each side of mid-line. Underside bluish-white. Eyes greenish-buff. Ambulatories banded with rose and buff, or with pink and white. Food: The 10 stomachs examined all contained both sand and algae. Breeding: An ovigerous female carried about 1,050 eggs measuring .32 mm. in diameter. Remarks : This species has not been reported previously in less than 8 fathoms of water. Mateidal: Shore of Magdalena Bay: (13). Station 136: D-6 (13), D-23 (1 3), D-30 (3 $,4 3). Station 142: D-l (7 $, 12 3), D-2 (9 $, 11 3). Cat. Nos. 36,736, 36,899 and 36,900. Family Grapsidae Grapsus grapsus (Linnaeus), 1758. General Range: Pacific coast from Lower California (from San Benito Island) to Chile; Galapagos Islands; western Atlantic from southern Florida and the Bahamas to Pernambuco, Brazil; eastern Atlantic. Local Distribution: Abundant on the rocks around Cape San Lucas and the shores of Santa Inez Bay. One young male (Cat. No. 36,902) from Santa Inez point, preserved. Pachy grapsus crassipes Randall, 1840. General Range: From Oregon to the Gulf of California; Galapagos Islands; Chile; Japan and Korea. Local Distribution: 2 specimens were taken, a non-ovigerous female, 14.5 mm. in length, from the shore of Magdalena Bay (Cat. No. 36,903), and an ovigerous female, 25 mm. in length, from the shore of Santa Inez Bay (Cat. No. 36,904). Food: The stomach of the Magdalena Bay specimen contained algae; that from Santa Inez Bay was empty. Breeding: The latter female carried about 5,000 hatching eggs, meas- uring .43 mm. in diameter. There were well developed internal eggs in addi- tion. Planes minutus (Linnaeus), 1758. General Range: Pelagic in tropical and temperate seas, and occasion- ally on shore, in weed, on turtles, and logs, and in jellyfishes and sponges. 78 Zoologica: Neiv York Zoological Society Local Distribution : An ovigerous female (Cat. No. 36,927), measuring 24.5 mm. in length, was taken in Santa Inez Bay attached to the tail of a green turtle. Food : Finely digested animal matter. It would be interesting to know if this material represents the excrement of the turtle. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate I. Fig. 1. Podochela vestita, male, length 21.5 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 2. Same, ventral view. Fig. 3. Podochela vestita, female, length 20 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 4. Same, ventral view. Plate II. Fig. 5. Eucinetops lucasii, male, length 6.9 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 6. Same, ventral view. Fig. 7. Epialtus minimus. Series taken at a single locality in Santa Inez Bay (Station 144), showing variation. From left to right, in the top row the first, third, and fourth specimens are males; in the second row the first and third specimens are males; in the third row the third specimen is a male; in the fourth row all specimens are females, (x 1.2). Plate III. Fig. 8. Rochinia vesicularis, male, length ca. 19.5 mm., dorsal view. Tips of rostral horns broken. Fig. 9. Same, ventral view. Fig. 10. Mithrax mexicanus, male holotype, length 16.2 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 11. Same, ventral view. Fig. 12. Macrocoeloma villosum, male, length 9.6 mm., dorsal view. Plate IV. Fig. 13. Stenocionops beebei, female holotype, length 56 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 14. Same, ventral view. Fig. 15. Same, lateral view. Plate V. Fig. 16. Parthenope ( Pseudolambrus ) excavata, male, length 15 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 17. Same, ventral view. Fig. 18. Parthenope ( Pseudolambrus ) triangula, male, length 8.4 mm., dorsal view. Plate VI. Fig. 19. Actaea crockeri, male holotype, length 5.5 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 20. Glyptoxanthus felipensis, male, length 8.4 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 21. Same, ventral view. Plate VII. Fig. 22. Pilumnus pelagius, female holotype, length 9 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 23. Same, ventral view. Fig. 24. Chasmocarcinus ferrugineus, female holotype, length 9.2 mm., dorsal view. Plate VIII. Fig. 25. Cymopolia cortezi sp. nov., male holotype, length 7.9 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 26. Cymopolia zacae, male holotype, length 8.5 mm., dorsal view. CRANE. PLATE I. BRACHYGNATHOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA FIG. 3. FIG. CRANE. PLATE II FIG. 5. FIG. 6. FIG. 7. BRACHYGNATHOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. CRANE. PLATE III. FIG. 10. FIG. 11. FIG. 12. BRACHYGNATHOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. CRANE. PLATE IV. FIG. 13. FIG. 14. FIG. 15. BRACHYGNATHOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. CRANE. PLATE V. FIG. 16. FIG. 17. FIG. 18. BRACHYGNATHOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. CRANE. PLATE VI. BRACHYGNATHOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. CRANE. PLATE VII. FIG. 22. FIG. 23. BRACHYGNATHOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. CRANE. PLATE VIII. FIG. 25. FIG. 26. BRACHYGNATHOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. Glassell: Porcellanid Crabs 79 4. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. IV. Porcellanid Crabs from the Gulf of California.1 Steve A. Glassell Research Associate in Crustacea, San Diego Society of Natural History. (Plate I). [Note: This is the fourth of a series of papers dealing with the specimens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Depart- ment of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; William Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the capture of specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] Contents. Introduction 79 Family Porcellanidae Genus Petrolisthes Stimpson Petrolisthes hirtispinosus Lockington 80 Petrolisthes crenulatus Lockington 80 Petrolisthes polymitus Glassell, sp. nov 81 Genus Pisosoma Stimpson Pisosoma flagraciliata Glassell, sp. nov 82 Pisosoma sinuimanus Lockington 83 Genus Pachycheles Stimpson Pachycheles biocellatus (Lockington) 84 Pachycheles marcortezensis Glassell 86 Pachycheles sonorensis Glassell 86 Genus Porcellana Lamarck, restricted Porcellana cancrisocialis Glassell 86 Porcellana paguriconviva Glassell 87 Porcellana hancocki Glassell, manuscript name 87 Introduction. This interesting collection of porcellanids from the Gulf of California comprises 11 species in 4 genera. New locality records are noted, extending the known ranges of several species both geographically and bathymetrically. 1 Contribution No. 522, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society 80 Zoologica: Neiv York Zoological Society [XXII :4 Two new species are described, both being collected at the same time and place, in shallow water. Also, new types are proposed for Pachycheles bio- cellatus (Lockington) , as the original types for this species are not extant. Family Porcellanidae. Genus Petrolisthes Stimpson. Petrolisthes hirtispinosus Lockington. Petrolisthes hirtispinosus Lockington, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 2, 1878, p. 400 (type-locality, Mulege Bay, Gulf of California, Mexico; type not extant), (not Petrolisthes edwardsii Saussure). “Petrolisthes hirtispinosus ? Lockington,” Schmitt, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 13, no. 24, 1924, p. 384. General Range: So far only recorded from the Gulf of California. A littoral form. Local Distribution: A total of 14 specimens (Cat. No. 36,808) was taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) at a depth of 2V2 fathoms. Sex and Size: This entire series of 8 males and 6 females is composed of adolescents and juveniles. The largest specimen, a male, has the follow- ing dimensions: length of carapace 6 mm., width 5.7 mm. As neither Lock- ington nor Schmitt has given the dimensions of their specimens, I will give the measurements for normal adults, collected by myself, at the following localities: Adult female from Conception Bay (near type-locality), Baja California, Mexico, January 20, 1932: length of carapace 10 mm., width 11 mm. Adult male from San Pedro Bay, Sonora, Mexico, December 25, 1931 : length of carapace 10 mm., width 9.7 mm. Color: This species is not nearly as highly colored in life as it is in alcohol, the preservative intensifying the coloration for a considerable time. In life it is a light red mottled with cream, spines and lobes, yellow to white margined with a deep red ; the undersides of the hands are very conspicuous, a bright pink. Habitat: It is usually found in the inter-tidal zone, beneath rocks. Remarks: The collection of this series is the first indication that the species may be obtained at a depth, as it has heretofore been taken only in the tidal zone. Petrolisthes crenulatus Lockington. Petrolisthes crenulatus Lockington, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 2, 1878, p. 398 (type-locality, Port Escondido, Baja California, Mexico). General Range: Gulf of California. Local Distribution: 2 specimens (Cat. No. 36,810) were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) at a depth of 2% fathoms. Sex and Size: The specimens are male and female .adolescents. The male, which is the larger, has length of carapace 6 mm., width 6 mm. Adult specimens of this species are much larger than the above. A male, collected by the author at the type-locality, has the following measurements: length 13.5 mm., width 15 mm. Color in Life: This is a large and very distinctive species; its color of cream and orange-red makes it conspicuous. Habitat: It is usually found in the lower part of the inter-tidal zone under stones. 1937] Glass ell: Porcellanid Crabs 81 Remarks: Lockington described this species from a single immature specimen (sex not given). The number of teeth on the anterior margin of the carpus is subject to variation; three or four may be present. This is the first record of this species having been taken outside of the inter-tidal zone. Petrolisthes polymitus Glassell, sp. nov. (Plate I; Figure 1). Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 36,918, Department of Tropical Re- search of the New York Zoological Society; Station 136, Dredge 33; from the Gulf of California off Arena Bank, 25° 26' N. Lat., 109° 24' 30" W. Long.; 2% fathoms; May 2, 1936; in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) ; collected by William Beebe on the Templeton Crocker Expedition. Deposited in the collection of the New York Zoological Society. Diagnosis: Carapace with wide, flattened, transverse plications, those posterior to the cardiac region extending across the carapace and joined in pairs at the median line; a single forward-pointing spine on the shoulder. Front serrate, not trifid. Chelipeds unequal; carpus four- or five-spined; dactyli with a single, distal spine, at termination of upper crest, extending forward over curved tip of dactylus; outer margin of hand spinose. Description: Carapace slightly longer than wide, depressed, the surface crossed with wide, flattened, transverse plications, anteriorly interrupted by the gastro-cardiac regions and the cervical groove; those plications poster- ior to the cardiac region, four in number, are entire, though joined in pairs at the median line. A verticil on each side of the cardiac region, and a pit on each side of the proximal end of the mesogastric region; a longitudinal, narrow, median sulcus extends back some distance on the gastric region; this sulcus divides a transverse ridge extending between the bases of the upper ocular spines, and the protogastric ridge lying behind it. The front is broadly triangular, apex slightly depressed, margin minutely serrate; the upper surface on each side of the median sulcus to the distal ocular hiatus is obliquely plicate. The upper ocular margin is armed with a single, long, sharp, forward-pointing spine. The lateral margin of the carapace is armed with a single, sharp-pointed spine on the shoulder behind the cervical groove. The eyes are large and stout. The basal joint of the antennae is armed subdistally with a prominent spine; the second peduncle is stout, short and unarmed; the third peduncle is almost globular, with less diameter than that of the second. Chelipeds subsimilar, unequal; merus with an inner distal upward- pointing spine and two small carpal-articulation spines; carpus, including spines, more than half as wide as long, armed with four or five sharp- pointed, serrated spines on inner margin; upper surface obliquely plicated with squamous tubercles; the outer margin is armed distally with a row of three or four sharp spines; the hands are unequal, subsimilar, stout, armed on their outer margin from near the proximal end to the base of the pollex with a row of well-separated, forward-pointing, small, sharp spines; from the distal spine of this series to the upturned tip of the pollex, the margin is serrated with a fine beading; the inner margins of the hands are lightly beaded; the surface of the outer half of the hands is covered with granu- lations and small squamous tubercles. The median ridge of the major hand is composed of granular-edged plications which form an obtuse angle at the median line, thence run obliquely and entire to a point near the inner bor- der of the hand; these plications differ in the minor hand, in that they are not entire, but broken up into separate rugae; the interspaces between plica- tions and granules are filled with a microscopic pile, only to be seen under a lens. The dactyli of both hands are armed at the distal end of their upper crest with a single, sharp, outward-pointing spine, as in some species of the 82 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :4 Galatheidae. The fingers of the major hand gape from base to crossing tips, those of the minor hand fit closely together; on the under side of both hands within the gape of the fingers is a close pile of tomentum; the under surface of the hands is lightly granular on the inner half, punctate on the outer. The ambulatory legs are stout, with a few scattered setae; merus with a small, subdistal spine on upper crest; the dactyli are long, sharp, com- pressed, and curved only at the corneous tip, their length is slightly more than half the propodal length, they are armed on their lower margin with a row of short spines. The telson of the abdomen is composed of seven plates. The ischium and merus of the outer maxillipeds are transversely plicated with red sfria- tions. Color in Alcohol : This beautiful little crab has the appearance of being embroidered in colored silks, somewhat similar in effect to the Peking stitch; the plications are an orange-red, laterally merging into a yellow on the median line; the subcardiac whorls, protogastric and frontal ridges are a deep red. The under side of the chelipeds is a brilliant carmine, mottled with white. The propodi of the ambulatories are distally banded with mott- led carmine. The median line of the abdomen is paralleled with red chroma- taphores, blending into orange. The hands give the impression of being banded with orange and white. Measurements : Male holotype, length of carapace 5 mm., width 4.8 mm.; carpus length 4 mm., width including spines 2.5 mm.; length on hands 7 mm., width of major hand 2.9 mm., of minor hand 2.4 mm. Material Examined: The holotype. This specimen had the third left leg and the first right leg regenerating. Habitat: Collected in 21/2 fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) . As- sociated with P. hirtispinosus Lockington. Remarks: This proposed species is allied to P. hirtispinosus Locking- ton, 1878, but differs from that species by having the carapace plicated, in- stead of not plicated, by being nearly free from tomentum, instead of being covered with a fine pile of pubescence. It is allied to P. felipensis Glassell, 1936, but differs from that species by having the plications continue entire across the carapace posterior to the cardiac region instead of not being continued and by there being a single spine at the termination of the cer- vical groove, instead of a row of spines continued onto the carapace at this point. Both P. felipensis and P. polymitus have the peculiar sub-bifid- tipped dactyli of the chelipeds, a unique characteristic. Genus Pisosoma Stimpson. Pisosoma flagraciliata Glassell, sp. nov. (Plate I; Figure 2) Type: Female, holotype; Cat. No. 36,919, Department of Tropical Re- search of the New York Zoological Society; Station 136, Dredge 33; from the Gulf of California off Arena Bank, 25° 26' N. Lat., 109° 24' 30" W. Long.; 2i/2 fathoms; May 2, 1936; in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) ; collected by William Beebe on the Templeton Crocker Expedition. Type deposited in the collections of the New York Zoological Society. Diagnosis: Carapace sculptured anteriorly, about as long as wide. An- tennae with flagellum ciliate. Chelipeds short, stout, naked. Ambulatory legs stout, with sparse setae. Description: Carapace about as long as wide, with regions well-defined anteriorly, with branchial, hepatic and protogastric prominences separated by grooves; the posterior half much smoother, polished, lightly punctate and with light lateral plications. The front in a dorsal view is strongly 1937J Glassell: Porcellanid Crabs 83 arched, sinuous in a front view, with a triangular median tip. Eyes large, stalks stout. Antennal peduncles stout; the first peduncle with two minute spines on its outer, distal face; the second peduncle with a single spine at its outer distal end; the flagellum is ciliated at its joints, those on the an- terior side being longest. Chelipeds short, stout, naked; merus short on dorsal side with a very narrow margin, armed with a small, subvertical lobe on the distal, inner end ; the ventral margin extending to this lobe is serrated at the car- pal articulation, and flattened for the reception of the hand when flexed; the carpus is nearly as wide as long, flattened on the upper surface, and armed on its inner, arcuate margin with three or four large, subtriangular teeth, the proximal the largest; a tumid ridge extends from the proximal end to a point near the distal end, its anterior, imperceptible border being on the median line; its posterior border is a deep sulcus paralleling the rounded, obliquely plicated, outer margin ; the surface of the carpus is transversely plicated from the anterior base of the obliquely plicated ridge to the inner margin; the flexed hand fits into a concavity underneath the thin, toothed, inner edge of the carpus ; the hands are thick, stout, subequal but dissimilar; a distinct sulcus parallels the outer margin to a point near the tip of the pollex; the upper surface is granulous, the under slightly punctate; the fingers of the major chela are gaping, their tips blunt and crossing; those of the minor hand are straighten, lightly toothed, and join- ing from gape to crossed tips. Ambulatory legs stout and lightly setose; their dactyli are strong, curved, corneous, and are half the length of their propodi. The abdominal telson is composed of five plates. Sexual Variation: The carapace of the males is slightly longer than wide. Color in Alcohol: Carapace with a ground color of red; plications red and white. Chelipeds with maroon blotches, the plications banded with red and white; the fingers red with white tips. Ambulatory legs banded with red and white. Measurements: Female holotype (the largest of the series), length of carapace 4.9 mm., width 5.1 mm. ; length of carpus 3.4 mm., width 3 mm. Male paratype, length 4.2 mm., width 4 mm. Material Examined: A series of 18 specimens (Cat. Nos. 36,919 and 36,920), equally divided as to sex, mostly juveniles, the females nearly all ovigerous. The types were selected from this series. Habitat: Collected in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) at a depth of 2^2 fathoms. Associated with P. sinuimanus Lockington, Pachyclieles biocella- tus (Lockington), and Pachyclieles sonorensis Glassell. Remarks: This proposed species is allied to P. serrata Benedict, 1900, but differs in the carapace, the anterior regions being prominent, instead of nearly smooth, by the chelipeds being more nearly equal, instead of very unequal, and by the presence of a deep paralleling sulcus following the outer, obliquely plicated border. This species, like P. leivisi Glassell, 1936, has the flagellum of the antennae ciliated, but unlike the latter, the cilia are more pronounced. In general appearance, the chelipeds in this species greatly resemble those of the genus Pachyclieles. In this species, however, the epimera are posteriorly entire. Pisosoma sinuimanus Lockington. Petrolisthes ( Pisosoma ) sinuimanus Lockington, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 2, 1878, p. 401 (type-locality [?], La Paz and Port Escondido, Lower California, Mexico; types not extant). 84 Zoologica: Neiv York Zoological Society [XXII :4 Petrolisthes sinuimanus (Lock.), Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. R. Univ. Torino, vol. 16, no. 415, 1901, p. 15 (Isle of Flamenco, Ecuador). — Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, 1910, p. 599. General Range: Gulf of California; Ecuador (Nobili). Local Distribution: 8 specimens (Cat. No. 36,812) were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) ; at a depth of 2% fathoms. Sex and Size: The series includes 2 males and 6 females. The largest specimen, a male, has the following measurements: length of carapace 4.5 mm., width 4.3 mm. Color in Life : In color this species varies from a light cream to buff ; the ventral side is slightly iridescent. Habitat: It is found throughout the Gulf of California, in the inter- tidal zone, on the under side of rocks. Remarks: This is the first recorded collecting of this species below the tidal zone. Genus Pachycheles Stimpson. Pachycheles biocellatus (Lockington) . Petrolisthes ( Pisosoma ) biocellatus Lockington, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 11, 1878, p. 403 (exact type-locality unknown. Lower Cali- fornia). Pisosoma aphrodita Boone, Zoologica: N. Y. Zoological Soc., vol. 14, no. 1, 1932, p. 53, fig. 17, a-b (type-locality, off Hood Island, Galapagos). This species, as recorded by Lockington, was collected somewhere on the peninsula of Lower California, and described by him from two speci- mens, sex not being given. These specimens, the types, were destroyed in the San Francisco fire of 1906. From a careful analysis of Lockington’s description, I am convinced that a typographical error exists in the one measurement he records: “The larger of the two specimens measures barely three centimetres in length.” He then states in another paragraph: “This pretty little species is a typical Pisosoma.” If we interpret Lockington’s word “centimetres” to mean millimetres, then the sense of his statement “This pretty little species,” etc., becomes apparent, for by no stretch of the imagination would a por- cellanid with a length of three centimetres be considered diminutive. When we assume that Lockington was in reality working on juvenile specimens, it is not to be wondered at that he selected the genus Pisosoma, instead of Pachycheles, as it would have been difficult for him to have determined, assuming also that he had dried specimens, that the epimera of the cara- pace is posteriorly broken up, with the posterior subquadrate part separated by a cutaneous inter-space from the remainder. From a series of 17 specimens collected off Arena Bank, Gulf of Cali- fornia, Mexico, I propose to designate one female the neotype and one male the allotype. Neotype: Female; Cat. No. 36,821, Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; Station 136, Dredge 33; off Arena Bank, 25° 26' N. Lat., 109° 24' 30" W. Long.; 2^2 fathoms; May 2, 1936; in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) ; collected by William Beebe on the Templeton Crocker Expedition. Neotype deposited in the collections of the New York Zoological Society. Allotype: Male; Cat. No. 36,822, Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; collected at the same place and time as the neotype. Allotype deposited in the collections of the New York Zoological Society. 1937] Glassell: Porcellanid Crabs 85 Diagnosis: Carapace depressed, broader than long, punctate, polished, naked, carmine, with white spots on the shoulders and white lunet beside the cardiac region. Chelipeds short, heavy, naked, subequal; inner margin of carpus arcuate, unarmed. Telson of abdomen with five plates. Description: Carapace broadly wide at the shoulders, wider than long, transversely depressed, convex fore and aft; regions lightly outlined, a re- versed lunet on each side of the cardiac region; the protogastric ridges have their apices on the median line, from whence they curve backward and outward; the lateral margin is lightly plicate, more prominent posteriorly; the front is slightly arched, with a small depressed lobe forming the inner terminus of the upper ocular margin; the postorbital spine is acute. The first antennal peduncle is armed on its anterior margin with a triangular lobe; the others unarmed; flagellum naked. Chelipeds very stout, short, subequal, lightly punctate, naked; merus with upper surface lightly, transversely plicate, a laminate, subhorizontal, triangular, inner, distal lobe, its distal end passing the carpal hinge; the carpus is nearly as wide as long, the upper anterior portion produced for- ward as a thick lamina; this margin is strongly arched, unarmed, sinuous, and indistinctly divided into three lobes, more prominent in the juveniles than in the adults; the outer margin is obliquely plicate, with a short distal spine; the hands are subequal, short, stout, naked, with the surface polished and lightly punctate; inner margin smooth, outer margin with a deep, dis- tinct sinus paralleling the margin from base to near the blunt tip of pollex; fingers of major hand gaping, of minor hand not gaping; pollices of both hands bidentate near their inner apices, more noticeable in the minor chela. Ambulatory legs heavy, with scattered setae, sparse on merus, more plentiful on carpus and propodus; dactyli long, curving at corneous tip, the underside with a row of three short, straight spines. Telson of abdomen with five plates. Sexual Variation: The carapace of the females is broader than that of the males. Color in Life: Ground color of carapace and chelipeds carmine (Ridg- way Color Standards). The carapace has distinctive white spots on the shoulders and smaller spots on the lunets opposite the cardiac region. The finger tips of the hands are white, as are the proximal upper ends of the meri of the ambulatories. Measurements: Female neotype, length of carapace 5.8 mm., width 6.7 mm. Male allotype, length 5.5 mm., width 5.5 mm. Range : From the Gulf of California to the Galapagos Islands. In the Gulf of California, this species has been taken only at the lower end of the peninsula of Lower California, up to 24° N. Lat. Material Examined: A series of 17 specimens (Cat. Nos. 36,811, 36,821, and 36,822), 7 males and 10 females, collected by William Beebe off Arena Bank, Lower California, Mexico (Station 136 D-33), May 2, 1936, in 2 y2 fathoms, in coral (Pocillopora ligulata) . The neotype and allotype were selected from this series. Through the kindness of the New York Zoological Society, I also examined the type specimens of Pisosoma aphrodita Boone, and find them to be conspecific. Hence I have suppressed the latter name as a synonym. Habitat: Found under coral and sponge-incrusted stones from mean low tide to a depth of 3 fathoms. Remarks: This unique species may be instantly recognized by its vivid coloring. I know of no other species in the genus with the inner carpal margin so smooth. The specimens taken in the Gulf of California are not incrusted with extraneous matter as are those reported by Boone from the Galapagos. [XXII :4 80 Zoological New York Zoological Society Pachycheles marcortezensis Glassell. Pachycheles marcortezensis Glassell, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, no. 21, 1936, p. 290 (type-locality, SE. end of Angel de la Guardia Is and, Gulf of California, Mexico). General Range: Previously recorded only from the type-locality, in 20 fathoms. Local Distribution: A male and a female (Cat. No. 36,807) were taken from Arena Bank (Station 136 D-23) at a depth of 40 fathoms, on a bottom composed of mud and shells. Sex and Size: Of the two specimens taken the female measures: length of carapace 4.5 mm., width 5 mm. ; the measurements of the male are, length 4.8 mm., width 5 mm. Color in Alcohol: Red mottled with white, the bristles a straw color. Habits, Habitat: This species frequents a rather rough bottom, where it is able to secure shelter. Remarks: This is an extension of geographic range, being a new local- ity record several hundred miles from the type-locality. It is also an ex- tension of bathymetric range from 20 to 40 fathoms. Pachycheles sonorensis Glassell. Pachycheles sonorensis Glassell, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, no. 21, 1936, p. 291 (type-locality, Miramar Bay, near Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico) . General Range: Gulf of California. Low tide to 2^2 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 9 specimens (Cat. No. 36,809) was taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) at a depth of 2% fathoms. Sex and Size: The collection numbers 3 males and 6 females. The largest specimen, a female, has the following measurements : length of cara- pace 7 mm., width 7.5 mm. Color in Alcohol: The ground color of this species is a pink-tinted cream overlaid with numerous, small, red, irregular spots; lighter on the ventral side, but still spotted. Habits, Habitat: Like most of the members of the genus Pachycheles, they are sluggish in their movements. They seek shelter on a moss-, sponge- and coral-incrusted bottom. Remarks: This is a new locality record for this species, extending its range several hundred miles. The finding of these at a depth of 2y2 fath- oms also indicates that the natural habitat is subtidal, which accounts in a great measure for the species having been overlooked at other collecting sta- tions in the Gulf of California by previous expeditions. Genus Porcellana Lamarck, restricted Stimpson. Porcellana cancrisocialis Glassell. Porcellana cancrisocialis Glassell, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, no. 21, 1936, p. 292 (type-locality, Punta Penasco, Sonora, Mexico). General Range: Gulf of California to Magdalena Bay, Lower California. Local Distribution: 2 young males (Cat. Nos. 36,804 and 36,805) were taken from Arena Bank (Station 136, D-5 and D-6, respectively) at depths of 33 and 35 fathoms, on sandy bottoms with weed. 1937] Glassell: Porcellanid Crabs 87 Color: This species in life is very colorful; the colors in alcohol are fugitive. In life the ground color is an ivory yellow, overcast with lavender and blood-red spots; the ambulatories have their propodi banded with white. Habits, Habitat : It is commensal in habit, having been found living with a large hermit crab. In this, however, it no doubt is not restricted to a single species of host. Remarks : While not an extension of geographic range this recording is a considerable extension of bathymetric range, from the inter-tidal zone to a depth of 35 fathoms. Porcellana paguriconviva Glassell. Porcellana paguriconviva Glassell, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, no. 21, 1936, p. 293 (type-locality, Punta Penasco, Sonora, Mexico.) General Range : Gulf of California. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,813) was taken from Santa Inez Bay (Station 141 D-2) at a depth between 10 and 15 fathoms, on a bottom composed of muddy sand and crushed shell. Sex and Size : A male, uncalcified, with the following dimensions : length of carapace 5 mm., width 4.8 mm. The specimen shows distortion, due to its soft state. Color in Life: This species, like P. cancrisocialis Glassell, is of very vivid coloration; ground color, in longitudinal stripes, a bright lavender, a uniform design of bright orange overlaid on this; chelipeds same as cara- pace, but not patterned; legs with a white spot on propodus. Ventral side iridescent, with longitudinal pattern of carapace continued on first three segments of abdomen. Habits: This species is commensal with a large hermit crab. Remarks: This records a new locality record for this species, and also indicates that the species is not strictly an inter-tidal form, in this instance having been collected at a depth of 10 to 15 fathoms. Porcellana hancocki Glassell, manuscript name. Material: A total of 3 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136), and Santa Inez Bay (Stations 142 and 146), between 35 and 40 fathoms on muddy and sandy bottoms. The specimens were distributed as follows : Station 136: D-18 (1 male) ; 40 fathoms; (Cat. No. 36,806). Station 142: D-3 (1 male) ; 40 fathoms; (Cat. No. 36,814). Station 146: D-l (1 female) ; 35 fathoms; (Cat. No. 36,923). 88 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Plate i. Fig. 1. Petrolisthes polymitus, male holotype, length 5 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 2. Pisosoma flagraciliata, female holotype, length 4.9 mm., dorsal view. GLASSELL. PLATE I. FIG. I. PORCELLANID CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA. Blake: A New Chrysomelid Beetle 89 5. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. V. A New Chrysomelid Beetle of the Genus Monoxia from Lower California.1 Doris H. Blake Collaborator, Bureau of Entomology & Plant Quarantine, U. S. Dep’t. Agriculture. (Text-figure 1). [This is the fifth of a series of papers relating to the collections made by the Templeton Crocker Expedition to Lower California and Clarion Island. Full details, maps, etc., will be found in Zoologica, Vol. XXII, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] During the Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society on board the yacht Zaca, the following new species of beetle was taken by Dr. William Beebe. Monoxia beebei sp. nov. Types: Type male and 4 paratypes, U. S. National Museum, Cat. No. 51941; 4 paratypes in the American Museum of Natural History; 2 para- types in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society, Nos. 36,925 and 36,926; all collected by William Beebe on April 10, 1936. Of the 11 specimens of the species collected, only 2 are males, both of which had been dissected before the material was given to the writer for examination. It has consequently been necessary to designate as type one of these dissected specimens. Type Locality : Santa Inez Island, in Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California (27° 02' N„ 111° 44' 40" W.). Description: Oblong oval, about 3.5 mm. long, pale yellow, sometimes entirely immaculate, but often with small brown elytral spots irregularly placed, and in darker specimens with the underside deeper brown in places; densely covered with silky pale pubescence, the fine, dense elytral punctation more or less visible beneath. Head pale with reddish brown mouthparts and in one instance brown frontal tubercles, a median line extending from oc- ciput down front, area above tubercles thickly covered with closely appressed pubescence, lower front less densely hairy. Antennae not extending much below humeri, pale, first and third joints longest, sixth to apical joints thicker. Prothorax approximately one and two-thirds times as wide as long, widest in middle where it is somewhat angulate; a nodule at the sharp basal angle; disc slightly depressed on the sides and with a median channel ; pubescence dense. Elytra moderately convex, wider than prothorax with prominent humeri and a long intrahumeral depression extending about one-third the length of the elytra and curving inwards; in some specimens 1 Contribution No. 523, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 90 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :5 traces of two median ridges, such as occur in species of Galerucella; pubes- cence dense and recumbent, but not entirely obscuring the close, fine and deep punctation below; markings variable, some specimens entirely pale, others with numerous small brown spots, these spots tending to be along suture and in a series of three or more lines on each elytron. Body beneath densely pubescent; in pale specimens entirely pale, in more heavily marked specimens deeper brown and one specimen with traces of a dark ring about the femora. Claws typical of the genus, simple in female and cleft in male. Length 3.2 to 3.8 mm.; width 1.5 mm. Text-figure 1. Monoxia beebei sp. nov. Food-plant: Probably breeding on Atriplex barclayana (Benth.) Dietr. or Amaranthus ivatsoni Standi., the two plants making up almost exclusively the vegetation of Santa Inez Island. Remarks: The species of the genus Monoxia are among the most diffi- cult to identify in the Chrysomelidae of this country. In all the collections that I have examined, LeConte’s species have been recognized in only one or two instances. Yet LeConte’s species, for the most part wrongly synony- mized by Horn, have quite distinctive characters to be seen in their shape, their pubescence and punctation, and in the aedeagus. Before any new ones are described, the species already described should be more clearly understood. In a later publication I hope to be able to discuss these species more in detail. Monoxia beebei is a little smaller than M. consputa, a little larger than M. sordida, and considerably smaller than M. angularis and M. guttulata, the largest of LeConte’s species. It differs from consputa in being narrower and much more densely pubescent and with finer elytral punctation. The aedeagus is also much longer. Besides being smaller than angularis, it has a quite differently shaped and narrower prothorax and much finer elytral punctation. In guttulata the elytral pubescence is erectish, not recumbent as in this species. M. obhisa (including debilis, the male of the same species) is a larger and more convex species with deep, well spaced elytral 1937] Blake: A New Chrysomelid Beetle 91 punctation. Sordida belongs to an entirely different group that forms a link between Galerucella and M anoxia, having the claws in both sexes bifid and having a wider prothorax. M. batisia Blatch., occurring on Batis mari- tima from North Carolina to Mexico on the Atlantic coast, is a larger species. The species above referred to include all those hitherto described in the genus. Dr. Beebe writes : “There were thousands upon thousands of the beetles everywhere, covering decayed sargassum seaweed stranded on the beach as well as the rocks and the above food plants ( Amaranthus and Atriplex). Tens of thousands were flying and resting, covering one’s face and clothing in myriads, and they formed the food of lizards, birds, fish, crabs, etc.” Beebe & Tee-Van: A Neiv Species of Caulolatilus 93 6. A New Species of Caulolatilus from Trinidad, British West Indies.1 William Beebe & John Tee-Van Department of Tropical Research, Neiv York Zoological Society. (Text-figure 1). During the 22nd Expedition of the Department of Tropical Research, while we were guests of Dr. and Mrs. Henry D. Lloyd on board their yacht Hardi Biaou, six days were spent at Port-of-Spain, Trinidad. While we were there, Mr. P. Lechmere Guppy, who is at work on a volume on the fishes of Trinidad, presented us with the specimen upon which the follow- ing new species is based. We would like to thank Mr. Guppy for this and many other courtesies during our visit. BRANCHIOSTEGIDAE. Caulolatilus guppyi, sp. nov. Type: No. 24,737, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoo- logical Society, Port-of-Spain Market, Trinidad, British West Indies, De- cember 16, 1936. Standard length 295 mm. Description : Body considerably compressed, the greatest width of body 7.3 in the length; depth 3.2; anterior profile of head conspicuously and rather sharply rounded. Caudal peduncle deep, its depth 9.5 in the length, much compressed. Body, except for the snout and chin, covered with scales, those on the breast smaller than the others. Eleven rows of scales from lateral line to beginning of dorsal fin; 88 to 89 rows of scales in a lateral series from shoulder girdle to base of caudal fin; 26 rows from lateral line to origin of anal fin. Lateral line continuous, wavy and not well marked. Head 3.4 in the length; preopercle slightly serrated, the serrations subequal, the posterior edge almost vertical, the angle rounded; opercular margin with a flat, broadly rounded posterior lobe. Snout 2.7 in head. Eye large, 4.1 in head; interorbital space 3.6 in head. Nostrils small, placed in a horizontal series slightly below the middle of the eye, the posterior a horizontal slit situated 1/3 an eye diameter in front of the eye, the anterior a simple circular hole. Maxillary 2.6 in head, extending pos- teriorly to the vertical of the anterior margin of the pupil. Teeth in jaws small but strong, curved slightly inward. Lower jaw with multiple rows 1 Contribution No. 524, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 94 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :6 anteriorly, changing to two rows posteriorly and on the posterior quarter ol the jaw to a single ill-defined row; the outer row of teeth considerably larger and stronger than the others, the posterior ones especially so. Upper jaw similar to the lower but the multiple rows of teeth extending farther back and the teeth as a whole not quite as strong. Posteriorly the upper jaw has a single enlarged canine. Teeth absent on the vomer and palatines. Branchiostegal membranes connected with each other and free from the isthmus. Gill-rakers short, 8 plus 11 on the first gill arch. Dorsal fin VII, 24, the spines shorter than the rays and increasing in height as they progress backward. Height of second dorsal ray 2.35 in head. Anal fin I, 22. Caudal fin square-cut posteriorly with the upper and lower lobes ex- certed (Tips of the fin now broken off). Pectoral fin 1.1 in length of head, the upper portion of the fin some- what falcate. Pelvic fin origin immediately below that of the pectoral, the length of the longest pelvic ray 1.67 in the length of the head. Text-figure 1. Caulolatilus guppyi. Photograph of the type specimen; standard length 295 mm. The tips of the caudal fin broken off in this illustration. Photograph by Edward Osterndorff. Color: (Specimen preserved in rum for several months). Silvery gray, paler below; entire upper sides with brownish reticulations, the brown lines from % to % of a scale in width. Snout and interorbital space dark brown. A dark brown band from anterior part of eye to center of mandible on each side, the band a little more than 1/3 an eye diameter in width. Posterior upper part of maxillary dark brown. Pectoral, pelvic and anal fins colorless. Dorsal fin with a median horizontal broken band of brown spots, the fin basally with a series of similar colored spots between each spine and ray. Center of caudal fin mottled brown and white. A large dusky spot at axil of the pectoral fin. Remarks: This species differs from the previously described western Atlantic forms of Caulolatilus, C. chrysops (Cuvier and Valenciennes) 1833; C. cyanops Poey, 1866; C. microps Goode and Bean, 1878 and C. intermedius Rivero, 1936, in possessing 88 or 89 horizontal rows of scales beneath the lateral line from the shoulder girdle to the base of the tail, as opposed to 105 to 120 in the other species. This count has been carefully verified in the type specimen. The tail in C. guppyi is square posteriorly with slightly ex- certed tips, quite different from the crescentic tail shown in illustrations of the other West Indian forms. 1937] Beebe & Tee-Van: A New Species of Caulolatilus 95 The species is named in honor of Mr. P. Lechmere Guppy of Port-of- Spain, who first collected and recognized the fish as new to the fauna of Trinidad, and who has done so much for the natural history of that island and of Tobago. Known only from the type specimen. i^eto fiorfe Eoological Society General Office: 101 Park Avenue, New York City (Officers President, Madison Grant Vice-Presidents, W. Redmond Cross and Kermxt Roosevelt Chairman, Executive Committee, Madison Grant Treasurer, CORNELIUS R. Agnew Secretary, Fairfield Osborn Scientific Staff Zoological ipartt W. Reid Blair, Director Raymond L. Ditmars, Curator of Mammals and Reptiles Lee S. Crandall, Curator of Birds C. R. Schroeder, Veterinarian Claude W. Leister, Ass’i to the Director and Curator, Educational Activities H. C. Raven, Prosector Edward R. Osterndorff, Photographer William Bridges, Editor and Curator of Publications Aquarium Charles H. Townsend, Director C. M. Breder, Jr., Assistant Director Department ot tropical 3&esearcf) William Beebe, Director arid Honor-ary Curator of Birds John Tee-Van, General Associate Gloria Hollister, Research Associate Jocelyn Crane, Technical Associate Cbitorial Committee Madison Grant, Chairman W. Reid Blair William Beebe Charles H. Townsend George Bird Grinnell William Bridges ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY VOLUME XXII Part 2 Numbers 7 - 13 PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY THE ZOOLOGICAL PARK, NEW YORK July 16, 1937 CONTENTS PAGE 7. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VI. Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. By Jocelyn Crane. (Plates 1 & II) 97 8. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VIE Caridean Decapod Crustacea from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. By Fenner A. Ciiace, Jr. (Text-figures 1-9) 109 9. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VIII. Polychaetous Annelids from the West Coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island. By Aaron L. Treadwell. (Plates I & II) 139 10. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. IX. Holothurians from the Gulf of California, the West Coast of Lower California and Clarion Island. By Elisabeth Deich- mann. (Text-figures 1-3) 1 61 11. Notes on the Cestodes of North American Sparrows. By H. W. Stunk a rd & John J. Milford 177 12. Further Studies on the Susceptibility and Acquired Im- munity of Marine Fishes to Epibdella melleni, a Mono- genetic Trematode. By Ross F. Nigrelli. (Plate I) 185 13. Further Notes on Certain Birds of Paradise. By Lee S. Crandall 193 Crane: Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs 97 7. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VI. Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California.1 Jocelyn Crane. Technical Associate, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. (Plates I & II) . [Note: This is the sixth of a series of papers dealing with the specimens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the De- partment of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; William Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the capture of specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] Contents. Page Introduction 97 Subtribe Oxystomata Family Calappidae Calappa saussurei Rathbun 98 Mursia gaudichaudii (Milne Edwards) 99 Cycloes bairdii Stimpson 100 Osachila lata Faxon 100 Hepatus kossmanni Neumann 101 Family Leucosiidae Ebalia cristata Rathbun 102 Lithadia cumingii Bell 102 Lithadia digueti Bouvier 103 Randallia americana (Rathbun) 103 Persephona townsendi (Rathbun) 104 Iliacantha schmitti Rathbun 104 Family Dorippidae Ethusa lata Rathbun 105 Ethusa mascarone americana A. Milne Edwards 105 1 Contribution No. 525, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. «1\1V '*■ 9 TSflf* 98 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :7 Subtribe Dromiacea Family Dromiidae Dromidia larraburei Rathbun Hypoconcha calif orniensis Bouvier Hypoconcha digueti Bouvier Family Homolidae Homola faxoni Schmitt 106 106 106 107 Introduction. The present paper records the oxystomatous and dromiaceous crabs taken by the Templeton Crocker Expedition with the exception of the specimens taken at Clarion Island. The collection is largely composed of little known species, the majority of the 17 forms having been reported two or three times at most and five having been known previously only from the type specimen. Observations on color in life, food notes and egg counts are included in many instances. The catalogue numbers all refer to specimens in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. I wish to express my thanks to Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., for comparing specimens of Osachila lata with the holotype in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, to Dr. C. R. Shoemaker for facilitating my comparisons of certain specimens with material in the United States National Museum and to Mrs. Ruth Needham Nauss for making the photographs. Subtribe Oxystomata. Family Calappidae. Calappa saussurei Rathbun. Calappa saussurei Rathbun, 1899, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXI, p. 609, pi. XLI, fig. 6. General Range : Gulf of California, 26^2 to 75 fathoms. Local Distribution'. A total of 514 specimens was taken from Gorda Banks (Station 150), Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Stations 142 and 146) between 33 and 75 fathoms, the bottoms ranging from hard sand or pebbles to soft clayey or shelly mud. Sex and Size : Of the 514 specimens, 19 were ovigerous females measur- ing from 19.5 to 32.6 mm. in length; 68 were non-ovigerous females, from 16 to 32.5 mm. in length and 18 to 37 mm. in maximum breadth; and 427 were males, from 12 to 33 mm. in length and 13.5 to 38.5 mm. in maximum breadth. It will be seen that if the 388 young males (14 to 18 mm. long) which were taken in one haul were excluded from the count, the females would be more than twice as numerous as the males. Of the females, less than one-fourth carried eggs. The length was always contained 1.1 to 1.23 times in the maximum breadth, there being no sexual or age difference in proportions. Color: There was a pronounced contrast apparent between the majority of specimens taken on the sandy bottoms of Gorda Banks and Santa Inez Bay and those of the mud bottoms of Arena Bank, the mud bottom speci- mens being usually the brighter. Typical specimens from sandy bottoms were colored as follows: Carapace violet brown or tan anteriorly, fading posteriorly to white; all tubercles of carapace bright orange; chelipeds tan, the tubercles orange and white; ambulatories white banded at the joints with pale tan. Most of the specimens from muddy bottoms, on the other 1937] Crane: Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs 99 hand, had the entire carapace and sometimes the legs suffused with bright coral red or orange, while the tubercles were usually distinctly coral pink rather than orange. In both groups, the brightest color of all was often concentrated at the bases of a few scattered tubercles. There was consider- able variation even among specimens taken in the same haul, the young being in general paler than the adults. Eggs coral red to vermilion. Food: 12 stomachs were examined from specimens of assorted sizes, both sexes and all three dredging areas. Of these, eight held remains of very small barnacles, usually a single barnacle in a stomach; two contained annelid worms about 10 mm. in length; and two were empty. In two of the stomachs containing barnacles there were traces of sand. Breeding : Ovigerous females were taken only on Arena Bank. The eggs of six specimens numbered from 4,500 to 7,200, and measured .32 mm. in diameter. Habits : Live specimens placed on mud in an aquarium and covered with several inches of water lived for four days. The crabs spent almost the entire time completely buried except for the tip of the rostrum, emerg- ing for brief periods late at night. At these times they supported themselves on the very tips of their dactyls on the surface of the soft mud. Remarks : This crab was previously known only from the type speci- men, a male 20.5 mm. long, and one other young specimen, both from the southern part of the Gulf, from 26.5 and 40 fathoms respectively. The present series agrees perfectly with these known specimens except as follows: (1) In a few specimens, the widest part of the body is at the penultimate instead of the antepenultimate tooth of the lateral margin — i.e., at the fourth instead of the third branchial tooth. (2) In small speci- mens, the first two branchial teeth are scarcely distinguishable from the anterior marginal tubercles. (3) There is variation in the amount of granu- lation on the carapace. Material: Station 136: D-l (12), D-2 (32, 1 5), D-4 (5 2, 3 3), D-7 (1 2, 4 3), D-9 (2 2, 2 3), D-13 (1 3), D-14 (10 2, 2 3), D-15 (4 3), D-16 (16 2, 1 3), D-17 (7 2, 2 3), D-18 (5 2, 4 3), D-20 (4 2, 1 3), D-21 (5 2), D-22 (19 2, 3 3), D-26 (1 2). Station 142: D-2 (1 3), D-3 (5 2, 1 3). Station 146: D-l (1 3). Station 150: D-2 (1 3), D-3 (1 3), D-4 (1 2, 1 3), D-8 (5 3), D-12 (2 2, 388 young 3). Of these specimens, 36 were preserved under Cat. Nos. 36,741, 36,742, 36,818 and 36,819. Mursia gaudichaudii (Milne Edwards). Platymera gaudichaudii Milne Edwards, 1837, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, p. 108. Mursia gaudichaudii, Schmitt, 1921, Marine Decapod Crustacea of California, p. 190, fig. 118. General Range: Eastern Pacific, from the Farallon Islands, California, to Chile; 26 to 218 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 203 specimens was taken off Cedros Island (Station 126), off Cape San Lucas (Station 151), on Gorda Banks (Station 150) and Arena Bank (Station 136) between 38 and 80 fathoms. The species was most abundant between 60 and 80 fathoms on hard sandy bottoms, although it was taken sparingly on mud and mud-and-crushed-shell bottoms. Sex and Size: The specimens were almost equally divided between the sexes, about one-third of the females being ovigerous. Females of the latter group measured from 26 to 35.5 mm. in length, non-ovigerous females from 13.5 to 32 mm. and males from 14 to 56.5 mm. The length is contained in the maximum breadth (including lateral spines) about twice in the young and in all males and from 1.7 to 1.9 times in adult females. The 100 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :7 length is contained in the breadth measured between the anterior bases of the lateral spines 1.35 to 1.45 times in the young and in females and about 1.6 times in adult males. Therefore adult males have slightly broader bodies and longer spines than females and young. Color in Life : Carapace and outer surface of chelipeds apricot buff (usual color) to pale crimson, the tubercles and spines often brighter, rang- ing from orange to scarlet. Inner surface of merus brilliant scarlet — at least the distal portion — -in both sexes. Chelae white. Legs same general color as body, but paler; tips of dactyls horn -colored in adults. Ventral surface white to pale buff. Food: 12 stomachs were examined with the following results: 4 held chaetognaths ; 1, a clam-like mollusk .65 mm. in length; 1, a shrimp; 1, an anemone; 1, fragments of sea urchin test; 2, sand; 2, empty. Breeding : The ovigerous females carried approximately 18,000 to 20,000 eggs measuring .32 to .38 mm. in diameter. Material : Station 126: D-l (1 3), D-ll (1 9). Station 136: D-7 (1 9), D-9 (1 9), D-20 (2 9, 1 S), D-21, (1 3), D-28 (2 3). Station 150: D-2 (20 9, 5 3), D-3 (2 9), D-4 (6 9, 1 3), D-6 (23 9, 19 3), D-12 (7 9, 3 3), D-13 (2 9, 8 3), D-14 (28 9, 28 3), D-1'5 (1 9, 2 3), D-17 (4 3), D-18 (6 3), D-22 (2 3), D-23 (1 9), D-24 (5 9, 12 3), D-25 (19), D-26 (6 3). Station 151: D-l (1 3). Cat. Nos. 36,816, 36,817, 36,743, 36,744. Cycloes bairdii Stimpson. Cycloes bairdii Stimpson, 1860, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., VII, no. 2, p. 237. Cycloes bairdii, Rathbun, 1933, Brachyuran Crabs of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, p. 101, fig. 98. General Range: Pacific, from the southern part of Gulf of California to Panama; Atlantic from North Carolina to Gulf of Mexico and West Indies. To a depth of 33 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of eight specimens was taken from San Lucas Bay (Station 135) and Arena Bank (Station 136) between 3 and 33 fathoms on sandy bottoms. Sex and Size: The single, non-ovigerous female measures 29 mm. in length by 29 in breadth. The seven males range from 6 mm. long by 6.5 mm. wide to 21 mm. long by 21 mm. wide. Food: Of the three stomachs examined, one contained a barnacle, and two held worms and their sand tubes. Remarks: Stimpson remarked that adult specimens (larger than those in the present collection) were slightly broader than long, while the young were equal in length and breadth. Our youngest specimens are of adult proportions. Material: Station 135: D-l (2 3), D-6 (13), D-18 (13), D-20 (IS), D-26 (2 3). Station 136: D-5 (1 9). Cat. Nos. 36,745, 36,745a. Osachila lata Faxon. (Plate I, Figures 1-4). Osachila lata Faxon, 1893, Bull. Mus. Corny. Zool., XXIV, p. 159. Osachila lata, Faxon, 1895, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XVIII, p. 32, pi. V, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. General Range : Gulf of California and off Las Tres Marias, west coast of Mexico. From 40 to 80 fathoms. 1937] Crane: Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs 101 Local Distribution : A total of eight specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) and Gorda Banks (Station 150) between 40 and 75 fathoms on muddy and sandy bottoms. Sex and Size : The series consists of seven males, measuring from 5.2 to 25.5 mm. in length, and a single ovigerous female, 15.5 mm. in length. Color in Life : Carapace buffy pink to vinaceous purple lined or blotched with purple or terra cotta. Chelae cream colored spotted and streaked with cinnamon brown ; remainder of cheliped chestnut (orange to purplish. Ambulatories cream colored barred faintly or strongly with chestnut brown. Eggs black (well developed). Breeding-. The female carried about 1,050 eggs measuring .32 mm. in diameter. Remarks : Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., kindly compared the present series with the type of the species, the only specimen previously known, at the Museum of Comparative Zoology. As a result of this comparison he has written me, “There is no doubt in my mind that your specimens are referable to O. lata; the large male (slightly larger than the type) is so like Faxon’s specimen that it could have been easily substituted for the type. Faxon’s figures are far from perfect, particularly the one of the mouth parts in which the juncture of the ischium and merus of the outer maxillipeds is depicted as sharply V-shaped rather than rounded.” There is variation in the amount of granulation of the carapace and of tuberculation and erosion of the mouthparts, abdomen and sternum. In general, the rugosity increases with age except in the case of the lower, outer surfaces of the manus and fixed finger of each cheliped, which are rougher in the young. Material: Station 136: D-l (IS), D-2 (1 $) , D-23 (1 $) , D-26 (3 $). Station 150: D-16 (1 9, 1 $). Cat. Nos. 36,746, 36,747. Hepafus kossmanni Neumann. (Plate I, Figures 5 & 6). Hepatus kossmanni Neumann, 1878, Catalog Pod. Crust. Heidelberger Mus., p. 28. Hepatus kossmanni, Rathbun, 1899, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXI, p. 610. General Range : “West coast of America;” Panama Bay; Gulf of Cali- fornia. Local Distribution : Two specimens (Cat. No. 36,929) were taken off Santa Inez Point, Santa Inez Bay, in a fish trap placed at a depth of 13 fathoms on a bottom composed of finely crushed shell and mud. Sex and Size: The specimens were male and female (non-ovigerous) measuring, respectively, 90 mm. long by 124 mm. wide and 70 mm. long by 96.5 mm. wide. Color in Life: Dorsal surface of carapace, outer surfaces of chelipeds, and abdomen light yellow densely covered with irregular, cream-colored spots enclosed by narrow circles of scarlet red. The spots, often almost contiguous, vary greatly in size and shape, ranging from less than 1 mm. to more than 4 mm. in diameter and from perfectly round to irregularly oval in shape, the largest spots being interspersed with small ones. They are smallest and most crowded in the anterior central part of the carapace and largest on the intestinal region and on the abdomen. Sternum covered with dense olive green pubescence. Sides of carapace, inner (anterior) por- tions of chelipeds and ventral (unexposed) portions of ambulatories creamy white, unspotted. Remarks: The present specimens were compared with those taken by the Albatross in Panama Bay, of which the largest measured only 38 mm. 102 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :7 in length (Neumann’s type is recorded as 40 mm. long). Our specimens differ markedly in having the carapace almost perfectly smooth, traces of granulation remaining only anteriorly, and the dorsal tubercles of the young being represented by low mounds. The tubercles of the chelae and abdomen are likewise reduced, but not to such an extent as those of the carapace. The proportions of the carapace and the arrangement of the tubercle rudi- ments are chai'acteristically those of H. kossmanni and not of H. lineatus Rathbun, 1899, the holotype of which was also examined. The trap in which the present specimens were taken was baited with rotten fish and mouldy bread. Family Leucosiidae. Ebalia cristata Rathbun. Ebalia cristata Rathbun, 1899, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXI, p. 612, pi. xliv, fig. 5. General Range : Gulf of California. Between 40 and 80 fathoms. Local Distribution'. A total of seven specimens was taken from the Inez area (Station 147) and Gorda Banks (Station 150) between 40 and 80 fathoms on muddy and rocky bottoms. Sex and Size : The collection contains three young females from 6.2 to 12.2 mm. long, one adult, non-ovigerous female 7.9 mm. long and three males, 7.8 to 10 mm. long. The females differ from the males in having the regions less sharply demarcated, the posterior pair of tubercles blunter, and the small, bead-like tubercles lower and much more homogeneous. The tooth on the sixth abdominal segment is present only in adult males. Color in Life: Carapace pale buffy brown to salmon orange or pink, sometimes with a white median blotch; granules often darker than rest of carapace; chelipeds and legs spotted, banded or washed with red, orange or brown ; ventral surface white with three transverse bands of red, orange or brown across middle portion of abdomen. Males usually brighter than females. Food: The two stomachs examined both contained chaetognath worms. Remarks: This species has been known previously only from the type specimen, a male 9.6 mm. in length from Abreojos Point, taken in 48 fathoms. The present series was compared with the type at the United States National Museum. Material: Station 147: D-2 (2 2, 1 $). Station 150; D-8 (1 $), D-9 (1 2, 1 3), D-13 (1 2). Cat. Nos. 36,748, 36,820. Lithadia cumingii Bell. Lithadia cumingii Bell, 1855, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XXI, p. 305, pi. XXXIII, figs. 6, 7. Lithadia cumingii, Rathbun, 1899, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXI, p. 613. General Range: Magdalena Bay and Gulf of California to Costa Rica. Local Distribution: A young female (Cat. No. 36,930), 7.7 mm. in length, was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136: D-5) at a depth of 33 fathoms on a sandy bottom with abundant weed. Remarks : The specimen when compared with the young Magdalena Bay female of approximately the same length at the United States National Museum agreed very well, except that the tubercles on the highest portions of the carapace were not quite so prominent. 1937] Crane: Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs 103 Lithadia digueti Bouvier. (Plate II, Figures 7-11). Lithadia digueti E. L. Bouvier, 1898, Bull, de la Societe Entomologique de France, Seance du 23 novembre, 1898, p. 330. General Range : Gulf of California. Local Distribution : A total of three specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Station 142) between 30 and 35 fathoms on sandy bottoms with crushed shell and weed. Sex and Size : The two non-ovigerous females both measure 19 mm. in length and 18 mm. in breadth; they are apparently fully adult. The male is 15 mm. long by 13 mm. wide. Color in Life (Specimens from Santa Inez Bay) : Carapace pinkish gray to deep coral pink with spots or bars of dark coral red or maroon in the following positions : On the exterior margin of the postocular depres- sion, on proto-gastric ridge, on summits of hepatic and bi’anchial tubercles, at anterior junction of the two branchial orifices, on posterior-lateral tuber- cles and in the sutures between branchial and intestinal regions; pink speckles on small branchial tubercles and inside branchial orifices; all legs usually pale pink barred or spotted with deep coral red or maroon ; chelae plain pale pink; two transverse stripes of coral red or maroon across abdomen in both sexes. Remarks : This strangely formed species has been known previously only from the male holotype, a specimen 14.5 mm. long by 12.2 wide taken in the Gulf of California, the depth and the exact locality not being specified. Our specimens agree excellently with the description of the type. The females differ from the male in the relative bluntness of the protuberances on the posterior half of the carapace. When laid on coarse sand or crushed shell, these crabs closely resembled pinkish nodules, formed of calcareous algae ( Melobesia ) and bryozoans, which were very common in the same nets. Material: Station 136: D-30 (1 9). Station 142: D-l (1 9), D-2 (1 3). Cat. Nos. 36,749, 36,821. Randallia americana (Rathbun). Ebalia americana Rathbun, 1893, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, p. 254. Randallia americana, Rathbun, 1899, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXI, p. 614. General Range: Gulf of California. From 9.5 to 71 fathoms. Local Distribution: 49 specimens were taken from the Inez area (Sta- tions 141, 142, 143, 146 and 147) between 18 and 60 fathoms on muddy and sandy bottoms, both types usually having an abundance of crushed shell. Sex and Size: The collection is composed of 17 non-ovigerous females between 3.4 and 12 mm. in length (measured in the longitudinal mid-line, so that the posterior spines are excluded), 1 ovigerous female 9.2 mm. long and 31 males between 5.2 and 12.4 mm. in length. Color in Life : Pale buff to salmon orange, the chelipeds and ambula- tories often washed or banded with scarlet, orange or brown. Sometimes the larger tubercles or granules of the carapace were the same color, as well as the boundaries of some or all of the regions of the carapace. Food: Six stomachs from four different stations all contained bottom detritus (including Foraminifera) and worms. Enemies: Remains of young examples of this species were found in the stomachs both of lliacantha schmitti and of Dasygyius depressus taken at these stations. 104 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :7 Breeding : The ovigerous female carried about 850 eggs .27 mm. in diameter. Remarks : The males in the present series agree perfectly with the original description. Females have the posterior paired tubercles much less prominent and more widely spaced; likewise, the intestinal tubercle is less pointed. These sexual differences are notable, though to a less marked degree, even in the very young, while the male chelipeds are not elongated until the very last moults. The present specimens were compared with the type material in the United States National Museum. Material: Station 141: D-4 (1 9, 4 $) . Station 142: D-l (1 9, 3 $), D-2 (3 9, 5 $), D-3 (1 9), D-4 (1 9, 2 8). Station 143: D-l (4 8), D-2 (3 9, 2 8), D-3 (1 9, 1 8), D-5 (1 8)- Station 146: D-l (6 9, 7 8). Station 147: D-2 (1 9, 2 8). Cat. Nos. 36,826, 36,827, 36,828. Persephona townsendi (Rathbun). Myra toivnsendi Rathbun, 1893, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, p. 255. Persephona toivnsendi, Rathbun, 1899, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXI, p. 613. General Range : Gulf of California. From 20 to 58 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single male (Cat. No. 36,823), measuring 16 mm. long (excluding spines) and 14 mm. wide, was taken in the Inez area (Station 143 D-2) at a depth of 30 fathoms on a bottom composed of finely crushed shell and mud. Remarks: The present specimen was compared with the group at the United States National Museum. Iliacantha schmitti Rathbun. Iliacantha schmitti Rathbun, 1935, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XLVIII, p. 2. General Range: Gorgona Island, Colombia (type specimen) and Gulf of California. From 35 to 150 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 27 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) and the Inez area (Stations 142, 146 and 147) between 35 and 60 fathoms on muddy and sandy bottoms, the majority being taken in mud. Sex and Size: The specimens included 5 ovigerous females measuring from 23 to 35 mm. long (length measured to include rostrum, exclude in- testinal and posterior spines), 8 non-ovigerous females 11 to 26 mm. long and 13 males, 12 to 27 mm. long. Color in Life: Carapace pale apricot buff to brick red, sometimes speckled or streaked with white ; a large white spot often present on hepatic region, or a larger patch on the branchial; anterior part of carapace some- times speckled with maroon; posterior pair of spines sometimes yellow. All legs buff, the upper side of the merus washed with orange or red; chelae and dactyls of ambulatories often bright orange, sometimes brown. Ventral side pale. Eggs wine red to deep purple. Food: Of eight stomachs examined, two contained remains of young Randallia americana, one of shrimp, and one of an indeterminable crus- tacean; two held bottom detritus and two were empty. Breeding : A female 23 mm. in length carried about 2,900 eggs measur- ing .38 mm. in diameter. Habits: Specimens kept alive for four days in an aquarium remained completely buried in mud in the bottom. Remarks: Examples of the present series were compared with the 1937] Crane: Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs 105 type specimen in the United States National Museum. This species will be fully described and illustrated by Dr. Rathbun in her monograph on the Oxystomatous Crabs, which is now in press. Material: Station 136: D-2 (1 $), D-4 (12), D-17 (1 3), D-20 (3 2, 1 $), D-21 (1 3), D-22 (2 2), D-23 (1 2), D-24 (1 3), D-26 (2 2, 2 3), D-31 (2 3). Station 142: D-3 (12). Station 146: D-l (2 2, 2 3). Station 147: D-2 (2 2, 2 3). Sixteen of these specimens are preserved under Cat. Nos. 36,750, 36,822, 36,824 and 36,825. Family Dorippidae. Eth uses lata Rathbun. Ethusa lata Rathbun, 1893, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XVI, p. 258. Ethusa lata, Rathbun, 1899, Proc. TJ. S. Nat. Mus., XXI, p. 615. General Range : From Cedros Island and the Gulf of California to Panama Bay. From 14 to 66 fathoms. Local Distribution : A total of five specimens was taken from off Cedros Island (Station 126), from Arena Bank (Station 136), Gorda Banks (Sta- tion 150) and the Inez area (Station 143) between 25 and 56 fathoms on muddy, sandy and rocky bottoms. Sex and Size : The series includes one ovigerous female measuring 14.5 mm. long by 16.5 mm. wide and four males, from 7 mm. long by 7.2 mm. wide to 15.5 mm. long by 17 mm. wide. The second ambulatories of the female measure 30.5 mm. in length, those of the largest male 44 mm. Color in Life: General color olive buff, the palms and chelae of large males scarlet, the legs of all specimens banded with buff or white and scarlet, or entirely suffused with scarlet. Food: The specimen taken off Cedros Island had eaten small worms with tubes of sand grains; one from the Inez area held organic detritus, probably a worm. Breeding: The ovigerous female carried about 4,800 eggs measuring .32 mm. in diameter. Remarks: The present series was compared with the type specimen at the United States National Museum. Material: Station 126: D-9 (1 3). Station 136: D-4 (1 2), D-9 (1 3). Station 143: D-4 (1 3). Station 150: D-9 (1 3). Cat. Nos. 36,751, 36,752, 36,830, 36,831. Ethusa mascaroue amen cana A. Milne Edwards. Ethusa americana A. Milne Edwards, 1880, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII, p. 30. Ethusa mascarona americana, Rathbun, 1933, Brachyuran Crabs of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, Scient. Survey of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, XV, part 1, p. 105, fig. 102. General Range: From North Carolina to the Gulf of Mexico and the West Indies; Gulf of California. From 13 to 35 fathoms. Local Distribution: Two specimens were taken from Arena Bank (Sta- tion 136) and the Inez area (Station 142), respectively, from 30 and 35 fathoms on sandy bottoms. Sex and Size: The non-ovigerous female measured 13 mm. long, the male 6.9 mm. long. Color in Life: The female (from the Inez area) was deep pink, the carapace mottled and the legs banded with maroon. 106 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :7 Material-. Station 136: D-30 (13). Station 142: D-l (1 2). Cat. Nos. 36,753, 36,832. Subtribe Dromiacea. Family Dromiidae. Dromidia larraburei Rathbun. Dromidia sarraburei Rathbun, 1910, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXVIII, p. 553, pi. 48, fig. 4. (Error for D. larraburei) . Dromidia larraburei, Schmitt, 1921, The Marine Decapod Crustacea of California, Univ. of Calif. Publ. in Zool., XXIII, p. 183, pi. 33, fig. 1. General Range : From Monterey Bay, California, to Peru and Galapagos Islands. From shallow water to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution : Eight specimens were taken on Arena Bank (Sta- tion 136) between 40 and 45 fathoms on muddy bottoms. Sex and Size: The series contains three non-ovigerous females between 12 and 26 mm. long and five males between 5.5 and 12.5 mm. long. Color in Life: Pubescence yellowish; chelae scarlet. Food: Three stomachs all held bottom detritus; one had algae in addi- tion. Remarks: This species has not been taken previously in deep water. Material: Station 136: D-l (13), D-13 (1 2, 1 3), D-23 (2 2, 3 3). Cat. No. 36,754. Hypoconcha californiensis Bouvier. Hypoconcha californiensis Bouvier, 1898, Bull, de Musee de Nat. Hist, de Paris, IV, pp. 374-375. General Range: Gulf of California. To a depth of 35 fathoms. Local Distribution: Two non-ovigerous females (Cat. No. 36,756), each measuring 8 mm. long by 8 mm. wide, were taken on Arena Bank (Station 136 D-30) at a depth of 35 fathoms on a sandy bottom with abundant weed. Remarks : This species has been known previously only from the two original females, the intact, smaller specimen having measured 12.5 mm. in length. The present specimens agree perfectly with the description except that there are two, not three, large teeth on each frontal lobe and five, not six, on the antero-lateral margin of the carapace. Hypoconcha digueti Bouvier. Hypoconcha digueti Bouvier, 1898, Bull, du Musee de Nat. Hist, de Paris, IV, pp. 374, 376. Hypoconcha digueti, Rathbun, 1923, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. XLVIII, p. 620. General Range: Gulf of California. Local Distribution: Four specimens (Cat. No. 36,755) were taken from Arena Bank (Station 136 D-30) at a depth of 35 fathoms on a sandy bottom with abundant weed. Sex and Size: The series consists of one ovigerous female, 17.5 mm. long by 18.5 mm. wide, and three non-ovigerous females, two 7.2 mm. long and 7.6 mm. wide and one 25 mm. long by 26 mm. wide. Color in Life: Yellowish, tinged and blotched irregularly with pink, especially ventrally; chelae crimson. The type specimen was “uniformly reddish.” 1937] Crane: Oxystomatous and Dromiaceous Crabs 107 Food : Sand and Foraminifera were contained in the stomach of the largest female. Breeding: The ovigerous female carried about 775 eggs measuring .59 mm. in diameter. Habits : Two of the specimens carried shells of Glycymeris maculata Broderip with apertures exactly matching the size of their carapaces. The type specimen was found under an old Pecten shell. Family Homolidae. Horn ola faxoni Schmitt. Homola faxoni Schmitt, 1921, The Marine Decapod Crustacea of Cali- fornia, Univ. of Calif. Publ. in Zool., XXIII, p. 184, pi. 31, fig. 7. General Range: Point Loma, California, and west of San Jose Point, Lower California. Local Distribution: A single non-ovigerous female (Cat. No. 36,833) was taken off San Jose Point (Station 175 D-l) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a shaley bottom. Size: Length with rostrum 16 mm., rostrum 2.7 mm., greatest width (between tips of spines) 14.5 mm., width excluding spines 12 mm., length third ambulatory leg 43.5 mm., length of same to distal extremity of merus 19 mm., length of last ambulatory to distal extremity of propodus 26.5 mm. Color in Life : Entirely buff, except anterior part of carapace which is suffused with scarlet. Remarks: This species has been known previously only from the type specimen, a female 45 mm. in length. The present specimen agrees per- fectly with the type description except that the posterior (or lower) of the two hooked spines on each supraorbital spine is rudimentary. 108 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate I. Fig. 1. Osachila lata Faxon, male, length 25.5 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 2. Same, ventral view. Fig. 3. Osachila lata Faxon, female, length 15.5 mm. dorsal view. Fig. 4. Same, ventral view. Fig. 5. Hepatus kossmanni Neumann, male, length 90 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 6. Hepatus kossmanni Neumann, female, length 70 mm., ventral view. Plate II. Fig. 7. Lithadia digueti Bouvier, female, length 19 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 8. Same, ventral view. Fig. 9. Lithadia digueti Bouvier, male, length 15 mm., dorsal view. Fig. 10. Same, ventral view. Fig. 11. Same, posterior view. CRANE. PLATE I. FIG. 5. FIG. 6. OXYSTOMATOUS AND DROMIACEOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. CRANE. PLATE II. FIG. 9. FIG. 10. FIG. 11. OXYSTOMATOUS AND DROMIACEOUS CRABS FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 109 e. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VII. Caridean Decapod Crustacea from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California.1 Fenner A. Chace, Jr. Assistant Curator of Marine Invertebrates Museum, of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Massachusetts (Text-figures 1-9). [Note: This is the seventh of a series of papers dealing with the speci- mens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; Wil- liam Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the capture of the specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] Contents. Page Introduction 110 Pasiphaeidae Pasiphaea emarginata Rathbun 110 Leptochela serratorbita Bate? Ill Acanthephyridae Acanthephyra curtirostris Wood-Mason Ill Pandalidae Plesionika mexicana sp. nov 112 Plesionika beebei sp. nov 114 Pantomus affinis sp. nov 116 Heterocarpus vicarius Faxon 118 Crangonidae Crangon bellimanus (Lockington) 118 Crangon ventrosus (H. Milne Edwards) 118 Crangon arenensis sp. nov 119 Crangon cylindricus (Kingsley) 121 Crangon normanni (Kingsley) 122 Synalplieus charon (Heller) 122 Synalpheus sanlucasi Coutiere 123 Synalpheus townsendi mexicanus Coutiere 123 Synalpheus digueti Coutiere 123 Synalpheus herricki Coutiere 123 Pomagnathus corallinus gen. et sp. nov 124 1 Contribution No. 526, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 110 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 Hippolytidae Hippolyte calif orniensis Holmes 126 Hippolyte mexicana sp. nov 127 Latreutes sp 129 Processidae Processa canaliculata Leach 131 Palaemonidae Palaemon ritteri Holmes 131 Periclimenes ( Periclimenes ) infraspinis (Rathbun) 132 Periclimenes ( Ancylocaris ) holmesi Nobili 132 Periclimenes ( Ancylocaris ) lucasi sp. nov 133 Harpilius depressus Stimpson 135 Pontonia margarita Smith 136 Cragonidae Crago zacae sp. nov 136 Introduction. The caridean prawns collected by the Templeton Crocker Expedition belong to 29 species, of which nine were apparently heretofore undescribed and one is the type of a new genus. Worthy of particular mention is the remarkable fact that, of the remaining 20 known species, nine had not been previously recorded from the region visited by the expedition. Of these nine forms, four were entirely unknown to the fauna of the Pacific coast of America; two of the four were described from the tropical Atlantic and the other two are Indo-Pacific varieties. Inasmuch as all three species of Hippoly- tidae in the collection, including two undescribed species, and one species of Palaemonidae, were well represented in the stomach contents of specimens of the American Eared Grebe ( Colymbus nigricollis calif ornicus (Heer- mann) ), the suggestion might be advanced that the habits of such diving birds would become of real interest not only to the ornithologist but to the student of marine invertebrates as well if they could be trained to collect such animals much as are the cormorants of oriental fishermen. The color notes were made in the field by members of the expedition. All catalogue numbers refer to specimens in the collections of the De- partment of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society, except those preceded by the letters M.C.Z; the latter group denotes specimens in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Pasiphaeidae. Pasiphae a emarginata Rathbun. Pasiphaea emarginata Rathbun, M.J., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 905, 1902. Pasiphaea emarginata Schmitt, W.L., Univ. California Pub. Zool., vol. 23, p. 30, fig. 15, 1921. General Range: From off Santa Barbara Islands and Santa Barbara Channel to off San Diego, California, and off Concepcion Bay, Gulf of Cali- fornia, from 216 to 857 fathoms. Local Distribution : A total of three specimens was taken 23 miles east by south of Tortuga Island (Station 139) and 13 and 20 miles northeast of San Ildefonso Islands (Station 148) in 500 fathoms. Sex and Size : The three males have a total length of 39, 45 and 64 mm. ; the carapace lengths are respectively 15.2, 18 and 26.4 mm. Color in Life: Translucent white speckled with fine chromatophores, 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 111 scarlet red by Ridgway’s Color Standards. The red is most concentrated on the sides of the carapace, on the keel of the last three abdominal segments and on all the appendages. Eye dark brown. Remarks: The Zaca specimens were taken very near the point off Con- cepcion Bay which is the type locality of this species. Material : Station 139: T-4 (1 $). Station 148: T-4 (1 $), T-8 (1 $) . Cat. Nos. 36,931, 36,932. Leptochela serratorbita Bate ? Leptochela serratorbita Bate, C.S. Challenger Rept., Zool., vol. 24, p. 859, pi. 134, fig. 1, 1888. Leptochela serratorbita Schmitt, W.L., Sci. Surv. Porto Rico and Virgin Ids., vol. 15, pt. 2, p. 134, 1935. General Range: Key West, Florida, to St. Thomas, to a depth of 23 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 99 specimens was taken at San Lucas Harbor (Station 135) both at the surface beneath a light and dredged in 8 to 16 fathoms on sandy bottoms. Sex and Size: The mature female taken on March 29 is ovigerous; it is about 17 mm. long, the carapace measuring 4.1 mm. The female taken with the dredge, which, from the condition of the abdomen, had evidently liberated eggs but a short time before, is of about the same length with a carapace length of 3.9 mm. The young are from 4.9 to 7.7 mm. long. Remarks: Although these specimens agree very well with Miss Rath- bun’s description {Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm, for 1900, vol. 20, pt. 2, p. 127, 1901), a direct comparison of Atlantic and Pacific specimens might possibly reveal differences of taxonomic importance. The young specimens in the present material lack the row of spines on the orbital margin, but this is probably attributable to their age. I have had the opportunity to examine two males and a female of this species loaned by the American Museum of Natural History which were taken near Topolobampo, Mexico, Lat. 25° 30' N., Long. 109° 12' W. on November 17, 1935. Material: Station 135: Surface night light, March 29 (1 9, 97 young), D-l (1 9). Cat. Nos. 36,933, 36,934. Acanthephyridae. Acanthephyra c urtirostris Wood-Mason. Acantliephyra curtirostris Wood-Mason, J., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6 vol. 7, p. 195, 1891. Acanthephyra curtirostris Balss, H., Wiss. Ergebn. Deutschen Tiefsee- Exped., vol. 20, no. 5, p. 261, text-fig. 30 (mandible), 1925. General Range : Off the east coast of Africa, Arabian Sea, Bay of Ben- gal, Laccadive Sea, Andaman Sea, Malay Archipelago, Philippine Islands, south of Japan, Hawaiian Islands and off the west coast of America from San Diego to Peru. There is also a specimen in the U. S. National Museum, which I refer to this species, that was taken in the equatorial Atlantic off British Guiana. A. curtirostris has been taken in depths ranging from 364 to 2,730 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 26 specimens was taken from nine miles south of Santa Margarita Island (Station 133), 23 miles east by south of Tortuga Island (Station 139), four and one half miles southwest of Mazat- lan (Station 154) and 34 miles east by south of Arena Point (Station 159). 112 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 Sex and Size: Three of the females are ovigerous and range in length from 99 to 102 mm. (carapace, 23.7 to 24 mm.). The non-ovigerous females are from 70 to over 86 mm. long (carapace, 17 to 22 mm.), the two males are 73 and 84 mm. long (carapace, 17.2 to 20.2 mm.) and the young vary from 14 to 40 mm. long (carapace, 3.5 to 9.8 mm.). Material : Station 133: T-3 (1 $, 2 young). Station 139: T-4 (4 9, 1 young). Station 154: T-4 (2 young). Station 159: T-3 (1 S, 1 9, 14 young). Cat. Nos. 36,935 to 36,939, inch Two females from Station 139 and four young specimens from Station 159 are in the collections of the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M.C.Z. Cat. Nos. 9,508, 9,509). Pandalidae. Plesionika mexicana, sp. nov. (Text-figure 1). Type : Holotype ovigerous female, Cat. No. 36,940, Department of Trop- ical Research, New York Zoological Society. From Station 136, D-l, Arena Bank, Lat. 23° 29' N., Long. 109° 25' W., 45 fathoms, muddy bottom, April 3, 1936. Diagnosis: Rostrum much longer than antennal scale with 10 to 14 ventral spines and the spines of the basal crest barbed at the tip and all but the most anterior movable. Second pair of legs very unequal. Carpus of three posterior legs much shorter than propodus which is slightly more than three times as long as the dactyl. Description: The carapace is about two-fifths as long as the abdomen. The posterior half is smoothly rounded, the low carina of the dorsal crest arising slightly in front of the midpoint of the carapace. Arising from the crest are four or five barbed spines, the posterior three or four of which are movable. Two or three of the spines are behind the orbit and they increase in size from the first to the third. The antennal spine is long and slender, about twice as long as the stout branchiostegal spine. The rostrum is almost twice as long as the carapace. It bends slightly downward in front of the eyes and ascends gradually from that point to the apex. Following the barbed spines at the base of the rostrum there is usu- ally, but not always, a smooth interspace that extends beyond the level of the antennal scale and this is followed by four or five progressively smaller spines, the distal two being placed just back of the tip of the rostrum. On the ventral margin are 10 to 14, usually 13, subequal spines separated by successively longer interspaces. The abdomen is dorsally smooth and rounded without a carina on any of the somites, although the third is somewhat compressed and fonns a distinct angle. There are no teeth or spines on any of the segments with the excep- tion of the spines arming the acute postero-lateral angles of the fourth and fifth pleura. The sixth segment, which is about one and two-thirds as long as the fifth, is also provided with a spine at the corresponding angle. Some- what shorter than the sum of the two preceding somites, the telson is armed with three pairs of lateral and three pairs of terminal spinules ; it is slightly shorter than the inner branch of the uropods. The large, globular eyes have a distinct but incompletely separated ocel- lus on the dorsal surface of the stalk. The second and third joints of the antennular peduncle are subequal and the stylocerite slightly exceeds the first segment. The subequal flagella are about half again as long as the rostrum. The antennal scale is narrow and tapers distally to a truncate tip that is considerably surpassed by the stout outer spine. The antennal flagella are almost twice as long as the animal. 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 113 The external maxillipeds are provided with well-developed exopods and project beyond the antennal scale by about one-fifth of the terminal joint. The first pair of legs is as long as the external maxillipeds. The second legs are very unequal, the right extending beyond the antennal scale by no more than the length of the fingers and provided with about 20 carpal segments, the left exceeding the rostrum by almost half the carpus and provided with about 100 carpal segments. The propodi of the last three legs are about one and one-half times the carpi and about three times as long as the dactyls. The eggs are very small, about 0.3 mm. long, and very numerous. The holotype is 51 mm. long, of which the carapace measures 9.5 mm., the abdomen 25 mm. and the rostrum 18 mm. Local Distribution : A total of 93 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136), Gorda Banks (Station 150) and three miles east of Cape Falso (Station 151) between 30 and 75 fathoms, on various types of bottoms, including muddy, sandy, shelly and hard. Sex and Size : All but three of the females are laden with eggs. These specimens have a carapace length of from 6 to 12 mm. The non-ovigerous females give corresponding measurements of 6.3 to 8.6 mm., and the males, from 5 to 11.2 mm. It is of interest that the five males from Station 136 were all very small and it was only in deeper water (65 to 75 fathoms) at Stations 150 and 151 that males were found in abundance and of a size comparable to that of the ovigerous females. 114 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 Color in Life : General color translucent white with short, longitudinal stripes, scarlet by Ridgways Color Standards, alternating with areas speckled with opaque white dots. The amounts of scarlet and white are variable, but the general pattern is quite constant, even in specimens taken from various types of bottom; there is a transverse red bar across the carapace immediately behind base of rostral keel, a second on first abdominal segment, a third on third abdominal segment (usually brightest in the males) and a fourth at base of telson; the remainder of scarlet body markings are short, irregular, longitudinal streaks on the abdominal pleura; antennae and peri- opods barred with scarlet and white; pleopods, uropods and telson streaked longitudinally with scarlet in most individuals, sometimes entirely trans- lucent white. Eyes greenish. Eggs bluish green. Remarks : The rostral armature is variable in this species, but the holo- type represents by far the commonest arrangement. P. mexicana is appar- ently most closely related to P. binoculus (Bate), but it differs in its smaller size and less elevated dorsal crest, which is armed with barbed rather than simple spines. Material: Station 136: D-l (3 $, 22 2), D-ll (1 2), D-24 (2 8, 13 2), D-26 (1 8, 3 2). Station 150 : D-16 (21 8, 22 2) . Station 151 : D-l (5 8, 1 2) . Cat. Nos. 36,940 (holotype) and 36,941 to 36,946 inclusive (paratypes). Six male and 12 female paratypes are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. Nos. 9,491, 9,492, 9,493). Plesionika beebei, sp. nov. (Text-figure 2). Type: Male holotype, Cat. No. 36,948, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. From Station 148, T-2, 13 miles northeast by north of San Ildefonso Island, Lat. 26° 48' 40" N., Long. 111° 20' 30" W., 300 fathoms, April 17, 1936. Diagnosis : Rostrum much longer than antennal scale, nearly straight, distal third of dorsal surface usually unarmed except for a single sub-apical tooth, ventral surface armed throughout with 10 to 15 teeth. Second pair of legs subequal. Carpus of three posterior legs somewhat shorter than propodus, dactyl of third leg more than half as long as propodus. Description: The integument is soft and almost membranous. The carapace is about three-tenths as long as the abdomen. It is com- pressed on the dorsal mid-line into a low but well-marked carina which bears three or four spines behind the orbit, the first two being movable. Poste- rior to this crest there is a distinct cervical groove behind which and above the strong supra-branchial ridge is a depressed pubescent area. The antennal is but little longer than the branchiostegal spine. The rostrum is about twice as long as the antennal scale and ascends very slightly in its distal half. It is armed dorsally, in addition to the three or four spines behind the orbit, with six or seven teeth on the proximal half followed by a smooth interspace and a single small tooth just back of the tip. Ventrally there are 10 to 15 teeth which are largest at the mid-point of the rostrum; they become more distantly spaced anteriorly. The abdomen is smoothly rounded for the entire length of its dorsal surface. The pleuron of the fourth somite has an acute postero-lateral angle, and that of the fifth is spinose. On the sixth segment, which is two and one-third times as long as the fifth, there is a similar small spine at the postero-lateral angle. The telson is slightly longer than the inner branch of the uropods and is armed with four pairs of dorso-lateral and three pairs of terminal spines. The large, globular eyes have a very small incomplete ocellus on the dorsal surface of the stalk. 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 115 The second and third joints of the antennular peduncle are subequal in length and the stylocerite is somewhat shorter than the first joint. The sub- equal flagella are more than twice as long as the rostrum. The antennal scale is narrow and tapers slightly to a truncate tip which is exceeded but little by the outer spine. The external maxillipeds have a well developed exopod and exceed the antennal scale by about one-third of the length of the distal segment. All of the legs are very slender. The first pair reaches nearly as far forward as the external maxillipeds. The second pair are subequal in length and the carpi are made up of eight or nine segments. The third legs extend slightly beyond the tip of the rostrum, the carpus is a little shorter than the propodus and the lanceolate dactyl more than half as long as the propodus. The fourth and fifth legs are similar to the third, except that the dactyl of the fifth pair is less than one-third as long as the propodus. The holotype is 40 mm. long of which the carapace measures 6 mm., the abdomen 21 mm. and the rostrum 12.3 mm. Text-figure 2. Plesionika beebei, sp. nov. Male holotype. Local Distribution : A total of seven specimens was taken from 23 miles east by south of Tortuga Island (Station 139), 13 to 20 miles noi’theast of San Ildefonso Island (Station 148) and Gorda Banks (Station 1'50 ) , between 40 and 500 fathoms. Sex and Size: Most of the specimens are in poor condition due to the soft integument. None of the females is ovigerous and the condition of the endopod of the first pleopods of the males seems to indicate that these specimens are not fully mature. The males have a carapace length of 6 to 8 mm., and the single unmutilated female 10.7 mm. Color in Life : A paratype from Station 139 was translucent white, the carapace and abdominal pleura speckled with scarlet, and the uropods and telson entirely scarlet. Remarks : This species is apparently closely related to P. ortmanni Doflein from the western Pacific, but differs in having the carpi of the three posterior legs shorter than the propodi and in having eight rather than more than 30 joints in the carpi of the second legs. Material: Station 139: T-2 (1 8). Station 148: T-2 (1 8), T-6 (1 8), T-8 (1 3). Station 150: D-5 (2 $ and 1 carapace). Cat. Nos. 36,948 (holotype) ; 36,947, 36,949 and 36,950 (paratypes). One male paratype is 116 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam- bridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,494). Pantomus affinis, sp. nov. (Text-figure 3). Type : Male holotype, Cat. No. 36,1052, Department of Tropical Re- search, New York Zoological Society. From Station 147, D-2, Santa Inez Bay, Lat. 26° 56' 30" N., Long. 111° 48' 30" W., 60 fathoms, April 17, 1936. Diagnosis : Five to eight spines on dorsal edge of rostrum anterior to articulation with carapace; 27 to 36 teeth on ventral edge. Four to six, usually five, pairs of dorso-lateral spines on telson not including the pair just above the terminal spinules. Scaphognathite of second maxilla broad. Description : The carapace is a little more than one-fourth as long as the abdomen, smoothly rounded on the posterior half and anteriorly compressed into a low frontal crest which is armed with two small movable spines and a fixed spine at the articulation with the rostrum. The supra-branchial ridge is clearly defined but not prominent and the antennal spine is per- ceptibly larger than the branchiostegal. The rostrum is about three-fourths again as long as the carapace, armed above with four to seven spines on the proximal half and a small spine just Text-figui’e 3. Pantomus affinis, sp. nov. a. Male holotype. b. Rostrum of holotype of P. affinis. c. Rostrum of a cotype of P. parvulus. 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 117 back of the tip. On the ventral margin there is a series of 27 to 36 spines that are proximally reduced to indistinct serrations. A few setae arise from each of the spaces between the dorsal spines and each of the intervals between the ventral spines is provided with a single seta. The third segment of the abdomen is bent at a sharp angle and its posterior half sharply carinated; the other segments are smoothly rounded dorsally. The postero-lateral angle of the pleuron of the fourth somite is provided with a small spine, and that of the fifth is narrowly acute. The sixth segment is two and two-thirds times as long as the preceding. The telson is slightly longer than the inner branch of the uropods and is armed with four to six, usually five, pairs of dorso-lateral spinules and three pairs of terminal spines. The cornea of the eye is very large and semicircular so that it appears flattened in lateral view. There is no distinct ocellus. The second and third joints of the antennular peduncle are subequal in length. The flagella are subequal and about one-third again as long as the rostrum. The antennal scale is narrow and tapers distally to a rounded tip which slightly exceeds the outer spine. The third maxillipeds attain the distal fifth of the antennal scale and are provided with well developed exopods. The first pair of legs are minutely chelate and very little shorter than the third maxillipeds. The second legs are unequal; the left reaches beyond the tip of the antennal scale and the carpus is composed of about 18 joints, whereas the right falls short of the tips of the first legs and there are but eight joints in the carpus. The three posterior legs are similar and exceed the tip of the antennal scale by the dactyls and part of the propodi. The carpi are about two-thirds, and the dactyls distinctly more than half, as long as the propodi. The male holotype is 33 mm. long of which the carapace measures 5.2 mm., the abdomen 18.8 mm., and the rostrum 9 mm. Local Distribution: A total of 66 specimens was taken from Santa Inez Bay (Station 147) and three miles east of Cape Falso (Station 151), between 60 and 65 fathoms, on muddy and rocky bottoms. Sex and Size: The males have a carapace length of 4.2 to 6.8 mm. and the females, none of which is ovigerous, give comparative measurements of 3.1 to 6.7 mm. Color in Life : Body transparent and colorless except for a variable num- ber of red and yellow chromatophores on carapace and abdomen. Mouth- parts yellowish. Remarks : This species is very similar in general appearance to the only other species in the genus, P. parvulus A. Milne Edwards, from the Atlantic. There are, however, a few noticeable differences between the Zaca specimens and Milne Edwards’ types which are deposited in the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology. P. affinis is apparently a larger species, since few of the co- types are more than 25 mm. long. P. parvulus has only two to four, generally three, dorsal teeth at the base of the rostrum in front of the articulation, whereas P. affinis has from four to seven. There are normally 21 to 28 ventral rostral spines in P. parvulus as compared with 27 to 36 in P. affinis, and those in the latter species become mere indistinct serrations proximally, whereas in the Atlantic species even the first ventral spines are well marked. In P. parvulus there are usually six pairs of dorso-lateral spines on the telson, although rarely there may be only five ; in P. affinis, five is the normal number and four or six are found but occasionally. Finally, the scaphogna- thite of the second maxilla is distinctly narrower in the genotype than in the Pacific species. Material: Station 147: D-2 (37 $, 28 $). Station 151: D-l (1 $) . Cat. Nos. 36,1052 (holotype) ; 36,1053, 36,1054 (paratypes). Six male and seven 118 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 female paratypes are deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,495). Heterocarpus vicarius Faxon. Heterocarpus vicarius Faxon, W., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, p. 203, 1893. Heterocarpus vicarius Faxon, W., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 148, pi. 40, figs. 1-lb, pi. 41, figs. 2, 2a, 1895. General Range : Previously known only from the Bay of Panama. Local Distribution : A total of three specimens was taken 20 miles north- east of San Ildefonso Island (Station 148) and from Gorda Banks (Station 150), between 40 and 300 fathoms. Sex and Size: The specimens are of the same small size, about 28 mm. long (carapace, 7.5 mm.) Remarks : These specimens differ from the smallest of Faxon’s types in the Museum of Comparative Zoology in having a more membranous in- tegument, less pronounced lateral carinae on the carapace and a less up- turned rostrum, but as the Zaca specimens are considerably smaller than any of the Albatross specimens these comparatively unimportant differences may well be accounted for by the age of the specimens. This is apparently the first time that this species has been taken outside of the Gulf of Panama and the northernmost record for any member of the genus on the Pacific coast of America. Material : Station 148: T-6 (1 young). Station 150 D-5 (2 young). Cat. Nos. 36,1055, 36,1056. Crangonidae. Crangon bellimanus (Lockington). Alpheus bellimanus Lockington, W.N., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, p. 34, 1877. Crangon bellimanus Schmitt, W.L., XJniv. Calif. Pub. Zool., vol. 23, p. 75, fig. 51, 1921. General Range: Monterey to San Diego, California; Chile (Coutiere). Local Distribution: One male was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136: D-6) in 35 fathoms, on a sandy bottom. Cat. No. 36,1057. Sex and Size: The single male is about 13.5 mm. long (carapace and rostrum, 4.9 mm.). Remarks: The present specimen differs from Holmes’ description ( Occas . Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, p. 184, pi. 2, fig. 41, 1900) only in having the antennal scale slightly longer than the antennular peduncle rather than equal to it. This is the first record for the species from Lower California. Crangon ventrosus (H. Milne Edwards). Alpheus ventrosus Milne Edwards, H., Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 2, p. 352, 1837. Alpheus ventrosus Gravely, F. H., Bull. Madras Govt. Mus., N.S. vol. 1, no. 2, pt. 1, p. 78, pi. 1, figs. 2a-3b, 1930. General Range: Entire Indo-Pacific region from the Gulf of Akaba, Red Sea, Indian Ocean to Tahiti, the Hawaiian Islands and the Gulf of Cali- fornia. 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 119 Local Distribution: Ten specimens (3 males, 4 females and 3 young) were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 2}/2 fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) . Cat. No. 36,1058. Sex and Size : All four adult females are ovigerous and range in length from 27.8 to 32 mm. (carapace and rostrum, 8.9 to 10 mm.) ; the males are from 24 to 29 mm. long (carapace and rostrum, 8.2 to 9.1 mm.) ; and the immature specimens from 14 to 20 mm. (carapace and rostrum, 4.8 to 6.8 mm.). Remarks: In one of the ovigerous females the telson is curiously de- formed. It is split at the end, with two quite normal tips separated by an angle of about 90°. The posterior pair of dorsal spinules is placed almost.in the midline, one of them being much the smaller and placed slightly anterior to the other. This is the second record of the capture of this species in the Gulf of California. Three specimens are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,496). Crangon a rensnsis, sp. nov. (Text-figure 4) . Type: Male holotype, Cat. No. 36,1059, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. From Station 136 D-33, off Arena Bank, 2^2 fathoms, in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) , May 2, 1936. Diagnosis: Rostrum triangular, carinate and separated from orbital hoods by distinct sulci. Extra-corneal spines present. Second joint of anten- nular peduncle about twice as long as third ; stylocerite not reaching second segment. Inferior spine of basicerite present. Larger chela slightly more than twice as long as high with slight dorsal and ventral emarginations but no lateral grooves or spines. Smaller chela little more than three times as long as high. First carpal article of second legs shorter than sum of three following. Three posterior legs with unarmed meri and simple, acute dactyls. Description: The rostrum reaches the distal third of the visible portion of the first antennular segment. It is dorsally carinate, sparsely setose and separated from the orbital hoods by distinct sulci. The extra-corneal spines are prominent and reach a« far as the distal third of the rostrum. The second segment of the antennular peduncle is about one-third again as long as the visible portion of the first and about twice as long as the third. The stylocerite does not attain the end of the first segment. The inferior spine of the basicerite of the antennae is well developed and reaches the end of the first antennular segment. The carpocerite overreaches the antennular peduncle by about two-thirds of the length of the distal segment of the latter. The nearly straight outer spine of the antennal scale reaches the tip of the carpocerite and its distal third extends beyond the blade. The third maxillipeds are hairy and extend beyond the carpocerite by about half of the terminal segment. The merus of the larger cheliped is less than twice as long as broad at the distal end and unarmed. The chela is strongly compressed from side to side and but little less than half as high as long. Its outer surface is almost flat and smooth, the inner slightly more convex and hairy. Behind the articu- lation of the dactyl on the dorsal surface is an obliquely transverse groove which is most marked on the inner surface, but it terminates abruptly without extending far onto either lateral face. Ventrally there is a similar shallow emargination below the articulation of the dactyl, and above this ventral sulcus there is a very slight,, ill-defined depression. Aside from 120 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 these emarginations and the well marked oblique groove on the proximal half of the palm, the chela is wholly free from sculpture. The thick, truncate dactyl is about three-fifths as long as the palm; it works in a very nearly vertical plane and extends somewhat beyond the fixed finger. In alcohol, the chela is mottled with blue and purple pigments. The smaller chela is just about three times as long as high and shows no trace of sculpture of any kind aside from a very slight depression on the ventral margin at the base of the fixed finger and the usual proximal oblique groove. The dactyl is about one-fourth again as long as the palm. The entire chela, particularly the fingers, is provided with numerous tufts of setae. The coloration in alcohol is similar to that of the larger hand. Text-figure 4. Crangon arenensis, sp. nov. a. Frontal region, b. Outer face of larger chela, c. Outer face of smaller chela, d. Right leg of second pair. e. Right leg of third pair. f. Telson. g. Outer branch of right uropod. 1937] Cliace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 121 The second pair of legs is long, reaching the distal half of the larger chela. The first carpal joint is as long as the sum of the second and third and half of the fourth segments. The fifth is longer than the third or fourth which are subequal but shorter than the second. The merus of the third leg is about one-third as broad as long and unarmed. The dactyls of the three posterior legs are simple, slender and acute. The outer spine of the exopods of the uropods is black with a horn- colored tip. The male holotype is 20 mm. long, of which the carapace and rostrum measure 7.5 mm. The larger chela is 10.8 mm. long and the smaller 7 mm. Material : The male holotype is the only specimen in the collection. Remarks : This species apparently resembles C. gracilis alluaudi (Coutiere) from the Maidive Archipelago which, according to Coutiere, differs from the typical C. gracilis (Heller) only in having simple rather than biunguiculate dactyls on the three posterior legs. De Man (Siboga- Expeditie, Monogr. 39a, 1911, p. 338) states that, in the type of C. gracilis , the second antennular article appears shorter than the visible part of the first and a little longer than the third, whereas in C. arenensis the second article is considerably longer than the visible part of the first and about twice as long as the third. In C. gracilis the stylocerite is said to reach the second third of the second antennular article, while in the present species it falls short of the end of the first segment. The merus of the third legs in C. gracilis is apparently more slender, being four times as long as wide as against about three in C. arenensis. Crangon cylindricus (Kingsley). Alpheus cylindricus Kingsley, J. S., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv.,. vol. 4, no. 1, p. 196, 1878. Alpheus vanderbilti Boone, L., Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., vol. 3, p. 163, pi. 58, text-fig. 5, 1930. General Range : Off Key West, Florida, Barbados and Pearl Island, Bay of Panama. Local Distribution : A total of 3 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) in 35 and 45 fathoms, on muddy bottoms. One specimen was found inside a sponge. Sex and Size : The male is 18.7 mm. long, the female without eggs from D-12 is 17.2 mm., and the ovigerous female from D-13 is 20.8 mm. Remarks : These specimens have been compared with four specimens of “C. vanderbilti (Boone)” from the Bermudas and there is no apparent dif- ference between the two. In all of the specimens from both the Atlantic and the Pacific the antennal scale reaches almost to the extremity of the antennular peduncle. Kingsley’s statement regarding this ratio is ambiguous and might be construed to mean that the laminate portion, and not the terminal spine of the scaphocerite, reaches the end of the second joint, which is true of the specimens at hand. The dactyl of the larger chela may or may not have a subterminal rounded tooth on the lower margin in addition to the acute tooth which fits over the extremity of the propodus. Miss Boone’s description of the dactyls of the last three pairs of legs is misleading, since she calls them “monodactyl” and also adds, “the dactyl is short, curved, acuminate,” although her figure correctly depicts them as biunguiculate. This, to my knowledge, is the first Pacific record of this species since that of the type from the Bay of Panama. Material: Station 136: D-12 (1 2), D-13 (1 8, 12). Cat. Nos. 36,1060, 36,1061. 122 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 Crangon no rmanni (Kingsley) . Alpheus affinis Kingsley, J. S., Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv., vol. 4, no. 1, p. 195, 1878. (Not A. affinis Guise, 1854). Alpheus normanni Kingsley, J. S., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 93, 1878. Alpheus packardii Kingsley, J. S., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 417, 1879. Alpheus packardii Zimmer, C., Zool. Jalirb., suppl. 11, p. 409, figs. A2-G2, 1913. General Range : North Carolina and Bermuda to Florida and West In- dies; Panama. Local Distribution : A single male specimen (Cat. No. 36,1062) was taken from Santa Inez Bay (Station 142 D-l) in 30 fathoms, on a bottom composed of sand and crushed shell. Sex and Size : This male measures 20 mm. in length (carapace, 7 mm.). Remarks: A comparison of this specimen with specimens of “C. pac- kardii” from the Bermudas fails to disclose a single character by which the Atlantic and Pacific forms can be distinguished. I have also compared the Zaca specimen with two cotypes of C. normanni in the Museum of Com- parative Zoology and found that, as in those specimens, the third maxillipeds fall short of the extremity of the antennal scale. Although Kingsley did not mention the similarity between the two species, the only important differ- ences between the two, as described by him, is in the length of the third maxillipeds. Since it is found that Kingsley’s description of C. normanni is erroneous in this respect, the only important distinguishing character must be abandoned and the two species become synonymous. To my knowledge, this is the first record of this species from Pacific waters since the types were collected at Panama. Synalpheus charon (Heller). Alpheus charon Heller, C., Sitzungsber. Kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 44, p. 272, pi. 3, figs. 21 and 22, 1861. Synalpheus charon de Man, J. G., Siboga-Exped., Monogr. 39a1, p. 245. 1911. General Range: Red Sea, Maidive and Laccadive Archipelagos and the Hawaiian Islands. Local Distribution: A total of 11 specimens (Cat. No. 36,1063) was taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in 2 y2 fathoms, from coral ( Pocil - lopora ligulata) . Sex and Size: The collection includes four males, 12.3 to 15 mm. long, and seven ovigerous females, 14.2 to 20 mm. long. Remarks: Some of these specimens closely resemble S. helleri de Man (Zool. Jahrb. Abth. f. Syst. 9, p. 743, pi. 35, fig. 63, 1897) in the form of the frontal spines and the length of the antennal scale. The posterior margin of the telson is more than one-third of the length of the telson in all of the specimens. It is very likely that study of additional specimens will show that S. helleri is synonymous with this species. This is the first record for the species east of the Hawaiian Islands. Two specimens, male and female, are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,497). 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 123 Synalpheus sanlucasi Coutiere. Synalpheus sanlucasi Coutiere, H., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 36, p. 41, fig. 23, 1909. General Range : Cape San Lucas, Lower California. Local Distribution : Two males (Cat. No. 36,1064) were taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in 2A/% fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) . Sex and Size: The two males are each 9.1 mm. long. Remarks: This species has been known previously only from the types taken at Cape San Lucas by John Xantus. Synalpheus townsendi mexicamis Coutiere. Synalpheus townsendi mexicanus Coutiere, H., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 36, p. 34, fig. 17, 1909. General Range: Off Ceralbo Island, Lower California, in 9^2 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 11 specimens was taken from Arena Bank in 2% to 45 fathoms, on muddy bottoms and in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) . Sex and Size : The males are from 10.1 to 12.6 mm. long and the females, none of which are ovigerous, 11.1 to 12.7 mm. long. Remarks: This is apparently the first record for the species since that of the type which was taken by the Albatross in 1888. Material: Station 136: D-12 (4 $, 2 $), D-13 (2 $, 1 9), D-33 (2 $). Cat. Nos. 36,1065, 36,1066, 36,1067. Two specimens, male and female, are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam- bridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,498). Synalpheus digue ti Coutiere. Synalpheus digueti Coutiere, H., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 36, p. 48, fig. 28, 1909. General Range : Lower California. Local Distribution: A total of 22 specimens (12 males and 10 females) (Cat. No.. 36,1068) was taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) in 2V2 fathoms, in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) . Sex and Size: The males range from 7.8 to 15.7 mm. in length and the females, all of which are ovigerous, from 10.8 to 20 mm. Remarks : This is the first record for the species since the description of the types. Three males and two ovigerous females are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,499). Synalpheus herricki Coutiere. Synalpheus herricki Coutiere, H., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 36, p. 74, fig. 44, fig. 45 (subsp. angustipes), fig. 46 (subsp. dimidiatus), 1909. General Range : Off west coast of Florida. Local Distribution: A total of 12 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) in 35 to 45 fathoms, on muddy bottoms. Sex and Size: The males are 10.1 to 13.5 mm. long; the single female with eggs measures 18.2 mm. in length; the non-ovigerous females range from 13.7 to 18.7 mm. in length. Remarks : Although there is little doubt that comparative measurements 124 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 of the appendages play an important part in the separation of the species and subspecies of this genus, it seems very probable that undue importance has been given to some of the minor variations in several instances, and it is likely that subsequent examination of representative series of specimens will considerably reduce the number of species and particularly varieties that are recognized at present. As this is the first Pacific record for S. herricki and as three varieties have been described from the Atlantic, one would expect the specimens to disclose characters of at least subspecific value. There are some minor differences between the Zaca specimens and Coutiere’s description. The rostrum is very small in comparison with the lateral teeth of the front and the carpus of the second legs is very slightly wider in proportion to its length than in Coutiere’s figure but, as Coutiere has shown the first to be a variable character, I do not consider these differences worthy of even varietal designation, and since the subspecies angustipes and climidiatus were taken at the type locality of the typical S. herricki there is a strong probability that these also exhibit the extremes of normal variation within the species. One female specimen of the Zaca series from D-13 has a very abnormal left antennal scale. In this species the antennal scale is normally reduced to the outer spine, the blade being entirely absent. In this specimen, how- ever, the reverse is true, there being a well-developed scale which is deeply notched at the tip, but no rigid outer support of any kind. Material: Station 136: D-12 (4 $, 2 ?, 1 mutilated), D-13 (1 $, 4 2). Cat. Nos. 36,1069, 36,1070. Two specimens, male and female, are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mas- sachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,500). Pomagnathus, gen. nov. Eyes covered by carapace. Rostrum present. Antennules short, the ex- ternal flagellum with an inconspicuous, single- jointed branch on the ventral surface. Antennal scale stout with a reduced blade; antennal flagellum very long. Ischio-meropodite of third maxillipeds greatly expanded to form an opercular covering over the other mouth parts. First pair of legs dissimilar. Carpus of second legs five-jointed. Dactyls of last three legs biunguiculate. No epipods on any thoracic legs. Type : Pomagnathus corallinus, sp. nov. Pomagnathus corallinus, sp. nov. (Text-figure 5) . Type: Holotype ovigerous female, Cat. No. 36,1071, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. From off Arena Bank (Sta- tion 136 D-33), in 2^ fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) , May 2, 1936. Description: The slender, spiniform rostrum does not attain the end of the first antennular segment and posteriorly disappears just back of the frontal margin, the deep sulcus between the orbital hoods being devoid of any trace of a rostral carina except anteriorly. The orbital hoods are pro- duced but not spinose. The visible portion of the first antennular segment is subequal to the second which, in turn, is slightly shorter than the third. The stylocerite tapers to a sharp point beyond the first antennular segment. The outer antennular flagellum is less than twice as long as the peduncle and bears an inconspicuous, single-jointed branch on the under side at the thirteenth segment. The inner flagella, although broken at the tips in the holotype, are apparently of about the same length as the outer. The basicerite of the antenna is armed with a small, acute ventral spine, and a larger outer spine 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 125 which almost attains the level of the third segment of the antennular peduncle. The stout carpocerite overreaches the antennular peduncle by almost the length of the third segment of the latter and the antennal scale is of about the same length. The blade of the latter is reduced so that the strong outer spine extends beyond it by about half its length. The antennal flagellum is slightly longer than the body of the animal. The third maxillipeds extend slightly beyond the carpocerite. The distal segment is twice as long as the penultimate, while the ischio-meropodite is one and two-thirds times as long as the sum of the two following segments and about two-thirds as wide as long, so that the underlying mouth-parts are completely covered. All three maxillipeds are provided with well-de- veloped exopods. Text-figure 5. Pomagnathus corallinus, sp. nov. a. Frontal region, b. Outer face of larger chela, c. Outer face of smaller chela, d. Third maxilliped. e. Second leg. f. Third leg. g. Telson and uropods. 126 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 Of the larger chela, the merus is about two-thirds as wide as long and armed with an acute spine at the distal end of the dorsal margin. The carpus is small, almost hemispherical and unarmed. The hand is strongly com- pressed from side to side and twisted in such a way that, when the base of the hand is vertical, the fingers work in a plane that is practically horizontal. The chela is little more than twice as long as high and smooth and bare on the outer surface. There is a distinct notch in the ventral margin at the base of the fixed finger and both margins are coarsely rugose toward the inner surface with tufts of setae arising from the rugae. So strongly compressed is the hand that the inner surface is longitudinally concave due to the pronounced twist. The dactyl is low and curved ; it extends beyond the fixed finger and fits into a notch on the inner side of the latter. The hand of the smaller chela is two and one-third times as long as high and a little shorter than the larger chela. It also is twisted and similarly rugose and setose on the inner surface of the margins. The dactyl is almost as long as the palm. The second pair of legs reaches slightly beyond the third maxillipeds. The first joint of the five-jointed carpus is about one and one-half times as long as the second which is equal to the sum of the third and fourth. The fifth is subequal to the second. There is a tooth at the distal end of the lower margin of the meri of the third and fourth legs but none on that of the fifth. The dactyls of the last three legs are biunguiculate, the two hooks being of approximately equal width at the base and directed along the general axis of the dactyl. The telson is about one and three-fourths times as long as its basal width, convex at the distal end with the outer corners acute. There is a single spine at the outer angle of the exopod of the uropods and the endopod is armed with a row of six distinct spines at the corresponding angle. The eggs are about 0.3 mm. in diameter. The holotype is 15 mm. long, of which the carapace and rostrum amount to 5 mm. Material : The female holotype is the only example in the collection. Remarks : This unique species is apparently most closely related to the species of the genus Synalpheus as shown by the lack of epipods on the thoracic legs, the well-developed orbital hoods, the biunguiculate dactyls of the third, fourth and fifth pairs of legs, the small branch on the outer flagellum of the antennules and the reduced blade of the antennal scale. It is readily distinguished from the members of that genus, however, by the form of the larger chela of the first pair of legs and the opercular third maxillipeds. The latter is a character met with in genera of other families as in Gnathophyllum and Anchistus. Hippolytidae. Hippolyte californiensis Holmes. Hippolyte californiensis Holmes, S. J., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 4, p. 576, pi. 20, figs. 21-26, 1895. Hippolyte californiensis Schmitt, W. L., Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., vol. 23, p. 48, fig. 26, 1921. General Range : From Sitka, Alaska, to San Diego, California, to a depth of 10 fathoms. Local Distribution : A total of 96 specimens was taken from kelp on the west coast of Lower California, from stomachs of the American Eared Grebe at Santa Inez Bay and dredged in Santa Inez Bay (Station 144) in 3 fathoms, on a sandy bottom with abundant weed. Sex and Size: The specimens taken from the Grebes are in such condi- 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 127 tion that the determination of sex is practically impossible. Of the 94 speci- mens and fragments thus taken, however, 29 carried eggs. The single intact male is 18.5 mm. long, of which the carapace measures 3.7 mm. All intact females are ovigerous. The largest, that dredged in Santa Inez Bay, is 21.8 mm. long with a carapace of 4.2 mm. The other ovigerous females give carapace lengths ranging from 3 to 3.9 mm. Remarks : Although this is the first record for the_ species from Lower California, the specimens agree with Holmes’ description and figures even more closely than many of the specimens taken in California. In only one specimen, the male, is the extremity of the rostrum trifid. In all other speci- mens in which the rostrum is intact (31 specimens) the most anterior of the rostral spines is far back of the tip, although the last ventral spine is very near the apex. The rostral formula in these specimens is 2 — 4, usually 3. 3—5 5. Material: Off Cape San Lazaro ( March 28), in kelp: (13). Santa Inez Bay ( April 9) , in stomach of female American Eared Grebe : (17 specimens) . Santa Inez Bay ( April 11), in stomach of male American Eared Grebe: (75 specimens). Station 144: D-7 (1 $). Cat. Nos. 36,1072 to 36,1075 inclusive. Hippolyte mexicema, sp. nov. (Text-figure 6). Type: Holotype male, Cat. No. 36,1076, Department of Tropical Re- search, New York Zoological Society. From Station 144, D-l, Santa Inez Bay, Lat. 26° 50' 45" N., Long. Ill0 54' 20" W., 1 fathom, April 15, 1936, on a sandy bottom. Diagnosis : Branchiostegal spine present. Rostrum armed both above and below. First segment of antennular peduncle armed distally with three spines. Last three pairs of thoracic legs markedly prehensile, the propodus being considerably dilated and the dactyl armed with seven terminal spines in addition to row on lower or inner margin. Description: The smoothly rounded carapace is a little more than one- third as long as the abdomen. The supra-orbital spine is strong as is also the antennal spine which is separated by a notch from the acute lower angle of the orbit. The branchiostegal spine is set well back from the margin of the carapace. The rostrum is about seven-tenths as long as the carapace, reaching the distal half of the second segment of the antennular peduncle. It is armed above with from two to four, usually three, teeth and below with from one to three, usually two, placed near the tip. None of the abdominal segments is carinate although the third is com- pressed into a blunt cap extending over the base of the fourth. The sixth is about one and three-fourths times as long as the fifth. The telson, which is somewhat longer than the sixth somite, bears two pairs of dorso-lateral and three pairs of terminal spines, the median pair of the latter being the longest and the outer pair much the shortest. The eyes are set on comparatively long stalks so that, when turned forward, they extend to the tip of the stylocerite. The latter is well-developed and sharp but falls considerably short of the second antennular segment. On the outer part of the distal margin of the first segment are three strong spines. The inner antennular flagellum is made up of about 22 segments while the thick, twisted outer one is com- posed of about 16 segments, 10 of which make up the thickened proximal portion. Although well-marked and strong, the outer spine of the antennal scale is greatly exceeded by the blade. The antennal flagellum is more than half as long as the body of the animal. The external maxilliped extends beyond the tip of the antennal scale 128 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 Text-figure 6. Hippolyte mexicana, sp. nov. a. Male holotype. b. Left antennule from above, c. Antennal scale, d. Third maxilliped. e. Second leg. f. Third leg. g. Dactyl of third leg. h. Mandible, i. First maxilla, j. Second maxilla, k. First maxilliped. I. Second maxilliped. 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 129 and bears a small exopod. The terminal segment is dorsally compressed and provided with a row of stout spines at the apex. The first legs are short and robust. In the second legs, the merus is about as long as the first two and half of the third joints of the carpus; the first carpal segment is not quite twice as long as the second and noticeably shorter than the third ; the chela is about as long as the sum of the second and third carpal joints. The last three legs are similar in form with the dactyl folded against the inner margin of the dilated propodus. Much the longest of the three, the third leg extends forward beyond the third maxillipeds; the merus is longer than the carpus and propodus taken together; the propodus is expanded so that its greatest width is contained about three and one-half times in its length, and the inner edge is provided with a series of paired spines between which the dactyl rests when flexed; and the dactyl is provided with a row of about 16 overlapping spines on the inner margin and two large subequal spines at the tip which are followed by a row of five spines on the outer part of the apex which become progressively smaller proximally. The male holotype is 18.5 mm. long, of which the carapace measures 3.8 mm., the abdomen 12.2 mm., and the rostrum 2.6 mm. Local Distribution: A total of 41 specimens was taken from specimens of the American Eared Grebe at Santa Inez Bay and dredged in the same body of water (Station 144) in one fathom, on a sandy bottom with abundant weed. Sex and Size: It is worthy of note that all of the specimens in which the determination of sex is possible are males. All of the specimens taken from Grebes are slightly smaller than the type, having a carapace length of 2.7 to 3.5 mm. Remarks: This species is apparently the Pacific representative of the group made up of H. exilirostris Dana from Brazil and H. curagaoensis Schmitt from Curasao, both of which have the last three thoracic legs well adapted for prehensile purposes. H. mexicana differs from the first by hav- ing ventral teeth on the rostrum, the fingers of the second legs differently shaped and seven rather than three spines at the tips of the dactyls of the three posterior legs. The similarity between the present species and H. curagaoensis is very striking. However, the dactyls of the three posterior legs in the latter terminate in three subequal spines, whereas in H. mexicana there are but two subequal spines followed by five smaller ones. The outer flagellum of the antennules in the present species is composed of 16 segments, 10 of which make up the thickened portion, while in H. curagaoensis there are 8 segments, only the last of which is slender. In the Pacific species the basal joint of the antennular peduncle is armed with three spines in contrast to the single one in the Atlantic form. Finally, the outer spine of the antennal scale is apparently stouter and the legs longer and more slender, particularly the carpus of the second leg and the merus of the third, in H. mexicana. Material: Station 144: D-l (1 $). Santa Inez Bay ( April 9), in stomach of female American Eared Grebe: (9 S, 1 mutilated specimen). Santa Inez Bay ( April 11), in stomach of male American Eared Grebe: (16 $, 14 mutilated specimens). Cat. Nos. 36,1076 (holotype) ; 36,1077, 36,1078 (para- types). Two of the male paratypes are in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,501). Latreutes, sp. (Text-figure 7). Diagnosis : Carapace armed with four strong dorsal spines behind orbit. Rostrum deep, armed with eight dorsal, one ventral and four terminal spines. Blade of antennal scale broad and extending beyond outer spine. Antero- lateral angle of carapace armed with row of about ten spines. 130 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 Description : The carapace bears a row of four spines in the dorsal midline, the two in the middle being the largest. The antennal spine is strong and below it at the antero-lateral angle is a row of about ten spines, the four or five dorsal ones being set back from the edge of the carapace. The rostrum bears eight dorsal teeth and there is a single tooth near the distal end of the deep lower margin. There are four unequal spines along the truncate apex. Supporting the rostrum at the base is a strong lateral carina. The antennular peduncle has a broad, obtuse stylocerite. The outer antennular flagellum consists of an eleven -jointed thickened portion terminat- ing in a slender, four-jointed filament; the outer flagellum is slightly longer than the inner and is made up of about 25 segments. The blade of the broad antennal scale considerably surpasses the outer spine. The flattened terminal joint of the third maxilliped is armed with a row of stout spines at the tip. The exopod is short. The first segment of the carpus of the second leg is about two-thirds as long as the second and slightly shorter than the third. The chela is a little shorter than the sum of the first two carpal joints. The propodus of the Latreutes, sp. a. Rostrum, b. Antero-lateral margin of carapace, c. Antennule. d. Antennal scale, e. First leg. f. Second leg. g. Third leg. h. Mandible. 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 131 third leg is armed with five pairs of spines on the posterior margin and the dactyl is armed with six spines and has a fairly well developed “heel.” The telson bears two pairs of dorso-lateral and three pairs of terminal spines. Local Distribution : One very much mutilated ovigerous female without a rostrum and the rostrum and anterior part of the carapace of a second specimen were taken from an American Eared Grebe at Santa Inez on April 9. (Cat. No. 36,1079). Remarks : This species seems to be most closely allied to L. mucronatus (Stimpson) and L. porcinus Kemp in its general appearance, but it differs from them in having the blade of the antennal scale very broad and longer than the outer spine. It is with great hesitancy that any mention is made of these speci- mens, due to their extremely poor condition, but since this is apparently the first time any species of this genus has been taken on the west coast of North America, it may be worthwhile to acquaint collectors with the exist- ence of such a species and so encourage a search for more perfect specimens. Processidae. Processes cemaliculatfa Leach. Processa canaliculata Leach, W. R., Mai. Podophth. Brit., pi. 41 and corresponding text, 1815. Processa canaliculata Lebour, M. V., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 3, p. 612, pis. 1 to 4, 1936. General Range: Uncertain. Coasts of England; probably also West Indies and west coast of America from San Diego to Panama Bay to a depth of 182 fathoms; possibly widely distributed in offshore waters of both Atlantic and Pacific. Local Distribution : A total of three specimens was taken from Magda- lena Bay in half a fathom, under stones, and at Arena Bank (Station 136) in 45 and 55 fathoms, on muddy bottoms. Sex and Size: The small female from Magdalena Bay is 16 mm. long (carapace, 4.7 mm.) ; the female from Station 136 is 26 mm. long (carapace, 7.2 mm.) ; and the male has a length of 24 mm. (carapace, 6.7 mm.). Remarks : There is little doubt that the two specimens from Station 136 belong to this species as they agree in practically every particular with Miss Lebour’s description. The small specimen from Magdalena Bay, however, differs in having no spines on the meri of the third legs. As it agrees with the other specimens in all other particulars, it seems best to await further specimens from the shallow waters of this coast before assuming that this distinction warrants specific designation. There is a distinct antennal spine in all three specimens. Material : Shore of Magdalena Bay: (1 9). Station 136: D-4 (1 9), D-9 (1 8). Cat. Nos. 36,1080, 36,1081. Palaemonidae. Palaemon ritteri Holmes. Palaemon ritteri Holmes, S.J., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 4, p. 579, pi. 21, figs. 29-35, 1895. Palaemon ritteri Schmitt, W.L., Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., vol. 23, p. 35, fig. 21, 1921. General Range: San Diego, California, to Gulf of California; Bay of St. Elena, Ecuador. Shallow water. 132 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :8 Local Distribution : A total of seven specimens was taken at Magdalena Bay and Santa Inez, at depths of 1 to 3 feet, under stones. Sex and Size : The two males have a length of about 27.5 mm. (carapace, 4.9 mm.), the non-ovigerous females range from 28 to 30.5 mm. in length (carapace, 5 to 5.9 mm.) and the single ovigerous female, from Santa Inez, is 33 mm. long (carapace, 6.8 mm.). Material: Magdalena Bay: (2 $, 4 $). Santa Inez Bay: (1 2). Cat. Nos. 36,1082, 36,1083. A male and a female are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,502). Periclimenes I Periclimenesl infraspinis (Rathbun). Urocaris infraspinis Rathbun, M.J., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 903, 1902. Urocaris infraspinis Schmitt, W.L., Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., vol. 23, p. 37, fig. 22, 1921. General Range: San Diego Bay, California, and Gulf of California. Shallow water. Local Distribution: A total of 14 specimens was taken from Santa Inez Bay (Station 144) both with the dredge in three fathoms, on a sandy bottom with abundant weed, and taken from the stomach of a male American Eared Grebe. Sex and Size: Seven of the females from the Grebe are ovigerous. The carapaces of these specimens vary from 3.1 to 3.7 mm. The non-ovigerous females have a carapace length of 3.2 to 4 mm. The carapace length of the males is from 2.3 to 3.1 mm. Color in Life : Semi-translucent, pale brown. Material: Station 144: D-7 (1 $). Santa Inez Bay, in stomach of male American Eared Grebe: (4 J, 9 ?). Cat. Nos. 36,1084, 36,1085. A male and a female are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,503). Periclimenes (Ancylocarisl holmesi Nobili. Anchista tenuipes Holmes, S.J., Occas. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, p. 216, 1900. (Not P. tenuipes Borradaile). Periclimenes holmesi Nobili, G., Ann. Mus. Univ. Napoli (N.S.) vol. 2, no. 21, p. 5, 1907. Periclimenes ( Ancylocaris ) holmesi Kemp, S., Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. 24, p. 218, 1922. General Range: From Santa Catalina Island, California, to Gulf of California. Shallow water. Local Distribution: A total of eight specimens was taken from Magda- lena Bay, San Lucas Bay and Santa Inez Bay in one-half to 20 fathoms, on sandy bottoms with weed. Sex and Size: With the exception of the two specimens from Station 141 all of the females are ovigerous. They are from 14.5 to 19 mm. long (carapace, 2.9 to 4 mm.). The non-ovigerous females have a carapace length of 3.6 to 4.3 mm. The single male is 17 mm. long with a carapace length of 3.2 mm. Color in Life : Semi-translucent, pale brown. Remarks : The following characters readily distinguish this species from P. (A.) elegans (Paulson) as described and figured by Kemp. The terminal spine of the basal antennular joint is short, falling far short of the distal 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 133 half of the second joint. The latter is much more slender than in P. (A.) elegans. The antennal scale is only about three and two-thirds times as long as wide as compared with four and one-half to five and one-half times the width in the Indian species. The first legs extend beyond the antennal scale by the length of the chela. The spine at the end of the merus of the second legs is short and blunt, only slightly more acute than a right angle. Finally, the fifth legs extend to the tip of the antennal scale in all specimens and they may extend beyond it by as much as the dactyl and half of the propodus. In the specimens at hand there are seven or eight dorsal and three ventral teeth on the rostrum. Material: Shore of Magdalena Bay: (1 9). Station 135: D-9, D-10 (1 $, 1 9), D-18 to D-25 (1 9). Station 141: D-2, D-3 (2 9). Station 144: D-4, D-6 (2 9). Cat. Nos. 36,1086 to 36,1089 inclusive. One specimen is deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massa- chusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,504). Periclimenes ( Ancylocarisi hscasi, sp. nov. (Text-figure 8). Type: Holotype female, Cat. No. 36,1090, Department of Tropical Re- search, New York Zoological Society. From Station 135 D-18 to D-25, San Lucas Bay, Lat. 22° 53' N„ Long. 109° 54' W., 3 to 9 fathoms, May 7, 1936. Diagnosis: Hepatic but no antennal spine. Rostrum falls short of third antennular segment, ascendent, deep, ventrally straight, dorsally convex, armed with 8 to 11 dorsal and 1 to 3 ventral teeth. Sixth abdominal somite fully twice as long as fifth. Distal spine of antennal scale does not attain end of blade. Merus of second leg falls short of tip of antennal scab and is unarmed at distal end of lower margin. Carpus of larger leg of second pair about half as long as chela, that of smaller almost as long as chela. Description: The carapace is very short, little longer than the sum of the first two abdominal somites. The antennal spine is well-marked, but small, not reaching the narrowly rounded lower angle of the orbit. The hepatic is somewhat larger and more prominent. There are no supraorbital spines. The rostrum is strongly ascendent and, although it is about as long as the carapace, it does not attain the level of the third segment of the anten- nular peduncle. It is about one-fourth as deep as long. The dorsal margin is convex and the ventral straight or even slightly concave. There are from 8 to 11 dorsal teeth of which one or two are behind the orbit and the ventral edge is provided with from one to three inconspicuous denticles near the tip. All of the abdominal somites are smoothly rounded on the dorsal surface although the third is compressed into a cap-like hump overlapping the base of the fourth segment. The sixth segment is a little more than twice as long as the preceding and the telson is about as long as the sixth somite. The telson bears two pairs of minute dorso-lateral spines, the anterior pair situ- ated about two-fifths of the telson length from the end and the posterior pair midway between the first pair and the tip. There are three pairs of terminal spines, the outer pair minute and the median pair somewhat smaller than the large intermediate pair. The eyes are slightly wider than the long stalks. The second segment of the antennular peduncle is considerably longer than the terminal one. The basal segment is produced into a terminal lobe which extends halfway along the outer margin of the second segment, but the outer margin of this lobe recedes rapidly in a sinuous curve to the outer terminal spine which is consequently set well behind the end of the lobe. The outer flagellum forks at the tenth segment and the inner branch is made up of four segments. The margins of the antennal scale are subparallel for the most part and [XXII :8 134 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society the broadly truncate end of the lamellate portion extends well beyond the outer spine. In comparison with the thoracic legs, the external maxillipeds are quite feeble; they extend about to the tips of the eyes when the latter are turned forward. All three maxillipeds are provided with exopods. The first pair of legs reaches beyond the antennal scale by about half the length of the chelae. The second legs are subequal. The larger extends beyond the antennal scale by the length of the chela and two-thirds of the carpus. The latter is more than twice as long as the chela and the fingers are about three-fourths as long as the palm. The dactyl is laterally expanded in its distal half. The smaller leg of this pair overreaches the antennal scale by the length of the chela and half of the carpus, the carpus is but little shorter than Text-figure 8. Periclimenes ( Ancylocaris ) lucasi, sp. nov. a. Female holotype. b. Antennule of paratype. c. Antennal scale of paratype. d. Telson of paratype. e. Second maxilla of paratype. f. First maxilliped of paratype. g. Second maxilliped of paratype. 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 135 the chela and the dactyl is not expanded. Each of the propodi of the third and fourth legs has six slender spinules on the lower margin, and that of the fifth leg has five. The dactyls of these legs are almost one-fourth as long as the propodi. The fourth leg extends beyond the antennal scale by the length of the dactyl and one-half of the propodus. The holotype is about 24 mm. long, of which the carapace measures 3.8 mm. and the rostrum 3.8 mm. Local Distribution : A total of five specimens was taken from San Lucas Bay (Station 135) and Arena Bank (Station 136) between 3 and 45 fathoms, on sandy and muddy bottoms. Sex and Size : The single male is about 19 mm. long (carapace, 2.9 mm.) and the females, none of which are ovigerous, are from 22.5 to 24.5 mm. long (carapace, 3.3 to 4.1 mm.). Color in Life : A specimen from San Lucas was plain, semi-translucent white. Remarks'. The male differs from the females in having the second legs subequal and similar. Whether this may be due to the small size of the speci- men or no cannot be determined at present. Kemp ( Rec . Ind. Mus., vol. 24, p. 181, 1922) has shown that in at least one related species of the genus, P. (A.) diversipes Kemp, four distinct types of second legs may be encountered. As Kemp has stated, it is impossible at present to decide which are the more important characters in the species of this genus and the species to which P. (A.) lucasi is most closely related can only be conjectured. Accord- ing to Kemp’s extremely helpful key, this species would fall near P. (A.) diversipes, but it is distinguished at once from that species by the sharply ascendent rostrum, the form of the antennules, and antennal scale and the longer thoracic legs. Material: Station 135: D-ll and D-12 (1 $, 1 2), D-18 to D-25 (2 2). Station 136: D-l (1 2). Cat. Nos. 36,1090 (holotype); 36,1091, 36,1092 (paratypes). A female paratype is deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,505). Harpilius depressus Stimpson. Harpilius depressus Stimpson, W., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 38 (1860) 1861. Harpilius depressus Kemp, S., Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. 24, p. 231, figs. 69 to 71, 1922. General Range: Red Sea, Seychelles, Minikoi, Maldives, Chagos Archi- pelago, Loyalty Islands, Rotuma and the Hawaiian Islands, in coral. Local Distribution: One specimen (Cat. No. 36,1093) in poor condition was taken off Arena Bank (Station 136 D-33) at a depth of 21/4 fathoms, in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) on May 2, 1936. This specimen is about 15 mm. long (carapace, 3.2 mm.). Remarks : This specimen approaches Kemp’s variety gracilis in having the anterior pair of telson spines placed much behind the middle of the telson and the posterior pair about equidistant between the first pair and the apex. Likewise, the second leg is more slender than that described as the typical form by Kemp, the merus being three and one-half times as long as wide and the palm about four times as long as wide. The rostrum has seven dorsal and three ventral teeth. This is apparently the first time this species has been taken east of the Hawaiian Islands. 136 [XXII :8 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society Ponfonia margarita Smith. Pontonia margarita Smith, S.J., in Verill, A.E., Am. Naturalist, vol. 3, p. 245, 1869. Pontonia margarita Kemp, S., Rec. Ind. Mus., vol. 24, p. 287, 1922. General Range : Gulf of Panama and Gulf of Calif ornia. Local Distribution: A total of nine specimens was taken at San Domingo Point, in the Inez area, and on Pulmo Reef from pearl oysters, collected at depths of from one to two fathoms. Sex and Size: The males have a total length of from 18.5 to 21 mm. (carapace, 5.9 to 6.7 mm.) ; two ovigerous females from San Domingo Point have a total length of about 26 mm. (carapace, 8.2 and 8.9 mm.) ; and the non-ovigerous females are from 20.5 to 24 mm. long (carapace, 6.2 to 7.2 mm.) . Remarks: Inasmuch as the genus Conchodytes Peters differs from Pontonia only in having a basal protuberance on the dactyls of the last three thoracic legs, a distinction which is certainly of no greater importance than that between the simple and biunguiculate dactyls of species which have been commonly referred to Pontonia, it seems to me that little is to be gained by retaining Conchodytes. The basal protuberance of the dactyls in the latter genus varies from a large, toothed structure in such species as C. biunguicul- atus (Paulson) and C. nipponensis (de Haan) to an unarmed, rounded lobe in C. tridacnae Peters and C. meleagrinae Peters and finally to a lobe so inconspicuous in C. margarita that Kemp was led to place that species in the genus Pontonia. It is therefore my opinion that all of the species constitute a single natural group closely allied to, but probably generically distinct from, Anchistus Borradaile and separated from the remaining genera of the Pontoniinae by several important characters. Material: San Domingo Point: (3 $, 4 $). Pulmo Reef: (1 $, 15). Cat. Nos. 36,1094, 36,1095. A male and a female are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,506). Cragonidae. Crago zacae, sp. nov. (Text-figure 9). Type: Holotype female, Cat. No. 36,1096, Department of Tropical Re- search, New York Zoological Society. From Station 125, D-l, east of Cedros Island, Lat. 28° 13' N., Long. 115° 07' W., 44 fathoms, on a muddy bottom, March 27, 1936. Diagnosis: Gastric region not depressed below general outline of cara- pace. Two spines on dorsal midline of carapace, the posterior in front of mid- point of carapace. A pair of lateral spines in line with anterior dorsal spine. Rostrum moderately ascendent, narrowly rounded at tip and not reaching as far forward as eyes. Abdomen with no carina on first five somites, sixth somite with parallel carinae divided by a median sulcus. Blade of antennal scale exceeded by outer spine. Chelae of first legs more than three times as long as wide. Description: The carapace to the base of the rostrum is about one-fourth as long as the abdomen. The gastric region is not depressed below the gen- eral outline of the carapace. There are two spines in the dorsal midline, the posterior one much the longer and arising in front of the middle of the carapace. There is a strong lateral spine in line with the anterior dorsal one. On the anterior margin there are two spines, one at the lower orbital angle, the other at the antero-lateral angle of the carapace. 1937] Chace: Caridean Decapod Crustacea 137 The rostrum ascends at a slight angle which varies somewhat, but never becomes as great as 45 degrees. It has a pronounced dorsal sulcus and tapers to a blunt point which never reaches as far forward as the eyes. The abdomen is without trace of a carina on the first five somites. The posterior portions of the first two segments are slightly elevated, the ele- vations being preceded by broad, shallow, transverse sulci. The sixth seg- ment, which is about one and two-thirds times as long as the fifth, bears a pair of dorsal longitudinal carinae separated by a median sulcus and bounded on the outer side by shallower sulci. The telson is longer than the sixth somite and bears two pairs of dorso-Iateral spinules. The eyes are large and black. Text-figure 9. Crago zacae, sp. nov. a. Female holotype. b. Dorsal view of carapace of holotype. c. Antennal scale of paratype. d. Hand of first leg of paratype. 138 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society The second segment of the antennular peduncle is about twice as long as the third. The flagella extend to the ends of the hairs which fringe the antennal scale. The latter is a little more than three and one-half times as long as wide and the outer spine easily exceeds the blade. The third maxillipeds extend slightly beyond the antennular flagella. The first legs exceed the antennal scale but do not reach as far as the terminal fringe of the latter. There is a spine at the outer angle of the distal end of the merus. The palm is almost three and one-third times as long as wide and the dactyl closes quite obliquely. The second pair of legs is shorter than the first. The third pair extends well beyond the third maxillipeds and the fourth falls just short of the latter. The eggs are of medium size. The holotype is 20.5 mm. long, of which the carapace measures 3.7 mm. and the sum of the carapace and rostrum 4.8 mm. Local Distribution: A total of 19 specimens was taken from east of Cedros Island (Station 125) and from Gorda Banks (Station 150) between 40 and 100 fathoms, on muddy and rocky bottoms. Sex and Size: Five of the females, including the single specimen from Station 150, are ovigerous. They range in length from 20 to 26.5 mm. (carapace, 3.7 to 5.2 mm.). The non-ovigerous females are from 19.5 to 23 mm. long (carapace, 3.2 to 4.3 mm.). The males vary between 18 and 24.5 mm. in length (carapace, 3.3 to 4.5 mm.). Color in Life: Body semi-translucent, mottled finely with greenish- brown and scarlet on dorsal and lateral surfaces; ventral surface white. Antennae banded with scarlet and white; eye mottled greenish and black; uropods and telson same color as body; remaining appendages translucent white. Remarks: This species belongs to the group made up of C. communis (Rathbun), C. resima (Rathbun) and C. abyssorum (Rathbun). It is dis- tinguished from the last by the smaller eyes, longer palm of the first leg and lack of a carina on the fifth abdominal somite. It differs from C. resima in the differently shaped and less ascendent rostrum and longer palm. The present species most closely resembles C. communis, which is supposed to range from the Bering Sea to San Diego, California. It apparently differs from that species in the total absence of a carina on any but the sixth seg- ment of the abdomen. Also, although the palm of the first legs has about the same proportions as that of C. communis, the dactyl closes more longi- tudinally than in that species as figured by Miss Rathbun. Since all of the Zaca specimens are small and since the smallest of these show no trace of the parallel carinae on the sixth segment, it might be suggested that the other abdominal carinae had not yet become apparent. However, there are six male specimens of the same species in the Museum of Comparative Zoology which are from 34 to 39 mm. in length. They were collected at Monterey Bay, California, August 31, 1936, in 50 fathoms by Dr. Elizabeth Deichmann. These specimens agree in all particulars with the Zaca series and show no trace of a carina on any of the first five abdominal somites. Miss Rathbun (1904) mentions two specimens received from the Hopkins Laboratory at Pacific Grove which she referred to C. communis. It is prob- able that these were also dredged in Monterey Bay. Inasmuch as these two species are very similar in appearance, it may be that these specimens be- long to C. zacae. Since this species has been taken at three such distant points as Monterey Bay, Cedros Island and Gorda Banks, future research may reveal that this is the southern form of C. communis. Material: Station 125: D-l (3 $, 15 $). Station 150: D-5 (12). Cat. Nos. 36,1096 (holotype); 36,1097 to 36,1099 inclusive (paratypes).. One male and two female paratypes are deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (M. C. Z. Cat. No. 9,507). Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 139 9* The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VIII. Polychaetous Annelids from the West Coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island1. Aaron L. Treadwell Department of Zoology, Vassar College. (Plates I & II). [Note: This is the eighth of a series of papers dealing with the specimens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Depart- ment of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; William Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the capture of specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] Contents. Page Introduction 140 Systematic Account Family Amphinomidae Eurythoe pacifica Kinberg 141 Family Polynoidae Lepidonotus coelorus Moore 141 Lepidonotus pilosus sp. nov 141 Halosydna obtusa-cirrata sp. nov 143 Lepidasthenia pulchra Johnson 144 Lepidasthenia fragilis Johnson 145 Lepidasthenia ornata sp. nov 145 Family Aphroditidae Aphrodita castanea Moore 147 Chloeia entypa Chamberlin 147 Family Acoetidae Panthalis adumbrata Hoagland 147 Family Phyllodocidae Anaitides minuta sp. nov 148 Contribution No. 527, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 140 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :9 Family Nephthydidae Page Nephthys dibranchis Grube 149 Family Hesionidae Hesione panamena Chamberlin 149 Family Nereidae Nereis ambiguus sp. nov 149 Family Leodicidae Leodice sp? 151 Leodice sp? 151 Arabella sp? 152 Lumbrinereis sp? 152 Diopatra calif ornica Moore 152 Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore 152 Family Glyceridae Glycera rugosa Johnson 152 Family Cirratulidae Cirratulus exuberans Chamberlin 153 Cirratulus inhamatus sp. nov 153 Family Sternaspidae Sternaspis scutata Ranzani 154 Family Maldanidae Maldane carinata Moore 154 Family Terebellidae Artacama coniferi Moore 154 Lanice heterobranchia Johnson 155 Terebellides stroemi Sars 155 Amphitrite robusta Johnson 155 Streblosoma magna sp. nov 155 Family Capitellidae Dasybranchus caducus Grube 156 Family Amphictenidae Pectinaria brevicoma Johnson 156 Family Serpulidae Apomatus similis Marion & Bobretzky 156 Pomatostegus stellatus Abildgaard 157 Bibliography 157 Introduction. The following is a taxonomic account of 34 species of polychaetous annelids collected by Dr. William Beebe on the Templeton Crocker Expedi- tion in 1936. Seven new species are included in the collection. The catalogue numbers all refer to specimens in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 141 Systematic Account. Family Amphinomidae. Eurythoe Kinberg. Eurythoe paciUca Kinberg'. Eurythoe pacifica Kinberg, 1857, p. 14. Collected under stones, Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, and at Station 163: D-l (Clarion Island, 20 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 36,627 and 36,595. Family Polynoidae. Lepidonotus Leach. Lepidonotus coe/orus2 Moore. Lepidonotus coelorus Moore, 1903, pp. 412-414; pi. 23, fig. 12. Moore later recorded this species from the northern Pacific coast of the United States (1908, p. 331) ; Treadwell (1914, p. 182), listed it from San Diego, San Pedro and San Clemente Is., California, and Chamberlin (1919b, p. 252) recorded it from San Francisco, California and Gulf of Georgia, State of Washington. Chamberlin included in this species L. squa- matus as identified by Treadwell ( loc . cit., p. 181) and by Johnson (1897, p. 166), without, so far as appears from the record, having reexamined the material. If his identification is correct, L. squamatus has not been found on the Pacific coast. Collected at Station 136: D-l (Arena Bank, 45 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,178. Lepidonotus pilosus sp. nov. (Plate I, Figures 1-7). A single specimen 43 mm. long and 17 mm. wide when measured to the ends of the setae. The median vertical diameter is 8 mm. at the thickest portion, hence the general effect is that of a thick-bodied animal. The twelve pairs of elytra completely cover the dorsal surface and because of their numerous spines and filaments arranged both laterally and on the surface, give the animal an unusually shaggy appearance. The elytra are light brown in color, the body iridescent pearly-gray on both dorsal and ventral surfaces. There are no dorsal tubercles. Nephridial tubercles first appear on the sixth setigerous somite, being at first very small but gradually increasing in length until posteriorly they are more than one-half as long as the ventral cirri. They are absent on the last setigerous somite. All anal cirri were lost. The prostomium (Fig. 1) has its greatest width (1% mm.), about equal to its length as far as to the bases of the tentaculophores. The an- terior eyes are situated at the level of the greatest diameter and from this point the lateral margins slope about equally in both directions to the an- terior and posterior ends. The anterior eyes are larger than the posterior, the latter lying definitely on the dorsal surface and at some distance from the posterior prostomial margin. In the preserved specimen a prominent lobe from the anterior margin of the first somite covers the prostomium to a point in front of the posterior eyes. When this lobe is lifted off a narrow isthmus can be seen connecting the prostomium with the first somite 2Moore spelled this coelorus in the original description. Later Moore, Treadwell aDd Chamberlin lecorded it as coeloris . (Citations above.) 142 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :9 (Fig. 1). The tentacles were all lost. The lateral tentaculophores are anterior continuations of the lateral lobes of the prostomium and are about one-half as long as it is. The median tentaculophore is a little heavier than the laterals and is inserted in a basally rounded notch on the anterior pros- tomial margin. The dorsal surface of the prostomium is perfectly smooth, there being no indication of a median longitudinal cleft. The cirrophores of the tentacular cirri extend about as far as that of the median tentacle and only the right ventral style remains. This is slender and mainly color- less but has one colored band about two-thirds of its length from the base and another near the apex. The apex was covered with detritus which for fear of breaking the style I did not attempt to remove, but probably it is similar to the dorsal cirrus of the first parapodium, which is swollen near the end and terminates in a filament. However neither this nor later dorsal cirri has the medial pigment band. The palps are heavy, brown in color and about three times as long as the prostomium measured to the ends of the tentaculophores. Under a magnification of about 40 diameters they and the tentaculophores may be seen to be thickly studded with short, sharp- pointed spines. When the elytra are removed the most noticeable features are the elytrophores and the gills. The former are very prominent, the oval scar of attachment of the elytron measuring 1.5 mm. in longest diameter. The gills both simple and branched occur sparingly on the posterior faces of the parapodia but are especially prominent on the dorsal and anterior sur- faces. Usually a large three-branched one is attached to the lateral margin of the elytrophore (Fig. 2) and a dense mass of smaller ones fills the space between this and the end of the parapodium as well as covering the anterior face of the latter. On cirrus-bearing parapodia the gills lie mesially to the cirri but in other respects they do not differ from the others. In some posterior somites the gills are fewer on the dorsal but more numerous on the posterior parapodial faces. In the parapodium the neuropodium (Fig. 2), is very thick and fleshy and has a rounded posterior lip and a pointed anterior one, into which the acicula extends. There are no tubercles but very definite wrinkles which seem not to be wholly due to the preservation methods. A tuft of twenty or more dark-brown setae lies posterior to the acicula. The notopodium is composed of a rounded posterior elevation in which is located a tuft of very fine setae and an anterior finger-shaped process from the end of which protrudes the acicula. The style of the ventral cirrus is an elongated nar- row cone which reaches not quite to the end of the notopodium. The dorsal cirri extend beyond the apices of the neurosetae, and are slender, colorless except for a pigment band proximal to the subterminal swelling, and have fine filamentous tips. The anterior pair of elytra completely cover the prostomium. They are broad-oval, nearly circular in outline and carry a densely packed row of filaments around their entire margins. The longest of these fila- ments are on the anterior and lateral margins and are as long as one- quarter of the diameter of the elytron. Posterior to the point of elytron insertion are numerous small brown papillae either sessile or on very short stalks, the terminal portion conical and covered with spines (Fig. 3). These occur on about one-third of the posterior surface of the elytron. On the remainder of the elytron are spines of a different sort, generally brown in color and of widely varying sizes. From an end view these ap- pear to be circular but occasionally one is bent over showing an hour-glass form (Fig. 4), the rounded end densely studded with small spines. The one drawn was one of the smallest, many having diameters four or five times as great as this. Along the anterior, median and posterior borders of the region of the elytrophore attachment the elytron is elevated into a ridge on whose summit are as many as thirty of these papillae, some of which are colorless. Near the base of this ridge are fine hair-like fila- 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 143 merits on the elytral surface. Later elytra vary somewhat in outline but are all more or less alike (Fig. 5). On the narrower end (marked off by the dotted line) where each is overlapped by the preceding one, there are no marginal filaments and none of the larger papillae. A narrow line along the margin of this area is translucent and spineless while over the re- mainder occur the conical papillae. Around the remainder of the elytron is a dense marginal tangle of filaments and similar filaments occur along the elytrophoral ridge mentioned above, which is present in all elytra. Filaments occur over the general elytron surface but are smaller, sometimes smaller than the papillae of the hour-glass type which are numerous on the surface. When in position the elytra with their papillae and hairs give the dorsal surface a decidedly hairy appearance. The neuropodial setae are very large and dark-brown in color. Each (Fig. 6) has a terminal tooth at whose base is a collection of sharp-pointed, transparent spines. I was unable to determine any regularity in the ar- rangement of these spines. The notopodial setae form a fan-shaped tuft which extends as far as to the ends of the neurosetae. They are thread-like and of varying diameters, but never very heavy, and carry two rows of plates (Fig. 7). Cross lines from one side of the stalk to the other at the level of the plates do not indicate rows of plates. Collected at Station 136: D-13 (Arena Bank, 45 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,382. Type in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. Halosydna Kinberg. Halosydna obtusa-cirrata sp. nov. (Plate I, Figures 8-11.5). The type specimen is 25 mm. long and measures 9 mm. across the back from tip to tip of setae. The prostomium has its greatest width (1 mm.) at the point of location of the anterior eyes, about half way along its lateral margin (Fig. 8). The posterior eyes lie near the posterior prostomial margin and in the preserved material are partly covered by the anterior margin of somite 1. The lateral prostomial margins are smoothly rounded and bend inward anteriorly to the bases of the tenta- culophores. These are slender and about one-half as long as the prosto- mium posterior to their point of origin. The median one is slightly wider than the laterals and is inserted in an angular depression from which a fine line runs posteriorly for a short distance on the dorsal prostomial surface. The left lateral tentacle is the only one preserved. This (Fig. 8) is about twice as long as the tentaculophore and slender. Near the apex is a slight swelling and beyond this an unusually long filament. There is a pigment band just proximal to the swelling and at about the middle of the style a diffuse scattering of pigment spots. In the type the palps are badly shriv- eled but in the other specimen they are about three times as long as the prostomium and have filamentous ends. A band of pigment lies a short distance behind the end and a dusting of pigment occurs over their basal halves. The cirrophores of the tentacular cirri extend beyond that of the median tentacle. The left ventral style is the only one remaining. This is about one-quarter larger than the tentacle and is similar to it in form and markings. The protruded pharynx is about as long as the first nine somites. Apically, it has nine papillae both dorsally and ventrally and two pairs of brown jaws. Its surface is smooth. The peristomium is rather more than three times as wide and its elytrophores about one-third as wide as the prostomium. There are eight- een pairs of elytra in contact or partially overlapping on the dorsal body surface and overlapping on the sides for nearly one-half of their diameters. 144 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :9 The first two pairs completely cover the prostomium. Elytra from the anterior end of the body (Fig. 9) are reniform with one end broader than the other. On the anterior border of each is a thin, colorless strip and posterior to this a collection of brown pigment running transversely. This pigment is densest near the mid-dorsal end of the elytron, much thinner at the outer end and extends for about one-half of the elytron length. Thus it is largely covered by the overlapping elytron in front of it. The posterior half of the elytron is mostly without pigment but there is a narrow band a short distance inside the posterior margin and a dark patch lies just over the elytrophore attachment. Light brown spines are scattered over the entire surface (detail Fig. 10), and on the lateral margin is a row of prominent filaments. There is along the body a gradual change in the form of the elytra from reniform to approximately round. The pai'apodia (Fig. 11) have heavy, pointed neuropodia and very small notopodia, the latter hardly more than small lumps on the neuropodial sur- face. A small acicula is present in the notopodium and a much larger one in the neuropodium. On somites that do not carry elytra are pseudoely- trophores, prominent pads in line with the true elytrophores. Lateral to these (Fig. 11) are structures which at first seemed to be large cirrophores of the dorsal cirri from which the styles had been lost. When the specimen reached me the elytra were all in place, thus in a position to protect dorsal cirri from injury but no styles were found on either specimen. The thick structure shown in Fig. 11, lying lateral to the pseudoelytrophore, is the dorsal cirrus which is swollen at the base and bluntly rounded at the end. They differ in size, the longest extending beyond the setal lobe. The ventral cirrus is slender and extends almost to the end of the neuropodium. The neurosetae (Fig. 11.5) are all of one kind and about twenty in a tuft. They are heavy, light-yellow in color and are slightly enlarged toward the apices, narrowing from this to a blunt point. Rows of toothed plates lie on the concave part of the curved region. The notopodial setae form a fan- shaped tuft close under the dorsal cirrus. They are colorless, very long, slender and sharp-pointed. The stalks are longitudinally striated and carry a large number of finely-toothed plates in two rows. In the type the prostomium is colored a uniformly light brown on which the dark eyes are very prominent. On the dorsal surface of each somite is a transverse brown band, the remainder of the surface being colorless. In the type the nephridial papillae first appear on the seventh setigerous somite. Collected at Station 126: D-3 (East of Cedros Island, Lower California, 40 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,637. The type is in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. The co-type is in the American Museum of Natural History. Lepidasthenia Malmgren. Lepidasthenia pulchra Johnson. Polynoe pulchra Johnson, 1897, pp. 177-179; pi. 7, figs. 34, 43, 43a; pi. 8, figs. 50, 50a, 50b. Johnson recorded the elytra as faintly marked with brown or else immaculate. Most of those in this collection were colorless over the left anterior quadrant and diffusely marked with brown over the remainder. Johnson found occasional setae in the notopodia but said they are often absent from this part of the parapodium. I was unable to find any in the notopodia I studied. While there may be some asymmetry in the arrangement of cirri and elytra, the location of elytra on every third somite after the twenty-third is generally regarded as characteristic of Lepidasthenia and Munro (1924, p. 43) proposed a new genus Lepidastheniella to include those in which these 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 145 later elytra lie on alternate somites. Johnson’s specimens had elytra (after the twenty-third somite) on somites 23, 26, 28, 29, 31 51. He did not record those between 31 and 51. In my specimen they are on 23, 25, 26, 28, 29 and on alternate somites posterior to this. Strictly speaking therefore, neither Johnson’s specimen nor mine belongs in either of the above genera. In view of the frequent variability in this elytron arrangement it seems wiser to retain Lepidasthenia as the generic name. One entire specimen was collected at Station 128: D-l (East of Cedros Island, Lower California, 39 fathoms). A fragment of the anterior end was found at Station 127: D-l (same locality, 38 fathoms). It was recorded as taken in an echinoderm test. Cat. Nos. 3,698 and 36,105. Lepidasthenia fragilis Johnson. Polynoe fragilis Johnson, 1897, pp. 179-181; pi. 7, figs. 36, 45; pi. 8, figs. 52, 52a, 52b. One much mutilated specimen retaining only about forty-five somites of the anterior end. All elytra and most dorsal cirri are lost. I have identified it from its correspondence with Johnson’s description of the head, parapodia and setae. In the original description Johnson noted that the ventral cirri are lacking but in a later paper (1901, p. 390), he recorded them as occa- sionally present. In my specimens they appear as flattened oval plates. Collected at Station 126: D-3 (East of Cedros Island, Lower California, 40 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,637a. Lepidasthenia ornata sp. nov. Plate I, Figures 12-15). The collections contained two specimens, one of which, the type, is a mature male. It is 50 mm. long and has a maximum width of 4 mm. It is entire and composed of about one hundred somites. The other is a mature female about one-quarter larger than the type and is incomplete, retaining only about seventy-five anterior somites. The elytra have the usual arrange- ment and continue to the extreme posterior end of the body. I was unable to discover any somites having an elytron on one side and cirrus on the other, a condition described as characteristic of this genus. The anterior half of the body is deeply pigmented in dark brown and in life must have made a brilliant showing. This pigmentation covers only the dorsal surface of the somites, leaving all cirri and parapodia uncolored. In the type there is a minute pigment patch at the base of the cirrophore of the tentacular cirri and another on the anterior face of the first para- podium. A rectangular patch lies on the mid-dorsal line of somites 2 and 3 and on each of these are narrow lateral patches. On somites 4 and 5 this pigment widens to form on either side an irregular line, the two uniting in a narrow patch on the anterior face of somite 4 and spreading across the posterior part of 5, leaving a large colorless patch on the dorsal surfaces of both somites. Somite 6 has a lighter pigment patch on the mid-dorsal line and a darker area on either side. Somite 7 has a dorsal patch similar to that on 6 and in addition an irregular darker area extends across its anterior margin and widens on either side so as to cover nearly all of the lateral sur- faces; 8 is nearly colorless but has pigment on its dorsal surface and darker areas near the parapodial bases. The following three somites are almost completely covered with dark pigment but on either side is a colorless spot about half-way between the parapodium and the mid-dorsal line. The fol- lowing eight somites are pigmented and alternate in having a large and a small colorless patch on either side of the mid-dorsal line. Behind this there is an approximation to this alternation but it soon becomes irregular and 146 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :9 throughout the posterior half of the body the most noticeable features are two colorless patches, one on either side of the mid-dorsal line; a small brown spot on either side in each somite forming a longitudinal line and the ocellae on the elytra. Each half of the prostomium (Fig. 12) is flask-shaped with the inner “shoulder” a trifle higher than the outer and there is a definite emargina- tion on the posterior margin. The median tentacle is a trifle longer than either lateral but in other respects they are similar. Each has a slender style which very slightly widens near the apex and terminates in a rather long filament. The palps are not very prominent and taper uniformly to a sharp apex which extends a little beyond the end of the median tentacle. The tentacular cirri in the type are smaller than the tentacle. In the other speci- men there is asymmetry in that one of these cirri is larger than the others and the tentacle. The eyes lie in the usual position, the anterior, which are larger, lying near the lateral margin, the posterior ones farther back. The anterior ones have definite lenses. The protruded pharynx has a smooth surface and carries nine marginal papillae above and below the mouth in which, above and below, is a tooth composed of two unequal fangs. In the type the left anterior elytron remained and covered the head region as far as half-way on the tentacular styles. It was broad and must originally have overlapped its mate on the opposite side. The second elytra are much smaller and reach only to the elytrophore of the first. The third reaches to about the middle of the second but the two of this set do not meet dorsally. Later ones are still smaller, leaving fully one-half of the mid-dorsal region of the body uncovered and overlapping one another only slightly. The single first elytron was lost in transferring the specimen but all others are approximately circular in outline and have smooth margins. They are translucent, but numerous spots of a whitish appearance are scattered over their surfaces. Not so noticeable anteriorly but very prominent through most of the body is a pigment ring or ocellus surrounding the area of attachment to the elytrophore on each elytron. In both specimens the posterior parapodia are distended with sex products but I cannot say how far their structures may have been modified by this condition. The seventh (Fig. 13) has a heavy setal lobe obliquely truncated at the apex. There is a heavy neuropodial and a smaller notopodial acicula but there are no setae in the notopodium. The dorsal cirrus is rela- tively large and terminates in a fine filament; the ventral cirrus is flask shaped. In the 75th parapodium the dorsal region is much enlarged and is filled with sex products and the dorsal cirrus short and acutely and asym- metrically conical. The setal portion shows two distinct lips at its end, one being slightly shorter than the other, and there are two aciculae. (Fig. 14). Contrary to the condition in other species of this genus, which in some respects resemble this one, only one kind of seta occurs in any parapodium and they are similar throughout the body. Each (Fig. 15) has a long stalk which widens very slightly in the region of attachment of the lateral plates, and a terminal and subterminal tooth. On the wider portion each carries two rows of plates. The only difference between setae from different parts of the body are that the stalks of the posterior ones are a trifle heavier and the number of toothed plates smaller than in anterior somites. The anal cirri are moderately long and conical and have filamentous tips. They are covered for about one-half their length by the last pair of elytra. From the fact that terebellid tentacles were found tangled in the parapodia I infer that the species is commensal with some member of that family. This species seems to be closely related to L. ( Polynoe ) gigas Johnson (1897, pp. 172-175; pi. 7, figs. 23, 42, 42a; pi. 8, figs. 48, 48a, 48b, 49) but differs from it in the character of the cirri, setae and coloration. 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 147 The type was collected at Station 136: D-12 (Arena Bank, 35 fathoms) and is No. 36,377 in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. Others were collected at Station 136: D-13 (Arena Bank, 45 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 36,377 and 36,382. Family Aphroditidae. Aphrodita Linnaeus. Aphrodites castanea Moore. Aphrodita castanea Moore, 1910b, pp. 380-385; pi. 32, figs. 85-97; pi. 33, fig. 98. The prostomium with its short, clubbed, median tentacle and long palps studded with spines is exactly as stated for this species by Moore. The only details in which there are disagreement are the length of the ventral cirri which reach only to the base of the ventral setae; the form of the fimbriate organs which are relatively shorter and more elevated than in Moore’s specimens; and the fact that the setae have smooth rather than hirsute ends. These seem to be varietal rather than specific differences. One specimen collected at Station 126: D-4 (East of Cedros Island, Lower California, 40 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,645. Chloeia Savigny. Chloeia entypa Chamberlin. Chloeia entypa Chamberlin, 1919a, pp. 30, 31; pi. 13, figs. 8, 9; pi. 14, figs. 1, 2. Chamberlin diagnosed this species from a single specimen 10 mm. long and 4.2 mm. wide. In the present collection are two specimens of nearly equal size, one being 70 mm. long and 15 mm. wide. In all details except setae they agree with Chamberlin’s description. The exception is that all setae taper uniformly toward the ends while in the original diagnosis they are said to bifurcate. Some of the dorsal setae have the rather coarse marginal denticulations figured by Chamberlin (1919a, pi. 14, fig. 1) as occurring on the larger of the two terminal branches. In spite of this difference I have tentatively included my material in this species. In view of the size differences between the specimens it is possible that these may be differences due to age. Collected at Station 135: D-ll (Shallow water of San Lucas Bay, 6 to 11 fathoms) and under stones on the shore of Santa Inez Bay. Cat. Nos. 36,221 and 36,570. Family Acoetidae. Panthalis Kinberg. Panthalis adumbrates Hoagland. Panthalis adumbrata Hoagland, 1920, pp. 606-607 ; pi. 46, figs. 9-14. Only the anterior ends of two broken specimens are present in the collection. In the better preserved of the two, while the median tentacle is inserted at the level of the ommatophore base a longitudinal ridge of the same diameter as the tentacle runs posteriorly along the dorsal prostomial surface to meet a transverse ridge which crosses the surface at about one- third its length from the posterior border. The general effect is that the 148 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :9 tentacle seems to rise at the level of this transverse ridge. As noted by Hoagland, this species seems to be closely related to P. panamansis of Chamberlin (1919a, pp. 86-89; pi. 11, figs. 4-8; pi. 12, figs. 1-6). Collected at Station 136: D-4 (Arena Bank, 55 fathoms) and at Station 143: D-4 (Santa Inez Bay, 55 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 36,283 and 36,353. Family Phyllodocidae. Anaitides Czerniawsky. Anaitides minuta sp. nov. (Plate II, Figures 16-18). A single specimen from which the posterior end has been lost. What remains is 45 mm. long and at its widest portion, near somite 15, is 2 mm. wide. Since the posterior end of the fragment is very narrow it seems probable that only a small part is missing. The prostomium (Fig. 16) has a basal width slightly greater than its length, the proportions being about as 1 to 0.9. The eyes are very large, each nearly one-quarter as wide as the prostomium, and are situated at the posterolateral prostomial angles. They are dark brown in color with a central area of a lighter brown. Immediately in front of each eye the prostomium narrows and this narrowing continues uniformly to the an- terior end. There is a definite emargination on the posterior margin but I could find no indication of a nuchal cirrus. The tentacles are acutely conical, subequal in size and rather less than one-third as long as the prostomium. On either side of the base of the protruded pharynx are six short rows of sharp papillae. Beyond these on either side are three rows of larger papillae having very poorly defined outlines. The extreme end of the pharynx was not exerted. There are four pairs of moderately prominent tentacular cirri on somites 1, 2 and 3. On either side of somite 1 is a single cirrus whose style reaches to somite 4; somite 2 has two on a side, the dorsal one reaching to somite 10, the ventral one to 4. The style of the ventral one is larger than that of the dorsal. Somite 3 has one on a side, its style reaching almost as far as the dorsal one on somite 2. After the first four or five the somites are biannular, the anterior ring being very short. The parapodia are attached to the posterior ring. The general body color is a yellowish-brown with a fine dusting of black. In the anterior region this dusting is irregular on the dorsal surface but pos- teriorly it tends to be limited to the intersomitic constrictions. The parapodium (Fig. 17) has a conical setal lobe having a bifid an- terior and a conical posterior lip at its apex, the anterior one being the longer. The dorsal cirri are not prominent and would not be able to overlap if brought together over the dorsal body surface. In the preserved specimen they are held parallel to the longitudinal body axis and well away from contact with the body. Each is long enough to touch the parapodium of the second somite behind the one to which it is attached. Each cirrus is asym- metrically ovate in general outline and has an acute apex. The venti'al cirrus is much shorter than the dorsal and is blunt ended but in general has a similar outline. The setae (Fig. 18) have an unusual development of spines on the apex of the basal joint, and the terminal joint is noticeably toothed espe- cially near its base. Collected at Station 136: D-12 (Arena Bank, 35 fathoms). This type is No. 36,377 in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 149 Family Nephthydidae. Nephthys Cuvier. Nephthys dibranchis Grube. Nephthys dibranchis McIntosh, 1885, pp. 161-162; pi. 27, fig. 5. A number of species of this genus have been recorded from the Pacific coast but Moore (1911, p. 243), after an exhaustive study of this material, decided that they all belong to N. coeca (Fabricius) Oersted. N. dibranchis differs from this in the possession of a slender cirrus-like branchia on the dorsal surface of the neuropodium in addition to the much heavier coiled one on the notopodium. In prostomial structure the specimens listed here agree more closely with McIntosh’s N. verrilli ( loc . cit., pp. 163-164; pi. 26, figs. 6, 7; pi. 32A fig. 8), but Munro (1933, p. 56), reported after a reexamina- tion of the type of N. verrilli that it is synonymous with N. dibranchis. Collected at Station 126: D-2 (East of Cedros Island, Lower Cali- fornia, 38 fathoms); Station 126: D-9 (same locality, 87 fathoms), and Station 136: D-4 (Arena Bank, 100 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 3,684, 36,653 and 36,353. Family Hesionidae. Hesione Savigny. Hesione panamena Chamberlin. Hesione panamena Chamberlin, 1919a, pp. 188-190; pi. 22, figs. 9, 10. A single specimen lacking tentacular, anal and all dorsal cirri. Traces of longitudinal pigment lines remain in anterior somites but mostly the body is colorless. The prostomium is broader than long and the anterior eyes have twice the diameter of the posterior. The anterior and posterior eyes are separated by about the diameter of the posterior ones from one another, the anterior being a trifle farther apart than the posterior. The setae agree with Chamberlin’s description. Munro (1928, p. 79) has listed this species as synonymous with Grube’s H. intertexta. While in coloring Chamberlin’s specimen agreed with Grube’s diagnosis (1878, pp. 102, 103; pi. 6, fig. 5) the two seem to differ in other respects. Chamberlin stated that the antennae had been broken. In my specimen there are no antennae and no trace of their presence. In Grube’s Figure 5 definite antennae are shown. It is possible that in my specimen and in Chamberlin’s no antennae occur. The character of the prostomium is much more like that in Cham- berlin’s description than that of Grube’s. Tentatively I am retaining H. panamena as a valid species. The protruded pharynx is about as long as the prostomium and first somite taken together. Its basal portion is thin-walled and is wider than the prostomium but has a constriction at the base. The terminal portion is about one-half as long as the basal and has a denser wall. Its apical margin is recurved and carries numerous fine short filaments. Collected at Station 163: D-l (Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, 20 fath- oms). Cat. No. 36,595a. Family Nereidae. Nereis Linnaeus. Nereis ambiguus sp. nov. (Plate II, Figures 19-24). Two specimens, one of which had lost its posterior end, are in the col- lection. The larger one, the type, is 25 mm. long and 1 mm. in prostomial 150 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :9 diameter. The prostomium (Fig. 19) is a trifle wider than long and narrows sharply just in front of the anterior eyes to widen a trifle at the anterior lateral angles where the tentacles are attached. The tentacles are relatively rather stout and are separated at their bases by less than one-half their diameter. Their length is about one-half that of the prostomium. The basal joint of the palps is heavy, the terminal joint globular, and does not quite reach the end of the tentacle. The longest tentacular cirrus is the posterior dorsal one which reaches as far as the ninth somite. The anterior dorsal is a little more than half as long as this, the ventral ones much shorter. The peristomium is shorter than the prostomium and about twice as long as somite 2. Between the eyes there is a noticeable emargination of its anterior edge. Aside from the parapodial pigment the only trace of color in the specimen is a very little brown at the bases of the tentacles and two longitudinal bands running posteriorly from the anterior peris- tomial border in a line with the posterior eyes. In neither specimen was the pharynx protruded and an attempt was made to get the dental formula by dissection. Since the vertical diameter of the peristomium was about 1 mm., this attempt was not wholly success- ful but the best I could do is I, absent; II, absent; III, a tuft of about 8 on either side; IV, 3 in a transverse row; V, absent; VI, 3 or 4; VII, 7 or 8 very long and blunt pointed ones on either side, having irregular ones in front of them; VIII, a circular patch of about 20. Some of the paragnaths are very prominent and all are dark brown in color. The jaws are large, hardly colored except that along the concave margin of the apex and the teeth there is a light brown tint. On the margin are nine teeth. The type retained only one anal cirrus. This is relatively heavy and long, as long as the last seven body somites. Anterior parapodia (Fig. 20 of the 8th) have the notopodial lobes and the ventral lobe of the neuropodium very bluntly rounded, the lip into which the neuropodial acicula protrudes being sharp-pointed. The dorsal cirrus is slender and extends for about one-half its length beyond the notopodium. The ventral cirrus is shorter than the neuropodium. At the base of the dorsal cirrus is a small pigment spot but there is no definite pigmentation elsewhere, although the thickness of the organ makes it opaque. There are two aciculae. In posterior parapodia (Fig. 21), the parapodial lobes become very sharp-pointed and are noticeably filled with pigment, giving a characteristic appearance to the animal as a whole. This pigment completely fills the two notopodial lobes and the ventral one of the neuropodial. Both dorsal and ventral cirri are short, neither quite reaching the end of the parapodium. In anterior parapodia the setae of the notopodium occur in tufts of about six. They are slender and uncolored, each (Fig. 22) having a camerated homogomphous basal joint and a long, slender tenninal one with a row of spines along one border. There is some variation in the lengths of these terminal joints even when the basal are of the same length. The neuro- podial setae are of three kinds. Dorsal to the acicula are some like those of the notopodium and lying posterior to these are heavier ones (Fig. 23) that are heterogomphous and carry short blunt-pointed terminal joints that have a row of prominent spines along one concave border. Ventral to the acicula are a third kind similar to the dorsal ones except that they are heterogomphous, together with some of the heavier ones shown in Fig. 23. In all of the posterior parapodia examined there was one heavy seta in the notopodium. This (Fig. 24) is camerated like all of the others and is homo- gomphous, carrying at its end a terminal joint deeply mortised into the basal. This form of seta is common in Nereis but this is unusual in that instead of being lens-shaped with smooth margins it has a row of spines along one edge and its end is rounded. There is never more than one of 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 151 these setae in a parapodium and it is either the only one there or it is accompanied by one of the slender ones like Fig. 22. The neuropodial setae are like those farther forward except that in the heavier ones the terminal joint is shorter. In the form of the parapodium this species resembles N. neonigripes Hartman (1936, pp. 471, 472; figs. 48 a-g), but the two differ in the relative length of the tentacular cirri and in the posterior notosetae. So far as my imperfect dissection could determine they also differ in tooth formula. In this last respect N. ambiguus resembles N. procera Ehlers but in other details it is different from that species. The structure of the head is dif- ferent as are also the posterior notosetae and Ehlers says that in N. procera the paragnaths are small and difficult to see. In N. ambiguus they are prominent. Collected at Station 163: D-l (Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, 20 fath- oms). This type is No. 36,595 in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. A specimen of a heteronereis is in the collection labeled Cat. No. 36,883. “Taken at night light, off Avalon, Santa Catalina Id.” Family Leodicidae. Leodice Savigny. (Eunice Cuvier). Leodice has priority but because of long usage some annelid taxono- mists prefer Eunice. The revival of Leodice is not as recent as some have implied, since it was used by Malmgren in 1865 and by Verrill in 1885. Leodice 1. sp? The only specimen is a fragment of the posterior end of a single in- dividual, the fragment being 107 mm. long and 7 mm. wide. In the peculiar form of the sub-acicular setae and end of the acicula and in the fact that the gills extend to the pygidium, this agrees with a specimen Munro (1933, pp. 65-66; fig. 27 a-b) identified as Eunice filamentosa Quatrefages col- lected in Galapagos. In this note Munro apparently claims that Eunice ( Leodice ) filamentosa is synonymous with E. denticulata Webster. Having collected considerable numbers of denticulata and a few of filamentosa I am unable to agree with Munro on this point. Denticulata is several times as large as filamentosa and lives in a branching parchment tube which extends through the body spaces of a sponge, while filamentosa never builds such tubes. The two differ in almost every detail of structure (See Treadwell, 1921). I have reexamined a specimen of denticulata collected by myself and now in the American Museum of Natural History and find that in details of aciculae and setae it agrees with the Lower California specimen. It also agrees with Munro’s description. It seems quite probable that both Munro’s specimen and mine are denticulata. Collected at Station 136: (Arena Bank, from coral, in 21/2 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,882. Leodice 2. sp? A fragment 80 mm. long and 15 mm. wide, jneasured to the ends of the setae. It shows very great similarities to Eunice ( Leodice ) multi- pectinata of Moore (1911, pp. 248-251; pi. 15, figs. 20-23), and very possibly may be of that species. Collected at Station 141: D-l (Santa Inez Bay, 7 to 9 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,206. 152 [XXII :9 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society Arabella Grube. sp? A single much mutilated fragment of the anterior end. From pros- tomium, maxilla and seta structure it is recognisable as Arabella but further identification is not possible. Collected at Station 127: D-l (East of Cedros Island, Lower California, 38 fathoms). Cat. No. 3,692. Lumbrinereis de Blainville. sp? A fragment of the posterior end of a Lumbrinereis was taken at Sta- tion 147: D-2 (Santa Inez Bay, 60 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,335. Diopatra Grube. Diopatra calif arnica Moore. Diopatra calif ornica Moore, 1904, pp. 484-487 ; pi. 37, figs. 1-9. One incomplete specimen 15 mm. long, retaining only the prostomium and thirty anterior somites. Moore stated that the spiral arrangement of the gill is lost on the thirtieth somite. In this specimen that structure appears on that somite but since this is the last somite retained in the fragment I cannot say what the condition would be in later gills. Other (probably minor) differences from Moore’s account are that the gills begin on the fifth instead of the fourth somite and their basal parts show no ringing. Collected at Station 155: D-l (13 miles west of Mazatlan, 56 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,473. Hyalinoecia Malmgren. Hyalinoecia Juvenalis Moore. Hyalinoecia juvenalis Moore, 1911, pp. 277-280; pi. 18, figs. 86-95. Provisionally listed with this species although simple setae occur with the compound in earlier somites than as described by Moore and the maxillae are rather more strongly hooked. Collected at Station 136: D-4 (Arena Bank, 55 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,353. Fragments of tubes belonging either to Onuphis or Diopatra were taken at Station 136: D-5 (Arena Bank, 33 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,359. Family Glyceridae. Glycera Savigny. Glycera rugosa Johnson. Glycera rugosa Johnson, 1901, pp. 409-411; pi. 10, figs. 101, 102. Several specimens, some immature. I have based the identification on the form of the prostomium and parapodium. The latter are proportionately smaller than as described by Johnson. Collected at Station 125: D-l (East of Cedros Island, 44 fathoms); Station 126: D-6 (same locality, 45 fathoms); Station 147: D-2 (Santa Inez Bay, 60 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 3,672, 36,335 and 36,648. 1937] 153 Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids Family Cirratulidae. Cirratulus Lamarck. Cirratulus exuberans Chamberlin. Cirratulus exuberans Chamberlin, 1919b, pp. 263, 264. Collected at Station 159: T-2, in tidepool. Cat. No. 36,489. Cirratulus inhamatus sp. nov. (Plate II, Figure 25). A single specimen 85 mm. long, its greatest width 7 mm. The basal width of the prostomium is 1 mm. The prostomium (Fig. 25) is conical, overlapping and bounding later- ally the prominent mouth. An uncertain number of somites compose the remainder of the head region. Dorsally no somite boundaries can be seen while ventrally there are indications of at least four. On either side near the posterior margin is a region bounded by a shallow ditch and bearing on its end scars where branchiae have been attached. It is difficult to say how many of these there were but probably the number was about five. Approximately the thirty somites following the head are extremely short, and following ones are fully twice as long as these, there being not more than two of an intermediate length. This latter condition continues to the posterior end of the body. The pygidium has been lost. Most of the lateral gills are lost but evidently were originally present on most somites. Some of those remaining are very small, looking like hardly more than cirri. Because so many are absent it is impossible to tell whether there originally was an alternation of long and short gills. Capillary setae begin on the first short somite behind the head. Except that anterior ones are longer than the posterior, they are all alike, the longest equal in length to one-half the body width. The notopodial and neuropodial setae are separated by only a short distance. Collected at Station 126: D-4 (East of Cedros Island, 40 fathoms). Type No. 36,645 in the collections of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society. This species in many respects resembles C. sinincolens of Chamberlin (1919a, pp. 377-379; pi. 70, figs. 7-10), also taken in the Gulf of California, but differs in the form of the head, in the location of the special branchiae on the somite in front of the first setigerous rather than on that somite and in the character of the setae. While both species lack the heavy spines generally found in this genus, C. sinincolens has in posterior somites a single stout neuropodial seta which Chamberlin thought represents the crochet. There is no trace of this form of seta in C. inhamatus. Also in the former species Chamberlin describes two kinds of capillary setae of which the larger has serrations along one margin. In the latter are finer and coarser capillary setae but there is no trace of serrations on either. Also the relative sizes of the somites in different parts of the body is not as described by Chamberlin. Several other specimens belonging to this family are in the collection but because of poor preservation it is not possible accurately to identify them. They appear to have no dorsal filaments, which would seem to put them in the genus Cirrinereis. Collected at Station 126: D-2 (East of Cedros Island, 38 fathoms); 126: D-3 (same locality, 40 fathoms) and 127: D-l (same locality, 38 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 3,684, 3,692 and 36,637. 154 [XXII :9 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society Family Sternaspidae. Sternaspis Otto. Sternaspis scutata Ranzani. Thalessema scutata Ranzani, 1817, p. 183; pi. 11. Sternaspis scutata Fauvel, 1927, pp. 216-218; fig. 76 a to g. For earlier references see this paper. Stimpson (1853, p. 29; fig. 19) described as Sternaspis fossor a species from Grand Manan and this has been supposed to be the only species of this genus found in northeastern North America. Moore (1910a, p. 144) stated that he was unable to distinguish the species found on the coast of southern New England from S. scutata Ranzani, but that this differs in a number of details from the species found further north which he listed as S. fossor Stimpson. Through the courtesy of Professor Moore I have had the oppor- tunity of examining specimens from Newport, Rhode Island, which he labeled scutata and find that they agree in essential respects with Fauvel’s description and with mine from Lower California. Fauvel considered that S. fossor is synonymous with S. scutata but specimens in my possession from Nova Scotia differ from these and agree with Moore’s diagnosis ( loc . cit.) . It seems therefore that fossor should be retained, though it is possible that it may have a varietal rather than a specific value. The surface of the body is much more densely covered with papillae than in scutata, the shields are nearly square (taken together) rather than oblong, and the anterior setae are more slender and translucent. Collected at Station 125: D-l (East of Cedros Island, 44 fathoms), 126: D-2 (same locality, 38 fathoms) and 126: D-7 (same locality, 48 fath- oms). Cat. Nos. 3,673, 3,684 and 36,649. Family Maldanidae. Maldane Grube. Mai dans carinata Moore. Maldane carinata Moore, 1923, pp. 233-235. Two specimens, neither entire, the pygidium being absent in both cases. Moore gave no figures but the specimens apparently conform to his diagnosis, except that he did not mention a second form of seta occurring in anterior somites. In addition to the very long, slender, narrowly limbate setae are others much shorter and fewer in number. These narrow abruptly and bend at nearly a right angle. Just at the bend the marginal wing is very prominent but soon disappears, leaving the long and slender terminal portion without the wing. Collected at Station 125: D-l (East of Cedros Island, 44 fathoms). 126: D-3 (same locality, 40 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 3,672 and 36,637. Family Terebellidae. Artacama Malmgren. Artacama conifer i Moore. Artacama coniferi Moore, 1905, pp. 853-855; pi. 44, figs. 11-13. One specimen collected at Station 125: D-l (East of Cedros Island, 44 fathoms). Cat. No. 3,672. 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 155 Lanice Malmgren. Lattice heferohranchia (?) Johnson. Lanice heterobranchia Johnson, 1901, p. 427; pi. 17, figs. 172-174. The specimens were incomplete but correspond very well with Johnson’s description except that the size differences between the gills are not so extreme as is there indicated. Collected at Station 126: D-9 (East of Cedros Island, 56 fathoms) and Station 126: D-12 (same locality, 45 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 36,660 and 36,653. Terebellides Sars. Tereheliides stroemi Sars. Terebellides stroemi Sars, 1835, p. 48; pi. 13, figs. 31a-d. Terebellides stroemi, McIntosh, 1922, pp. 209-215; pi. 120, fig. 3; pi. 127, figs. 5-5b. The material is poorly preserved and identification was made by com- parison with McIntosh’s description. Collected at Station 126: D-4 (East of Cedros Island, 40 fathoms), 136: D-4 (Arena Bank, 55 fathoms) and 147: D-2 (Santa Inez Bay, 60 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 36,335, 36,353 and 36,654. Amphitrite O. F. Muller. Amphitrite rohusta Johnson. Amphitrite robusta Johnson, 1901, pp. 425, 426; pi. 16, figs. 164-168. A much mutilated specimen in which none of the recognisable details differs from Johnson’s description but the preservation is too poor to allow of a reliable identification. In Amphitrite the gills are simple filaments. In these they have branches which would put the species in the genus Neoam- phitrite of Hessle. Collected at Station 126: D-4 (East of Cedros Island, 40 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,245. Streblosoma Sars. Strehlosoma magsta sp. nov. (Plate II, Figures 26-28). Some (apparently only a small portion), has been lost from the posterior end of the type. What remains is 80 mm. long. The prostomium is 3 mm. wide, the first somite 11 mm. and in the region of the tenth somite the body width is 14 mm. Thirty mm. back from the head the width is 11 mm. and behind this point the body abruptly narrows to 5 mm. There are fourteen ventral thoracic shields. The prostomium (Fig. 26) is a low dome whose width is about twice its length. Bounding the ventral face of the mouth is a thick pad partly covered by the lateral ends of the upper lip and posterior to this is a rounded lower lip whose lateral ends are more or less covered by the ventral tentacles which are the smallest of any. The tentacles form a dense mass and some of them are very long. There is no trace of eyes on the dorsal prostomial surface. The first seta tufts appear on the second somite and occur on suc- cessive somites to beyond the fiftieth. In the thoracic region the tufts are prominent but posterior to the beginning of the narrowed portion of the body the setae are fewer in number and arise more directly from the body wall. Uncinigerous tori begin on the fourth somite. Throughout the 156 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :9 thoracic region the tori are long but in the narrowed body region they are much shorter and at the same time are more definitely elevated above the body surface. There are three pairs of gills on somites 2, 3 and 4. The basal portion of each gill is a short, thickened, transverse ridge, those on opposite sides of the somite but belonging to the same pair separated from one another by a space a little shorter than the length of the ridge. These ridges are of essentially the same length in all gills. Along the upper surface of each ridge is a row of about twelve long branches which form a densely tangled mass reaching well beyond the prostomium. An uncinus from the first torus (Fig. 27) has one large and two smaller teeth, the smaller ones situated one on either side of the base of the larger. This form of uncinus persists in the abdomen. Two kinds of setae occur in each seta tuft. The shorter ones are lance-shaped and have a narrow wing along the margins of the blade (Fig. 28). The longer onek are straight and narrow gradually to a very fine point. Their marginal wings are broader than in the shorter form and in some cases the wing seems to be broader on one side than on the other. The type was collected at Station 136: D-12 (Arena Bank, 35 fathoms). It is Number 36,377 in the collections of the Department of Tropical Re- search of the New York Zoological Society. Others were collected at Station 136: D-13 (Arena Bank, 45 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 36,377 and 36,382. Family Capitellidae. Dasybranchus Grube. Fragments of two specimens probably of this genus were in the collec- tion. One taken at Station 126: D-4 (East of Cedros Island, 40 fathoms), Cat. No. 36,245, seems to be Dasybranchus caducus Grube (Eisig, 1887, pp. 823-828; pi. 1, fig. 2). The other collected at Station 126: D-6 (same locality, 45 fathoms), Cat. No. 36,648, retained only the thoracic and a few abdominal somites and was too poorly preserved for accurate description. Family Amphictenidae. Pectinaria Lamarck. Pectinaria brevicoma Johnson. Pectinaria brevicoma Johnson, 1901, pp. 423-424; pi. 15, figs. 151-156. Pectinaria brevicoma, Moore, 1923, pp. 216-217. The identification is based on Johnson’s diagnosis with additions made by Moore. Johnson figured the paleae as blunt-pointed but described them as either bluntly or acutely pointed. He said there are ten to twelve in each group ; Moore says fourteen ; mine have fifteen. In no other respect are they essentially unlike the diagnosis. Collected at Station 125: D-l (East of Cedros Island, 44 fathoms) and 126: D-l (same locality, 38 fathoms). Cat. Nos. 3,672 and 36,648. Family Serpulidae. Apomatus Morch. Apomatus similis Marion & Bobretzky. Apomatus similis Marion & Bobretzky, 1875, p. 97; pi. 12, fig. 25. Fauvel (1914, pp. 359-361; pi. 31, figs. 44-46) described this species from localities ranging from the Azores to Norway and decided that it is 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 157 synonymous with A. globifer of Theel. Except that it is larger, the single specimen in this collection differs in no important respect from Fauvel’s description. Theel thought that the presence of eyes on the branchia in A. globifer distinguished it from similis but Fauvel pointed out that this might be an age difference, being present in the young and absent in the adult, and also that there may be considerable variation in this respect. I distinctly saw one eye in my specimen, formed by six or seven refringent bodies. I cannot say if there were others. Moore and Bush (1904, pp. 168-169; pi. 11, figs. 17, 18; pi. 12, fig. 38) described Protula geniculata from Japan, but Moore later (1908, p. 361) listed a specimen from the Gulf of Georgia in the north Pacific which retained the operculum, this having been lost in the type. This globular operculum places the species in the genus Apomatus. Moore (1923, p. 248) listed several specimens from Southern California. A. similis differs from A. geniculata in several respects. The branchiae of geniculata are recorded as having short bases concealed by the collar while in similis these are longer than the collar. A. geniculata has 18 radioles on a side while in similis the number is nearer 60. Moore does not mention the curved setae, limbate on the convex border, described by Fauvel, but his description of the other setae and the uncini agrees with the conditions in similis. The differences between the two are hardly to be explained as age differences and they are distinct species. Collected at Station 136:D-24 (Arena Bank, 50 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,535. Pomatostegus Schmarda. Pomatosfegus stellatus Abildgaard. Terebella stellata Abildgaard, 1789, p. 142. Pomatostegus stellatus, Morch, 1863, p, 50. A single specimen, identified by the aid of Ehlers’ description (1887, pp. 296-300). The only disagreement is that while Ehlers describes the collar as forming a prominent triangular lobe on the ventral surface, in my specimen the margin is straight and the ventral portion of the collar is thrown into longitudinal pleats. Munro (1933, pp. 1081-1082), listed this species from the Panama region. Collected at Station 136:D-30 (Arena Bank, 35 fathoms). Cat. No. 36,553. A serpulid larger than A. similis was collected at Station 126: D-4 (East of Cedros Island, 40 fathoms), Cat. No. 36,666. The body is badly macerated and since it lacks the operculum its generic position is in doubt. Bibliography. Abildgaard, P. E. 1789 Schriften der Gesellschaft naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin. Bd. 9. Chamberlin, R. V. 1919a The Annelida Polychaeta. Memoirs Mus. Comp. Zoology, Harvard College, vol. 48, pp. 1-514, pis. 1-80. Report of Scientific Results of Explorations made by U. S. F. C. S. Albatross off the West Coasts of Mexico, Central and South America and the Galapagos Is., no. 38, 1891; in the Tropical Pacific, no. 20, 1899-1900; and Eastern Tropical Pacific, no. 31, 1904-1905. 1919b Pacific Coast Polychaetes collected by Alexander Agassiz. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoology, Harvard College, vol. 63, no. 6, pp. 251-270, 3 plates. 158 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :9 Ehlers, Ernst. 1887 Florida Anneliden. Memoirs Mus. Comp. Zoology, Harvard College, pp. I-VI, 1-335; 60 pis. Eisig, Hugo. 1887 Monographic der Capitelliden. Fauna und Flora des Golfe von Neapel., pp. i-xxvi, 1-906, 37 plates. Fauvel, Pierre. 1914 Annelides Polychetes non pelagique provenant des Campagnes de I’Hirondelle et de la Princesse Alice (1885-1910), pp. 1-432, 31 plates. Resultats des Campagne Scientifiques accomplis sur son yacht par Albert Ier Prince Souverain de Monaco. 1927 Faune de France. Polychetes Sedentaires. Grube, Adolph Edward. 1878 Annulata Semperiana. Beitrage zur Kennt. der Anneliden-Fauna der Philippien. pp. i-ix, 1-300, 15 plates. Mem. St. Petersbourg Acad. Imp. des Sciences, ser. 7, vol. 25, no. 8. Hartman, Olga. 1936 New Species of Polychaetous Annelids of the Family Nereidae from California. Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. 83, no. 2994, pp. 467- 480, figs. 46-53. Hoagland, Ruth. 1920 Polychaetous Annelids collected by the U. S. Fisheries S. S. Albatross during the Philippine Expedition of 1907-1909. Smith. Inst. U. S. National Museum Bull. 100, vol. 1, pt. 9, pp. 603-655, pis. 47-52. Johnson, H. P. 1897 A Preliminary Account of the Marine Animals of the Pacific Coast. Proc. California Acad. Sci., vol. 1, no. 5, pp. 153-196, pis. 5-10. 1901 The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound Region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, pp. 381-434, pis. 1-19. Kinberg, J. G. H. 1857 Nya slagten och arter af Annelider, pp. 11-14. of vers K. Vetensh. A lea d. Forh. Marion, A. F. et N. Bobretsky. 1875 Etudes sur les Annelides du Golfe de Marseille. Ann. Sc. Nat. Zool., vol. 8, pp. 1-48, pi. 1. McIntosh, W. ,C. 1885 The Annelida Polychaeta. Report of Scientific Results of the Chal- lenger Expedition, vol. 12, pp. I-XXXVI, 1-554; pis. 1-55, 1A-39A. 1922 British Marine Annelids. Ray Society, vol. 4, pt. 1, Polychaeta, Hermellidae to Sabellidae; pp. 1-250, pis. 92-127. Moore, J. Percy. 1903 Polychaeta from the coastal slope of Japan and from Kamchatka. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 55, pp. 401-490, pis. 23-27. 1904 New Polychaeta from California. Idem vol. 56, pp. 484-502, pis. 37, 38. 1905 New Species of Ampharetidae and Terebellidae from the North Pacific. Idem vol. 57, pp. 846-860, pi. 44. 1908 Some Polychaetous Annelids of the Northwest Coast of North Amer- ica. Idem vol. 60, pp. 323-364, 4 pis. 1910a The Polychaetous Annelids dredged in 1905 by Mr. Owen Bryant off the coasts of Newfoundland and Nova Scotia. Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. 37, pp. 133-146. 1910b Polychaetous Annelids dredged by the U. S. S. Albatross off the coasts of Southern California in 1904. II. Polynoidae, Aphroditidae and Sigalionidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 62, pp. 328- 402, pis. 28-33. 1937] Treadwell: Polychaetous Annelids 159 1911 The Polychaetous Annelids dredged by the U. S. S. Albatross off the coasts of Southern California in 1904. III. Euphrosynidae to Gonia- didae. Idem vol. 63, pp. 234-318, pis. 15-21. 1923 Polychaetous Annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the Coast of Southern California in 1904. IV. Spionidae to Sabellariidae. Idem, vol. 75, pp. 179-259, pis. 42, 43. Moore, J. Percy and K. Bush. 1904 Sabellidae and Serpulidae from Japan. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, vol. 56, pp. 157-179, pis. 11-12. Morch, O. A. L. 1863 Revisio critica Serpulidarum. Naturhist. Tidsskrift. Munro, C. C. A. 1924 The Polychaeta collected by H. M. S. Alert, 1881-1882. Families Polynoidae, Sigalionidae and Eunicidae. Linnean Soc. Journal, London, vol. 36, pp. 4-64, 24 figs. 1928 The Polychaeta collected by Dr. Th. Mortensen off the Coast of Panama. Saertryk af Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk. naturh. Foren. Bd. 85, pp. 75-103, 19 figs. 1933 The Polychaeta Errantia collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Colon in the Panama Region and the Galapagos Is., during the Expedition of the S. Y. St. George. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. 1, pp. 1-96, 36 figs. Ranzani. 1817 Arenicola clavatus et Thalassema scutatum. Isis, Opus Sc., II. Sars. 1835 Beskrivelser og Jagttagelser over nogle maerkelige eller nye i Havet ved den Bergensen Kyst levende Dyr. Stimpson, W. 1853 Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan. Smith. Cont. to Knowledge, vol. 6, pp. 5-66, 3 pis. Treadwell, A. L. 1914 Polychaetous Annelids of the Pacific Coast. Univ. of California Pub. in Zoology, vol. 13, nos. 1 and 9, pp. 175-238, pis. 11 and 12, 7 text-figs. 1921 Leodicidae of the West Indian Region. Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington, Dept, of Marine Biology, vol. 15, pp. 1-29, 6 pis., 467 text-figs. 160 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate I. Lepidonotus pilosus. Fig. 1. Prostomium x 10. Fig. 2. Parapodium x 7.5. Fig. 3. Small papilla on elytron x 68. Fig. 4. Hour-glass papilla x 45. Fig. 5. Elytron x 25. Fig. 6. Neuropodial seta x 85. Fig. 7. Notopodial seta x 250. Halosydna obtusa-cirrata. Fig. 8. Prostomium x 15. Fig. 9. Elytron x 12. Fig. 10. Detail of elytron spines x 65. Fig. 11. Parapodium x 12. Fig. 11.5. Seta x 250. Lepidasthenia ornata. Fig. 12. Prostomium x 10. Fig. 13. Seventh parapodium x 12.5. Fig. 14. Seventy-fifth parapodium x 12.5. Fig. 15. Seta x 250. Fig. 16. Fig. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. Fig. 22. Fig. 23. Fig. 24. Fig. 25. Fig. 26. Fig. 27. Fig. 28. Plate II. Anaitides minuta. Prostomium x 7.5. Parapodium x 45. Seta x 250. Nereis ambiguus. Head x 12. Anterior parapodium x 35. Posterior parapodium x 30. Anterior notopodial seta x 250. Neuropodial seta x 250. Posterior seta x 250. Cirratulus inhamatus. Head x 5. Streblosoma magna. Prostomium x 5. Uncinus from first torus x 250. Seta x 185. TREADWELL. PLATE I. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA, THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND CLARION ISLAND. TREADWELL. PLATE II. POLYCHAETOUS ANNELIDS FROM THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA, THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA AND CLARION ISLAND. Deichmann: Holothurians 161 10. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. IX. Holothurians from the Gulf of California, the West Coast of Lower California and Clarion Island.1 Elisabeth Deichmann. Assistant Curator of Invertebrates, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. (Text-figures 1-3). [Note: This is the ninth of a series of papers dealing with the specimens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Depart- ment of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; William Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the capture of specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] Contents. Page Introduction 162 Order Aspidochirota Family Stichopodidae Genus Parastichopus Clark Parastichopus calif ornicus (Stimpson) 163 Genus Stichopus Brandt Stichopus fuscus Ludwig 163 Family Holothuriidae Genus Holothuria Linnaeus Holothuria difficilis Semper 164 Holothuria inhabilis Selenka 164 Holothuria lub7'ica Selenka 165 Holothuria paraprinceps sp. nov 166 Holothuria pluricuriosa sp. nov 166 Holothuria zacae sp. nov 168 Order Dendrochirota Family Cucumariidae Genus Cucumaria Blainville Cucumaria piperata (Stimpson) 169 Cucumaria lissoplaca Clark 169 Cucumaria populifera (Stimpson) 170 1 Contribution No. 528, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 162 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :10 Genus Thyone Oken Page Thyone benti sp. nov 170 Family Psolidae Genus Thyonepsolus Clark Thyonepsolus beebei sp. nov 172 Order Molpadonia Family Molpadiidae Genus Molpadia Cuvier Molpadia intermedia (Ludwig) 174 Bibliography 175 Introduction. Although this collection of holothurians, collected around Lower Cali- fornia by the Templeton Crocker Expedition in 1936, comprises only 14 species, it represents nevertheless an important addition to our knowledge of these animals and their geographic distribution. Four new species are described from the tropical region and one from the more boreal waters off the west coast of Lower California; six species have had their area distri- bution extended from, respectively, Hawaii, Clipperton Island and Southern California, and only three were already known from the region explored. Although some collecting of holothurians has been done at various times at various localities in Mexico, Lower California and Central America, very little has been known about their occurrence and generally speaking the holothurian fauna has always been considered poor. The reason for the meagre results of earlier collectors has undoubtedly been due to the some- what peculiar ecological conditions which prevail in this region, namely, an exposed coast, frequently composed of either lava rocks, sand or mud flats, habitats which are well suited for only a few species. The dredgings of the Zaca reveal what one may have guessed — that a comparatively rich holo- thurian fauna exists in somewhat deeper water. More intensive dredgings at 20 to 150 fathoms’ depth will probably double or triple the number of species already known and present valuable contributions to the study of the rela- tionship of the holothurian fauna to those of the West Indian region and the western Pacific. I beg the Director of the Expedition, Dr. William Beebe, to accept my sincere thanks for permitting me to study this interesting material. The entire collection is deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Order Aspidochirota. Family Stichopodidae. Genus Parasfiehopus Clark, 1922. Parastichopus Clark, 1922, p. 47 (proposed in the text for the forms of Stichopus which are related to S. tremulus, S. nigripunctatus, etc.). Diagnosis : Synallactid-like forms with cylindrical body. Mouth ventrally placed with broad tentacles, anus terminal. Dorsal side with large conical papillae and smaller feet; ventral side with cylindrical tube-feet more or less distinctly arranged in bands. Spicules, tables and either buttons or rods. Type Species: P. tremulus (Gunnerus). Remarks: There is no doubt that the two species known from the coast of California, S. calif ornicus and S. parvimensis, should be removed from the typical tropical forms and it is proposed to extend the genus Para- 1937] Deichmann: Holothurians 163 stichopus to include also these forms which are rather synallactid-like, par- ticularly in their younger stages. Parastichopus californicus (Stimpson). Holothuria californicus Stimpson, 1857, p. 524 (84 in reprint). Stichopus californicus, Clark, 1922, p. 70, pi. 1, figs. 8-12. Stichopus johnsoni Theel, 1886, p. 4; Clark, 1922, p. 69, pi. 1, figs. 15-16. Stichopus fuscus, Theel, 1886a, p. 5. Non S. fuscus Ludwig. Diagnosis: Large form (50 cm.). Spicules, an external layer of large tables which decrease in size and complexity as the animal grows older, and an inner layer of large, smooth buttons with six to ten holes. Feet with endplate and large perforated plates; papillae with curved rods. Type: Lost. Type Locality: Tomales Bay, California. General Range : From British Columbia to Cedros Island, west of Lower California. From tide-pools (northern localities) to about 50 to 100 fathoms (southern localities). Local Distribution: Three specimens were taken east of Cedros Island (Station 126: D-l and D-6) between 38 and 45 fathoms on muddy bottoms. Remarks: The most southern locality hitherto known was off Santa Barbara, California. The Zaca specimens exhibit the typical reduction of the tables which is so characteristic of this species. The study of a large number of individuals shows that Clark was right in his assumption that S. johnsoni Theel from off Santa Barbara, 22 fathoms, is an immature stage of S', californicus (as is also Theel’s “S. fxiscus” from the same region). The species is easily distinguished from S. parvimensis Clark, which occurs in the same region, from southern California to Point San Bar- tholome, Lower California, but apparently only in shallow water. The lat- ter seems always to have almost black tips on the papillae and its tables are much smaller (diameter of disk 0.04-0.05 mm., contrasted with 0.06-0.10 mm. in S. californicus). Genus Stichopus Brandt, 1835. Stichopus fuscus Ludwig. Stichopus fuscus Ludwig, 1875, p. 22; 1898, p. 5, pi. 1, figs. 1-5; Clark, 1922, p. 45, (among non-identifiable forms). Stichopus badionotus, Selenka, 1867, p. 316 ( partim ) ; Clark, 1922, p. 55, pi. 2, figs. 11-18 (partim). Non Stichopus fuscus, Theel, 1886a, p. 5 (= P. californicus Stimpson). Diagnosis: Large flattened form with thickened flanks, mouth ventral, anus terminal. Dorsal side with a varying number of blunt warts, ventral side with numerous feet in more or less crowded bands. Spicules, numerous small tables with round disk with a large number of marginal holes and a regular spire with flattened top with numerous small teeth. A varying number of C-shaped bodies are usually present. Feet with endplate and perforated supporting plates. Type: Hamburg Museum. Type Locality: “Patagonia.” (Probably wrong, or an individual which accidentally has strayed so far south). General Range : Gulf of California and southward to Ecuador, possibly reaching Patagonia. Shallow water, often exposed at low tide, to about 20 fathoms, or more. 164 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :10 Local Distribution : One adult was taken in 1 fathom near the shore of Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California. Remarks'. This species is closely related to S. badionotus Selenka, a species which occurs widespread in the West Indies and Bermuda; Selenka’s specimen from Acapulco, Mexico, refers undoubtedly to this species. The Pacific species seems always to be evenly brown or faintly mottled, while the West Indian form shows a diversity of variation in color. Comparison of well preserved specimens from both areas may show other, more important differences. The spicules have been found to be slightly larger in the Pacific form, viz., disk of tables 0.04-0.05 and 0.05-0.06 mm., C-shaped bodies 0.06 and 0.07 mm. in respectively S. badionotus and S. fuscus, according to Lud- wig and Clark, and random samples taken by myself. (The spicules are slightly smaller in the ventral integument than in the dorsal as Ludwig already realized). The species was described in 1875, from “Patagonia.” Theel mentioned the species briefly in 1886 and identified in the same year (1886a) a speci- men from off southern California as S. fuscus. Re-examination showed it was a young individual of P. calif ornicus. In 1898 Ludwig revised the de- scription of S. fuscus , figured the spicules of the type and mentioned that he had received two more specimens, one from Mazatlan, Mexico, and one from Machalilla, Ecuador. This reference was overlooked by Clark in his revision of 1922 and S. fuscus was therefore unjustly rejected. Family Holothuriidae. Genus Holothuria Linnaeus, 1758. Holothuria difficilis Semper. Holothuria difficilis Semper, 1867, p. 92, pi. 30, fig. 21 ; Panning, 1929, I, p. 136, text-fig. 20. Holothuria frequentiamensis, Clark, 1902, p. 530; Panning, 1934, III, p. 73. Diagnosis : Soft-skinned form with small, inconspicuous papillae on the dorsal side and numerous soft feet on the ventral side. Spicules, well-devel- oped tables with eight to ten holes in the disk and regular spire with numerous small teeth ; inner layer consists of oval, smooth buttons with mostly six holes. Feet with endplate and supporting plates. Type: Possibly in Germany. Type Locality : Samoa. General Range: Widespread in the western tropical Pacific, common in Hawaii. The most eastern record hitherto was from Clipperton Island (H. frequentiamensis Clark). Never taken from the mainland of Mexico or of Central or South America. In tide-pools, often under rocks. Local Distribution: Three specimens were taken in tide-pools on the shore of Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island. Remarks: This species is closely related to H. parvula from the West Indies and, like the latter, it multiplies frequently through transversal fis- sion. It differs, however, in that it reaches twice the size of H. parvula and is dark in color. Also the spicules present minor and apparently constant differences (see Deichmann, 1922, p. 206). Holothuria inhabilis Selenka. Holothuria inhabilis Selenka. 1867, p. 333, pi. 19, figs. 73-74; Panning, 1934, III, p. 79, text-fig. 62. Holothuria maculata, Ludwig, 1894, p. 1. Non H. maculata, Brandt ( H . arenicola auctores). 1937] Deichmann: Holothurians 165 Diagnosis: Large holothurian (up to 20 cm. or more) with small ten- tacles, about 20 in number; mouth ventral, anus terminal; dorsally papillae, ventrally small feet. Skin filled with an abundance of spicules, thin and tough in younger individuals, thicker in larger ones. Calcareous ring low; a single Polian vesicle and a single stonecanal embedded in the dorsal mesentery but with the head free to the right. Spicules, tables with smooth to knobbed edge, frequently reduced ; spire low with numerous teeth. But- tons crowded, mostly regular with six to ten holes, and varying from strongly knobbed to almost smooth. Feet with small endplate and numerous support- ing plates with a varying number of holes along the sides and in the ends. Dorsal papillae often with trace of endplate and mostly curved supporting rods. Type: M. C. Z. Type Locality : Hawaii. General Range : Hawaii, Cocos Island, Lower California, and Clarion Island. At about 50 fathoms depth. Local Distribution: Three specimens were taken from Arena Bank (Sta- tion 136: D-26) off Clarion Island (Station 163: D-4) and from Santa Inez Bay, between 45 and 50 fathoms; on sandy bottoms. Remarks: The three specimens vary much in size and color, no one of them being satisfactory as the basis for a description. The dorsal warts are very differently pronounced ; as to color, it varies through different shades of brown. The spicules agree well with those of the type and show similar changes; they are apt to be somewhat less knobbed in the older specimens, also the smaller buttons become gradually more dominating. The type specimens were up to now the only specimens described but re-examination of Ludwig’s specimens of supposedly H. maculata Brandt (now commonly accepted as H. arenicola Semper) from Cocos Island, 66 fathoms, (1894), showed that they are H. inhabilis. Ludwig had evidently been mislead by some of the smoother buttons. His specimens of H. maculata from shallow water near Panama (1875) are correctly identified, as may be inferred from his description of the inner anatomy. Holothuria Subnets Selenka. Holothuria lubrica Selenka, 1867, p. 329, pi. 18, fig. 59; Panning, 1934, II, p. 45, text-fig. 38. Diagnosis: Soft-skinned form with large tentacles, dorsally small papil- lae, ventrally large soft feet. Spicules, scattered curved rods with spines; feet with large endplate and a few curved rods sometimes with marginal holes. Stonecanal with long, spirally furrowed head; sometimes more than one canal is present. Type: Probably in Germany. Type Locality: Acapulco, Mexico. General Range: West coast of Central America and Mexico, Lower California. According to various authors also reported from the East Indies, but possibly a case of wrong identification as a number of related forms are known. (See Panning, p. 45). Shallow water, mostly hidden under rocks. Local Distribution: Four specimens were taken in tide-pools on Little Inez Island, Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California. Remarks: The color is dull slate-gray with black tentacles and often two rows of black spots on the dorsal side ; the ventral feet have yellow tips. Like the related form H. glaberrima, from the West Indies, this species seems eminently fitted to withstand the effect of the surf. It clings tenaci- ously to rocks and is very difficult to wrench off without damaging the tube-feet. 166 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :10 Holothuria paraprinceps sp. nov. (Text-figure 1, 1-10). Diagnosis: Stout form (probably up to 25 cm. or more) with ventral mouth and terminal anus. Dorsal side with small conical papilla ventral side with comparatively small feet often completely retracted. Skin rigid with spicules, probably relatively thin but tough in the expanded specimen. Calcareous ring tall, with distinct, low, blunt, posterior projections on the radials. Spicules small; tables (disk 0.04-0.08 mm.) with knobbed edge (knobs often bent upward) and frequently spire reduced to four knobs. In the papillae a number of huge tables (height 0.3 mm.) with pointed conical spire. Numerous buttons (0.05-0.09 mm. long), often incomplete, mostly with six holes and varying from almost smooth to knobbed. Ventral feet with small endplate and numerous large, smooth supporting rods or plates with perforations along the sides and in the ends. Dorsal papillae with no endplate or a vestige and curved rods. Color almost black with a whitish ring around the base of the papillae. Type: Cat. No. 1807 (M. C. Z.). Type Locality: Arena Bank, Gulf of California, 35 fathoms. General Range : Known from the type locality and also off Panama (mentioned by Deichmann, 1930, p. 59, without name attached). From 35 fathoms. Local Distribution: One specimen, the holotype, was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136: D-30) at a depth of 35 fathoms on a sandy bottom. Remarks: The specimen examined must have measured 20 to 25 cm. in expanded condition. It was cut open and the inner organs removed so that very little can be said about its anatomy. Probably it resembles that of H. princeps Selenka. Aside from the difference in color, the spicules are much more smooth and regular in H. paraprinceps than in Selenka’s species, although most likely they have developed from the same stock. In the West Pacific there are two other species in which large, tack-like tables have been described. One is H. spinifera Theel (1886, p. 176, pi. 8, fig. 1) from the Philippines, 18 fathoms; also Ceylon, Pearson, 1913; (see Panning). It differs from H. paraprinceps in the lighter color and in its lack of posterior prolongations on the calcareous ring (possibly merely that Theel did not consider the protuberances worthy of that name) . Direct comparison of the spicules is necessary in order to decide whether the two species are identical. The other form is H. fusco-olivacea Fisher (1907, p. 672, pi. 89, figs. 3, 3a, pi. 70, fig. 3). Its tack-like tables are much smaller (0.12 mm.) and besides it has some peculiar, spiny, warted buttons, which are entirely unlike those found in H. paraprinceps. Holothuria pluricuriosa sp. nov. (Text-figure 1, 11-20). Diagnosis: Stout form with blunt ends, mouth terminal, anus terminal, skin smooth, slippery; dorsally numerous papillae, many on low warts; ventrally numerous papilliform feet, completely retractile. Calcareous ring of typical shape, one ventral Polian vesicle and a tuft of free stonecanals on the right side of the dorsal mesenterium. Spicules, small tables with smooth disk (0.05 mm.) and low spire, often reduced; numerous smooth oblong buttons (0.04-0.015 mm.) with narrow, slit-like holes, mostly two to six in number, often twisted or incomplete. No endplate seems to be present in the ventral feet; a few straight or curved rods or plates resembling irregular buttons are found in both the dorsal and ventral appendages. Type: Cat. No. 1808 (M. C. Z.). Type Locality: Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California. 1937] Deichmann: Holothurians 167 Text-figure 1. Scale 1/100 mm. Holothuria paraprinceps sp. nov. 1-4, various types of buttons; 5-8, various tables; 9, supporting plate from tube-foot; 10, large table from papilla. Holothuria pluricuriosa sp. nov. 11-18, buttons; 19 table; 20, supporting plate from tube-foot. Holothuria zacae sp. nov. 21, table; 22, tip of spire from same; 23-26, buttons; 27, large table from papilla; 28, incomplete disk of table. 168 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :10 General Range : Known only from the type locality, at few fathoms’ depth, possibly also between tide marks. Local Distribution: A single specimen, the holotype, was taken in Santa Inez Bay (Station 141 : D-l) between 7 and 9 fathoms, on a bottom composed of sand and finely crushed shell. Remarks : The specimen is strongly contracted and measures only 7 cm. ; expanded it would probably be twice as long. Color in life plain light brown. The species seems superficially most closely related to H. curiosa Ludwig from the East Indies, but differs in its color and the presence of numerous stonecanals. The relationship of all the forms with reduced tables and incom- plete twisted buttons needs, however, re-investigation. Panning has placed H. fuscorubra Theel as a variety of H. curiosa and as the former is reported from both the Hawaiian Islands and the Galapagos Islands (Clark, 1902, p. 527), it might be thought that the present species is H. fuscorubra. Com- parison of Clark’s specimen shows pronounced differences in the spicules, viz., spinous rim on the tables, shorter, more regular buttons and huge, bilaterally symetrical plates in the ventral feet which, moreover, have large endplates. If Panning’s assumption is correct, that H. curiosa is closely related to H. fuscorubra, then the present species is not particularly related to the former species. Holothuria sacae sp. nov. (Text-figure 1, 21-28). Diagnosis: Stout, smooth-skinned form with about 20 small tentacles; dorsal and ventral side with numerous retractile papillae, on the ventrum often completely retracted into pits. Spicules, scattered tables of two types, viz., smaller with regular disk (0.08-0.09 mm.) with pointed marginal teeth and tapering spire ending in few pointed teeth, and larger tables with irregular disk, often incomplete, and tall spire (0.12 mm.) composed of often more than four pillars which end as blunt or pointed rods. Buttons (0.08-0.09 mm.) thinly scattered, smooth, often twisted or incomplete, mostly with six holes. Apparently no endplate; appendages supported by larger buttons and curved rods with a varying number of holes along the sides and in the ends. Color, mottled with dark appendages and two rows of dark spots on the dorsal side. Description: The type, which is strongly retracted, measures about 18 cm. The small tentacles are completely retracted, hidden by the strong, oral sphincter; only 19 were counted. It was not possible to decide the exact position of the mouth; the anus was terminal. The color is very striking: Dorsally two rows of large, irregular, dark spots ; the individual appendages dorsal and ventral, are dark brown, surrounded by a pale ring at the base and the remaining part of the skin between them is light brown, on the ventrum almost white. The calcareous ring is low; all other organs were removed, so nothing can be said about the inner anatomy. Type: Cat. No. 1809 (M. C. Z.). Type Locality: Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California. General Range: Known only from the type locality. From 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single specimen, the holotype, was taken from Santa Inez Bay (Station 147 : D-2), from a depth of 60 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks : It is remarkable that so large and strikingly colored a species apparently has never been described before. There is, of course, the possi- bility that it has been disguised under another name and an insufficient description. No species which resembles it is known from the West Indies, and from Hawaii the only form which has somewhat similar spicules is H. hawaiiensis Fisher, and that species has 80 tentacles and also distinct endplates in the feet. 1937] Deichmann: Holothurians 169 Order Dendrochirota. Family Cucumariidae. Genus Cucumaria Blainville, 1834. Cucumaria piperata (Stimpson). Pentacta piperata Stimpson, 1864, p. 161. Cucumaria piperata, Clark, 1924, p. 56. Diagnosis: Smooth-skinned form with large soft feet restricted to the ambulacra. Tentacles of equal size. Calcareous ring low. Spicules, knobbed, perforated plates with dentate handle and small, four-holed, swollen or knobbed buttons; in feet a rudimentary endplate and three-armed support- ing rods. Spicules reduced in older individuals. Color white with minute brown spots. Type: Lost. Type Locality: Puget Sound, Washington. General Range : From Puget Sound as far south as Lower California. In the northern localities, in tidepools or at a few fathoms; farther south in deeper water, 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: One small specimen was taken off San Jose Point, west of Lower California (Station 175: D-l) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a shaley bottom. Remarks : Pacific Grove, California, has hitherto been regarded as the most southern locality where this species occurred, so the finding of it far- ther south is of interest. The pepper-like spots have disappeared in the present specimen, probably due to the effect of the formalin in which the animal was preserved; a note in the jar, however, indicates that the animal was spotted. Cucumaria lissoplaca Clark. Cucumaria lissoplaca Clark, 1924, p. 55. Diagnosis: Small form (3 cm.) with cylindrical feet in double rows along the ambulacra. Calcareous ring with long posterior prolongations. Spicules crowded, forming an external layer of minute, delicate tables which in most cases are destroyed, and an inner layer of smooth, perforated plates mostly lozenge-shaped with four central holes and a small hole in each end. Feet with endplate and curved supporting tables often with the two- pillared spire reduced. Type: Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa, Canada. Type Locality : Queen Charlotte Sound, British Columbia. General Range: South coast of Alaska (records unpublished) and as far south as Cedros Island, west of Lower California. Tidepools in the north to about 50 fathoms in the south. Local Distribution: A single specimen was taken east of Cedros Island (Station 126: D-2) at a depth of 38 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks: Examination of a large number of specimens in various col- lections tends to show that this species has its main distribution from Alaska to Monterey Bay and the Zaca specimen represents the first record south of that region. Normally this species is pure white, but the Zaca specimen is encrusted with a rusty brown sediment. No trace was found of the external, fragile tables, but since the specimen was preserved in formalin it was almost inevitable that they would be destroyed. These tables were not found in 170 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII : 10 the types, but in other (smaller) specimens, collected in the Puget Sound region and in Monterey Bay. Cucumaria populifera (Stimpson). Pentacta -populifera Stimpson, 1857, p. 161. Cucumaria populifera, Clark, 1901, p. 171; 1924, p. 55; Bush, 1921, p. 76, text-figs. 40-41. Cucumaria tenuicoriata, Wells, 1924, p. 121, pi. 3, fig. 4, text-fig. 4. Diagnosis : Small form (5-6 cm.) usually fusiform body. Feet slender, restricted to the ambulacra forming narrow bands. Skin thin, flexible, filled with spicules. Calcareous ring with long posterior prolongations. Spicules, large tables with roundish to star-shaped disk with numerous holes and stout spire with numerous teeth; a varying number of smooth, perforated plates; feet with small endplate and numerous curved supporting tables with low two-pillared spire. Type: Lost. Type Locality: Puget Sound. General Range: From Puget Sound to Cedros Island, west coast of Lower California. From a few to about 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: A single specimen was taken east of Cedros Island (Station 126: D-9) at a depth of 56 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks: Hitherto the most southern locality for this species was Monterey Bay. Cedros Island represents probably the southern limit for this characteristic species. The Zaca specimen is one of the largest which has ever been taken. Genus Thyone Oken, 1815. Thyone benti sp. nov. (Text-figure 2, 1-11). Diagnosis: Large form (11 cm.) with numerous, comparatively slender tube-feet scattered over the body, often indistinctly arranged in bands along the ambulacra. Tentacles surprisingly small, the two ventral ones smaller. Calcareous ring tall, narrow, with extremely long tails on the radials and narrow interradials. Spicules, four-holed oval tables with two-pillared spire; feet with curved supporting tables and endplate ; introvert with two-pillared tables with numerous holes, tentacles with oblong, thick rods with few small holes and delicate, reticulated plates. Spicules apt to become reduced to buttons and rods. Description: Externally the species resembles T. briar eus Lesueur, but the feet are fewer. The color is pale brown, in the Zaca specimen small dots of pigment are scattered over the body. The type specimen measures about 5 cm. in length (strongly contorted, partly bloated) , a specimen from off southern California measures about 7 cm., and the Zaca specimen, which lacks the oral end and most inner organs, is about 11 cm. long. Internally the calcareous ring offers the most conspicuous feature. In the type it measures 1.5 cm. in height (including the tails), in the specimen from off southern California, 2 cm. The radials are deeply cleft and have very long narrow tails; the interradials are also narrow and tall. There is a single Polian vesicle, a single stonecanal attached in the dorsal mesentery; the third loop of the intestine is attached by a mesentery which runs in the ventral interambulacrum and, in its latter part, is attached to the midventral ambulacrum. The respiratory trees are (in the Zaca specimen) attached to the lateral interambulacra and each has a large, ventral branch; the 1937] Deichmann: Holothurians 171 Text-figure 2. Large magnification, scale 1/100 mm., except 11 and 19, scale 1 cm. Thy one benti sp. nov. 1-3, supporting table and reduced tables from the type; 4-6, reduced tables and supporting table from the Zaca specimen; 7-8, tables from introvert; 9-10, rod and perforated plate from tentacles, all from type; 11, radial and interradial piece of calcareous ring, type. Thy one glasselli Deichmann. 12-13, table from introvert; 14-17, supporting rods and buttons; 18, rosette from tentacle; 19, radial and interradial piece from calcareous ring, all from type. 172 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :10 gonads form in all specimens two tufts of numerous fine tubes attached in the dorsal mid-line, almost equidistant from oral and anal end, possibly closer to the anal end. The spicules are not crowded and undergo considerable modifications; possibly they may disappear completely. Typically they consist of oval tables with four holes and two-pillared spire, and the supporting tables in the feet are derived from the same type which has become elongate and usually has a small perforation in each end. The endplate seems always to be well developed. In the type these spicules dominate, although reduced button-like tables and rod-like supporting plates may occur. In the Zaca specimen, however, most spicules have changed to the button and rod-like stage, and in the specimen from Southern California they are extremely reduced. Type: Cat. No. 1810 (M. C. Z.). Type Locality : Puget Sound (H. L. Clark coll.). General Range : From Puget Sound, to west coast of Lower California; about 40-60 fathoms. Local Distribution : A single specimen was taken east of Cedros Island (Station 127 : D-l) by the Zaca at a depth of 38 fathoms on a muddy bot- tom. (M. C. Z., Cat. No. 1812). Only two other specimens are known, viz., the type from Puget Sound (M. C. Z.), and a specimen from off Southern California (U. S. N. M.). Remarks : It lies near to question the affinities of the present species with T. glasselli Deichmann (Text-figure 2, 12-19) recently (1936, p. 63) described from the Gulf of California. Although the latter species un- doubtedly has similar tables when it is young, it cannot possibly be confused with T. benti as comparison of the calcareous ring and the spicules in the introvert shows. It is, comparatively speaking, a much more robust form with a crown of large tentacles, with broad radials and interradials and relatively short tails on the calcareous ring. The introvert has much larger and more elaborate tables and the tentacles contain typical rosettes but not heavy, perforated rods, nor delicate reticulated plates. Family Psolidae. Genus Thyonepsolus Clark, 1901. Thyonepsolus beebei sp. nov. (Text-figure 3, 1-10). ? Thyonepsolus nutriens Clark, 1923, p. 161. Non T. nutriens Clark, 1901. Diagnosis: Small form (few cm.) with distinct sole with three crowded bands of feet; dorsal side with numerous feet and covered completely by comparatively large scales and with a well developed layer of external spicules. Spicules in sole perforated plates (0.14-0.17 mm.) with dentate edge; feet with large endplate and oblong, perforated supporting rods (0.14-0.18 mm.). Dorsal side with large, heavy scales and a layer of ir- regular perforated plates (0.17-0.30 mm.) slightly hollow, smooth, often with four large central holes and a number of smaller holes in the margin; plates sometimes cross or star-shaped. Besides, a large number of tall, tower-like deposits (0.25-0.30 mm.) with more or less flaring edge and a spire composed of coalescent stems ending in more or less distinct teeth, and small (0.1 mm.), delicate, hourglass-shaped bodies with lace-like per- forations; feet with small but distinct endplate and oblong, perforated rods. Tentacles with heavy, thick plates and rods with few, small holes; branches with minute rods and rosettes. 1937] Deichmann: Holothurians 173 Text-figure 3. Large magnification except 4-5; scales 1/100 mm. and 1/10 mm. Thyonepsolus beebei sp. nov. 1, plate from sole; 2, supporting rod from ventral tube foot; 3, young tower from dorsal side; 4-5, outline of complete towers (low magnification); 6, hourglass-shaped body; 7, perforated plate from dorsal side; 8, plate from tentacles; 9-10, rod and rosette from tentacle. Type: Cat. No. 1811 (M. C. Z.). Type Locality : Off Arena Bank, Gulf of California. General Range : At present known only from the type locality but very likely Clark’s record of T. nutriens from “Lower California” refers to this 174 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :10 species. Likewise Verrill’s imperfectly described Lissothuria ornata (1867) from Panama may quite well be this species. From shallow water (2.5 fathoms) . Local Distribution : A single specimen, the holotype, was taken off Arena Bank (Station 136: D-33) at a depth of 2.5 fathoms in coral ( Pocil - lopora ligulata) . Remarks: Superficially this species resembles T. nutriens Clark from the coast of California, and has the same red color. Actually it is more closely related to T. brasiliensis (Theel) from the West Indies. Unfortu- nately neither the material of T. brasiliensis (Theel’s two types and a number of young individuals from Tobago), nor the single specimen of T. beebei (originally preserved in formalin) are well suited for comparison, and the apparent external dissimilarities between the two forms are prob- ably purely accidental. An analysis of the spicules shows that T. beebei has more distinct marginal teeth on the plates in the sole, the dorsal plates are larger and more reticulated, the tower-like deposits have frequently a broad base and the hourglass-shaped bodies are more complete with numerous perforations, than is the case in T. brasiliensis (see Deichmann, 1930, pi. 21, figs. 1-6). The spicules in the tentacles are of exactly the same size and type in both forms. The chief differences between the three species are briefly summarized as follows: 1. Dorsal scalecovering incomplete in the midline (in adult specimens). Scales numerous and small ; external layer of perforated plates crowded. Tentacles lacking rosettes and delicate rods but with numerous four-holed buttons. T. nutriens Clark (Coast of California). 1. # Dorsal scalecovering complete in the midline; scales few (7-10) be- tween oral and anal scales, and large. Tentacles with rosettes and delicate rods. 2. 2. Plates in sole with almost smooth margin; dorsal plates mostly small, incomplete, with few holes; tower-like bodies with small base. T. brasiliensis (Theel) (West Indies). 2. Plates in sole with strongly indented margin; dorsal plates large with numerous holes; tower-like bodies with broad base. T. beebei sp. nov. (Gulf of California). Order Molpadonia. Family Molpadiidae. Genus Molpadia Cuvier, 1817. Molpadia intermedia (Ludwig). Trochostoma intermedia Ludwig, 1894, p. 161, pi. 16, figs. 7-21. Molpadia intermedia, Clark, 1908, p. 162, pi. 12, figs. 5-15. Diagnosis : Molpadia with small tables with three-pillared spire; same type in tail region but with two marginal prolongations from the disk. Anchors and raquet-shaped bodies present in young individuals. Spicules almost completely reduced in adult, except in tail region. Numerous phos- phatic bodies. 1937] Deichmann: Holothurians 175 Type : U. S. N. M. Type Locality : Off Central America. General Range : From Alaska to off the west coast of South America. From about 30 to 200 fathoms. (Records from deeper water possibly indi- cate another species). Local Distribution: Three specimens were taken east of Cedros Island (Station 126: D-5) at a depth of 43 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks: One of the most common species off the west coast of North and South America in muddy localities. Bush, M. 1921 Bibliography. Revised Key to the Echinoderms of Friday Harbor. Publ. Puget Sound Biological Station, 3, nos. 59-63, pp. 65-77, text-figures 35-58. Clark, H. L. 1901 The Holothurians of the Pacific Coast of North America. Zool. An- zeiger, 24, pp. 162-171, 14 text-figures (March, 1901). 1902 Papers from the Hopkins Stanford Galapagos Expedition, 1898-99, 12, Echinodermata. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 4, pp. 521-531. (Wash- ington, D. C.) 1908 The Apodous Holothurians. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 35, no. 1723, pp. 1-231, pis. 1-13. 1922 The Holothurians of the Genus Stichopais. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 65, no. 3, pp. 39-74, pis. 1-2. 1923 Echinoderms from Lower California with Descriptions of new species, Supplementary Report . . . “Albatross” cruise 1911. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 48, pp. 147-163. 1924 Some Holothurians from British Columbia. The Canadian Field Naturalist, 38, pp. 54-57 (March, 1924). Deichmann, E. 1922 On some cases of Multiplication by Fission, etc.; Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914-1916. Vid. Med. Nat. For., 73, pp. 199-215, text figures. (Copenhagen.) 1930 The Holothurians of the Western Part of the Atlantic Ocean. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 71, no. 3, pp. 43-226, pis. 1-24. 1936 A new species of Thy one from the West Coast of Mexico. Proc. New England Zool. Club, 15, pp. 63-66, text figure. Fisher, W. K. 1907 The Holothurians of the Hawaiian Islands. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 32, pp. 637-744, pis. 66-82. Ludwig, H. 1875 Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Holothurien mit Nachtrag. Arbeiten aus d. Zool.-Zoot. Institut in Wurzburg, 3, heft. 2, 11, pp. 77-120. 1894 Holothurioidea, Report on an Explor., etc. “Albatross”. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., 17, pp. 1-183, pis. 1-19. 1898 Holothurien. Hamburger Magelhaensische Sammelreise, pp. 1-98, pis. 1-3. Panning, A. 1929 Die Gattung Holothuria, I. Mitt. Zool. Staatsinstitut u. Zool. Mus., Hamburg, 44, pp. 91-138, text figs. 1-21. 1934 Die Gattung Holothuria, II & III, ibid. 45, pp. 24-50, 65-84, text figures 22-43, 44-70. Die Gattung Holothuria, IV & V, ibid. 45, pp. 85-107, 1-18, text figures 71-102, 103-121. 1935 176 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :10 Selenka, E. 1867 Beitrage zur Anatomie und Systematik der Holothurien. Zeitschr. IFiss. Zool., 38, pp. 291-274, pis. 17-20. Semper, C. 1867 Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen, Pt. 2, vol. 1, Holothurien, pp. 1-288, pis. 1-11. Stimpson, W. 1857 The Crustacea and Echinoderms of the Pacific Shores of North Amer- ica. Journ. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 6, pp. 84-86. 1864 Descriptions of New Species of Marine Invertebrates from Puget Sound. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 16, pp. 153-161. Theel, H. 1886 Report on the Holothurioidea. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. “Challenger", during the years 1873-1876, Pt. 39, Zoology, 14, pp. 1-290, pis. 1-16. 1886a Report on the Results of Dredgings by the U. S. Coast Survey Blake, Report on the Holothurioidea. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 13, pp. 1-21, pi. 1. Verrill, A. E. 1867 Notes on the Echinoderms of Panama and West Coast of America with Descriptions of new Genera and Species; Notes on the Radiata of Yale College, etc., no 2. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts & Sciences, 1, pp. 321-322 (Holothurioidea). Wells, H. 1924 New Species of Cucumaria from Monterey Bay, California. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, 14, pp. 113-119, text figures. Stunkard & Milford: Cestodes of Sparrows 177 11. Notes on the Cestodes of North American Sparrows1. H. W. Stunkard & John J. Milford Department of Biology, New York University. Introduction. Five species of cestode parasites have been recorded from the sparrow, Passer domesticus Linnaeus, in various localities of Europe, central Asia, and India. Two of these species have been reported from the sparrow in North America. Linton (1927) found Paricterotaenia parina (Duj., 1845) Fuhrmann, 1932, in sparrows collected in the vicinity of Woods Hole, Massa- chusetts, and Hopkins and Wheaton (1935) found Choanotaenia passerina (Fuhrmann, 1907) Fuhrmann, 1932, in sparrows taken at Champaign - Urbana and St. Joseph, Illinois. During the summer of 1936, dissection of specimens of P. domesticus, 28 from the region of Birmingham and 26 from Huntsville, Alabama, yielded 54 cestodes. Of this number, only 23 were in condition to be mounted. All of them were found to belong to the same species. The incidence of infection of the sparrows of the Birmingham region was 28.5%, and of those from Huntsville, 15.3%. The cestodes correspond in morphology to the descrip- tion given by Johnston (1909) for Monopylidium passerinum Fuhrmann, 1907. The following account brings together the pertinent literature con- cerning P. parina and C. passerina in North America, indicates that C. pas- serina is probably widely distributed among the sparrows of this continent, and provides additional evidence to support the suggestion that the speci- mens from P. domesticus in North America belong to a single species. Historical Review. There has been much confusion in the literature concerning the genera Choanotaenia Railliet, 1896, Monopylidium Fuhrmann, 1899, and Choano- taenia Fuhrmann, 1908. Railliet (1896) erected the genus Choanotaenia and designated C. infundibulum Bloch, 1779 ( = T. infundibuliformis Goeze, 1782) as type species. Fuhrmann (1899) erected Monopylidium, to contain Taenia crateriformis Goeze and Dcivainea musculosa Fuhrmann, 1896. Braun (1900) designated M. musculosum as type of the genus. Clerc (1903) recognized Choanotaenia and Monopylidium as distinct genera. Fuhrmann (1907), in his revision of the classification of cestodes given by Braun (1894-1900), differentiated between the subfamilies Dilepininae Fuhrmann and Dipylidinae Railliet, on the basis of morphological variations of the uterus in the two groups. He referred Choanotaenia to the former subfamily, and Monopyli- dium to the latter one. In the same account Fuhrmann recognized the family Hymenolepinidae as distinct from Dilepinidae. Both Clerc (1903) and Fuhr- 1 Contribution from the Biological Laboratory, New York University, University Heights. 178 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :11 mann (1907) placed C. infundibulum, type species of Choanotaenia, in Monopylidium. To replace C. infundibulum as type of Choanotaenia, Fuhr- mann (1908) designated C. galbulae as type species of this genus. Railliet and Henry (1909) noted that removal of the type species of Choanotaenia to Monopylidium constituted a violation of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. Furthermore, Ransom (1909) stated that: “Monopylidium must fall into synonymy if C. infundibuliformis (type of Choanotaenia) is made congeneric with Monopylidium musculosum (type of Monopylidium) , Choanotaenia (1893) being of date prior to that of Monopylidium (1899). If, as Clerc and Fuhrmann believe, C. infundibuliformis and M. musculosum should go into the same genus, that genus must be known as Choanotaenia, not as Monopylidium. Such action would leave the genus Choanotaenia Fuhrmann, 1908 (not Railliet) without a name, and it would become neces- sary to rename the genus.” To supplant the preoccupied name Choanotaenia of Fuhrmann, Railliet and Henry (1909) erected the genus Icterotaenia, and designated I. galbulae as type species. Ransom (1909), from his observations upon C. infundibulum, concluded that any breaking down of the uterus as described by Clerc (1903) must be regarded as dubious. He stated further that his interpretation agreed with that of Cohn (1901), who also found the uterus persistent and possessing an “irregularly lobulated cavity incompletely subdivided by infoldings from the wall.” Upon the basis of these observations, Ransom pointed out that: “If this is true, and if no further development of the egg capsules occurs, Choanotaenia infundibuliformis differs from Monopylidium, in which the uterus is said to break down into egg capsules, and it is therefore possible to recognize both Choanotaenia and Monopylidium, changing but slightly Fuhrmann’s arrangement of species, namely removing Choanotaenia infundibuliformis from Monopylidium to Choanotaenia, where it belongs. I have not considered the differences between Monopylidium and such genera as Choanotaenia, and Anomotaenia, sufficiently marked to warrant placing them in different subfamilies, as Fuhrmann has done. Monopylidium, in spite of the breaking down of the uterus, seems to me much more closely related to the genera named than to Dipylidium, with which Fuhrmann has united it in a subfamily separate from the others.” Ransom placed the controversial genera, and the remaining members of the subfamily Dilepininae Fuhrmann, in the subfamily Dipylidiinae Stiles, 1896, of the family Hymenolepididae Railliet and Henry, 1909, and the family “Dilepinidae” Fuhrmann, 1907, disappeared. He concluded also that Choanotaenia Railliet, 1896, should in- clude certain species previously referred to Monopylidium Fuhrmann, 1899, and Icterotaenia Railliet and Henry, 1909; these genera were considered “in part” as synonyms of Choanotaenia Railliet, 1896. For the invalidated Choanotaenia of Fuhrmann, Liihe (1910) erected the genus Parachoanotaenia and, among others, included in it the species P. porosa (Rud., 1810), but failed to designate any species as type. He recog- nized the genus Choanotaenia Railliet, Lhe. em„ with species P. Marchali and P. cingidifera, and the genus Monopylidium Fuhrmann e.p., Lhe. em., with M. macracanthum Fuhrmann as sole member. These genera were placed in the family Dilepididae Fuhrmann e.p., Lhe. em. He made no mention, how- ever, of the genus Icterotaenia and its type species, I. galbulae, or Choano- taenia parina Duj., which had been referred to the genus Icterotaenia by Railliet and Henry (1909). Parachoanotaenia, without a specified type, is clearly a synonym of Icterotaenia, and was suppressed by Fuhrmann (1932). According to Fuhrmann (1932), the investigations of Skrjabin and Cohn on I. galbulae, type species of its genus, have shown that it belongs in the genus Anomotaenia. Icterotaenia thus became invalid as a generic name, and was replaced (Fuhrmann, 1932) by the genus Par icterotaenia, with P. porosa designated as type species. Furthermore, he recognized Monopylidium as a synonym of Choanotaenia Railliet, 1896. The latter, having priority, was retained as a member of the subfamily Dipylidiinae Stiles, 1896. 1937] 179 Stunkard & Milford: Cestodes of Spa-nows There is still uncertainty concerning the systematic Portions of certem of the previously mentioned species. Ransom (1909) and bprehn placed Paricterotaenia parina (Duj., 1845) Fuhrmann, 1932, in the genus Choanotaenia Railliet. Fuhrmann (1932) defined this species as i a i member Paricterotaenia on the basis of the sacciform uterus typical of this and re- lated species. Furthermore, the position of C. musculosum is dubious and information regarding this species is incomplete, as is indicated by the fol- lowing statement by Fuhrmann, (1932) : ‘‘nous ne savons pas si le type c genre, Monopylidium musculosum Fuhrmann possede line ou deux couionnes de crochets.” The taxonomic status of the species which have been reported from P. domesticus in North America is as follows: Family Dilepididae Fuhrmann, 1907. Subfamily Dilepidinae Fuhrmann, 1907. Genus Paricterotaenia Fuhrmann, 1932. Syn: Choanotaenia Fuhrmann, 1908 (nec Railliet, 1896). Icterotaenia Railliet and Henry, 1909. Parachoanotaenia Liihe, 1910. Species Paricterotaenia parina (Duj., 1845) Fuhrmann, 1932. Syn: Taenia parina Duj., 1845. Taenia parina Krabbe, 1869. Drepanidotaenia parina Stossich, 1898. Choanotaenia parina Cohn, 1899. Choanotaenia parina Marotel, 1899. Choanotaenia parina Clerc, 1906. Icterotaenia parina Railliet and Henry, 1909. Choanotaenia parina Meggitt, 1916. Icterotaenia parina Baer, 1925. Subfamily Dipylidiinae Stiles, 1896. Genus Choanotaenia Railliet, 1896. Syn -.Monopylidium Fuhrmann, 1899. Prochoanotaenia Meggitt, 1920. Multitesticulata Meggitt, 1929. Viscoia Mola, 1929. Species Choanotaenia passerina (Fuhrmann, 1907). Syn : Monopylidium passerinum Fuhrmann, 1907. Description. The measurements of the present specimens are given in Table I. Since generic and specific distinctions are based largely on the number and arrange- ment of rostellar hooks and on the form of the uterus, additional data con- cerning these structures are presented. In sections of the scolex of Alabama specimens, the hooks have a circular arrangement on the retracted rostellum; they are uniform in length and are disposed in a single row. In whole mounts, when the rostellum is partially retracted, the hooks often manifest an irregu- lar or alternating arrangement, probably the result of unequal muscular tension, and this condition simulates a double row. The presence, at the distal end of the rostellum, of large cells with granular cytoplasm, between which the ends of the hooks are interposed, was noted. Although there is no criterion by which the definite nature of these cells can be ascertained, it is probable that they perform some function contributory to hook formation. The neck region and scolex are covered with fine cuticular spines, those of the neck proper being somewhat longer than those of the suckers. 180 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :11 TABLE I. Comparative Measurements of Cestodes from Sparrows. Structure C. passerina Johnston (1909) P. passerellae Cooper (1921) Alabama specimens P. parina Linton (1927) Scolex; breadth 0.15-0.17 mm. 0.20 (length 0.14) 0.136-0.153 mm. 0.24-0.16 mm. Suckers; diam. 0.08 mm. 0.09 mm. 0.055-0.06 mm. 0.10 mm. Sucker cavity; depth 0.04 mm. 0.055-0.06 mm. Rostellum; length 0.11 mm. 0.105 mm. Rostellum; diam. 0.02-0.08 mm. 0.072 mm. 0.05 mm. max. Number of hooks about 20 about 20 about 20 about 20 Length hooks row I row II 0.016mm. 0.018mm. 0.016 mm. 0.015 mm. Neck length breadth 0.04 mm. 0.11-0.13 length breadth 0.16 mm. 0.20 mm. Variable Genital cloaca; depth 0.025 mm. Variable Ventral vessel; width 0.11 mm. 0.026-0.068 mm. Dorsal vessel; width 0.004 mm. 0.011 mm. Testes; diam. 0.05 mm. 0.075 mm. 0.075 (0.065-0.089) Cirrus sac; length 0.17-0.20 mm. 0.25-0.27 mm. 0.195 (0.174-0.27 mm.) Cirrus sac; diameter 0.04 mm. 0.056 mm. 0.036(0.03-0.045 mm.) Ovary; width 0.18-0.22 mm. 0.32-0.36 mm. 0.39(0.32-0.45 mm.) Vitelline gland; length 0.04-0.06 mm. 0.13 mm. 0.067 (0.04-0.08 mm.) Vitelline gland; width 0.05-0.08 mm. 0.11 mm. 0.11 (0.08-0.14 mm.) Eggs; diameters outer inner 0.05 mm. 0.04 mm. inner? 0.025-0.03 mm. outer inner 0.056 mm. 0.048 mm. outer inner 0.045-0.033 mm. Onchospheres 0.024 mm. 0.026 mm. 0.03 mm. Onchosphere hooks 0.012 mm. 0.014 mm. 0.018 mm. Mehlis gland length width 0.07 mm. 0.045-5 width 0.06 (0.04-0.07 mm.) The uterus was noted to be initially sacciform, later anastomosing and finally divided into small chambers, corresponding rather closely to the description given for this stage and structure in C. infundibulum by Ransom (1909). In the anastomosing condition the uterus was observed to ramify over the segment, occupying any portion medial to the dorsal excretory ves- sels. At the interstices of the channels, one or a few eggs or developing embryos were observed. The uterus persists as a thin-walled structure, and, while embryos appear to be free in the parenchyma when observed under ordinary magnification, observation of frontal sections with oil immersion lenses makes apparent the folded condition of the uterine wall. 1937] Stunkard & Milford: Cestodes of Sparrows 181 Discussion. Reference to the data presented in Table I shows that in general the material from Alabama compares favorably with that described by Johnston (1909) and with that obtained from P. domesticus in Illinois by Hopkins and Wheaton (1935). The latter authors gave no measurements other than length, and stated that their specimens agreed in all essential respects with the description of Johnston. This description recorded the presence of two rows of rostellar hooks, one slightly anterior to the other, the hooks in the two rows varying in length by 0.002 mm. Hopkins and Wheaton observed that most of the ripe (gravid?) proglottids were found free in the intestine. In the present specimens, a few gravid proglottids were attached to the strobilae, although most of them had become detached and were free in the intestinal contents. Investigators who fail to collect detached proglottids may not recover those segments in which the form of the uterus has reached its definitive condition. The genera Choanotaenia and Paricterotaenia are differentiated princi- pally on the basis of the structure of the uterus. In members of the former genus the uterus is divided into pockets; this structure in the latter remains sacciform throughout. The terms “sacciform,” “lobulate” and “anastomosing” have been used to describe the uteri of the various species within the genus Paricterotaenia. The possibility of interpi'eting a transitional uterus in a posterior segment of a member of the genus Choanotaenia as that of a mem- ber of Paricterotaenia appears admissible. Cooper (1921) considered specimens recovered from the fox sparrow, Passerella iliaca, sufficiently different from P. parina to allow the establish- ment of the new species Choanotaenia passerellae ( Paricterotaenia passerel- lae according to Fuhrmann, 1932). Hopkins and Wheaton observed a close similarity between their specimens and those which Cooper described as C. passerellae, and, upon re-examination of the latter specimens, found that uterine pockets are present. These investigators, however, failed to record further resemblances or differences which might have been derived from the comparison. By reason of the observed deviation of P. passerellae from the morphology typical of the genus Paricterotaenia, Hopkins and Wheaton have stated that: “if the form of the uterus is a valid generic characteristic, P. passerellae must remain in Choanotaenia.” Linton (1927) recorded the characteristics and measurements of P. parina from the sparrows of North America (see Table I), but failed to con- sider the form of the uterus in his report. Meggitt (1916), in reporting this species from British birds, has also overlooked this point. Furthermore, that portion of the description of P. parina by Marotel (1899) used by Cooper in indicating significant differences between P. parina and P. passerellae contains no mention of the configuration of the uterus. That a close resem- blance exists between P. passerellae, the material collected recently, and that reported by Johnston (1909) is evidenced by the Table appended. In most cases Cooper’s measurements coincide, within reasonable limits, with either those of Johnston or with those taken from the Alabama material. Major discrepancies are to be observed by comparisons of the neck, vitelline gland, and cirrus. The neck and vitelline gland vary more with contraction and expansion of the segments that do the testes and the scolex with its struc- tures. The cirrus sac, however, is moderately constant, varying but little in the sexually mature segments of the strobilae. Information as to the number of individuals measured and their condition is necessary, therefore, to elu- cidate the true status of P. passerellae. The probability of synonymy of the two species disregards the fact that P. passerellae has been recovered from the stomach of its host, whereas C. passerina is an intestinal parasite. Cestodes, however, are known to migrate from the intestine after death of the host, and have been found in the stomachs of animals dead for a long period. 182 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :11 Hopkins and Wheaton found that: “in the bilobed form of the ovary, and in several other features our specimens (which were identified as Choanotaenia passerina) and Johnston’s material resemble Paricterotaenia parina.” Upon this basis they have suggested the synonymy of the two species, although examination of the type material, which would have allowed a more definite statement regarding the true status of these species, was not possible due to its inaccessibility. It will be recalled that Fuhrmann (1932) placed the two species mentioned in different subfamilies, whereas Ransom (1909) considered them as members of the same group. Upon the basis of these facts it seems possible that further investigation of the species of Paricterotaenia may necessitate the relegation of some of them to the genus Choanotaenia. The number of species of cestodes in the North American sparrow is at present uncertain; further investigation is necessary to negate or confirm the concept of generic or specific identity. The specimens obtained by Hopkins and Wheaton were taken from birds which presumably had frequented the cages of infested chickens. Ackert and Reid (1937) have shown that the cysticercoid stage of C. infundibulum can be carried in the body of Musca domestica, and that flies so infected transmit the parasite to the chicken. It appears that flies may serve as intermediate hosts of C. passerina, and if the life histoi’y can be completed experimentally, a method for testing the host specificity of this parasite is available. Further- more, it would be possible to determine whether or not C. passerina is dis- tinct from C. infundibulum. Such a test, using infected flies in an attempt to parasitize young chicks with C. passerina, is contemplated. Summary. 54 specimens of P. domesticus, taken in Alabama, provided 23 cestodes which have been tentatively identified as Choanotaenia passerina. In sections of the retracted rostellum the hooks of these specimens appear to be arranged in a single row. In whole mounts with partially re- tracted rostellum the hooks exhibit an alternating or irregular arrangement which may simulate a double row. The uterus is sacciform, anastomosing, and divided into uterine pockets in successive stages of its development. The above conditions suggest the possibility of diverse interpretations of material taken at different levels from identical specimens. A method for testing the host specificity of C. passerina is suggested, depending upon the infection of M. domestica with the cysticercoids of C. passerina. References Cited. Braun, Max, 1900. Bronn’s “Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs”. Vermes, vol. 4, Abt. I b: 1615-1713. Clerc, W., 1903. Contributions a l’etude de la faune helminthologique de l’Oural. Rev. Suisse Zool., Geneva, 11: 241-368. Cohn, L., 1901. Zur Anatomie und Systematik der Vogelcestoden. Nova Act. Acad. nat. cur., Halle, 79: 263-450. Cooper, A. R., 1921. Trematoda and Cestoda. Report of the Canadian Arctic Ex- pedition, 1913-1918, 9: 18-19. Fuhrmann, O., 1899. Mitteilungen liber Vogeltaenien. Ctrbl. Bakt. u. Parasit., 26: 622-627. 1907. Die Systematik der Ordnung der Cyclophyllidea. Zool. Anz., 32: 289-297. 1908. Die Cestoden der Vogel. Zool. Jahrb., Jena, Sup. 10, no. 1, pp. 1-232. 1932. Les Tenias Des Oiseaux. Mem. de L’Universite de Neuchatel, 8: 1-381. 1937] Stunkard & Milford: Cestodes of Sparrows 183 Hopkins, S. H. and Evan Wheaton, 1935. Intestinal Parasites of English Spar- rows in Illinois. Journ. Paras. 21 : 315-317. Johnston, H., 1909. On the Anatomy of Monopylidium passerinum Fuhrmann. Journ. and Proc. of the Roy. Soc. of N. S. Wales, 43: 405-411. Linton, E., 1927. Notes on Cestode Parasites of Birds. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 70. art. 7, pp. 1-75. Luhe, M., 1910. Parasitische Plattwiirmer; II, Cestodes. Die Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands, Heft 18. Marotel, G., 1899. Sur deux cestodes parasites des oiseaux (note preliminaire) . C. R. Soc. biol. Paris, 51: 935-937. Meggitt, F. J., 1916. A Contribution to the Knowledge of Tapeworms of Fowls and of Sparrows. Parasitology, 7 : 262-277. Railliet, A., 1896. Quelques rectifications a la nomenclature des parasites. Rec. med. vet., Paris, 73: 157-161. Railliet, A., and A. Henry, 1909. Les cestodes des oiseaux. Rec. med. vet., Paris, 86: 337-338. Ransom, B. H., 1909. The Taenioid Cestodes of North American Birds. Smithson. Institution, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 69: 70-76. Reid, W. M., and J. E. Ackert, 1937. The Cysticercoid of Choanotaenia infun- dibulum (Bloch) and the House Fly as its Host. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc., 56: 99-104. Sprehn, Curt, 1932. Lehrbuch der Helminthologie, pp. 434-453. Nigrelli: Marine Fishes and Epibdella melleni 185 12. Further Studies on the Susceptibility and Acquired Immunity of Marine Fishes to Epibdella melleni, a Monogenetic Trematode. Ross F. Nigrelli New York Aquarium. (Plate I). The presence of various degrees of susceptibility and resistance of marine fishes in the New York Aquarium to Epibdella melleni has been pointed out by Nigrelli and Breder (1934). This is the first instance of the development of an acquired immunity to an external trematode parasite. The present preliminary paper deals with the actual count of parasites on the fish after successive exposures to infection and the determination of the degree of immunity developed. The fishes employed for these experiments were two species of pom- panos, Trachinotus carolinus and T. falcatus. The intensity with which these forms become infected is shown in Plate I. In this photograph of T. falcatus, small immature and larger matured parasites are easily noticed. The pompanos were collected at Sandy Hook Bay, N. J., brought into the Aquarium and kept in reserve tanks with running New York Bay water. As was pointed out by Nigrelli (1935 a), the trematodes are unable to live in sea water with a low specific gravity (i.e., 1.010-1.0128) like that of the Bay, so that the fishes at no time prior to the experiments were exposed to Epibdella. After marking the animals, they were placed in the closed salt water system containing the parasites. In all the tests the counts were made at the end of 11-day periods. Before each count was made the fishes were removed from the tank, dipped for two minutes in a 10% solution of “sol- argentum” in fresh water and the parasites rubbed off. They were then allowed to rest for 3 days in tanks containing running Bay water. The results of these experiments are given in Tables I-V. Experimental Results. In the first series, the common pompano, T. carolinus, was employed. The results have been previously reported as an abstract (Nigrelli, 1935 c). Fish A (Table I) was given periodic injections of .2 cc. of serum taken from immunized pompanos of the same species. Although this fish outlived all the others in the series there are no definite indications that the resist- ance acquired was a passive one developed as a result of the injection of the serum. In this specimen complete immunity occurred after 5 successive exposures, or within 65 days. The resistance persisted for one year and two months, at which time the fish died of causes inherent in animals kept in captivity. The controls, Fish D and E, starting with a lighter initial infection, developed a resistance 14 days earlier and sustained it for 6 and 4 months respectively. One other control, Fish G, exposed to the infection 29 days after the experiment was started, obtained a light initial infection 186 Zoologica: Neiu York Zoological Society [XXII :12 TABLE I. Number of worms present on Trachinotus carolinus at the end of each 11-day period. I M T I M rp* I M T I M T I M T I M T L A 606 250 856 270 0 270 143 26 169 16 13 39 15 0 15 0 0 0 1 yr., 2 moT. B 423 279 702 290 0 290 296 58 354 50 days C 117 59 176 85 0 85 21 days D 169 76 245 60 0 60 69 45 114 33 5 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 mos. E 112 122 234 75 0 75 44 14 58 12 16 38 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 mos. F 164 134 298 130 0 130 21 days G 287 101 388 35 13 48 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 mos. H 25 3 28 12 days I 30 5 35 12 3 15 0 3 3 45 days * 5 day exposure ; I, immature ; M, mature ; T, total ; L, length of life of the fish after the experiment was started. but developed a complete immunity at the end of second exposure and sus- tained it for 8 months. Fish B received a .5 cc. injection of ground dried worms suspended in salt water while Fish C received a similar amount of ground fresh worms. Here again the effects are not definite, in each case the fish dying early in the course of the experiment. Although other species of Epibdella (e.g., E. bumpusi Linton on Dasyatis centrura) have been described from elasmobranchs, the present form has never been found on such hosts. It has long been known that very susceptible fishes kept in tanks containing dogfish, sharks, or rays either lack the parasites or become so lightly infected that no appreciable effects can be noted. Fish H and I in the above Table show this phenomenon, both of which were placed in a tank with many dogfish. Their early demise re- sulted from other unknown causes. In the second series 3 fish (T. falcatus ) were given intraperitoneally .1 cc., .25 cc. and .5 cc. respectively, of serum taken from an immunized grouper. In all cases a super-infection occurred as will be noted by the counts in Table II. The only reason for publishing this data is the inter- esting fact that from 6 fish (none over 4 inches in length) over four thou- sand worms were removed. Fish 3 of the controls, however, showed definite signs of developing a resistance, having an initial infection at the end of the first 11-day period of 774 worms, 384 in the second and 201 at the end of the third interval. Three days later after being re-exposed to infection the fish died. A count of the parasites yielded a total of 20 immature forms. It is altogether possible that some of the parasites had left the moribund or dead fish so that the last count may not be entirely accurate. In the third series, one specimen of T. falcatus was injected with .25 cc. of serum taken from Fish G ( T . carolinus ) of the first experiment. The latter had sustained its resistance for 8 months, at which time it was used as a blood donor for the present experiment. The injected fish died at the end of the first period but the number of parasites was much lower than that found on the control. The latter lived for 4 periods and showed signs of acquiring a resistance to the parasites, although the count in the second interval was slightly higher than the first. 1937] Nigrelli: Marine Fishes and Epibdella melleni 187 TABLE II. Number of worms present on Trachinotus falcatus at the end of each 11-day period. I M T I M T I M T I M L A' 502 165 667 14 days B' 385 137 522 14 days C' 702 151 853 14 days 1. 402 111 513 14 days 2. 582 170 752 14 days 3. 619 155 774 302 82 384 180 21 201 i 20 0 20 46 days * Results of a 3-day infection. The lower count resulting from the injection of immune serum might indicate that antibodies were formed which could be transferred to another fish to yield a passive immunity of a certain degree. The data obtained from the results of injection of sera from immunized fishes are not sufficient, how- ever, to warrant the statement that definite protective antibodies are formed. In the fourth series the two species of pompanos received periodically .25 cc. of either ground dried or fresh worms suspended in sea water. Like those recorded for Fish B and C in Table I, the results are unsatisfactory. However, Fish A" (round pompano) did acquire a resistance at the end of the fourth exposure that lasted until the fish died 6 months later. This fish as well as Fish C" (common pompano) was injected with .25 cc. of ground fresh worms before each exposure. The latter specimen, however, died before a complete immunity developed. Fish B" and D" (round and common pompanos respectively) died early in the progress of the experiment after receiving .25 cc. ground dried worms. The controls 1 and 2 also died before a complete immunity had developed, but definitely demonstrated the ability of these fish to build up a resistance to a super-infection. Superficially, the results of this experiment might indicate that the injection of ground fresh worms is effective in producing an immunity. In another series of experiments (Nigrelli, 1935 b), an attempt was made to determine what part, if any, the mucus played in the protection of the fish to Epibdella. Accordingly, the parasites were removed, washed thor- oughly in salt water and placed in petri dishes containing mucus from (1) immune grouper, (2) dogfish, (3) ray, (4) round pompano, and (5) salt water (control). The dogfish and ray show a natural immunity and never become infected, whereas the pompano is very susceptible. The parasites TABLE III. Number of worms present on Trachinotus falcatus at the end of each 11-day period. Fish T was injected with .25 cc. of serum taken from im- munized Fish G (T. carolinus ) shown in Table I. I M T I M T I M T I M T L 65 4 69 11 days 233 76 309 255 60 315 181 13 194 22 2 24 59 days Control 388 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :12 TABLE IV. Number of worms present on two species of pompanos at the end of each 11-day period. Fishes A" and C" were given .25 cc. of ground fresh worms. Fishes B" and D" were injected with a similar amount of ground dried worms. Fishes 1 and 2 are the controls. I M T I M T I M T I M T I M T I M T L A" 122 37 159 83 21 101 20 6 26 3 8 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 Mos. B" 172 60 232 110 41 151 25 days C" 133 26 159 82 31 121 16 8 24 10 12 22 6 2 8 4 0 4 86 days D" 162 76 238 1. 192 123 315 132 82 214 104 30 134 62 15 77 58 days 2. 142 60 202 68 12 80 6 10 16 43 days in the mucus from the dogfish were moribund in 3 hours, and in 5 hours practically all were dead. Those in mucus from the immune grouper were moribund in 4 hours and dead in 8 hours. Most of the parasites in mucus from the ray were dead in 4 hours. Those in mucus from the pompano were kept alive from 18-24 hours, while those in sea water remained alive for 3 days. Attempts were then made to see what effects the injection of such mucus in fish would have in the development of a resistance to the trema- todes. The results are shown in Table V. Fish A/' (common pompano) and Fish Bi (round pompano) each were given .5 cc. of mucus taken from skate and dogfish respectively. Both died 3 days following the injection. Fish Ci and Di each received .5 cc. sea water suspension of mucus from ray and immune grouper. The former showed signs of developing a definite resist- ance, yielding a total of 597, 323 and 157 worms in each successive period. In the fourth trial, however, a definite breakdown of this partial immunity occurred for no apparent reason, producing 389 worms. This individual died two days later in Bay water. Fish Di also showed an almost complete immunity before it died 71 days later. Fishes 1 and 2 were used as controls. Here again, a definite resistance developed to successive exposures. Fish 2 TABLE V. Number of worms found on two species of pompanos at the end of each 11-day period. I M T I M T I M T I M T I M T I M T I M T L Ai 167 0 167 3 days Bi 109 0 109 3 days Ci 482 115 597 273 50 323 136 21 157 302 87 389 58 days D. 503 112 615 180 70 250 101 14 115 20 1 21 10 14 24 71 days 1. 380 60 424 211 48 259 186 46 232 102 16 118 58 days 2. 413 72 485 170 33 203 80 10 24 0 6 6 2 3 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 125 days 1937] Nigrelli: Marine Fishes and Epibdella melleni 189 shows this phenomenon very strikingly. The number of worms dropped from an initial count of 485 in the first period to 24 in the fourth. An ex- tremely light infection persisted in the next 3 successive trials, finally yield- ing no worms in the last two trials (8 and 9). This fish died after 3 days in Bay water, in all probability from handling, to which this species is very sensitive. Additional Observations on Susceptibility. A large variety of fish hosts were found to be susceptible to Epibdella melleni in the New York Aquarium (Nigrelli and Breder, 1934). It was found at that time that all the hosts belong to the Order Acanthopteri or spiny-rayed fishes. Other forms belonging to this group that were not previously recorded and have since been found susceptible are Therapon jarbua, Psettis argentus and Scatophagus argus, all East Indian species. These forms become highly infected and are readily killed by the parasites. Another group found to be susceptible to a super-infection of the trematodes are the European wrasses. A collection of such fishes was wiped out within three weeks and a count from one fish (12 inches) at the end of one 11-day period yielded over 2,000 parasites in various stages of growth. When the more susceptible fishes are removed from the closed circula- tion, those that formerly showed a natural immunity eventually take on a very light infection. Thus, in such instances various species of West Indian parrot fishes became infected. Three fish, examined at the end of one 11-day period, each produced 30, 21 and 80 small parasites. At such times, a few individual sea catfish ( Galeichthys milberti ) also became parasitized. In this form the infection is limited to the eyes (cornea) and never with more than a half-dozen worms. This is the only non-spiny rayed fish in the Aquarium to become infected with Epibdella. Discussion. The development of resistance to metazoan parasites has been demon- strated in several host species. Investigations of Ackert, Africa, Chandler, Cort, Fujinami, Miller, Ozawa, Stoll and others have shown definitely that an immunity is developed against such helminthic parasites as trematodes, cestodes and nematodes. Darling (1922) was the first to study this problem of metazoan immunity by making actual counts of hookworms after ant- helminthic treatments. The disadvantages of this method for internal parasites are many. In 1923, Stoll developed a technique for counting the eggs of the parasites in faeces and showed that a correlation existed be- tween the eggs per gram of faeces and number of worms parasitizing the host. This method (with slight modifications) is used today in studies on susceptibility and immunity of animals to internal metazoan parasites. Miller (1931) was able to determine the degree of resistance that albino rats develop against infection with the larval tapeworm, Cysticercus fas- ciolaris, by counting the number and determining the size of the cysts formed in the liver. In this series Miller has definitely shown that “An active acquired im- munity to a metazoan parasite, Cysticercus fasciolaris, has been artifi- cially produced in the albino rat by periodic injections of fresh or powdered worm material.” Miller and Gardiner (1932) further demonstrated that a passive immunity occurred in rats by intraperitoneal injections of serum from infected rats or from those actively immunized against Cysticercus fasciolaris. Nigrelli and Breder (1934) have shown that a large number of fishes become infected with Epibdella. In analyzing this data they found that (a) some fish acquire a total immunity lasting for long periods; (b) some acquire a partial immunity ; (c) certain fishes that appear to have a natural 190 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :12 immunity will become slightly infected during periods of epidemics; and (d) certain fishes are always susceptible and may show a heavy or light infection. In one form, the black angelfish, an apparent inverse age im- munity appeared to be present. In this case the young acquired an im- munity after a very short period of susceptibility (one to two weeks) while the older members were always parasitized. It has been further shown that in the moonfish, Vomer setapinnis, a skin immunity is present. Re-infection never takes place in the region of the previous infection, indicating a tendency toward localized immunity. The existence of definite immunity to Epibdella melleni is further demonstrated in the present studies by actual count of the parasites after successive exposures to re-infection. The attempts to produce a resistance by periodic injections of ground dried and fresh worms gave indefinite results. In each case the controls were equally or more effective in pro- ducing a partial or complete immunity after several exposures. The injec- tions of sera from immunized fishes were equally ineffective. The effects, if any, resulted in a breakdown of any inherent resistance so that the initial infection was in the majority of the cases higher than that of the controls. This is shown in Tables I (Fish A) and II. The individual shown in Table III, however, developed a very light initial infection, with only 69 worms present at the end of one 11-day period. This fish was injected with .25 cc. of serum taken from Fish G (Table I) which had developed a complete re- sistance at the end of the second exposure and had sustained it for 8 months, or up to the time it was used as a blood donor. As pointed out by Taliaferro (1934), although no protective antibodies can be demonstrated in many of the acquired helminthic immunities, “Extreme caution must, however, be exercised in excluding antibodies because most of the immuni- ties are probably local and may involve antibodies produced locally which when diluted in the blood stream are not demonstrable.” The parasiticidal action of fish mucus is very indicative of this local phenomenon. It may be that immune bodies are produced locally and sent out with mucus secretion, or as in some instances (elasmobranchs) the mucus itself may be toxic to the parasites. The fact that in the sea catfish the parasites are limited to the eyes is very suggestive. It is well known that there are no mucoid secreting cells around the eyes of fishes. Further experiments along these lines are now in progress. Summary. 1. Two species of pompanos ( Trachinotus carolinus and T. falcatus) are shown to be very susceptible to infection with Epibdella melleni, a monogenetic trematode of marine fishes. 2. These fishes may acquire a permanent or partial resistance to the parasites after several exposures to the infection. 3. The results obtained from injecting dried and fresh worm material, as well as sera from immunized fishes, are unsatisfactory. In each series attempted, the controls developed either a partial or complete immunity which was just as effective, if not more so, than those subjected to the in- jections. 4. It has been found that worms placed in petri dishes containing mucus taken from elasmobranchs and immunized fish will die in a shorter time than when placed in mucus taken from a susceptible fish or when kept in sea water. Such mucus, however, when injected into susceptible fish gave indifferent results. 5. Other spiny-rayed fishes, not previously recorded, were found to be susceptible to the infection. The sea catfish ( Galeichthys milberti ) is the first and only non-spiny rayed fish to become infected. However, the infec- tion is very light and always limited to the eyes. 1937] Nigrelli: Marine Fishes and Epibdella melleni 191 References. Darling, S. T. (1922). The Hookworm index and mass treatment. Amer. J. Trop. Med. 2: 397-488. Miller, H. M. (1931). The Production of Artificial Immunity in the Albino Rat to a Metazoan Parasite. Jour. Preventive Med. 5: 429-452. Miller, H. M. and Gardiner, M. L. (1932). Passive Immunity to Infection with a Metazoan Parasite, Cysticercus fasciolaris, in the Albino Rat. Jour. Pre- ventive Med. 6: 479-496. Nigrelli, R. F. (1935 a). Experiments on the Control of Epibdella melleni MacCallum, a Monogenetic Trematode of Marine Fishes. Jour. Para. 21: 438 (abstr. No. 40). (1935 b). On the Effect of Fish Mucus on Epibdella 7nelleni, a Monogenetic Trematode of Marine Fishes. Jour. Para. 21: 438 (abstr. No. 41). (1935 c). Studies on the Acquired Immunity of the Pompano, Trachinotus carolinus, to E2)ibdella melleni. Jour. Para. 21: 438-9 (abstr. No. 42). Nigrelli, R. F. and Breder, C. M., Jr. (1934). The Susceptibility and Immunity of Certain Marine Fishes to Epibdella melleni, a Monogenetic Trematode. Jour. Para. 20: 259-269. Stoll, N. R. (1923). Investigations on the Control of Hookworm disease. XV. An Effective Method of Counting Hookworm Eggs in Feces. Amer. Jour. Hyg. 3: No. 1. Taliaferro, W. H. (1934). Some cellular bases for Immune Reactions in Para- sitic Infections. Jour. Para. 20: 149-161. 192 Zoological Neiv York Zoological Society EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate I. Fig. 1. Trachinotus falcatus (Round pompano), showing a super-infection with Epibdella melleni, an ectoparasitic trematode. 2x natural size. NIGRELLI PLATE I FURTHER STUDIES ON THE SUSCEPTIBILITY AND ACQUIRED IMMUNITY OF MARINE FISHES TO EPIBDELLA MELLENI, A MONOGENETIC TREMATODE. Crandall: On Certain Birds of Paradise 193 13. Further Notes on Certain Birds of Paradise. Lee S. Crandall Curator of Birds, New York Zoological Park. Red Bird of Paradise. Uranornis rubra (Daudin). The first male Red Bird of Paradise received at the Zoological Park ar- rived on December 27, 1915. During following years, three other males were obtained, the last on January 22, 1936. Notes on molt show periods that correspond, in general, with those observed in Paradisaea} A young male, showing no development of head decoration, and lacking flank plumes and tail wires, began to molt on May 3, 1932. He appeared to have finished on August 10, 1932, requiring three months, as in immature males and all females of Paradisaea. In this molt, no plumes appeared but short, round wares, with feathered tips, were produced. In the following year, the molt did not begin until June 25. Due to illness of the Curator, no date of the finish was recorded. During this molt, full head color, short flank plumes and short, flattened, slightly curved wires, were produced. In 1934, the expected requirement of four months for the molt of the adult male, was established. This began on May 21 and was complete by September 25. The flank plumes were noticeably longer and better devel- oped than those of the previous year. The wires, also, were much longer and fully spiral. During the period following 1915, male Red Birds of Paradise were under almost constant observation but beyond occasional flapping of the wings, no attempt at display was noted. The short, stiff and recurved flank plumes suggested a display form of interest. It seemed almost certain that it must differ from that of Paradisaea. The bird received in 1936 was in rather poor condition, with wires and plumes badly broken. However, he began molting in April and by the middle of August had completely finished. The length and development of the accessory plumage indicated that the bird was fully adult. In spite of all evidence of excellent condition, it was not until March 31, 1937, that the display was first seen. Early in that month, it became necessary to renew the perch then in use. A twisted section of red cedar was obtained which happend to have a branch extending downward from the trunk at an angle of about forty-five degrees. This appears to have been a most fortunate change, as this slanting branch took an important part in the display. When first noticed, the bird was standing quietly, his body held stiffly parallel to the perch, with the head plumage fully distended. He then moved his wings slightly away from his body and vibrated them with great rap- 1 Zoologica, Vol. XI, No. 7, December 3, 1932. 194 Zoological New York Zoological Society [XXII :13 idity. The body was suddenly jerked to an erect position, and the wings were extended, the vibrating still continuing. The bird then lowered his body and started slowly down the slanting branch. When he reached the tip, the head being lower than the tail, he remained in fixed position for about twenty seconds. During this time the wings still were slightly spread and vibrating. The plumes were very slightly elevated, extending just above the body line, but distinctly not spread. As far as could be determined, their only function was to fill the spaces between tail and quivering wings. When this form of frontal display had been completed, the bird turned about and hopped slowly up the branch. He leaped clear of the perch at each jump, alternating the feet in the forward position. This action caused the body to jerk violently from side to side, bringing the red plumes into greater prominence. Reaching the trunk of the cedar, he picked violently at a protruding knot and resumed the normal position. This display routine was noted on several subsequent occasions, and showed no noteworthy variations. It seems quite possible that the presence of a slanting perch may be necessary for the full performance, since the frontal form appears to be the most essential part. Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise. Seleucides melanoleucus melanoleucus (Daudin). Molting data for this species in the Zoological Park show an average period of three months for adults of each sex. Specific records are: male, April 7 to July 15; March 20 to June 25; May 20 to September 1; female, April 1 to July 1; March 12 to June 15. Of two birds received here in August, 1929, the supposed female even- tually proved to be a male. This bird went through normal molts until 1934, when, at the completion of the molt, it showed black patches on the head, neck, breast and edges of the wings. In 1935, the molt began on March 15. On its completion, about June 24, the bird was entirely clothed in the plumage of the adult male, except for the middle secondaries, rump, upper tail coverts and tail, which remained chestnut. The abdomen remained barred, with a strong yellow infusion. Short wires and a few small yellow flank plumes were produced. In the molt of 1936, beginning March 20 and ending June 25, the full male plumage was assumed, including fully devel- oped wires and flank plumes. This bird, showing no signs of male plumage until it had been here for five years, and requiring seven years for com- pletion of the change, showed a longer period of immaturity than any other bird of paradise under observation here. There is also the fact that it appeared quite adult on arrival, so that its actual age is greater than indi- cated by the dates given. Partial displays by Twelve-wired Birds of Paradise are quite commonly seen, but most adult males seem to be rather shy. It was not until the bird referred to above, which was particularly tame and fearless, had acquired his final plumage, that a more complete routine was observed. On March 5, 1937, the bird was observed with his body held parallel to the perch. The green breast plate was widely extended, while the yellow feathers of the lower breast and abdomen were tightly compressed, forming a strong contrast. The short flank plumes were slightly spread in the perpendicular plane, barely extending above and below the body line. With wflngs tightly closed, the bird leaped sideways to the trunk of the perch, seized it with its powerful feet and turned slowly around it. He frequently repeated a sharp, metallic, single note, opening his mouth widely for each call, showing the bright green interior. When the turn had been completed, the bird leaped back to the branch from which he had started. With the body again stiffly horizontal, breast plate still extended, abdominal feathers 1937] Crandall: On Certain Birds of Paradise 195 still compressed and plumes slightly expanded, the wings were rapidly opened and closed, ten or twelve times. The usual rustling sound made by the wings in flight, was not detected. The normal position was then as- sumed. On another occasion, the bird spiralled slowly down the trunk of the perch, head downward, instead of going directly around it. The great grasping power of the feet in this species, and the resultant ease with which it moves about its perches, in any direction, may well be accounted for by the extraordinary development of the short muscles of the metatarsus. j£eto f^orfe Zoological Society General Office: 101 Park Avenue, New York City Officers President, W. Redmond Cross Vice-Presidents, Kermit Roosevelt and Alfred Ely Chairman, Executive Committee, W. Redmond Cross Treasurer, Cornelius R. Agnew Secretary, Fairfield Osborn Scientific Staff Zoological Jlarli W. Reid Blair, Director Raymond L. Ditmars, Curator of Mammals and Reptiles Lee S. Crandall, Curator of Birds C. R. Schroeder, Veterinarian Claude W. Leister, Ass’t to the Director and Curator, Educational Activities H. C. Raven, Prosector Edward R. Osterndorff, Photographer William Bridges, Editor and Curator of Publications Aquarium Charles H. Townsend, Director C. M. Breder, Jr., Assistant Director William Beebe, Director and Honorary Curator of Birds John Tee-Van, General Associate Gloria Hollister, Research Associate Jocelyn Crane, Technical Associate department ot tKropical ikesearclj Cbitorial Committee * Madison Grant, Chairman W. Reid Blair William Beebe Charles H. Townsend George Bird Grinnell William Bridges * Deceased ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY VOLUME XXII Part 3 Numbers 14-20 PUBLISHED BY THE THE ZOOLOGICAL PARK, October 7, 1937 SOCIETY NEW YORK CONTENTS PAGE 14. Preliminary List of Bermuda Deep-sea Fish. By William Beebe 197 15. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. X. Echinoderms from the West Coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island. By Fred C. Ziesen- . henne. (Text-figures 1 & 2) 209 16. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. XI. Hermit Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. By Steve A. Glassell 241 17. Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Shallow Water Fishes. II. Order Percomorphi, Suborder Percesoces: Atherinidae, Mugilidae, Sphyraenidae. By Gloria Hollister. (Text-figures 1-14) 265 18. Some Observations on the Feeding Methods of the Vam- pire Bat. By Barry G. King & Robert Saphir. (Plates I-III) 281 19. Growth of Galapagos Tortoises, Testudo vicina, from 1928 to 1937. By Charles Haskins Townsend. (Plate I) 289 20. Lymphocystis Disease in Angelichthys. By G. M. Smith & R. F. Nigrelli. (Plates I-III) 293 Beebe: Bermuda Deep-sea Fish 197 14. Preliminary List of Bermuda Deep-sea Fish.1 Based on the Collections from Fifteen Hundred Metre-net Hauls, Made in an Eight-mile Circle South of Nonsuch Island, Bermuda. William Beebe Director, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society In the course of the oceanographic work of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society during the last nine years off the southern coast of Bermuda, we have concentrated our investigations on an eight-mile circle, the center of which is at 32° 12' North Latitude, and 64° 36' West Longitude, and nine miles south-southeast of Nonsuch Island. In this circle Net Number 1 was drawn at a depth of 400 fathoms on April 3, 1929. Since that time on all possible occasions intensive trawling has been carried on in this same locality from the surface to a depth of 1,400 fathoms. More than 1,500 metre-net hauls have been made, besides 16 descents in the bathysphere from 250 to 3,028 feet. Only about half of the captured fish have been monographed, but the work is progressing rapidly. We have often been asked for a general list or resume of the deep-sea fish thus far taken within this circle, so without waiting for completion of study of all the forms I have compiled a pre- liminary check-list of names and numbers. The hundred-odd pelagic species have not been considered in this catalogue, and so far no attempt has been made to do any dredging on the bottom, so that our list excludes all strictly surface forms as well as abyssal flounders, bottom-living macrurids, etc. A single sentence will show the value of this concentrated research : The volume of this eight-mile circle is one five-millionth of the volume of the seas of the world, while in it we have taken more than one-third of all the corresponding abyssal fish so far known to science. More specifically, from this extreme.y limited area we have brought up fishes representing at least 10 Orders, 46 Families, 65 Genera, 220 Species and 115,747 Indi- viduals, almost all from depths below 300 or 400 fathoms, in strictly abyssal habitats. Thirty-one of these species have been described as new. While it is not my intention at present to make any comparative study between these deep-sea fish and surface or shore forms, or between those taken at various depths, yet a few facts will help to make more real the fish fauna of this area. Members of the genus Cyclothone of the family Gonostomidae are among the smallest and the most delicate of all abyssal fish, and within our circle they are far and away the most abundant. If we consider only two species, C. microdon and C. braueri, which thus comprise less than 1% 1 Contribution No. 529, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. Contribution from the Bermuda Biological Station for Research, Inc. 198 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :14 of the whole, we find that in total numbers they compose four-fifths or 82% (94,684) of all the other deep-sea individual fish together. Myctophidae or lantern-fish come next in abundance but with wholly different relative proportions. The 57 species of this family compose one- quarter of the whole, and their numbers amount to 10%. Still a third different ratio of factors is shown by Melanostomiatidae, which, with 36 species (16%), can show only 247 individuals, or a mere two-tenths of one per-cent. The drastic effect on physical characters of fish entering and living under the conditions of darkness, great pressure and frigidity of the abysses of ocean is evident when we realize that out of the 46 families, only 5 con- tain true surface-living members. These are Anguillidae, Gadidae, Trichiuri- dae, Brotulidae and Ogcocephalidae. Considering abundance of individuals the following 10 families are in the lead : Gonostomatidae, Myctophidae, Sternoptychidae, Melamphaeidae, Chauliodontidae, Paralepidae, Maurolicidae, Melanostomiatidae, Aceratiidae and Serrivomeridae. With the species of these 10 families amounting to only 60% of all, we find that the individual count comes to 98.8% of all the fish taken. Luminosity is present as follows: in 50% of the orders, 39% of the families, 81% of the genera, 66% of the species and (thanks again to Cyclothone and Myctophidae) to 96.5% of all individuals. The use of a submarine automatically recording pressure gauge has made the exact depths of the long hauls certain. The consistent and long- continued trawls of hundreds of nets at corresponding levels have established a very accurate basis for estimating upper and lower life levels of species, and the level of maximum abundance. Also very sound data have been obtained on relative abundance and rarity. Three examples will suffice. Cyclothone microdon and C. pallida are very closely related, and yet their totals are 57,512 and 505 respectively; two eels, Serrivomer beanii and S. brevidentatus are distinguished with difficulty and yet they show the in- explicable difference in numbers of 155 and 7 ; Myctophum laternatum and M. fibulatum bear the same extremely close relationship, and they in turn tally at 2,853 and 8 respectively. The value of figures such as these is con- firmed by net to net and year to year catches. The Myctophum case will illustrate this. The captures during the three years 1929, 1930 and 1931 of M. laternatum were 1,047, 877 and 905, while the corresponding years yielded 4, 2 and 2 individuals of M. fibulatum. I have appended a list of the published papers dealing directly with this collection of fish. Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). Alepocephalidae Anomalopterus megalops Beebe, 1933 i i 31 700 Bathytroctes drakei Beebe, 1929 27 1-2 10-22 400-900 Bathytroctes rostratus Gunther, 1878 89 1-4 9.5-56 500-1,000 Dolichopteryx binocularis Beebe, 1932 2 1 53-85 200-400 Dolichopteryx longipes (Vaillant), 1888 4 1 23-85 600-800 1937] Beebe: Bermuda Deep-sea Fish 199 Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). Macromastax gymnos Beebe, 1933 1 i 35 1,000 Photostylus pycnoptenis Beebe, 1933 1 i 64 800 X ".enodermichthys copei (Gill), 1884 Bathylagidae 3 i 27-34 600-700 Bathylagus benedieti Goode & Bean, 1895 20 1-2 18-91 400-1,000 Bathylagus glacialis Regan, 1913 Stomiatidae 99 1-3 24-135 500-1,000 Macrostomias calosoma Beebe, 1933 1 1 430 600 Stomias brevibarbatus Ege, 1918 22 1 19-225 400-1,000 Stomias ferox Reinhardt, 1842 Melanostomiatidae 96 1-6 23-90 300-1,000 Bathophilus altipinnis Beebe, 1933 1 1 63 800 Bathophilus brevis Regan & Trewavas, 1930 4 1 13-26 300-900 Bathophilus chironema Regan & Trewavas, 1930 1 1 34 1,000 Bathophilus longipinnis (Pappenheim), 1914 2 1 48-61 400-900 Bathophilus metallicus (Welsh), 1923 22 1-2 25-105 300-900 Bathysvhaera intacta Beebe, 1932 2 1829 350 Chirostomias pliopterus Regan & Trewavas, 1930 (= C. lucidimanus Beebe, 1932). 8 1 19-225 300-700 Echiostoma tanneri (Gill), 1883 13 1 61-375 500-900 Eustomias bibulbosus Parr, 1927 8 1 42-123 500-900 Eustomias bigelowi Welsh, 1923 1 1 108 700 Eustomias fissibarbis (Pappenheim), 1914 1 1 130 800 Eustomias frondosus Regan & Trewavas, 1930 1 1 43 500 Eustomias lipochirus Regan & Trewavas, 1930 1 1 50 500 Eustomias obscurus Vailliant, 1888 5 1 51-98 500-700 Eustomias paucifilis Parr, 1927 1 1 134 800 Eustomias satterleei Beebe, 1933 • i 1 1 140 1,000 200 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :14 Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). Eustomias schiffi Beebe, 1932 3 i 43-115 600 Eustomias schmidti Regan & Trewavas, 1930 2 i 55-118 700-800 Eustomias simplex Regan & Trewavas, 1930 i i 91 600 Flagellostomias boureei (Zugmayer), 1913 10 i 7-97 0-1,000 Lamprotoxus angulifer Beebe, 1932 4 i 34-145 400-700 Lamprotoxus flagellibarba Holt & Byrne, 1910 O o i 29-206 500-700 Leptostomias bermudensis Beebe, 1932 1 i 285 500 Leptostomias ramosus Regan & Trewavas, 1930 20 1-2 12-52 50-1,000 Melanostomias bulbosus Beebe, 1933 1 1 222 700 Melanostom ias sp ilorhynchu s Regan & Trewavas, 1930 54 1-3 17-240 400-1,000 Pachystomias atlanticus Regan & Trewavas, 1930 i 1 38 500 Photonectes bifilifer Beebe, 1933 i 1 245 800 Photonectes braueri (Zugmayer), 1913 i 1 62 900 Photonectes cornutus Beebe, 1933 i 1 19 600 Photonectes dinema Regan & Trewavas, 1930 26 1-2 24-51 1,000 Photonectes intermedius Parr, 1927 4 1 49-70 400-800 Photonectes leucospilus Regan & Trewavas, 1930 15 1 25-33 300-1,000 Photonectes margarita (Goode & Bean), 1895 6 1 245-300 500-1,000 Photonectes mirabilis Parr, 1927 3 1 18-28 600 Photonectes parvimanus Regan & Trewavas, 1930 Malacosteidae 10 1 14-44 0-800 Aristostomias photodactylus Beebe, 1933 1 1 84 700 Aristostomias tittmanni Welsh, 1923 14 1 30-62 500-1,000 Malacosteus niger Ayres, 1849 26 1-2 20-206 500-1,000 Photostomias guernei Collet, 1889 99 1-3 23-145 500-1,000 Ultimostomias mirabilis Beebe, 1933 Astronesthidae 1 1 40 900 Astronesthes gemmifer Goode & Bean, 1895 7 1 21-26 400-700 1937] Beebe: Bermuda Deep-sea Fish 201 Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). Astronesthes niger Richardson, 1845 47 1-2 24-35 300-1,000 Neonesthes nicholsi Beebe, 1933 Chauliodontidae 8 1 26-156 500-1,000 Chauliodus danae Regan & Trewavas, 1930 380 1-8 8-113 300-1,000 Chauliodus sloanei Bloch & Schneider, 1801 Gonostomatidae 413 1-9 16-245 300-1,000 Bonapartia pedaliota Goode & Bean, 1895 6 1-2 15-55 200-800 Cyclothone microdon (Gunther), 1878 57,512 1-268 10-62 300-1,000 Cyclothone braueri Jespersen & Taning, 1926 37,172 1-471 10-25 100-1,000 Cyclothone pallida Brauer, 1906 505 1-10 20-45 300-1,000 Gonostoma bathyphilum (Vaillant), 1884 5 1 56-165 700-1,000 Gonostoma elongatum Gunther, 1878 40 1-2 21-270 400-1,000 Photichthys nonsuchi Beebe, 1932 1 1 89 600 Yarrella black f or di Goode & Bean, 1895 Idiacanthidae 5 1 16-33 400-1,000 Idiacanthus fasciola Peters, 1876 Maurolicidae 129 1-8 16-270 100-1,000 Diplophos taenia Gunther, 1873 1 1 35 600 Ichthyococcus ovatus (Cocco), 1838 198 1-5 9.3-31 300-1,000 Maur aliens muelleri (Gmelin), 1789 2 1 7-8 500-800 Valenciennellus tripunctulatus (Liitken), 1870 6 1-2 9-27 100-1,000 Vinciguerria attenuata (Cocco), 1838 219 1-5 7-19 300-1,000 Vinciguerria nimbraria (Jordan & Williams), 1896 Opisthoproctidae 4 1-2 14-30 400-800 Opisthoproctis soleatus Vaillant, 1888 Sternoptych idae 1 1 51 450 Argyropelecus aculeatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1849 139 1-12 6-55 300-1,000 Argyropelecus affinis Garman, 1899 2 2 44-48 400 202 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII : 14 Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). Argyropelecus hemigymnus Cocco, 1829 295 1-9 5-35 300-1,000 Argyropelecus young (Not yet studied) 691 1-26 6-12 100-1,000 Sternoptyx diaphana Hermann, 1781 Halosauridae 1,337 1-9 5-41 0-1,000 Halosaurus sp. Anguillidae 1 1 155 900 Anguilla anguilla (Linnaeus), 1758 26 1-2 20-50 100-1,000 Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur), 1817 Synaphobranchidae 19 1 30-63 500-1,000 Synaphobranchus kaupi Johnson, 1862 Berichthyidae 11 1-2 63-88 500-900 Derichthys serpentinus Gill, 1884 Nessorhamphidae 18 1 55-268 500-1,000 Nessorhamphus ingolfianus Schmidt, 1930 (Schmidt, 1912) Serrivomeridae 21 1-2 26-166 400-1,000 Serrivomer beanii Gill & Ryder, 1883 155 1-5 55-440 50-1,000 Serrivomer brevidentatus Roule & Bertin, 1929 7 1 73-512 500-800 Platuronides acutus Parr, 1932 22 1 18-178 100-1,000 Platuronides danae Roule & Bertin, 1929 Nemichthyidae 7 1-2 31-488 50-1,000 Nemichthys scolopaceus Richardson, 1848 45 1-2 40-360 50-1,000 Avocettina infans Gunther, 1876 1 1 498 1,000 Labichthys carinatus Gill & Ryder, 1883 Cyemidae 3 1 200-470 500-1,000 Cyema atrum Gunther, 1878 Eurypharyngidae 4 1 50-105 800-1,000 Eurpharynx pelecanoides Vaillant, 1882 Saccopharyngidae 84 1-3 30-506 500-1,000 Saccopharynx harrisoni Beebe, 1932 1 1 1,400 900 1937] Beebe: Bermuda Deep-sea Fish 203 Paralepidae Luciosudis sp. M acroparalep is interm edius Ege, 1933 Macroparalepis sp. Paralepis brevirostris (Parr), 1928 Paralepis brevis Zugmayer, 1911 Paralepis bronsoni (Parr), 1928 Paralepis speciosus? Bellotti, 1877 Myctophidae Diaphus agassizi Gilbert, 1908 Diaphus dofleini Zugmayer, 1911 Diaphus dumerili (Bleeker) , 1856 Diaphus effulgens (Goode & Bean), 1895 Diaphus fulgens (Brauer), 1904 Diaphus garmani Gilbert, 1906 Diaphus gemellari (Cocco), 1838 Diaphus hypolucens Parr, 1928 Diaphus lucidus (Goode & Bean), 1895 Diaphus lutkeni (Brauer), 1904 Diaphus macrophus Parr, 1928 Diaphus metopoclampus (Cocco), 1829 Diaphus rafinesquei (Cocco), 1820 Diaphus splendidus (Brauer), 1904 Diaphus young (Not yet studied) Lampadena anomala Parr, 1928 Lampadena bathyphila Taning, 1928 Lampadena braueri Zugmayer, 1914 Lampadena chavesi (Collet), 1905 Lampadena minima Taning, 1928 Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). i 32-35 500-1,000 i 130 500 i 8-87 100-900 1-2 8-50 300-1,000 1-7 9-87 300-1,000 1 90 800 1-2 18-90 500-900 1 27-34 500-900 1-12 9-29 300-1,000 7 54-66 0 1 10-43 500-900 1-9 9-16 300-1,000 1 48 0 1-4 10-28 300-1,000 1-2 10-12 400-1,000 1 9-11 500-900 1 42 1,000 1-14 9-45 300-1,000 1 20-80 300-1,000 1-9 9-70 400-1,000 1 13 600 1-20 8-13 300-1,000 1-3 17-26 500-800 1 17-61 600-1,000 1-3 10-32 300-1,000 1 20-27 500-1,000 1 26-40 500-1,000 Number of Specimens. 3 1 19 60 662 1 7 2 192 7 6 93 1 27 5 4 1 294 13 134 1 122 10 21 54 9 5 204 Zoologica : New York Zoological Society [XXII :14 Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). Lampanyctus ater Taning, 1928 23 1-2 7-47 500-1,000 Lampanyctus crocodilus (Risso), 1810 95 1-6 15-32 300-1,000 Lampanyctus cuprarius Taning, 1928 208 1-6 9-101 50-1,000 Lampanyctus elongatus (Costa), 1844 11 1 13-30 400-1,000 Lampanyctus festivus Taning, 1928 7 1-2 26-29 500-900 Lampanyctus gaussi (Brauer), i.906 2 1 12-23 400-600 Lampanyctus guntheri Goode & Bean, 1895 42 1-8 16-52 400-1,000 Lampanyctus intricarxus Taning, 1928 1 1 32 700 Lampanyctus lineatus Taning, 1928 2 1 30-50 600 Lampanyctus longipes (Brauer), 1906 4 1 12-20 800-1,000 Lampanyctus micropterus (Brauer), 1906 2 1 19-21 500 Lampanyctus niger (Gunther), 1887 1 1 37 900 Lampanyctus nobilis Taning, 1928 3 1-2 14-22 800-1,000 Lampanyctus photonotus Parr, 1928 1 1 14 500 Lampanyctus polyphotis Beebe, 1932 60 1-5 7-67 400-1,000 Lampanyctus photothorax Parr, 1928 891 1-20 9-37 300-1,000 Lampanyctus pusillus (Johnson), 1890 942 1-13 10-38 300-1,000 Lampanyctus resplendens Richardson, 1844-1848 14 1 23-37 600-1.000 Lampanyctus septilucis Beebe, 1932 3 1-2 28-31 700 Lampanyctus subpectoralis Parr, 1928 153 1-11 14-39 200-1,000 Lampanyctus supr abater alis Parr, 1928 27 1-4 13-27 400-1,000 Lampanyctus taaningi Parr, 1929 350 1-7 13-58 500-1,000 Lampanyctus warmingi (Liitken), 1892 880 1-47 9-40 400-1,000 Myctophum affine (Liitken), 1892 37 1-2 13-25 400-1,000 Myctophum benoiti (Cocco), 1838 1,294 1-67 5-40 300-1,000 Myctophum coccoi (Cocco), 1829 165 1-3 7-26 300-1,000 Myctophum fibulatum Gilbert & Cramer, 1897 8 1-2 12-25 400-900 1937] Beebe: Bermuda Deep-sea Fish 205 Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). Myctophum glaciale (Reinhardt), 1837 2 i 26-28 700-900 Myctophum humboldti (Risso), 1810 2 2 21 1,000 Myctophum hygomi (Lutken), 1892 131 1-7 11-38 300-1,000 Myctophum imitator Parr, 1928 30 1-3 10-22 400-1,000 Myctophum laternatum Garman, 1899 2,853 1-43 9-22 100-1,000 Myctophum macrochir (Gunther), 1864 170 1-5 10-44 300-1,000 M yctophum nigro-ocellatum (Gunther), 1889 13 1-2 11-19 500-600 Myctophum rarum (Lutken), 1892 10 1 21-26 500-1,000 Myctophum reinhardti (Lutken), 1892 72 1-4 11-35 100-1,000 Myctophum rufinum Taning, 1928 6 1 20-28 600-700 Myctophum valdiviae Brauer, 1904 846 1-44 9-23 300-1,000 Myctophid young (Not yet studied) SCOPELARCHIDAE 1,646 1-67 7-16 0-1,000 Scopelarchus anale (Brauer), 1902 E VERM AN NELLIDAE 14 1 18-130 500-1,000 Evermannella atlantica Parr, 1928 1 1 35 500 Evermannella balbo (Risso), 1820 8 1 20-39 400-900 Evermannella melanoderma Parr, 1928 Omosudidae 38 1 17-31 300-1,000 Omosudis lowii Gunther, 1887 Alepisauridae 134 1-3 5-180 400-1,000 Alepisaurus ferox Lowe, 1833 Rondeletiidae 122 1-4 7-190 500-1,000 Rondeletia bicolor Goode & Bean, 1895 CETOMIMIDAE 2 1 97 600-1,000 Genera & spp. 11 1-2 30-105 700-1,000 Bathyembryx istiophasma Beebe, 1934 Macruridae 1 600 416 Macrurus spp. 5 1 64-68 500-1,000 206 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :14 Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). B REG M ACEROTIDAE Bregmaceros atlanticus 35 1-2 9-75 400-1,000 Goode & Bean, 1895 Gadidae Laemonema barbatula 1 1 72 900 Goode & Bean, 1883 Melanonus unipinnis 50 1-2 9-75 400-1,000 Beebe, 1932 Physiculus kaupi 1 1 35 100 Poey, 1865 Melamphaeidae Anoplogaster comutus 22 1-2 4-48 25-1,000 (Cuvier & Valenciennes), 1833 Caulolepis longidens 7 1 90-151 700,-1,000 Gill, 1883 Melamphaes cristiceps 61 1 17-105 500-1,000 Gilbert, 1891 Melamphaes megalops 1 1 41 700 Liitken, 1877 Melamphaes microps 989 1-18 9-36 300-1,000 (Gunther), 1878 Melamphaes mizolepis 65 1-2 8-56 300-1,000 (Gunther), 1878 Melamphaes nigrofulvus 1 1 93 700 Garman, 1899 Melamphaes robustus 306 1-4 13-42 100-1,000 GOnther, 1887 Melamphaes typhlops 5 1 13-52 400-1,000 (Lowe), 1843 Melamphaes young- 600 1-14 6-13 300-1,000 Trichiuridae Benthedesmus atlanticus 2 2 200-205 In stomact of Para- Goode & Bean, 1895 Acropomatidae Oxyodon sp. 51 1-4 9-40 thunnus at lanticus 400-1,000 Chiasmodontidae Chiasmodon spp. 27 1 8-220 500-1,000 Odontonema sp. 1 1 85 900 Pseudoscopelus stellatus 8 1-2 14-45 25-1,000 Beebe, 1932 Brotulidae Brotula spp. 8 1 7-50 700-900 Parabrotula dentiens 1 1 28 800 Beebe, 1932 Parabrotula sp. 3 1 30-31 700-1,000 Mixonus laticeps 1 1 43 700 (Gunther), 1878 Lophiidae Lophius sp. 1 1 14 1,000 1937] Beebe: Bermuda Deep-sea Fish 207 Number of Specimens. Number in Single Nets. Size Range (mm.). Depth Range (fathoms). Ogcocephalidae Dibranchus sp. 4 i 25-28 600 Linophrynidae Linophryne arborifera Began, 1925 5 i 1.3-31 600-800 Linophryne brevibarbata Beebe, 1932 2 i 26-33 700-900 Edriolychnus sp. 2 i 23-30 900 Haplophryne spp. 3 i 11-18 700-1,000 Oneirodidae Chaenophryne crossotus Beebe, 1932 1 i 17 500 Chaenophryne draco Beebe, 1932 1 i 18 600 Chaenophryne longiceps Regan, 1925 1 i 42 1,000 Dolopichthys analogus Parr, 1927 2 i 17 500-600 Dolopichthys gladisfenae Beebe, 1932 1 i 40 700 Dolopichthys longicornis Parr, 1927 2 i 27-42 900-1,000 Dolopichthys tentaculatus Beebe, 1932 3 i 14-17 600-900 Lasiognathus beebei Regan & Trewavas, 1932 1 i 38 600 Lophodolus acanthognathus Regan, 1925 (= L. lyrae Beebe, 1932) 45 i 10-47 600-1,000 Melanocetidae Melanocetus spp. 12 i 9-86 0-1,000 Ceratiidae Bathyceratias trilychnus Beebe, 1934 1 152 411 Cryptosparas cousii Gill, 1883 24 i 10-28 0-1,000 Mancalias uranoscopus Murray, 1878 1 i 17.5 900 Aceratiidae Aceratias edentula Beebe, 1932 1 i 19.6 1,000 Aceratias spp. 91 1-3 3-19 500-1,000 Rhynchoceratias spp. 128 1-2 8-36 25-1,000 Family undetermined Bathysidus pentagr ammus Beebe, 1934 1 152 316 208 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society Bibliography. Beebe, W. 1931a Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions 1929-1930. Introduction. Zoo Vol. XIII, No. 1. 1931b Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions 1929-1930. List of Nets and Data. Zoologica, Vol. XIII, No. 2. 1932a Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions 1931. Individual Nets and Data Zoologica, Vol. XIII, No. 3. 1932b Nineteen New Species and Four Post-larval Deep-sea Fish. Zoologica Vol. XIII, No. 4. 1932c Ontological Notes on Remora remora. Zoologica, Vol. XIII, No. 6. 1932d A New Deep-sea Fish. Bull. N. Y. Zool. Soc., Vol. XXXV, No. 5, pp. 175-177. 1933a Preliminary Account of Deep Sea Dives in the Bathysphere with Especial Reference to One of 2200 Feet. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., Vol. XIX, No. 1, pp. 178-188. 1933b Rapport Preliminaire sur Ies Explorations de Mer Profonde, dans la Bathysphere, avec Reference Speciale a Celle de 660 Metres. (Traduit par C. Vallaux). Bull, de I’Institut Oceanographique, Monaco, No. 629. 1933c Deep-sea Isospondylous Fishes: Two New Genera and Four New Species. Zoologica, Vol. XIII, No. 8. 1933d Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Intro- duction. Zoologica, Vol. XVI, No. 1. 1933e Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Alepocephalidae. Zoologica, Vol. XVI, No. 2. 1933f Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Argentinidae. Zoologica, Vol. XVI, No. 3. 1933g Deep-sea Stomiatoid Fishes: One New Genus and Eight New Species. Copeia, 1933, No. 4, pp. 160-175. 1934a Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Idiacanthidae. Zoologica, Vol. XIV, No. 4. 1934b Oceanographic Work at Bermuda of the New York Zoological Society. Science, Vol. LXXX, No. 2083, pp. 495-496. 1934c Three New Deep-sea Fish Seen from the Bathysphere. Bull. N. Y. Zool. Soc., Vol. XXXVII, No. 6, pp. 190-193. 1934d Summary and Conclusions concerning Bathysphere Observations. Ap- pendix H in “Half Mile Down.” Harcourt Brace & Co. 1935a Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Derichthyidae. Zoologica, Vol. XX, No. 1. 1935b Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Nessorhamphidae. Zoologica, Vol. XX, No. 2. 1936a Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Individual Nets and Data, 1932- 1935. Zoologica, Vol. XXI, No. 3. 1936b Food of the Bermuda and West Indian Tunas of the Genera Para- thunnus and Neothunnus. Zoologica, Vol. XXI, No. 15. Beebe, W., & Crane, J. 1934 Classified Resume of Organisms Observed from the Bathysphere. Ap- < pendix G in “Half Mile Down” by William Beebe. Harcourt, Brace and Co. 1936 Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Serrivomeridae. Part I: Genus Serrivomer. Zoologica, Vol. XX, No. 3. 1937 Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Serrivomeridae. Part II: Genus Platuronides. Zoologica. 1937 Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Family Nemichthyidae. Zoologica. Beebe W., & Tee-van, J. 1936 Systematic Notes on Bermudian and West Indian Tuna= of the Genera Parathunnus and Neothunnus. Zoologica, Vol. XXI, No. 14. Goldschmidt, R. 1933 A Note on Amphioxides from Bermuda Based on Dr. W. Beebe’s Col- lection. Biological Bull., Vol. LXIV, No. 3, pp. 321-325. Ziesenhenne : Echinoderms 209 15. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. X. Echinoderms from the West Coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and Clarion Island1. Fred C. Ziesenhenne Virginia Barret Gibbs Scholar, 1936-37, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. (Text-figures 1 & 2). [Note: This is the tenth of a series of papers dealing with the specimens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Depart- ment of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; William Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the capture of specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] Contents. Page INTRODUCTION 210 CLASS CRINOIDEA Family Antedonidae Florometra perplexa (A. H. Clark).... 211 CLASS ASTEROIDEA Family Astropectinidae Astropecten armatus Gray 211 Astropecten calif ornicus Fisher 211 Thrissacanthias penicillatus (Fisher).. 212 Sideriaster canaliculata A. H. Clark... 212 Family Luidiidae Luidia bellonae Liitken 212 Luidia Columbia (Gray) 213 Luidia foliolata Grube 213 Luidia phragma H. L. Clark 214 Family Odontasteridae Odontaster crassus Fisher 214 Family Goniasteridae Mediaster aequalis Stimpson 214 Amphiaster insignis Verrill 214 Family Oreasteridae Pauliella aenigma Ludwig 215 Oreaster occidentalis Verrill 215 Nidorellia armata (Gray) 216 Family Ophidiasteridae Linckia columbiae Gray 216 Narcissia gracilis A. H. Clark 216 Phataria unifascialis (Gray) 217 Pharia pyramidata (Gray) 217 Leiaster teres (Verrill) 217 Page Family Echinasteridae Henricia asthenactis Fisher 218 Henricia aspera Fisher 218 Henricia leviuscula dyscrita Fisher.... 218 Henricia polyacantha Fisher 219 Echinaster tenuispinus Verrill 219 Family Acanthasteridae Acanthaster ellisii (Gray) 219 Family Heliasteridae Heliaster kubiniji Xantus 220 Family Asteriidae Sclerasterias heteropaes Fisher 220 CLASS OPHIUROIDEA Family Ophiomyxidae Ophiomyxa panamensis Liitken & Mortensen 221 Family Gorgonocephalidae Astrocaneum spinosum (Lyman) 221 Family Ophiacanthidae Ophiacantha pyriformis sp. nov 221 Family Amphiuridae Amphiura arcystata H. L. Clark 223 Amphipholis squainata (Della Chiaje) . . 223 Amphiodia urtica (Lyman) 224 Ophiactis savignyi (Muller & Troschel) 224 Ophiopholis bakeri McClendon 224 Family Ophiotrichidae Ophiothrix galapagensis Liitken & Mortensen 224 Ophiothrix spiculata Le Conte 226 1 Contribution No. 529, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 210 Zoological New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 Page Family Ophiochitonidae Ophionereis annulata (Le Conte) 226 Ophionereis eurybrachiplax H. L. Clark 226 Family Ophiocomidae Ophiocoma acthiops Liitken 226 Ophiocoma alexandri Lyman 227 Family Ophiodermatidae Ophioderma panamense Liitken 227 Ophioderma variegatum Liitken 227 Schizoderma diplax Nielsen 228 Diopcderma danianum (Verrill) 228 Ophiuroconis bispinosa sp. nov 228 Family Ophiolepididae Ophiura liitkeni (Lyman) 230 Ophiolepis crassa Nielsen 230 CLASS ECHINOIDEA Family Cidaridae Eucidaris thouarsii (Agassiz & Desor) . 231 Hesperocidaris perplexa (H. L. Clark) 231 Family Centrechinidae Centrechinus mexicanus (A. Agassiz) . . 231 Centrostephanus coronatus (Verrill)... 232 Page Family Arbaciidae Arbacia incisa (A. Agassiz) 232 Family Echinidae Lyctechinus anamesus H. L. Clark.... 233 Tripneustes depressus A. Agassiz 238 Family Strongylocentrotidae Strongylocentrotus fragilis Jackson.... 233 Family Echinometridae Echinometra oblonga de Blainville 234 Family Clypeastridae Clypeaster speciosus Verrill 234 Clypeaster europacijicus H. L. Clark . . . 234 Family Scutellidae Encope grandis L. Agassiz 235 Encope micropora L. Agassiz 235 Family Spatangidae Brissopsis pacifica (A. Agassiz) 235 Meoma grandis Gray 236 Lovenia cordiformis A. Agassiz 236 BIBLIOGRAPHY 236 Introduction. The collection of echinoderms made by the Templeton Crocker Expedi- tion of the New York Zoological Society on the yacht Zaca to the Gulf of California and adjacent waters in the spring of 1936 is of great interest. With the exception of Ophiura liitkeni, of which there are 1,844 specimens, the collection is rich in quality but not in quantity. It consists of 2,277 specimens representing 65 species, viz., 27 sea-stars, 21 ophiurans, 16 echini and 1 crinoid2. There are two new brittle-stars which are described in this report. No fewer than 28 species are represented by only one or two specimens and some of these species have not been taken previously since they were described more than 20 years ago. A number of specimens were badly crushed and in poor condition ; only one sea-star, however, was un- identifiable. The region explored is on the boundary between the Panamic fauna and the North Pacific fauna; however, 31 species have been previously taken in the Panamic region, 22 species are of the North Pacific fauna, while 12 species are confined to the Gulf of California. It is interesting that several species were taken that had not been recorded since Verrill described them in 1871. The farther south one collects it becomes more and more evident that the North Pacific littoral species occur only in the deeper water; most of the material was taken at depths of less than 100 fathoms. The richest littoral stations were Santa Inez Bay in the Gulf of California, and Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island. Of the new brittle-stars one belongs to the large genus Ophiacantlia, while the other is a representa- tive of the genus Ophiuroconis. I wish to express my indebtedness to Dr. William Beebe for the oppor- tunity of studying this interesting material. Thanks are also due to Dr. H. L. Clark and Dr. E. Deichmann for their invaluable help in working up the material, and to Dr. W. K. Fisher for his expert assistance in deter- mining some of the difficult sea-stars. Dr. Deichmann and Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., have generously read the proofs. The field color notes were made by members of the expedition. The specimens are all deposited in the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 2 The holothurians taken have been discussed by Dr E. Deichmann in the present volume of Zoologica, pp. 161 to 176. 1937] Ziesenhenne : Echinoderms 211 Class Crinoidea. Family Antedonidae. Florometra perplexa (A. H. Clark). Antedon perplexa A. H. Clark, 1907, p. 74. Florometra perplexa, A. H. Clark, 1921, p. 60, pi. 62, figs. 95, 96; pi. 5, figs. 1009-1014. Type: Cat. No. 22611, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Off the coast of Washington, Albatross Station No. 3070. General Range: From Alaska and Monterey Bay to the Gulf of Panama and the Galapagos Islands. From 45 to 581 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult from west of San Jose Point, Lower California (Station 175:D-1) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a shaley bottom. Remarks: This interesting crinoid is the only one in the collection. It is a good-sized specimen and the color in life was reddish-brown, pin- nules dark brown to black, cirri light brown. Length of arms 111 mm., longest cirrus 33 mm. Class Asteroidea. Family Astropectinidae. Astropecten armatus Gray. Astropecten armatus Gray, 1840, p. 181. Astropecten armatus, Fisher, 1911, p. 56. Type: British Museum. Type Locality: Puerto Portrero, South America (Gray). General Range: From San Pedro, California, to Punta Santa Elena, Ecuador. From shore to 80 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 21 specimens was taken from Magda- lena Bay, Gorda Banks, Arena Bank, the Inez area and Clarion Island between three feet and 80 fathoms on muddy, sandy and rocky bottoms. Remarks: This series is composed mainly of young specimens ranging in size from R = 5 mm. to R. = 146 mm. ; the ratio between arms and disk radius rises from R = 2.5 r to R = 5.5 r. The supero-marginal spines are developed even in the smallest individuals. The color in life was usually pink, sometimes scarlet. The color of the dried specimens ranges from pale green to light brown, with the small ones cream color. Material: Magdalena Bay: (2 young). Station 136: D-l (3 young). Station 142: D-l (1 adult). Station 143: D-l (3 young), D-3 (5 young). Station 145: D-l (1 adult). Station 150: D-9 (1 young), D-13 (2 young), D-16 (2 young). Station 163: D-3 (1 young). Astropecten caUfornicus Fisher. Astropecten californicus Fisher, 1906, p. 299. Astropecten californicus, Fisher, 1911, p. 61. Type: No. 157, Stanford University Invertebrate Collection. Type Locality: Monterey Bay, California; 70 fathoms. General Range: From north of Bodega Head, California, to Lower California, Mexico. From 10 to 244 fathoms. 212 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 Local Distribution: A total of five specimens was taken off San Jose Point, Lower California, from east of Cedros Island and on Gorda Banks between 38 and 70 fathoms on muddy and shaley bottoms. Remarks: This series is composed entirely of young individuals, rang- ing from R = 13 mm. to R = 22 mm. The color of the dried specimens is brown in diverse shades; color in life pinkish. Material: Station 126: D-l (1 young). Station 150: D-4 (1 young) Station 175: D-l (3 young). Thrissaeanthias penicillatus (Fisher). Persephonaster penicillatus Fisher, 1905, p. 297. Thrissaeanthias penicillatus, Fisher, 1911, p. 79. Type: Cat. No. 22329, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Off Los Coronados Islands, southwest of San Diego, California. From 530 to 638 fathoms. General Range: From Washington to Lower California. From 30 to 822 fathoms. Local Distribution: One young individual was taken in Santa Inez Bay (Station 142: D-2) at a depth of 30 to 35 fathoms on a bottom composed of mud and crushed shell. Remarks: Although no young specimen in the M. C. Z. collection is as small as the Zaca specimen, comparison shows that this individual is probably the young of T. penicillatus, but it is the first specimen recorded from the Gulf of California, and the first from a depth of less than 277 fathoms. R = 6 mm.; r = 2 mm. The color (dried) is light brown with lighter rays. Sideriaster canaliculata A. H. Clark. Sideriaster canaliculata A. H. Clark, 1916, p. 52. Type: Cat. No. 36951, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Gulf of California, 40 fathoms, Albatross Station 2998. General Range: Gulf of California, Santa Inez Bay to Arena Bank. From 35 to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 12 specimens was taken from Gorda Banks, Arena Bank and the Inez area between 35 and 60 fathoms on muddy bottoms. Remarks: These are the first specimens to be collected since the species was described in 1916. The series is interesting because of the diversity in size, ranging from R = 4 mm. to R = 87 mm. In the smallest specimen, R = 2 r but as growth proceeds, R increases disproportionately until in the largest it considerably exceeds 3 r. A. H. Clark’s type has R = 64 mm. and r = 19. The color of the larger dried specimens at hand is brownish- white, the color in life was pinkish to coral red. Material: Station 136: D-14 (1 young). Station 142: D-3 (2 adults, 2 young). Station 146: D-l (1 young). Station 147: D-2 (1 young, tip of an adult ray). Station 150: D-9 (5 young). Family Luidiidae. Luidia bellonae Liitken. Luidia bellonae Liitken, 1865, p. 133. Luidia bellonae, H. L. Clark, 1910, p. 330. 1937] Ziesenhenne : Echinoderms 213 Type: Probably in Copenhagen. Type Locality: Guayaquil, Ecuador. General Range: Gulf of California to Iquiqui, Chile, and the Galapagos Islands. From 2 to 30 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 4 specimens was taken from Santa Inez Bay, Station 142: D-l (1 adult), and Station 143: D-l (3 young), between 29 and 30 fathoms on muddy bottoms. Remarks: This series was in very poor condition, probably being broken in the dredge. Largest specimen R = 115 mm. ; r = 13 mm. The smaller specimens were in too poor condition to permit measurement. The color of the large specimen was lavender in life, and, dried, it is gray with dark cross-bands on the arms. The dorsal spines are light gray; the longest are 4 mm. in length ; marginal spines about 5 mm. long, gray at base with white tips. Luidia Columbia (Gray). Petalaster Columbia Gray, 1840, p. 183. Luidia Columbia, Sladen, 1889, p. 247. H. L. Clark, 1910, p. 331. Type: British Museum. Type Locality: “St. Bias,” probably the west coast of Mexico. General Range: From Magdalena Bay and the Gulf of California to northern Peru and the Galapagos Islands. From two to 80 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 15 specimens was taken from east of Cedros Island, from Gorda Banks, Arena Bank, Santa Inez Bay and Clarion Island, between two and 80 fathoms on muddy, sandy and hard bottoms and in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) . Remarks: This series ranges in size from R = 8 mm. to R = 213 mm. The color of the dried specimens is brown of diverse shades, with white spines and oral surface. Several specimens have white and brown irregular markings on the disk and arms. The color in life was coral pink with orange spines. Material: Station 126: D-3 (1 adult). Station 127: D-l (tip of ray). Station 136: D-l (1 adult), D-33 (1 adult). Station 142: D-3 (2 young). Station 143: D-3 (3 young). Station 147: D-2 (1 adult, 3 young). Station 150: D-13 (1 adult), D-16 (1 adult). Station 163: D-3 (1 adult). Luidia foliolata Grube. Luidia foliolata Grube, 1866, p. 59. Luidia foliolata, Fisher, 1911, p. 106. Type: Unknown. Type Locality: Unknown. General Range: From southeast Alaska (Kasaan Bay) to San Diego, California, and probably to Mazatlan. From 10 to 189 fathoms, usually less than 80 fathoms. Local Distribution: Three specimens were taken west of San Jose Point, Station 175: D-l (1 adult, 2 young), at a depth of 45 fathoms. Remarks: These specimens are well preserved and in good condition. Size ranges from R = 15 mm.; r = 4 mm. to R = 91 mm.; r = 8 mm. The color of the dried specimens is brown with white spots irregularly scattered on the disk and arms; bordering the marginal plates are rows of white paxil- lae; oral surface dirty yellow. The known range is extended to Lower California by this record which i? the farthest south the species has been taken. 214 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 Luidia phragma H. L. Clark. Luidia phragma H. L. Clark, 1910, p. 329. Type: No. 398, M. C. Z. Type Locality: Probably Peru. General Range: Gulf of California to Peru. From three feet to 30 fathoms. Local Distribution : A total of four specimens was taken on the shore of Magdalena Bay and in Santa Inez Bay at three feet and 13 fathoms. Remarks: Of this colorful species the smallest specimen has R = 35 mm., the largest R = 45 mm. The third row of paxillae from the marginal plates bears spines. The color of the dried specimens is gray, with each arm having a brown stripe down the center; the margins have black bars, one in each inter-radius and 3 to 4 on the arms, but in one specimen these bars are not so distinct. The oral side and lateral spines are white. Material: Magdalena Bay: (1 adult). Station 145: D-l (3 adults). Odontaster crassus Fisher, 1904, p. 302. Odontaster crassus, Fisher, 1911, p. 156. Type: Cat. No. 22333, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Albatross Station 4313, vicinity of San Diego. From 92 to 243 fathoms. General Range: Monterey Bay to San Diego, and northern Lower California. From 43 to 243 fathoms. Local Distribution: One young specimen was taken west of San Jose Point (Station 175: D-l) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a shaley bottom. Remarks: The specimen has R = 12 mm. The color (dried) is cream on the marginal plates and oral side; the paxillar area is light brown. The known range is extended about 100 miles to the south by this record. Mediaster aequalis Stimpson, 1857, p. 530, pi. 23, figs. 7-11. Mediaster aequalis, Fisher, 1911, p. 198. Type: Cat. No. 1977, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Puget Sound. Washington, or San Francisco. General Range: From the Alaska Peninsula (Chignik Bay) to north- ern Lower California. From 9 to 160 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of four specimens was taken west of San Jose Point, Lower California (Station 175: D-l, 2 young; D-3, 2 adults) at a depth of 45 fathoms on shaley bottom. Remarks: The smallest specimen R — 7 mm., largest R = 38 mm. Color (dried) is a dirty cream; the madreporite is light buff; color of adults in life, bright red. Family Odontasteridae. Odontaster crassus Fisher. Family Goniasteridae. Mediaster aequalis Stimpson. Amphiaster insignis Verrill. Amphiaster insignis Verrill, 1868, p. 372. 1937] Ziesenhenne: Echinoderms 215 \ Type : Cat. No. 581, M. C. Z. (cotype). Type Locality: La Paz, Lower California. General Range: Magdalena Bay and Gulf of California. From 30 to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 18 specimens was taken from Arena Bank and Santa Inez Bay between 18 and 45 fathoms on sandy and muddy bottoms. Remarks: In the smallest specimen R = 9 mm.; in the largest R = 59 mm. The color (dried) is a light dirty brown; the color in life was pale pink to carrot red. Material: Station 136: D-l (1 young, 6 adults), D-2 (1 young), D-13 (1 adult), D-26 (2 young, 1 adult). Station 141: D-3 (3 adults). Station 142: D-l (2 young). Station 143: D-l (1 adult). Family Oreasteridae. Pauliella aenigma Ludwig. Pauliella aenigma Ludwig, 1905, p. 151. Type: Cat. No. 2403, M. C. Z. (cotype). Type Locality: Cocos Island, off Costa Rica, Albatross Station 3368. General Range: Cocos and Clarion Islands. From 45 to 67 fathoms. Local Distribution: One specimen was taken off Clarion Island (Sta- tion 163: D-2) at a depth of 55 fathoms on a rocky bottom with coral. Remarks: This specimen has R = 16.5 mm. and r = 11.5 mm.; a cotype in the M. C. Z. has R = 13.5 mm., r = 9.5 mm. ; a large specimen with R = 16.5 mm. and r = 12 mm. was described by Ludwig and it agrees well with the present individual, especially in the ambulacral armature. The cotype and this individual differ from each other chiefly in the size of the dorsal and lateral spines. In the cotype the central dorsal spines, 5 in number (3 broken), are 1 mm. high, while the distal dorsal spines, arranged in 5 groups of 12 to 15, are 8 mm. high. The Zaca specimen has no central spines but 11 spheroidal naked plates surrounded at their base with series of granules. The distal dorsal spines are small and few, none exceeding 3 mm. in length. The inter-radial, intra-marginal spines are well developed in the cotype, where there are ten, conical and blunt, the longest 1 mm. in length. In the present specimen the intra-marginal spines are small and the area between the dorsal and ventral marginal plates is greatly reduced. These differences however are probably due to growth changes. With ad- vancing age it may be that the spines are lost and the enlarged plates occupy their place. The color (dried) is creamish-white both above and below; the trian- gular madreporite is light brown; each inter-radius dorsally has a light yellow area. This is the first specimen of Pauliella to be recorded since the types were taken by the Albatross at Cocos Island in 1891. The known range is now extended to Clarion Island about 2,100 miles to the northwest. Oreaster occidentalis Verrill. Oreaster occidentalis Verrill, 1867a, p. 278. Oreaster occidentalis, H. L. Clark, 1910, p. 333. Type: Probably in Peabody Museum, New Haven. Type Locality: West coast of Panama. 216 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 General Distribution: Gulf of California to northern Peru and the Galapagos Islands. From three to 40 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of three specimens was taken from Arena Bank and Santa Inez Bay between five and 45 fathoms on sandy and muddy bottoms. Remarks: All the specimens at hand of this common species are small with R ranging from 47 to 91 mm. Their color in life ranged from orange to red; dried from alcohol it is brown with a reddish tinge; papular areas gray in both living and dried specimens. Material: Station 136: D-6 (1 adult), D-23 (1 young). Station 141: D-l (1 adult). Nidorellia armata (Gray). Pentaceros armatus Gray, 1840, p. 277. Nidorellia armata, Verrill, 1867a, p. 280; H. L. Clark, 1910, p. 332. Type: Probably in the British Museum. Type Locality: Punta Santa Elena, Ecuador. From 12 to 15 fathoms. General Range: From Guaymas, Mexico, to Zorritos, Peru, and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 40 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of three specimens was taken off Arena Bank and off Santo Domingo Point, Santa Inez Bay, between one and ly^ fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) and on a sandy bottom. Remarks: In the smallest specimen R = 55 mm., in the largest R = 72 mm. The color in life was olive with dark blue spines. The armature varies greatly; there are 33 short, blunt, dorsal spines on the smallest specimen, and two to four blunt marginal spines at ray tips; in the largest specimen there are 104 short pointed dorsal spines, and marginal spines on all but four superomarginal plates. The intermediate specimen has 16 long, blunt, dorsal spines 10 mm. high; superomarginal spines near tip of ray, about four on each side 6 mm. long. Material: Station 136: D-33 (1 adult). Near Station 145: (2 adults). Family Ophidiasteridae. Linekia columbiae Gray. Linekia columbiae Gray, 1840, p. 285. Linekia columbiae, Fisher, 1911, p. 242. Type: Probably in the British Museum. Type Locality: “West coast of Colombia” (Gray). General Range: San Pedro, California, to Colombia and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 55 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of three specimens was taken from Arena Bank and off Clarion Island between 45 and 55 fathoms on muddy and rocky bottoms. Remarks: The largest specimen has R = 55 mm., the smallest 51 mm. All have five arms, but one has two arms, 12 and 21 mm. in length, in process of regeneration. Color of the dried specimens light tan. Material: Station 136: D-l (2 adults). Station 163: D-2 (1 adult). Narcissia gracilis A. H. Clark. Narcissia gracilis A. H. Clark, 1916, p. 58. 1937] Ziesenhenne : Echinoderms 217 Type: Cat. No. 38,317, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Albatross Station 2829, off Lower California, 31 fathoms. General Range: Gulf of California. From 31 to 50 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of nine specimens was taken from Arena Bank and Gorda Banks between 45 and 50 fathoms on muddy and sandy bottoms. Remarks: The specimens at hand are all young (R = 13 to 34 mm.) and are more depressed than the adults, which have the arms decidedly triangular in cross-section. The species is rare, only a few having been taken since the type was described in 1916. The color of the living speci- mens ranged from coral pink to burnt orange; dried, they are yellowish- brown. Material: Station 136: D-l (1 young), D-13 (1 young), D-23 (2 young), D-26 (4 young). Station 150: D-10 (1 young). Phataria unifaseialis (Gray). Linckia unifaseialis Gray, 1840, p. 285. Phataria unifaseialis, Sladen, 1889, p. 786; H. L. Clark, 1910, p. 335. Type: Probably in the British Museum. Type Locality: Bay of Caracas, west coast of Colombia. General Range: From the Gulf of California to Zorritos, Peru. From shore to 10 fathoms. Local Distribution: Two adults were taken from Arena Bank (Station 136: D-33) at a depth of two fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata). Remarks: This tropical species is abundant on rocky shores in the Panamic region and can easily be collected at low tide. The larger specimen in the Zaca collection has R = 58 mm., while in the smaller R = 45 mm. ; both specimens show evidence of regeneration, so that neither is quite typical, the rays being short and heavy. The dried specimens are a bleached dirty cream color. Pharia pyramidata (Gray). Ophidiaster pyramidatus Gray, 1840, p. 284. Pharia pyramidata, Sladen. 1889, p. 784; H. L. Clark, 1910, p. 335. Type: Probably in the British Museum. Type Locality: Bay of Caracas, west coast of Colombia, on rocks. General Range: From the Gulf of California to Punta Santa Elena, Ecuador; Zorritos, Peru, and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 10 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136: D-33) at a depth of two fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata). Remarks: The specimen has R = 66 mm., and the color is brown with faded yellow papular areas. Leiaster teres (Verrill). Lepidaster teres Verrill, 1871a, p. 578. Leiaster teres, Sladen, 1889, p. 408. Type: Probably in the Peabody Museum, New Haven. Type Locality: La Paz, Lower California. 218 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 General Range: Confined to the Gulf of California. From 20 to 30 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult specimen was taken from Gorda Banks (Station 150: D-7) between 20 and 30 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks: This specimen is the first one to be collected since Verrill’s type was taken by Captain J. Pedersen near La Paz. Verrill says the type was “pale yellow” when dried; probably in had been in alcohol for some time. The present specimen in life was brilliant cerise pink; at present it has faded to a dull rose. In his “Echinoderms of Torres Strait” (1921, p. 73) H. L. Clark refei’s to Verrill’s ambiguity about the papular arrange- ment, but the specimen now at hand shows clearly that the papulae are grouped, thus leaving no doubt that it is a true Leiaster. The Zaca speci- men has R = 44 mm., about the same as in the type. Family Echinasteridae. Henricia asthenactis Fisher. Henricia asthenactis Fisher, 1910, p. 572. Henricia asthenactis, Fisher, 1911, p. 297. Type: Cat. No. 27,782, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Albatross Station 4423 between Santa Barbara and San Nicholas Islands, California. From 216 to 339 fathoms. General Range: Vicinity of Santa Barbara Islands, Shumagin Islands, Bering Sea (Bowers Bank and off Kamchatka), and the Gulf of California. From 67 to 682 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of three specimens was taken from Gorda Banks between 50 and 75 fathoms on muddy and hard bottoms. Remarks: These specimens extend the range of the species over a thousand miles to the south. The adult differs slightly from the northern form, but since the species of this genus vary greatly, it does not seem desirable to make it a named variety. It has R = 17 mm., and the color in life was pinkish; dried it is cream with light brown papular areas. The two young specimens are six-armed, one regenerating three arms (R = 11 mm., other arms R = 19 mm.) and the other has two arms (R = 15 mm. and four buds with R = 5 mm.) The color is the same as in the adult. Material: Station 150: D-9 (2 young), D-16 (1 adult). Henricia aspera Fisher. Henricia aspera Fisher, 1906, p. 127. Henricia aspera, Fisher, 1911, p. 393. Type: Cat. No. 21,930, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Albatross Station 3052, Heceta Bank, Oregon, 48 fathoms. General Range: Fi'om Bering Sea (Bering and Pribilof Islands), south to San Jose Point, Lower California. From 26 to 313 fathoms. Local Distribution: One specimen was taken west of San Jose Point (Station 175: D-l) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a shaley bottom. Remarks: This specimen has R = 34 mm. It extends the known range of the species about 200 miles to the south. Henricia leviuscula dyscrita Fisher. Henricia leviuscula dyscrita Fisher, 1911, p. 298. 1937] Ziesenhenne: Echinoderms 219 Type: Cat. No. 27,780, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Albatross Station 2907, near Point Conception, Cali- fornia, at 44 fathoms. General Range: Middle California to Cedros Island. From off shore to about 80 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of five specimens was taken west of San Jose Point, and east of Cedros Island at 45 and 60 fathoms on bottoms of shale and crushed shell. Remarks: The smallest has R = 23 mm., in the largest it is 37 mm. This material extends the known range about 300 miles southward. The color of the adult in life was buffy-yellow. Material: Station 126: D-10 (1 adult). Station 175: D-2 (4 young). Henricia polyacantha Fisher. Henricia polyacantha Fisher, 1906, p. 129. Henricia polyacantha, Fisher, 1911, p. 302. Type: Cat. No. 21,932, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Albatross Station 2936, off San Diego, California, at 359 fathoms. General Range: San Diego, California, to the Gulf of California. From 70 to 359 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult was taken from Gorda Banks (Station 150: D-13) at a depth of 70 to 80 fathoms on a rough bottom. Remarks: The known range of H. polyacantha is extended about 100 miles to the south by this specimen which was pinkish in life, is pale cream color dried, and has R = 56 mm. This specimen is a southern variety but not distinctive enough to be named as a subspecies. Echinaster tenuispinus Verrill. Echinaster tenuispinus Verrill, 1871a, p. 577. Echinaster tenuispinus, H. L. Clark, 1913, p. 195. Type: Probably in Peabody Museum, New Haven. Type Locality: La Paz, Lower California. General Range: Confined to the Gulf of California. From shore to 10 fathoms. Local Distribution: Two young specimens were taken from Santa Inez Bay (Station 144: D-2) at a depth of 2y2 fathoms, and one adult from the tidal zone of the same bay. The bottom in both cases was sandy. Remarks: In the smallest specimen R = 4 mm., while in the largest R = 42 mm. The color of the dried specimen is brown with only the spine tips light; orally the ambulacra are pale yellow with light-colored spines. Family Acanthasteridae. Acanthaster ellisii (Gray). Echinaster ellisii Gray, 1840, p. 281. Acanthaster ellisii, Verrill, 1869, p. 385. Type: Probably in the British Museum. Type Locality: South America?; H. Cuming, Esq., (Gray). 220 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 General Range: Gulf of California, Galapagos Islands and Clarion Island. From shore to 6 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult was taken from Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, between one and 6 fathoms on a bottom formed of coral and rock. Remarks: This seems to be a rare species, since less than a dozen speci- mens have been recorded. W. P. Sladen (Rep. Voy. Challenger, vol. 30, 1889, p. 536) doubts the validity of the species but later collectors have added specimens from other localities and it is now generally accepted. One specimen when lifted into a boat was said to inflict a painful sting. Other specimens have been handled by the present writer without any sting- ing or other unusual sensations. It may be that a coelenterate had become accidentally enmeshed on the numerous spines of the sea-star and caused the stinging sensation reported. But it is possible that Acanthaster may possess poisonous pedicellariae as many sea urchins do. When more living specimens are taken, experiments should be carried out to determine the effect and source of the stinging, if any occurs. The present specimen in life showed dorsally three concentric rings of rufous, apricot buff and rufous around a center of the apricot buff shades; spines dove gray basally, vinaceous pink distally; oral surface vinaceous pink; tube-feet greenish yellow; dorsal surface of rays dove gray, lateral portions rufous. In the dried specimen the dorsal spines are pale red, papu- lar areas dark red, madreporites light gray, oral spines dirty white. There are 15 rays and 8 madreporitic plates; R = 85 mm. and r — 51 mm. Family Heliasteridae. Heliaster kubiniji Xantus. Heliaster kubiniji Xantus, 1860, p. 568. Heliaster kubiniji, H. L. Clark, 1913, p. 201. Type: U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Cerro Blanco, off Cape San Lucas, Lower California. General Range: Gulf of California. From shore to five fathoms. Local Distribution: Two small specimens were taken in three feet of water at Santa Inez Point, Santa Inez Bay, on a sandy bottom. Remarks: This species is a common littoral form in the Gulf of Cali- fornia. Each of the present specimens has 23 rays, R = 60 mm. ; r = 33 mm. Color (dried) dark brown, spines pale pink fading to white. Family Asteriidae. Sclerasterias heteropaes Fisher. Sclerasterias heteropaes Fisher, 1928, p. 112. Type: Cat. No. E. 1427, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Albatross Station 4554, N. W. Point Pinos, Monterey Bay, California, in 70 to 80 fathoms. General Range: Half Moon Bay to south of San Diego, California, and Clarion Island. From 27 to 85 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 11 specimens was taken west of San Jose Point, Lower California, and off Clarion Island at 45 to 55 fathoms on bottoms composed of shale and of rock with coral, respectively. Remarks: This species is interesting in that the young may have either five or six arms (Fisher, 1928, p. 115). In the largest R = 21 mm., smallest 1937] Ziesenkenne: Echinoderms 221 R = 8 mm. The color of dried specimens is brown, with two whitish bands on each arm, the spines white. The specimens from Clarion Island establish a new southern limit for the known range of the species. Material: Station 163: D-2 (2 young). Station 175: D-l (9 young). Class Ophiuroidea. Family Ophiomyxidae. Ophiomyxa panamensis Liitken & Mortensen. Ophiomyxa panamensis Liitken & Mortensen, 1899, p. 182. Type: Cat. No. 2642, M. C. Z. (cotypes). Type Locality: Albatross Station 3397, Panama. General Range: Gulf of California to Panama. From 50 to 85 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 15 specimens was taken from Arena Bank and Gorda Banks at depths of 50 fathoms on rocky and crushed shell bottoms. Remarks: Unfortunately the specimens are crushed and broken but there is no doubt of their identity even though their occurrence near Lower California extends the known range of the species 2,000 miles to the north. The color of these specimens when dried is old rose; the disk, however, is dark red and the arm spines have yellow tips. Material: Station 136: D-27 (7 disks and fragments). Station 150: D-10 (8 disks and fragments). Family Gorgonocephalidae. Astrocaneum spinosum (Lyman). Astrophyton spinosum Lyman, 1875, p. 29. Astrocaneum spinosum, Doderlein, 1911, p. 92. Type: Cat. No. 2912, M. C. Z. Type Locality: West coast of Panama. General Range: Panama to Lower California. From 10 to 46 fathoms. Local Distribution: One specimen from Ceralbo Channel, (Station 137: D-l) at a depth of 46 fathoms. Remarks: This specimen extends the known range of the species more than 2,000 miles to the north. The diameter of the disk is 30 mm., length of arm about 110 mm. The color of the dried specimen is pale brown with a dark, dorsal median line on arms. Family Ophiacanthidae. Ophiacantha pyriformis sp. nov. (Text-figure 1). Diagnosis: Rays six; simple spinelets on disk scales; unique, well defined dorsal arm-plates; four short, stout, tapering arm-spines. Description: Disk about 3 mm. in diameter, arms 6; old arms 13 mm. long; regenerated arms 6 mm. Disk covered with numerous, distinct, over- lapping scales, each of the larger bearing a single, blunt, relatively smooth, tapering spinelet, less than 1 mm. in length; there is no definite arrange- ment in the distribution of spines. Radial shields covered with scales. 222 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 except at the distal margin. Basal upper arm-plates more or less circular, the second much larger than the first; subsequent plates becoming longer than wide but widest distally, pyriform, sharply defined, only slightly in contact with each other; the surface of all upper arm-plates is rough, like shagreen. Interbrachial areas below covered with overlapping scales, some bear- ing short, blunt spines. Genital slits large. Oral shields oval, longer than broad, proximally more convex than distally. Adoral shields triangular, longer than broad, proximally pointed, increasing in width distally, meeting within in some areas, not in contact in others, due to regenerating rays. All plates more finely granulate than the upper arm plates. Teeth block-like and bluntly rounded, four in each column. Oral papillae two to four on each side of the jaw, according to the stage of growth, most proximal nar- row and rounded; distally they become wider and flat with blunt tips; distal papilla widest. Second pair of oral tentacles with tentacle-scales. First under arm-plate small, oval, distally and proximally convex; second and succeeding arm-plates longer than wide, sides slightly concave, proximal end pointed, distal margin broadly rounded; plates slightly in contact. Tentacle-scale single, large, oval and flat; distally it becomes slender and pointed. Side arm-plates large, narrowly separated above and below. Each Text-figure 1. Ophiacantha pyriformis sp. nov. A, oral side; B, aboral side; C, arm-spine arrangement. 1937] Ziesenhenne: Echinoderms 223 plate bears four short, well spaced, smooth spines, tapering but blunt, the uppermost longest. The color in dried alcoholic specimens is as follows: old arms and por- * tion of the disk light brown; regenerated rays and parts of disk light gray; oral surface nearly white; arm-spines gray. Type: M. C. Z. Cat. No. 5423 (holotype) and three paratypes (M. C. Z. 5424).' Type Locality: Clarion Island, Mexico. Material: The holotype and three paratypes, taken off Clarion Island, (Station 163: D-l) at a depth of 20 fathoms on a bottom of rock and coral. Remarks: Of the four specimens three have six arms, three large and three small, and one has three arms, the incomplete disk having four jaws. Evidently reproduction by fission when very young is the rule, but whether the adult has five or six arms, there is no means of knowing. This species is readily distinguished from other species of the genus by the simple spinelets on the disk-scales, unique dorsal arm-plates and the four short stout arm-spines. It apparently is not closely allied to any known species, but additional material may show it to be the young of a larger, already named species. Family Amphiuridae. Amphiura arcystata H. L. Clark. Amphiura arcystata H. L. Clark, 1911, p. 145. Amphiura arcystata, Nielsen, 1932, p. 264. Type: Cat. No. 3135, M. C. Z. (paratype). Type Locality: Off Central California, Albatross Station 3132. General Distribution: From California to the Gulf of California and Japan. From 30 to 330 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of seven specimens was taken east of Ced- ros Island and in Santa Inez Bay at 35 and 45 fathoms on muddy bottoms. Remarks: The largest specimen is 12 mm. in disk diameter; while the longest arm measures 204 mm. The smallest specimen is 4 mm. across the disk and its longest arm is 40 mm. The dried specimens are light brown, the disk darker and radial shields lighter. This l'ecord extends the known range of the species to the Gulf of California, more than 1,200 miles to the south. Material: Station 126: D-6 (3 adults). Station 143: D-4 (4 young). Amphipholis squamata (Delle Chiaje). Asterias squamata Delle Chiaje, 1828, p. 74. Amphipholis squamata, Verrill, 1899, p. 312; Nielsen, 1932, p. 290. Type: Unknown. Type Locality: Mediterranean Sea, probably Naples. General Range: Cosmopolitan, the most widely distributed of the brittle-stars. From shore to 100 fathoms. Local Distribution: One specimen was taken east of Cedros Island (Station 125: D-l) at a depth of 44 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks: The disk diameter of the single specimen is 3 mm. with length of arms 7 mm. The disk is light gray, the arms light cream color in the dry specimen. 224 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 Amphiodia urtiea (Lyman). Amphiura urtiea Lyman, 1860, p. 195. Amphiodia urtiea, Verrill, 1899, p. 313; Nielsen, 1932, p. 279. Type: Never designated. Type Locality: Puget Sound, Washington. General Range: From Shumagin Islands, Alaska, to Lower California. From 15 to 50 fathoms. Local Distribution: Three young specimens were taken east of Cedros Island (Station 125: D-l) at a depth of 44 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks: The diameter of the disk in the largest specimen is 4 mm., while that of the smallest is 2 mm. The arms are 17 mm. in length. The disk is gray and the arms are cream color in the present material. This is the farthest south the species has been recorded. Ophiaetis savignyi (Muller & Troschel). Ophiolepis savignyi Muller & Troschel, 1842, p. 95. Ophiaetis savignyi, Ljungman, 1867, p. 323; Nielsen, 1932, p. 257. Type: Unknown. Type Locality: Egypt. General Range: World-wide in the tropics; on the Pacific coast from San Pedro, California, to Panama. From shore to 27 fathoms. Local Distribution: One young specimen was taken from Clarion Island (Station 163: D-l) at a depth of 20 fathoms oh a bottom formed of coral and rock. Remarks: This is a common tropical species, frequently found in sponges. The disk diameter of the present specimen is only 1.5 mm., length of arms, 7 mm. The dried specimen has the disk mottled green and black as usual and the arms marked with alternating bands of green and light brown. Ophiopholis bakeri McClendon. Ophiopholis bakeri McClendon, 1909, p. 41. Ophiopholis bakeri, Nielsen, 1932, p. 261. Type: Probably in the University of California, Berkeley. Type Locality: La Jolla, California. General Range: From British Columbia to Lower California. From 41 to 68 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 15 adults was taken west of San Jose Point, Lower California (Station 175: D-l, 8 adults; D-2, 7 adults) at 45 fathoms on shaley and rocky bottoms. Remarks: The diameter of the largest specimen is 7 mm., length of arms 32 mm.; the disk diameter of the smallest specimen is 2 mm., length of arms 7 mm. The dried specimens have a pink disk with white or gray markings. The arms, orange in life, are pink with an occasional light band; the armspines are white or gray. Family Ophiotrichidae. Ophiothrix galapagensis Liitken & Mortensen. Ophiothrix galapagensis Liitken & Mortensen, 1899, p. 181. 1937] Ziesenhenne: Echinoderms 225 Type: Cat. No. 2340, M. C. Z. (cotype). Type Locality: Near the Galapagos Islands, Albatross station 3405. General Range: Galapagos Islands, Clarion Island and the Gulf of California. From 20 to 75 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 42 specimens was taken from Gorda Banks, Arena Bank, Santa Inez Bay and Clarion Island between 35 and 75 fathoms on sandy, muddy and rocky bottoms. Remarks: These specimens are the first to be collected since 1899 when the species was described from three specimens. The known range of this species has been extended to Clarion Island and the Gulf of California, more than 2,000 miles to the north, by the present record. All of the specimens are larger than the type, which had a diameter of only 5 mm. The largest specimen in the present series is 13 mm. in diameter. The arm length is about 75 mm. In the live specimens the disk was purplish blue above spotted with red; arms pinkish-orange, each with a double line of dark oblong spots on upper surface; oral surface white. The color of the dried specimens varies greatly; the disk ranges from cream to maroon with white central mark- ings; medial shields pink with red markings bordering the plates as a marginal line or irregular spotting; disk orally and arm-spines white; arms pink with a median longitudinal white line on dorsal surface. This species occurred locally in great swarms. About 23,000 speci- mens, weighing 100 pounds altogether, were taken in a single 10-minute dredge (Station 150: D-18) ; at Station 150: D-16, 1,682 specimens, and at Station 150: D-4, 360 were captured. O. galapagensis is related to O. spiculata, from which it differs by the raised and naked radial shields, by the pinkish color and red markings, by the larger size, longer spines and shape of the arm plates. Material: Station 136: D-7 (7 adults), D-13 (1 adult), D-23 (1 adult), D-24 (2 adults). Station 142: D-3 (4 adults), Station 146: D-l (3 adults). Station 147: D-2 (1 adult). Station 150: D-4 (8 crushed adults), D-16 (2 adults), D-18 (7 adults and fragments). Station 163: D-2 (6 adults, poor condition ) . Ophiothrix spiculata Le Conte. Ophiothrix spiculata Le Conte, 1851, p. 318. Ophiothrix spiculata, Nielsen, 1932, p. 251. Type: Cat. No. 2415, M. C. Z. (cotypes). Type Locality: Panama (west coast). General Range: From Monterey Bay, California, to the Bay of Sechura, Peru. From shoi’e to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 18 specimens was taken east of Cedros Island, on Arena Bank and in Santa Inez Bay, between 1% and 45 fathoms on sandy and muddy bottoms. Remarks: These specimens are larger than the types. In life the arms are banded with pink and maroon or brown. The general color varies from light gray and brown to red in the dry specimens. The most colorful of the series has blue radial shields and red disk spines; the arms are blue with a red band about every fourth arm-plate. The arm-spines are dark at the base but become lighter toward the tips. The diameter of the largest specimen is 12 mm., arm length about 40 mm. The smallest specimen has a disk diameter of 5 mm. Material: Station 126: D-3 (1 adult). Station 128: D-l (5 adults). Station 136: D-l (4 adults), D-14 (1 adult), D-23 (1 adult). Station 144: D-4 (6 adults). 226 [XXII :15 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society Family Ophiochitonidae. Ophionereis annulate (Le Conte). Ophiolepis annulata Le Conte, 1851, p. 317. Ophionereis annulata, Lyman, 1860, p. 203; Nielsen, 1932, p. 309. Type: Cat. No. 1584, M. C. Z. Type Locality: West coast of Panama. General Range: From San Diego, California, to Panama and the Gala- pagos Islands; Clarion Island. From shore to 20 fathoms. Local Distribution: Two young specimens were taken off Clarion Island (Station 163: D-l) at a depth of 20 fathoms on a bottom formed of coral and rock. Remarks: The disk diameters of the specimens are 5 mm. and 4 mm. respectively. The color (dried) is much lighter than that of the types. The disk and arms are pale bluff, the latter banded with brown every fourth or fifth segment. Ophionereis eurybrachiplax H. L. Clark. Ophionereis eurybrachiplax H. L. Clark, 1911, p. 173. Ophionereis eurybrachiplax, Nielsen, 1932, p. 309. Type: Cat. No. 25589, U. S. N. M. (paratypes Cat. Nos. 3175, 3176, M. C. Z.) Type Locality: Off California. General Range: From Central California to Lower California. From 27 to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: Two specimens were taken west of San Jose Point (Station 175: D-l ) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a shaley bottom. Remarks: Upon comparison these specimens proved to be almost iden- tical with the types. Their disk diameters are 15 mm. and 20 mm. respec- tively. The arms are broken but they were about 120 mm. long. The color of the dried specimens is brown; the distal portion of the arms has a light gray median line and lateral markings dorsally. These specimens extend the known range of the species more than 200 miles to the south along the Pacific coast. Family Ophiocomidae. Ophiocoma aethiops Ltitken. Ophiocoma aethiops Liitken, 1859, p. 145. Ophiocoma aethiops, Nielsen, 1932, p. 246. Type: Probably in Copenhagen. Type Locality: West coast of Panama. General Range: From Lower California to Panama and the Galapagos Islands; Gulf of California (Arena Bank); Clarion Island. Local Distribution: A total of nine specimens was taken off Arena Bank at 2% fathoms in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) and in tide pools on Clarion Island. Remarks: The largest specimen has a disk diameter of 30 mm.; the smallest disk diameter is 13 mm. The color of the dried specimens is black; only the largest specimen has a gray center, 15 mm. in diameter, on the dorsal side. 1937] Ziesenhenne : Echinoderms 227 Material: Station 136: D-33 (8 broken adults). Tide pools, Clarion Island: (1 adult). O phiocoma alexandri Lyman. Ophiocoma alexandri Lyman, 1860, p. 256. Ophiocoma alexandri, Nielsen, 1932, p. 248. Type: Cat. No. 1825, M. C. Z. (holotype). Type Locality: Acapulco, Mexico. General Range: From Lower California to Panama and the Galapagos Islands; Clarion Island. From shore to 5 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult from tide pools, Clarion Island. Remarks: The diameter of the disk is 16 mm., length of arms about 100 mm. The dried specimen is brown with alternating light and dark brown arm bands every few segments. Family Ophiodermatidae. Ophioderma panamense Lutken. Ophioderma panamense Lutken, 1859, p. 91. Ophioderma panamense, Nielsen, 1932, p. 327. Type: Probably in Copenhagen. Type Locality: West coast of Panama. General Range: From San Pedro, California, to Payta, Peru, and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 10 fathoms. Local Distribution: One broken specimen was taken from the shore of Santa Inez Bay. Remarks: In this dried specimen, the 19 mm. disk is brown and the arms are slate brown. Ophioderma variegatum Lutken. Ophioderma variegatum Lutken, 1856, p. 21. Ophioderma variegatum, Nielsen, 1932, p. 350. Type: Probably in Copenhagen. Type Locality: Realejo, Nicaragua (west coast). General Range: From San Diego, California, to Panama, also at Clarion Island. From shore to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 11 specimens was taken from Gorda Banks, Arena Bank, Santa Inez Bay and Clarion Island from shore to 60 fathoms on muddy, sandy and rocky bottoms. Remarks: This series ranges from 7 mm. in diameter to 15 mm.; the arms of the largest specimen are about 55 mm. long. One specimen has only four rays. The common color combination is a red disk dorsally with green, white and narrow black bands on the arms. The oral surface is light cream color, almost white. Two smaller specimens have mottled white and brown disks; the arms are banded, brown and brown with white speckles. In life these specimens were probably more highly colored. Material: Station 136: D-24 (4 adults), D-26 (3 adults). Station 142: D-l (2 adults). Station 150: D-18 (1 young). Tide-pools, Clarion Island (1 adult). 228 [XXII :15 Zoological Neiv York Zoological Society Schizoderma diplax Nielsen. Schizoderma diplax Nielsen, 1932, p. 335. Type: Copenhagen. Type Locality: Perlas Island, Gulf of Panama. General Range : From Lower California to Panama. From shore to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 20 specimens was taken from Arena Bank, Gorda Banks and Santa Inez Bay between 29 and 60 fathoms, usually on muddy, rarely on sandy, bottoms. Remarks: This fine series ranges from 7 mm. to 15 mm. in disk di- ameter. The color (dried) is light brown with dark brown and gray mark- ings on the disk; the arms are gray with brown bands every two to four segments. This series extends the known range of the species more than 2,000 miles to the north, the first record from the Gulf of California. Material: Station 136: D-l (1 adult), D-14 (1 adult). Station 142: D-l (3 adults), D-2 (2 adults), D-3 (1 adult), D-4 (2 adults). Station 143: D-l (3 adults). Station 150: D-8 (5 adults), D-9 (2 adults). Diopederma danianum (Verrill). Ophiura danianum Verrill, 1867a, p. 254. Diopederma danianum, H. L. Clark, 1913, p. 206; Nielsen, 1932, p. 339. Type: Peabody Museum, New Haven. Type Locality: La Union, Salvador (west coast). General Range: Lower California to Salvador, and the Perlas Islands, Gulf of Panama. From 3 to 25 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult was taken in San Lucas Bay (Station 135 : D-20) at a depth of 3 fathoms on a sandy bottom. Remarks: This individual has a disk diameter of 11 mm. The arms are about 33 mm. long. The color of the disk is gray with white and brown markings; the arms are light gray with brown transverse bands every two to three arm segments; the ventral surface is white. Ophiuroconis bispinosa sp. nov. (Text-figure 2). Diagnosis: Rays five; disk covered dorsally and ventrally with fine granulations; two hyaline arm-spines, three or four oral papillae, tentacle- scale single, scoop-shaped, large, longer than upper arm-plates near the arm- tips. Description: Disk 3 mm. in diameter; arms 17 mm. long. Disk circular, thick; radial shields depressed; entire dorsal surface covered with a fine granulation becoming heavier and longer at the margins and over the radial shields. Arms long and slender. Basal upper arm-plates quadrangular, broader than long, distal margins wider than proximal, slightly convex; lateral margins nearly straight; plates broadly in contact throughout, but distally twice as long as wide with distal margin convex and lateral slightly concave. Interbrachial areas below heavily granulated distally, more sparsely proximally. Genital slits large, but genital plates concealed. Oral shields, mouth shields and proximal ventral arm-plates covered but not concealed by scattered coarse granules; these may occur as far as the distal margin of the fourth under arm-plate. Oral shields triangular with an acute proximal point and concave sides; distal margin smoothly rounded. Adoral plates narrow 1937] Ziesenhenne : Echinoderms 229 and long, about three times as long as wide, acutely pointed proximally and barely meeting within. Oral plates much larger than adorals and covered with granules. Oral papillae three on each side or possibly four; owing to the granules on the oral plates which are irregular in size, form and position, and to the size and position of the oral tentacles, with accompanying scales, it is diffi- cult if not impossible to be sure how many oral papillae there are. If each oral tentacle is assigned a scale, there are only three papillae on each side, but the large nearly circular scale associated with the second tentacle has the position and relationship of a distal oral papilla and may be considered as such. In that case, there are four oral papillae on each side, the distalmost much the longest; proximal long, slender, acute, pointing toward the mouth; second scale-like, blunt. Tentacle-scale single, relatively very large and of usual form; longer than wide, truncate, markedly convex parallel to its long axis, it resembles a small scoop; distally, it is increasingly longer and narrower so that near the tip of the arm it is two or even three times as long as wide, greatly exceeding the under arm-plates and finally becoming equal to the whole arm-segment. The scales are translucent, concentrically striated. First under arm-plate well covered with granules; second shield-shaped, hexagonal, with a short straight proximal margin, at each end of which is a markedly concave side, connecting it with the slightly convex lateral mar- gins, which merge in a convex distal end; third and succeeding plates wider than long, with proximal and distal margins slightly convex, and lateral margins slightly concave; distally the plates become quadrangular and widely separated by the side arm-plates. The latter are large, concentrically striated, not meeting above, but fully in contact below; each plate carries on its distal margin two tapering, but not very acute hyaline spines, the Text-figure 2. Ophiuroco?iis bispinosa sp. nov. A, oral side; B, aboral side; C, ventro-lateral view of arm showing spines and tentacle-scale. 230 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 upper being the longer, about the length of an arm segment, or distally a trifle more. The union of the side arm-plates below forms a slight ridge, which extends to the arm-tip. The color dried from alcohol is as follows: disk cream color with ir- regular light brown markings over the radial shields. Arms light tan with bands of brown or black, two to four segments wide (usually two), alternat- ing with a light colored area; near disk, the light and dark bands are four segments wide, but distally they are only half as wide. Lower surface white, with some under arm-plates (usually in pairs) faintly dusky. Type: Cat No. 5422, M. C. Z. Material: One juvenile (the holotype) from San Lucas Bay (Station 135: D-20) at a depth of 3 fathoms on a sandy bottom. Remarks: According to Matsumoto’s classification this specimen be- longs to Ophiuroconis, although it is not typical. Additional material may prove it to be the young of some known species, but in view of its striking peculiarities this seems highly improbable. Compared with specimens of young Ophioderma , it is decidedly not the young of any member of that genus. Family Ophiolepididae. Ophiura liitkeni (Lyman). Ophioglypha liitkeni Lyman, 1860, p. 197. Ophiura liitkeni, McClendon, 1909, p. 37 ; Nielsen, 1932, p. 316. Type: Cat. No. 1039, U. S. N. M. Type Locality: Puget Sound, Washington. General Range: From Alaska to Lower California. From 15 to 100 fathoms. Local Distribution: 1,844 young individuals were taken east of Cedros Island (Station 125: D-l) at a depth of 44 fathoms on a muddy bottom. In addition, several bushelsful taken in the same net, were thrown overboard. Remarks: The range in size of these specimens is from 2 mm. to 7 mm. disk diameter. The color (dried) is gray dorsally. In most specimens the disk has one or more white spots ; if one, it is usually located in the center. The armspines and oral surface are white. This record extends the known range south to Lower California. Ophiolepis crassa Nielsen. Ophiolepis crassa Nielsen, 1932, p. 324. Type: Copenhagen. Type Locality: Gulf of Panama. General Range: From the Gulf of California to Panama. From 4 to 75 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 35 specimens was taken off Cape San Lucas, on Gorda Banks, on Arena Bank and in Santa Inez Bay between 40 and 75 fathoms on muddy, sandy and rocky bottoms. Remarks: This series ranges from 6 mm. to 15 mm. in disk diameter. The color of the dried specimens is tan with light and dark mottlings, the arms light tan with broad brown bands on every third segment; the short arm-spines are light in color; color in life similar. These are the first specimens of crassa to be recorded from the Gulf of California; the known range is thus extended about 2,000 miles to the north. 1937] Ziesenhenne : Echinoderms 231 Material: Station 136: D-l (1 adult), D-23 (3 adults), D-24 (6 adults), D-26 (5 adults). Station 150: D-8 (2 adults), D-16 (6 adults), D-18 (9 broken adults). Station 151: D-l (2 adults). Station 142: D-l (1 adult). Class Echinoidea. Family Cidaridae. Eucidaris thouarsii (Agassiz & Desor). Cidaris thouarsii L. Agassiz & Desor, 1846, p. 326. Eucidaris thouarsii, Mortensen, 1928, p. 393. Type: Unknown. Type Locality: Unknown. General Range: Lower California to Panama and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 50 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 17 specimens was taken from Arena Bank and Clarion Island between shore and 50 fathoms on muddy bottoms, in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata ) and in a tide-pool. Remarks: This species is common in the Panamic region, but the young are usually well concealed in coral heads. It has not been previously recorded below 20 fathoms. The present series ranges from 7 mm. to 38 mm. in diameter. Color of dried adults: test almost black, spines purple usually covered with white bryozoan colonies. Young: test reddish-brown, spines red with one to five white bands. Material: Station 136: D-l (4 young), D-12 (2 young), D-23 (2 young), D-24 (5 young), D-26 (2 young), D-33 (1 adult). Clarion Island tide-pool: (1 adult). Hesperocidaris perplex a (H. L. Clark). Tretocidaris perplexa H. L. Clark, 1907, p. 205. Hesperocidaris perplexa, Mortensen, 1928, p. 421. Type: Cat. No. 188, M. C. Z. Type Locality: Gulf of California. General Range: Gulf of California and Clarion Island. From 30 to 80 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 12 specimens was taken on Gorda Banks, Arena Bank and in Santa Inez Bay between 40 and 80 fathoms on muddy and sandy bottoms. Remarks: This series is well graduated in size from 11 mm. to 52 mm. in diameter. Color of the dried test, green with purple secondary spines and dull green, pink-tipped primary spines. Material: Station 136: D-l (1 adult), D-7 (1 adult), D-17 (2 adults). Station 142: D-4 (1 adult). Station 150: D-2 (4 young), D-13 (1 young), D-18 (2 young). Family Centrechinidae. Centrechinus mexicanus (A. Agassiz). Diadema mexicanum A. Agassiz, 1863, p. 20. Diadema mexicanum, H. L. Clark, 1902, p. 526. Centrechinus mexicanus, H. L. Clark, 1921. Echinoderm Fauna of Torres Strait, p. 145. 232 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 Type: Cat. No. 635, M. C. Z. (cotypes). Type Locality: Acapulco, Mexico. General Range: From Puget Sound to Panama and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 20 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of seven specimens was taken from Clarion Island (Station 163: D-l, 6 young; Sulphur Bay, 1 adult) between 2 and 20 fathoms in rocks and coral. Remarks: These specimens consist of six young and one adult which has a diameter of only 27 mm., while the longest spine is 68 mm. The spines are dark in color, lacking the alternate bands of white found on younger specimens. Of all the animals encountered in pearl diving, the divers fear this eehinoderm most. The spines, which are easily broken when in contact with the body, are covered with a poisonous mucous and being exceedingly sharp penetrate human skin easily. There the tips break off at once and, being retrorsely barbed, it is nearly impossible to remove them; they are, how- ever, rapidly absorbed by healthy tissue. The poison is a bad irritant, but the quantity borne by any one spine is so small that serious results occur only when a great number penetrate at one time; yet the wound caused by one is extremely painful. To add to the hazard the animal is sensitive to light and the passing of a shadow will cause it to project the spines from its well concealed hiding place in coral and rock formations. The present writer has been stung several times when collecting echinoderms. The in- jured finger soon became inflamed, swollen and discolored. A smarting, burning sensation remained in the finger for more than half an hour, accom- panied by a nauseated feeling in the stomach. Centrostephanus coronatus (Verrill) . Echinodiadema coronata Verrill, 1867a, p. 294. Centrostephanus coronatus, A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 97 ; H. L. Clark, 1923, p. 158. Type: Probably in the Peabody Museum, New Haven. Type Locality: Cape San Lucas, Lower California. General Range: From Santa Catalina Island, California, to Cape San Lucas. From shore to 34 fathoms. Local Distribution: One specimen was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136: D-5) at a depth of 34 fathoms on a sandy bottom with abundant weed. Remarks: Test 7 mm. high; diameter 17 mm.; longest spine 33 mm. Color in alcohol, test purple, secondary spines light yellow and pinkish, primary spines white with purple alternating bands. In life all spines were banded with maroon and buff. The spines are brittle, often breaking at the slightest pressure, and are covered with crowded whorls of minute prickles. Family Arbaciidae. Arhaeia incisa (A. Agassiz). Echinocidaris incisa A. Agassiz, 1863, p. 20. Arbacia incisa, H. L. Clark, 1913, p. 220. Type: Cat. No. 467, M. C. Z. (cotype). Type Locality: Guaymas, Mexico. General Range: From Magdalena Bay, Lower California, to Zorritos, Peru; Gulf of California; Galapagos Islands. From shore to 29 fathoms. 1937] Ziesenhenne: Echinoderms 233 Local Distribution: A total of six specimens was taken from Arena Bank and Santa Inez Bay between shore and 29 fathoms on sandy and muddy bottoms and in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata). Remarks: This is a common species on the west coast of America. The series ranges in size from 6 to 18 mm. in diameter. The color is purple to black; one specimen is gray with purple central markings and light purple spines. Material: Station 141: D-l (2 young), D-2 (1 adult). Station 143: D-l (1 young). Santa Inez shore: (1 young). Station 136: D-33 (1 young). Family Echinidae. Lyctechinus anamesus H. L. Clark. Lyctechinus anamesus H. L. Clark, 1912, p. 254. Type: Cat. No. 3916, M. C. Z. (cotype). Type Locality: Off San Diego, California, Albatross Station 2930, 60 fathoms. General Range: From Santa Barbara, California, to Point San Bar- tolome Bay, Lower California, and Guadeloupe Island. From 30 to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of 24 specimens was taken east of Cedros Island off San Jose Point, Lower California, between 38 and 45 fathoms on muddy and shaley bottoms. Remarks: A very interesting series, ranging in diameter from 10 to 21 mm. Dried from alcohol the spines are light yellowish green, the test gray with a purplish tinge in the interambulacra. In life the specimens wei'e entirely white. Material: Station 126: D-2 (1 young, 1 test), D-3 (2 adults). Station 127: D-l (9 adults). Station 175: D-l (11 adults). Tripneustes depressus A. Agassiz. Tripneustes depressus A. Agassiz, 1863, p. 24. Tripneustes depressus, H. L. Clark, 1912, p. 285. Type: Unknown. Type Locality: Guaymas, Mexico. General Range: Gulf of California, Socorro, Clarion and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 40 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult specimen was taken from Clarion Island in the tide-pools west of the landing. Remarks: This specimen has a H. D. of 86 mm. and a V. D. of 46 mm. The test is purple, covered with short white spines. Family Strongylocentrotidae. Strongylocentrotus fragilis Jackson. Strongylocentrotus fragilis Jackson, 1912, p. 128. Strongylocentrotus fragilis, H. L. Clark, 1912, p. 354, pi. 113, figs. 3-6. Type: Cat. No. 3668, M. C. Z. Type Locality: Catalina Island, California. General Range: From Oregon to northern Lower California. From 45 to 638 fathoms. 234 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 Local Distribution: One young specimen was taken west of San Jose Point (Station 175: D-l) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a shaley bottom. Remarks: There is only a single specimen at hand and this is but 9 mm. in diameter. The test is reddish, the spines red with white tips. This species has an exceedingly fragile test which is easily crushed in dredging. The known range is extended south into Mexico by this specimen. Family Echinometridae. Echinometra oblonga de Blainville. Echinus oblonga de Blainville, 1825, p. 95. Echinometra oblongus, de Blainville, 1830, p. 206; H. L. Clark, 1912, p. 373. Type: Unknown. Type Locality: Unknown. General Range: Hawaiian, Paumotus and Gilbert Islands and westward to Mauritius ; also Clarion Island. From shore to 7 fathoms. Local Distribution: Two adults and one young were taken from Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, in coral ( Pocillopora ) at a depth of 2 fathoms. Remarks: The smallest specimen is 9 mm. high and 17 mm. long, the largest 28 mm. high and 61 mm. long. The spines are short, blunt and almost black in color; the test is dark purple. These individuals do not differ essentially from other specimens previously taken at Clarion Island. Family Clypeastridae. Clypeaster speciosus Verrill. Clypeaster speciosus Verrill, 1870, p. 95. Clypeaster speciosus, H. L. Clark, 1914, p. 31. Type: Cat. No. 2203, M. C. Z. (cotype). Type Locality: La Paz, Lower California. General Range: Gulf of California and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 10 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult and a dead bleached test were taken from Santa Inez Point, Santa Inez Bay. Remarks: The adult is 77 mm. in length, 68 mm. in width and 18 mm. in height. The color of the dried specimen is dark purple, almost black. The bleached test devoid of spines is 51 mm. in length, 44 mm. in width, 13 mm. in height. Clypeaster europacificus H. L. Clark. Clypeaster europacificus H. L. Clark, 1914, p. 27. Types: Cat. Nos. 4179, 4180, M. C. Z. Type Localities: Gulf of California and Gulf of Panama. General Range: Gulf of California to Gulf of Panama, Clarion Island and Galapagos Islands. From 7 to 50 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of six specimens was taken from Arena Bank and Santa Inez Bay between 29 and 50 fathoms on sandy and muddy bottoms. Remarks: The smallest specimens measure 29, 34, 53 and 54 mm. in length; the larger ones 163 and 166 mm. The larger specimens, dull green 1937] Ziesenhenne: Echinoderms 235 in life, are greenish brown when dried; the smaller have a purplish tinge, although the spines are green. Material: Station 136: D-l (1 adult), D-26 (1 young). Station 142: D-4 (1 adult). Station 143: D-l (3 young). Family Scutellidae. Encope grandis L. Agassiz. Encope grandis L. Agassiz, 1841, p. 57. Encope grandis, H. L. Clark, 1914, p. 75. Type: Unknown. Type Locality: Gulf of California. From shore to 10 fathoms. Local Distribution: One young specimen was taken in San Lucas Bay (Station 135: D-20) at a depth of three fathoms on a sandy bottom, and two bleached tests from Santa Inez Point, Santa Inez Bay. Remarks: The tests are 76 and 94 mm. in length. The larger specimen had evidently been dead for some time as the surface of the test is scarred by worms. The smaller test is well preserved. The very young specimen, which is probably grandis, measures 22 mm. in length and 23 mm. in width. It corresponds well with other small specimens in the M. C. Z. collection. Encope micropora L. Agassiz. Encope micropora L. Agassiz, 1841, p. 50. Encope micropora, H. L. Clark, 1914, p. 74. Type: Unknown. Type Locality: Apparently the Galapagos Islands. General Range: From Lower California to the Bay of Sechura, Peru, and the Galapagos Islands. From shore to 45 fathoms. Local Distribution: One adult specimen was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136: D-l) at a depth of 45 fathoms on a muddy bottom. Remarks: This specimen measures 100 mm. in width and 91 mm. in length. The margin of the test is irregular, having been bitten off or broken. The color of the dried individual is a light mouse gray. Family Spatangidae. Brissopsis pacsfica (A. Agassiz). Toxobrissus pacificus A. Agassiz, 1898, p. 82. Brissopsis pacifica, Mortensen, 1907, p. 44; H. L. Clark, 1914, p. 203. Type: Cat. No. 3063, M. C. Z. Type Locality: Off Panama, 7° 12' 20" N. Lat., 80° 55' W. Long. 182 fathoms. General Range: Southern California to Panama. From 38 to 284 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of five specimens was taken east of Cedros Island, and off San Jose Point, Lower California, between 38 and 56 fathoms on muddy and shaley bottoms. Remarks: Two of the specimens are badly crushed. The smallest in- dividual is 16 mm. long, 13 mm. wide and 9 mm. high; the largest is 51 mm. 236 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 long, 42 mm. wide and 25 mm. high. The color in life was white; in alcohol it is light brown, the peripetalous fasciole is almost black; dried specimens are of a greenish-brown tinge. Material: Station 126: D-6 (1 young, 1 adult), D-9 (fragments of an adult). Station 127: D-l (fragments of an adult). Station 175: D-l (1 young). Meoma grandis Gray. Meoma grandis Gray, 1851, p. 132. Meoma grandis, H. L. Clark, 1917, p. 220. Type: Probably in the British Museum. Type Locality: “Australia” (Captain E. D. Belcher). Probably the west coast of tropical America. General Range: Gulf of California and the west coast of Mexico. From 20 to 60 fathoms. Local Distribution: Two specimens and fragments of another were taken on Arena Bank, Gorda Banks and in Santa Inez Bay, between 40 and 60 fathoms on muddy bottoms. Remarks: The larger specimen has a length of 100 mm., width of 92 mm. and height of 47 mm. The smaller specimen is 90 mm. long, 82 mm. wide and 40 mm. high. The color of the dried specimens is brown with a purplish tinge, spines greenish-brown, tips of spines yellow. Material: Station 136: D-23 (1 adult). Station 141: D-4 (1 adult). Station 150: D-18 (fragments of an adult). Lovenia cordiformis A. Agassiz. Lovenia cordiformis A. Agassiz, 1872, p. 57. Lovenia cordiformis, H. L. Clark, 1917, p. 254. Type: Cat. No. 3188, M. C. Z. (cotype). Type Locality: Guaymas, Mexico. General Range: From Santa Barbara, California, to Guayaquil, Ecua- dor, Galapagos Islands and Hawaiian Islands. From 8 to 54 fathoms. Local Distribution: A total of five specimens was taken east of Cedros Island and in Santa Inez Bay between 25 and 40 fathoms on muddy and sandy-mud bottoms. Remarks: This interesting series contains four young, the smallest being 16 mm. in length, 11 mm. in width and 8 mm. in height. The largest specimen is 39 mm. long, 30 mm. wide and 16 mm. high. In life the speci- mens ranged from grayish-green to white. The color of the dried material is gray, the large spines purplish. There are indubitable specimens of this species in the M. C. Z. from Maui, Hawaiian Islands.3 Material: Station 126: D-3 (1 adult). Station 143: D-4 (4 young). Bibliography. Agassiz, A. 1863 List of the Echinoderms sent to different Institutions in Exchange for other specimens, with annotations. Bull. M.C.Z., vol. 1, pp. 17-28. 1872 Revision of the Echini. III. Catal. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. VII, 4 parts, pp. 1-162, pis. 1-94, 69 woodcuts. 3 Not yet recorded in the literature, as far as I am aware. 1937] Ziesenhenne: Echinoderms 237 1898 A Preliminary Report on the Echini. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXXII, no. 5, pp. 71-82, pis. 1-13. Agassiz, A. & Clark, H. L. 1907 The Cidaridae. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXXIV, no. 1, pp. 1-42, pis. 1-42. 1908 The Salenidae, Arbaciadae, Aspidodiadematidae, and Diadematidae. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXXIV, no. 2, pp. 49-133, pis. 43-59. 1909 The Echinothuridae. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXXIV, no. 3, pp. 141-204, pis. 60-89. Agassiz, L. 1841 Echinites, Famille des Clypeastroides, des Scutelles. Monographies d’Echinodermes, pp. 1-151, pis. 1-27. Agassiz, L. & Desor, E. 1846 Catalogue Raisonne des Families, des Genres et des Especes de la Classe des Echinoderms. Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, vol. 6, pp. 305-374, pis. 16-17; ibid. vol. 7, pp. 129-168; ibid. vol. 8, pp. 5-35. Blainville, H. M. D. de 1825 Oursins in: Dictionaire des Sciences Naturelles, Paris, 1816-1830, 60 vols., vol. 37, pp. 59-168. 1830 Echinodermaires in: ibid, vol. 60, pp. 169-245. Clark, A. H. 1907 Descriptions of New Species of Recent Unstalked Crinoids from the North Pacific Ocean. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. XXXIII, pp. 69-84. 1916 Six New Starfishes from the Gulf of California and Adjacent Waters. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. XXIX, pp. 51-62. 1921 A Monograph of Existing Crinoids. Vol. I. The Comatulids, Part 2. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 82, pp. 1-77, pis. 1-57, figs. 1-949. Clark, H. L. 1902 Echinodermata, Papers from the Hopkins-Stanford Galapagos Ex- pedition, 1898-1899. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. IV, pp. 521-531. 1907 The Cidaridae. Bull. M.C.Z., vol. 51, pp. 165-230, pis. 1-11. 1910 The Echinoderms of Peru. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. LII, no. 17, pp. 321-358, pis. 1-14. 1911 North Pacific Ophiurans in the Collection of the United States Na- tional Museum. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 75, pp. 1-295, figs. 1-144. 1912 The Pedinidae, Phymosomatidae, Stomopneustidae, Echinidae, Tem- nopleuridae, Strongylocentrotidae, and Echinometridae. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXXIV, no. 4, pp. 213-385, pis. 90-121. 1913 Echinoderms from Lower California with Descriptions of New Spe- cies. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XXXII, art. VIII, pp. 185-236, pis. 44-46. 1914 The Clypeastridae, Arachnoididae, Laganidae, Fibulariidae, and Scutellidae. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XLVI, no. 1, pp. 9-78, pis. 122-143. 1915 Catalogue of Recent Ophiurans. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXV, no. 4, pp. 165-367, pis. 1-20. 1917 The Echinoneidae, Nucleolitidae, Urechinidae, Echinocorythidae, Calymnidae, Pourtalesiidae, Palaeostomatidae, Aeropsidae, Palaeop- neustidae, Hemiasteridae and Spatangidae. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XLVI, no. 2, pp. 91-269, pis. 144-161. 1921 The Echinoderm Fauna of Torres Strait: Its Composition and Its Origin. Dep. Mar. Biol. Carnegie Inst. Washington, vol. X, pp. 1-219, pis. 1-38. 1923 Echinoderms from Lower California with Descriptions of New Spe- cies, Supplementary Report. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XLVIII, art. VI, pp. 147-163. 238 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :15 Delle Chiaje, S. 1828 Memoire sulla storia e notomia degli animali senza Vertebre del regno di Napoli, vol. 3, pp. I-XX, 1-232, pis. 31-49. Doderlein, L. 1911 liber Japanisehe und andere Euryalae. Abh. Math.-Phys. Kl., K. Bayer. Akad. PPiss., Suppl. Bd. 11, Abh. 5, pp. 1-123, pis. 1-7, figs. 1-25. Fisher, W. K. 1905 New Starfishes from Deep Water off California and Alaska. Bull. Bureau Fish., 1904 (1905), vol. XXIV, pp. 291-320. 1906 Two New Starfishes from Monterey Bay, California. Zool. Anz., Bd. XXX, no. 10, pp. 299-302. 1910 New Starfishes from the North Pacific. Zool. Anz., Bd. XXXV, no. 18, pp. 568-574. 1911 Asteroidea of the North Pacific and Adjacent Waters. Part I. Phane- rozonia and Spinulosa. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 76, pp. 1-407, pis. 1-122. 1928 Asteroidea of the North Pacific and Adjacent Waters. Part 2. Forci- pulata (part). Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 76, pp. 1-243, pis. 1-81. 1930 Asteroidea of the North Pacific and Adjacent Waters. Part 3. Forci- pulata (concluded). Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., no. 76, pp. 1-349, pis. 1-93. Gray, J. E. 1841 A Synopsis of the Genera and Species of the Class Hypostoma. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1840 (1841), vol. VI, pp. 175-184 and pp. 275-290. 1851 Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Spatangidae in the British Museum. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 7, pp. 130-134. Grube, A. E. 1866 Einige neue Seesterne des hiesigen Zoologischen Museum. Jahresber. d. schles. Ges. vaterl. Cultur, 1865 (1866), pp. 59-60. Jackson, R. T. 1912 Phytogeny of the Echini, with a Revision of the Palaeozoic Species. Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, pp. 1-491, pis. 1-66. LeConte, J. L. 1851 Zoological Notes. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 5, pp. 316- 319. Ludwig, H. 1905 Asteroidea in: Explorations of “Albatross” in Tropical Pacific, 1891 and 1899-1900. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXXII, no. 7, pp. 1-290, pis. 1-34, 1 map. Lutken, C. F. 1856 Bidrag til Kundskab om Ophiurerne ved Central-Amerikas Vestkyst. Vid. Med. Dansk Nat. Foren., 1856, pp. 20-26. 1858 & 1859 Ophiuridarum, Additamenta ad historian; i-iii afdeling. Copen- hagen, 1858, pp. 1-74, pi. 2; 1859, pp. 75-169, pi. 5. 1865 Kritiske Bemaerkninger om forskjellige Sostjerner (Asterider) med Beskrivelse af nogle nye Arter. Vid. Med. Dansk Nat. Foren., 1864, pp. 123-169. LliTKEN, C. F. & Mortensen, T. 1899 Ophiuridae in: Exploration of “Albatross” in Eastern Tropical Pacific, 1891. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXII, no. 2, pp. 93-208, pis. 1-23. Lyman, T. 1860 Descriptions of New Ophiuridae belonging to the Smithsonian Insti- tution and to the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. VII, pp. 193-205. 1937] Ziesenhenne: Echinoderms 239 1865 Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae. III. Catal. Mus. Comp. Zool., no. 1, pp. 1-197, pis. 1-2. 1875 Ophiuridae and Strophytidae of the “Hassler” Expedition. III. Catal. Mus. Comp. Zool., no. VIII, pp. 1-34, pis. I-V. Matsumoto, H. 1915 A new Classification of the Ophiuroidea: with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp. 43-92. McClendon, J. F. 1909 The Ophiurans of the San Diego Region. Univ. Cal. Pub. Zool., vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 33-64, pis. 1-6. Mortensen, T. 1907 The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, vol. 4, Echinoidea, pt. 2, pp. 1-200, pis. 1-19. 1928 A Monograph of the Echinoidea. Copenhagen, vol. 1, pp. 1-547, pis. 1-88, 173 figs. Muller, J. & Troschel, F. H. 1842 System der Asteriden, pp. I-XX, 1-135, pis. 1-12. Nielsen, E. 1932 Ophiurans from the Gulf of Panama, California and the Strait of Georgia. Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition, 1914- 1916. LIX. Vid. Med. Dansk Nat. Foren., Bd. 91, pp. 241-346, figs. 1-42. Sladen, W. P. 1889 Asteroidea in: Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of “H. M. S. Challenger,” Pt. LI, Zoology. Vol. XXX, text, pp. 1-712, pis. 1-117. Stimpson, W. 1857 On the Crustacea and Echinodermata of the Pacific Shores of North America. Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. VI, art. XXVII, pp. 444-532, pis. XVIII-XXVIII. Verrill, A. E. 1867a Notes on the Echinoderms of Panama and the West Coast of America with descriptions of new genera and species. Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. I, pt. 2, pp. 251-322. 1867b Distribution of the Echinoderms on the Pacific Coast of America. Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. I, pt. 2, pp. 323-351. 1868 Notice of a Collection of Echinoderms from La Paz, Lower California. Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. I, pt. 2, pp. 351-376, 1 pi. 1869 On new and imperfectly known Eehinodenns and Corals. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 12, pp. 381-396. 1870 Descriptions of Echinoderms and Corals from the Gulf of California. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 49, pp. 93-100. 1871a Observations on the Echinoderms from the Pacific Coast of America. Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. I, pt. 2, pp. 568-593, pi. 10. 1871b Echinoderm Fauna of the Gulf of California and Cape San Lucas. Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. I, pt. 2, pp. 593-596, pi. 10. 1899 North American Ophiuroidea. Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. X, pt. 2, pp. 301-386, 2 pis. Xantus, J. 1860 Descriptions of Three New Species of Starfishes from Cape San Lucas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 568. Glassell: Hermit Crabs 241 16. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. XE Hermit Crabs from the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California.1 Steve A. Glassell Research Associate in Crustacea, San Diego Society of Natural History [Note: This is the eleventh of a series of papers dealing with the specimens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Depart- ment of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; William Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the capture of specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] Contents. Page Introduction 242 Family Coenobitidae Genus Coenobita Latreille Coenobita compressus (Guerin) 242 Family Paguridae Genus Paguristes Dana Key to species of Paguristes collected on this expedition 243 Paguristes digueti Bouvier 243 Paguristes bakeri Holmes 244 Paguristes occator, sp. nov 244 Paguristes praedator, sp. nov 245 Paguristes holmesi, sp. nov 247 Paguristes oculiviolaceus, sp. nov 248 Paguristes aztatlanensis, sp. nov 249 Genus Petrochirus Stimpson Petrochirus calif orniensis Bouvier 251 Genus Dardanus Paulson Dardanus sinistripes (Stimpson) 251 Genus Calcinus Dana Calcinus calif orniensis Bouvier 252 Genus Pylopagurus M. Edwards and Bouvier Pylopagurus varians (Benedict), new combination 253 Pylopagurus cervicornis (Benedict), new combination 253 1 Contribution No. 531, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. 242 Zoologica: Neto York Zoological Society [XXII : 16 Page Pylopagurus coronatus (Benedict), new combination 254 Pylopagurus guatemoci, sp. nov 254 Pylopagurus spinicarpus Glassell, manuscript name 256 Genus Pagurus Fabricus Key to species of Pagurus collected on this expedition 256 Pagurus lepidus (Bouvier), new combination 256 Pagurus calif orniensis (Benedict) 257 Pagurus gladius (Benedict) 257 Pagurus albus (Benedict) 258 Pagurus smithi (Benedict), new combination 259 Pagu?'us merimaculosus, sp. nov 259 Pagurus pollexcavus, sp. nov 261 Pagurus bunomanus Glassell, manuscript name 262 Genus Catapagurus Milne Edwards Catapagurus diomedeae Faxon 262 Genus Spiropa gurus Stimpson Spiropagwus occidentalis Faxon 263 Introduction. This collection of pagurids from the Gulf of Califoi'nia comprises 26 species in 9 genera. 8 new species are described, and 5 new combinations are noted. New locality records are given, some extending the known range nearly 20 degrees of North latitude. The type specimens for all the new species are deposited in the New York Zoological Society. I wish to express my thanks to Dr. Knud Stephensen, of the Zoologisk Museum, Copenhagen, and Dr. Bruno Parisi, of the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Milan, for literature, and to Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, of the U. S. National Museum, for the loan of comparative specimens, and photographs of some unpublished drawings in that institution. I wish also to acknowledge my indebtedness to the California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco, for the loan of material. Family Coenobitidae. Genus Coenobita Latreille. Coenobita compressus (Guerin). Coenobita compressa Guerin. Voy. autour du Monde sur la Coquille par Duperrey, Zool., vol. 2, pt. 2, 1831, p. 29. Coenobita compressus Faxon. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, 1895, p. 52; Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, 1910, p. 596; Schmitt, Zoologica : N. Y. Zool. Soc., vol. 5, no. 15, 1924, p. 170; Boone, Zoologica: N. Y. Zool. Soc., vol. 14, no. 1, 1931, p. 25, fig. 7. General Range: East Africa to Pacific shores of America. Local Distribution: A single male specimen was taken at San Lucas Bay, inside Cape San Lucas, Baja California, Mexico (Station 135). Sex and Size : This male specimen has the following dimensions : length from rostrum to telson 57 mm., of carapace 17 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 9 mm., width 6 mm., length of cheliped 28 mm., of merus 9 mm., of carpus 7 mm„ of manus 10.5 mm., of dactyl 6 mm., width of manus 9.5 mm., length of eye-stalk 5.0 mm. 1937] Glass ell: Hermit Crabs 243 Color : In alcohol, carapace a cream; chelipeds and ambulatories a taupe; hands a brownish-yellow. Habitat : For the most part these terrestrial hermit crabs inhabit the land bordering on the sea. They select heavy shells for their abode. They are, in the main, vegetarians, though they do not limit their diet and may at times act as scavengers, or become carnivorous. In the author’s experience, they seem to have a strongly developed sense of smell, as they immediately gathered in large numbers on fresh burro droppings. They also proved a nuisance to the mammalogist in our party, who baited his traps with rolled oats. In addition they are good tree climbers. Remarks'. This is a widely distributed and variable species. Its range does not extend to the head of the Gulf of California. Family Paguridae. Genus Paguristes Dana. Key to species of Paguristes collected on this expedition. A. Hands broad, 1/5 longer than wide. Antennal flagellum reaching hand. B. Chelipeds without heavy spines except on inner margins; carpus with 3, manus with 6 or 7. Flagellum nearly naked. P. digueti. B'. Chelipeds with heavy spines on upper surface and inner margins; carpus with 6, manus with 4. Flagellum lightly ciliated. P. bakeri. A'. Hands twice or nearly twice as long as wide. Antennal flagellum reach- ing hand. Chelipeds spinulose. B. Flagellum heavily ciliated beneath. Hands more than twice as long as wide. Inner margin of carpus with 4 spines; manus with 3 spines. P. occator. C. Hands twice as long as wide. Inner margin of carpus with 6 spines ; manus with 5 spines. P. praedator. B'. Flagellum lightly ciliated. Inner margin of carpus with 5 spines; manus with 4 spines. C. Rostral tooth short, equal in length to laterals. Hands 2/3 as wide as long. P. holmesi. C'. Rostral tooth long, exceeding the length of laterals. Hands al- most twice as long as wide. P. oculiviolaceus . A". Hands twice as long as wide. Antennal flagellum short, not reaching hand; lightly ciliated. Inner margin of carpus with 4 spines; manus with 3 spines. P. aztatlanensis . Paguristes digueti Bouvier. Paguristes digueti Bouvier. Bull. Soc. Philom., Paris, vol. 8, no. 5, 1892- 93, p. 18, figs. 1-4 (type-locality, Santa Rosalia, Baja California). General Range : So far only recorded from the Gulf of California. Local Distribution-. A total of 5 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136), and Santa Inez Bay (Stations 141 and 143), between 7 and 33 fathoms. The specimens were distributed as follows: Station 136: D-5 (2 juvenile females) ; 33 fathoms. Station 141: D-l (1 male) ; 7 to 9 fathoms. Station 143: D-l (2 males) ; 29 fathoms. Sex and Size: The collection numbers 3 adult males and 2 juvenile females. The largest specimen, a male from Station 141 D-l, has the follow- 244 Zoologica: Nero York Zoological Society [XXII :16 ing measurements: length from rostrum to telson 80 mm., of carapace 20 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 11 mm., width of same 11 mm., length of cheliped 34 mm., of merus 10 mm., of carpus 7 mm., of manus 14 mm., of dactyl 10 mm., width of manus 11 mm., length of eye-stalk 9 mm. Color : In alcohol, a pinkish-white, maculated with a rich red; hands a darker red. Cornea of eyes blue, on red stalks. Habits, Habitat: This species usually occupies a shell with a narrow aperture, such as Strombus, which gives a distorted shape to the carapace, greatly distending the branchial regions. It is evidently not an inter-tidal form, but may be expected in depths ranging from 10 to 50 fathoms. Remarks : These are new locality records for this species, extending the geographical range more than 4 degrees of latitude to the south. Paguristes bakeri Holmes. Paguristes bakeri Holmes. Occas. Payers Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, 1900, p. 152 (type-locality, San Diego, California) ; Rathbun, Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 10, 1910, p. 162; Hilton, Jour. Ent. Zool., Pomona Coll., vol. 8, no. 2, 1916, p. 65, figs. 11-12; Schmitt, Univ. Cal. Pub. Zool., vol. 23, 1921, p. 124, pi. 18, figs. 2-6. GeneraPRange : From San Francisco to San Diego, California, and the Gulf of California, to a depth of 116 fathoms. (Schmitt). Local Distribution : A total of 7 specimens was taken east of Cedros Island (Station 128 D-l), at 39 fathoms; 1 male was taken east of Cedros Island (Station 126 D-3), at 40 fathoms. Sex and Size: The series collected at both stations consists of 7 males and 1 female, all adults. A large male from Station 128 has the following measurements: length from rostrum to telson 90 mm., of carapace 26 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 14 mm., width of same 12 mm., length of cheliped 45 mm., of merus 14 mm., of carpus 12 mm., of manus 17 mm., of dactyl 9 mm., width of dactyl 13.5 mm., length of eye-stalk 11 mm. Color: In alcohol, carapace a pinkish-white overlaid with an orange red. Eye-stalks red. Chelipeds and ambulatories a buff. Spines a corneous brown. Setae a straw yellow. Habits, Habitat: This large, active pagurid occupies a heavy shell. In the shallower waters along the California coast it usually occupies the discarded shell of Polinices lewisii (Gould), or some such durable gastropod shell. When occuping the Polinices shell it is invariably accompanied by a polynoid worm, which seeks seclusion in the umbilicus. Remarks: These more southern forms differ in no wise from those taken in more northern waters, and are similar in form, color and size, to those found off the California coast. Paguristes oeeator, sp. nov. Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 361,119, Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; Station 150, Dredge 2; from the Gulf of California, 23° 01' N. Lat., 109° 28' W. Long., off Gorda Point, Lower California, Mexico; 75 fathoms; bottom sandy; April 21, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis: Median tooth extending past laterals and past the proximal end of eye-scales. Eye-stalks long, slender, and slightly curved outward. Chelipeds spinulose, margins subparallel; width and thickness of hands subequal. Flagellum of antennae heavily ciliated beneath, nearly nude on upper surface. 1937] Glassell: Hermit Crabs 245 Description-. Anterior portion of carapace slightly longer than wide; rostral tooth triangular, equilateral, sharp-pointed, extending past laterals and between the bases of the eye-stalks; laterals obtuse, armed with a minute, marginal spinule; surface punctate, with a few tufts of setae. Eye-stalks long, slender and slightly curved outward; in length they equal the width of the carapace, and extend nearly as far as the distal end of the merus. Ophthalmic scales broad at base, inner margin entire, curving downward, tip triangular, trifid, with a prominent, conical spine, two lesser spines on outer margin. Antennal acicle extends 3/5 the length of the eye-stalk; including spines, it is IV2 times longer than wide; six prominent, sharp, corneous- tipped spines on inner margin ; two similar spines on outer distal margin, with basal margins of spines supporting tufts of long, pinnate-tipped setae. Distal end of 3rd peduncle of antennae does not reach cornea of eye; flagellum, heavy ciliated on under side, sparsely on upper surface, reaches past proximal end of hands. The chelipeds are subequal, similar, spinulose, with tufts of pinnate- tipped setae originating at the anterior base of spines; merus trigonal, upper edge granular, distal and subdistal margins armed with a lateral row of spines; lower margins spinulose, the outer with short, the inner with 6 or 7 longer and more prominent spines increasing in length and size, distally; the carpus is short, % longer than wide, armed on inner margin with 4 upward- and forward-pointing corneous spines inside of which, on upper surface, is a row of smaller intermediate spines, while outer margin has a row of small spines; hands are long, narrow and thick, subequal, similar; width, subequal to thickness; 3 long, corneous-tipped spines on inner margin of palm; row of spines on outer margin of hand, the largest on pollex; few scattered similar spines on upper surface of hand and fingers; dactyl is subequal in length to carpus; pollices subequal in width to their dactyli, with tips corneous, acuminate; teeth are calcareous lobes. The ambulatory legs slightly exceed the chelipeds in length, margined with setae; upper carpal and propodal crest of 1st pair, spinulose, of 2nd pair, rugose. Color : In alcohol, a light pinkish tint, iridescent. Chelipeds splotched with pink and white. Dactyli of ambulatory legs banded with white. Setae a straw yellow. Measurements : Male, holotype; length from rostrum to telson 36 mm., of anterior portion of carapace 6 mm., width 5 mm., length of cheliped 14.8 mm., of merus 5.7 mm., of carpus 4 mm., of manus 7 mm., of dactyl 4 mm., thickness of hand 3 mm., width 3 mm., length of eye-stalk 5 mm., of antennal acicle 2.5 mm., width 1 mm. Range : Known only from type locality. Material Examined : The holotype male (see Type). Remarks : This proposed species is allied to P. turgidus (Stimpson), 1857, but differs in that the hands are twice as long as wide, instead of one- third, or more, longer than wide, by the eye-stalks being as long as the width of the carapace, instead of three-fourths as long as the width of the carapace, by the antennal flagellum being densely ciliated below, instead of sparsely haired, by the inner margin of the hand being armed with 3 spines, instead of armed with 4. It is also allied to P. ulreyi Schmitt, 1921, but differs in the shape and size of the hand, being straighter and narrower, and by there being fewer spines on the chelipeds. Paguristes praedator, sp. nov. Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 36,782, Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; Station 136, Dredge 27; from the Gulf 246 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :16 of California, 23° 28' N. Lat., 109° 24' W. Long., 3 miles northeast of Cape Pulmo, Lower California, Mexico; 50i fathoms; bottom sandy with rock; May 1, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis : Median tooth of carapace not extending past laterals, nor reaching base of eye-scales. Eye-stalks long, slender, straight. Chelipeds spined on inner margin; carpus with 6; manus with 5. Antennal flagellum heavily ciliated beneath. Description : Anterior portion of carapace but slightly longer than wide, surface with few setae; median tooth subtruncate, short, not extending to the base of eye-scales, upper surface concave; lateral projections obtuse, extending past the median and tipped with a small marginal spine. The posterior margin of the carapace is but slightly concave. Eye-stalks long, slender, slightly constricted in the middle, in length they are subequal to the length of the carpus or the dactyl of the chelipeds. Ophthalmic scales long, narrow, pointed, margins entire. Antennal acicle nearly straight, with two spines on the inner margin, one median, the other subproximal; as a variation there may be three spines. The acicle does not reach the cornea of the eye. The 3rd peduncle of the antennae reaches past the eye by nearly 1/3 its length, while that of the antennule exceeds the eye by y2 its length. The chelipeds are subequal, similar, with tufts of setae ; merus trigonal, with an upper crest of setae, the upper distal end and the subdistal margin are each armed with a single tooth, the inner lower margin spinulose, the outer granulose; the carpus in a lateral cross-section forms a quadrant, with the upper face rounding from the inner margin to the lower outer margin, the inner margin is armed with 6 spines, the anterior the largest, the outer margin is armed with 4 or 5 much smaller teeth, the surface between these ridges is smooth, the outer lower distal end, or hinge joint of the hand is spinulose; the hand is twice as long as wide and slightly more than a third its length in thickness, a lateral cross-section forming a quadrant, the inner margin of the palm is armed with 5 upward- and inward- pointing teeth, the outer margin of the hand is armed with small pointed tubercles, more numerous and larger on the pollex, the upper surface of the hand has 3 longitudinal rows of small, bristle-bearing tubercles, the crest of the dactyl is spinulose as is its upper surface, the fingers gape from base to corneous apices, and are armed with small calcareous denticules, the bases of the spines and spinules are setaceous. The ambulatory legs are slender, the length of the dactyli slightly ex- ceeding their propodi, the 1st pair are crested with spines on the carpus and propodus, the 2nd pair with a spinule on the upper distal end of the carpus only, both legs are margined with setae. The distal margin of the telson is smooth, unarmed. Color : In alcohol, the ground color is an iridescent cream with dashes and splotches of crimson, this extends to the chelipeds and legs, the former are more highly colored on the inside, while the latter appear to be banded. The setae are a straw colored yellow. Measurements : Male holotype; length from rostrum to telson 27 mm., of anterior portion of carapace 3.5 mm., width 3.4 mm., length of cheliped 12 mm., of merus 3.8 mm., of carpus 3 mm., of hand 5 mm., of dactyl 3 mm., width of hand 2.3 mm., thickness 1.8 mm., length of eye-stalk 3.1 mm. Range : So far only known from the Gulf of California. Material Examined : A series of 85 specimens of both sexes from Arena Bank off Punta Arena, Lower California, Mexico (Station 136) ; the types were selected from this series which were collected in April and May of 1936, in from 30 to 85 fathoms. A series of 16 specimens of both sexes was 1937] Glassell: Hermit Crabs 247 taken from Santa Inez Bay, Lower California, Mexico (Station 142, Dredge 3); April 11, 1936; in 40 fathoms. A male specimen from Gorda Bank, off Gorda Point, Lower California, Mexico (Station 150, Dredge 3) ; in 58 fathoms; April 21, 1936. Remarks : This proposed species is allied to P. sayi A. M. Edwards and Bouvier, 1893, in that the antennal peduncles in both species exceed the eye; they differ in that the eye-stalks in P. sayi are short and heavy, while in this proposed species they are long and slender. This species also somewhat resembles the Indo-Pacific species P. incomitatus Alcock, 1905, in the shape of the chelipeds and the number of spines on the margin of the hand, and that the fingers do not close; it differs in that the antennae are long, instead of short. Paguristes holmesi, sp. nov. Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 36,1120, Department of Tropical Re- search of the New York Zoological Society; Station 150, Dredge 2; from the Gulf of California, 23° 01' N. Lat., 109° 28' W. Long., off Gorda Point, Lower California, Mexico; 75 fathoms; bottom sandy; April 21, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis: Rostral tooth equal in length to laterals, just reaching bases of eye-scales. Chelipeds setaceous, spinose; hands more than 2/3 longer than wide ; carpus with 5 marginal spines ; hand with 4. Description: Anterior portion of carapace longer than wide; front tri- dentate, rostral tooth triangular, not sharp, reaching to base of eye-scales; laterals obtuse, armed with a sharp marginal spine; rostral tooth subequal in length to laterals. Eye-stalks long, slender, straight, not quite twice as long as the distance between the lateral spines of the carapace. Ophthalmic scales toothed on inner and outer margins, about 8 teeth in all. Third peduncle of antennule extends past cornea of eye about 1/5 its length. Antennal acicle reaches 5/6 the length of the eye-stalk, is nearly straight and armed on both margins with spines, 3 on the proximal inner end, and 3 on the distal outer margin. The chelipeds are subequal, similar, hairy and spinulose; merus spined on upper distal margin, behind which the subdistal margin is also spined, behind this latter margin are 2 or 3 smaller, lateral rows of spines, the inner and outer borders of the lower face are spinulose and tuberculate; carpus with 5 stout spines on upper inner edge, its upper surface, as is the hand, covered with upstanding, corneous-tipped spines, from the anterior bases of which are tufts of long yellow setae ; the hands are widest at the base of the dactyli, about 2/3 as wide as long; inner edge of palm armed with 4 stout spines, with 3 much smaller ones below on inner face, and intermediate between them; the length of the dactyl equals the length of the palm, is spinulose like the upper surface of the palm and pollex, and is armed on its distal prehensile edge with a corneous, close set row of teeth, the median and proximal teeth are calcareous, as are those of the pollex, except for the corneous tip. The ambulatory legs extend past the chelipeds by the length of their dactyli; the dactyli of the right side being slightly longer than those of the left; the carpus and propodus of the 1st pair of legs are crested with a row of stout spines; minute spines may or may not occur on the carpus of the 2nd legs, both pairs of legs and their dactyli are lined with tufts of yellow setae similar to that of the chelipeds. Color: In alcohol, a light pinkish tint. Hands pinkish, flecked with red. Ambulatory legs iridescent on smooth surfaces; dactyli flecked with red. Eye-stalks white on upper surface, carmine on sides and beneath. 248 Zoologicct: New York Zoological Society [XXII :16 Measurements'. Holotype, male; length from rostrum to telson 49 mm., of carapace 17 mm., of anterior portion of carapace 9.5 mm., width 8 mm., length of cheliped 25 mm., of hand 10.8 mm., width of hand 6.2 mm., length of dactyl 6.2 mm., of eye-stalk 6.8 mm., distance between laterals 3.8 mm., length of antennal flagellum 14.5 mm. An imperfect male paratype which is larger than the holotype has the following measurements: length from rostrum to telson 59 mm., of anterior portion of carapace 10.7 mm., width 9.8 mm., length of eye-stalk measured from base to tip of cornea 7.8 mm. In this specimen the rostral projection falls behind the laterals. Range : Lower portion of the Gulf of California. Material Examined : A series of 39 specimens, 27 males and 12 females, from Gorda Bank (Station 150), off Gorda Point, Lower California, Mexico; in from 50 to 85 fathoms; April 22 to May 3, 1936; the types were selected from this series. One male from Arena Bank (Station 136), Gulf of Cali- fornia, off Cape Pulmo, Lower California, and one male fi’om Station 126, Dredge 1; from east of Cedros Island, west side of Lower California, in 28° 07' N. Lat., 115° 09' W. Long.; in 38 fathoms; March 27, 1936. Remarks : This proposed species is allied to P. ulreyi Schmitt, 1921, but differs in that the antennae are not thickly haired, instead of being thickly haired underneath ; by having 4 spines on the inner margin of the palm and 3 smaller ones below these, instead of having 3 spines on the margin with 2 beneath; by the ophthalmic scales being spinulose on both margins, instead of with 4 or 5 spines at the tip. This proposed species also closely resembles P. bakeri Holmes, 1900, in the size, shape, coloration and general disposition of the spines on the chelipeds, but differs in the contour of the hands, those of P. bakeri being much the wider of the two species. This species is named for Dr. Samuel J. Holmes, of the University of California, in appreciation of his work in Crustacea, and for the favors he has granted me. Paguristes oculiviolaceus, sp. nov. Type : Male, holotype; Cat. No. 36,796, Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; Station 150, Dredge 3; from Gorda Bank, Gulf of California, 23° 00' N. Lat., 109° 28' W. Long., off Gorda Point, Lower California, Mexico; 58 fathoms; bottom sandy; April 21, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis'. Median tooth extending past laterals, reaching well between the eye-scales, equilateral. Eye-stalks long, straight, slightly ciliated at cornea, violet colored. Chelipeds with heaviest spines on inner margins, 5 on carpus, 4 on manus. Antennal flagellum lightly ciliated. Description: Anterior portion of carapace longer than wide, seminude; median tooth equilateral, extending past the laterals and well between the eye-scales; laterals obtuse, armed with a marginal spinule. The posterior margin of the carapace with a median concavity. Eye-stalks long, straight, slightly dilated at the cornea, subequal in length to that of the dactyl of the chelipeds, and extends to the subdistal margin of the merus. Ophthalmic scales wide at base, with bifid tips ; inner margin entire. Antennal acicle nearly straight, armed on inner margin with 4 sharp teeth, outer margin with 1, tip bifid, it extends but little past half the length of the eye. The 3rd peduncle of the antennae reaches 2/3 the length of the eye, while that of the antennule reaches half its length past the eye. The antennal flagellum is sparsely ciliated and reaches the proximal end of the hand. The chelipeds are subequal, similar, with tufts of setae; merus trigonal, 1937] Glassell: Hermit Crabs 249 subequal in length to the width of the carapace, with a thin crest of setae, distal and subdistal margins armed with a few spines, lower inner margin with a few spines, the outer with setae and spinules; the carpus is armed on its inner nwgin with a row of 5 upward- and forward-pointing, corneous- tipped spines, a row of smaller similar spines parallel the marginal spines, the outer margin is outlined with still smaller spines, below which, on the outer surface, is a row of still lesser spinules, the anterior bases of the spines are tufted with short setae; the hand is spinulose on its upper sur- face, and rounded down to its outer margin, it is subequal in length to the length of the anterior portion of the carapace, the inner margin of the palm is armed with 4 teeth, similar to those on the carpus, the proximal two having a common base, the distal two are entire and separate, the outer margin, like the surface of the hand and lingers, is roughened with small setaceous spinules, the pollex is wider than the dactyl, corneous-tipped, the fingers gape evenly from base to corneous, spoon-shaped apices. The ambulatory legs are slender, crested with short setae, and exceed the length of the chelipeds by half their dactyli; the dactyli being nearly as long as their carpus and propodus combined ; the carpus and propodus of the first pair are crested with spines, those of the second pair are lightly rugose. The distal margin of the telson is margined with corneous-tipped spines. Color : In alcohol, the carapace and legs are buff with pinkish iridescence, the inner side of the merus of the chelipeds is a dull orange. The remarkable feature is the brilliant violet color of the eye peduncles and the antennules. The setae are a straw color. Measurements : Male holotype; length from rostrum to telson 31 mm., of anterior portion of carapace 5.3 mm., width 4.5 mm., length of cheliped 13 mm., of merus 4.5 mm., of carpus 2.9 mm., of hand 5.5 mm., of dactyl 3.5 mm., width of hand 3 mm., thickness 2 mm., length of eye-stalk 3.5 mm. Material Examined: The male holotype and the male paratype from the type locality. Remarks: This proposed species is allied to P. lymani Milne Edwards and Bouvier, 1893, which it somewhat resembles in the number and dis- position, but not in the shape, of the spines on the chelipeds. It differs also in the following respects: rostrum exceeding laterals, instead of not being so far advanced; eye-scales slender to the bifid tip, instead of stout; terminal margin of telson with a few well separated teeth, instead of with many close-set teeth. The shape of the chelipeds also somewhat resembles those of P. puniceus Henderson, 1896, an Indo-Pacific species. Pag uristes aztatlanensis, sp. nov. Type: Female, holotype; Cat. No. 36,788, Department of Tropical Re- search of the New York Zoological Society; Station 136, Dredge 27; from the Gulf of California, 23° 28' N. Lat., 109° 24' W. Long., 3 miles northeast of Cape Pulmo, Lower California, Mexico; 50 fathoms; sandy bottom with rock; April 30, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis: Rostral tooth long, sharp, triangular, slightly exceeding laterals, extending between bases of eye-scales. Eye-stalks extending past merus. Flagellum short, lightly ciliated. Chelipeds densely spinulose, pu- bescent; carpus with 4 inner-marginal spines; palm of hand with 3; tips of fingers spooned. Description: Anterior portion of carapace nearly 1/3 longer than wide, the width subequal to the length of the hands, with a few setae, rugose, and a few spinules on lateral regions. Median tooth forms an acute triangular rostrum, slightly exceeding the laterals, which are obtuse and armed with a 250 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :16 small marginal spine; between the median spine and the laterals the margin is concave and thickened. The gastric lobes are well defined anteriorly. Eye-stalks straight, cylindrical, subequal in length to that of the merus, and extending past that member by nearly half their length. The ophthalmic scales are subquadrate at their base, with short equilateral apices, armed at the tip with one or more apical spines. The distal end of the antennular peduncle just exceeds the tip of the eye. The antennal acicle is slender, short, extending but half the length of the eye-stalk, bifid at the tip, armed with 3 well-formed spines on inner margin, with 2 on the outer distal margin, and is lightly setose; the segment behind the base of the acicle has one or more well developed spines, its distal outer terminus is bifid, the outer margin spinulose. The distal end of the 3rd peduncle is but little advanced beyond the acicle. The flagellum is short, lightly ciliated and subequal in length to that of the merus. The chelipeds are short, subsimilar, equal, the carpus and manus covered with short, black-tipped spines, the largest on the inner margins, these spines are nearly covered with pubescence, growing less thick at the base of the fingers; the merus is trigonal, smooth on the inner side, rugose on the outer, armed on the distal and subdistal margin with a few spines, the lower inner margin with spine-tipped tubercules; the carpus has 4 inner- marginal spines and a row of 5 smaller spines on the outer margin, and a prominent spine over the upper articulation with the hand; the hands are rounded over from the inner margin, which is armed with 3 spines, the surface having many short, sharp-tipped spines visible through the pu- bescence, the length of the dactyl is subequal to the width of the hand, its thickness is 2/3 its width, the fingers meet on the upper surface and are excavated beneath, with corneous semi-spoon-shaped tips. The ambulatory legs are stout, setose and pubescent on their margins, and extend past the chelipeds by the length of their dactyli, the carpus, propodus and dactyls have numerous rows of small corneous-tipped spines. The rasps of the 3rd and 4th legs and also those of the uropods are composed of short, dark, corneous spinules. The terminal margin of the telson is armed with wide-spaced teeth. Variation: Of the two female specimens taken, one, the holotype, had occupied a shell with a circular aperture, while its companion, a non- ovigerous female, had occupied a shell with a wide narrow slit, similar to that of a Conus. This opening vertically constricted the animal’s carapace and distorted its appearance, as is the carapace of P. digueti Bouvier, 1892, which occupies the shell of a S trombus. Color: In alcohol, a pinkish tint on an ivory ground. Measurements: Female holotype; length from rostrum to telson 34 mm., of anterior portion of carapace 9 mm., width 5.3 mm., length of cheliped 16 mm., of merus 4.5 mm., of carpus 4 mm., of hand 5.5 mm., width of hand 3 mm., thickness 2 mm., length of eye-stalk 4.3 mm., length of flagellum of antennae 4.6 mm. Range : Known only from type locality. Material Examined: Two female specimens from the same dredge haul, the holotype the larger of the two. Remarks: This proposed species is closely allied to P. fecundus Faxon, 1893, but differs in that the terminal lobes of the telson are distinctly toothed on their margins, instead of obscurely toothed, by the antennal acicle reach- ing 2/3 the distance of the eye peduncle, instead of nearly to the end of the peduncle, by the ischium of the outer maxillipeds being armed on their inner margins with a serrate row of short teeth, the merus is unarmed, instead of armed with 3 or 4 denticles on the lower margin of the merus. Aztatlan is a name for the prehistoric Mexican frontier on the Pacific coast. 1937] Glassell: Hermit Crabs 251 Genus Petrochirus Stimpson. Petrochirus californsensis Bouvier. Petrochirus calif orniensis Bouvier. Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, no. 1, 189’5, p. 6 (type-locality, not given; Lower California); Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. R. Univ. Torino, vol. 16, no. 415, 1901, p. 24, General Range : Gulf of California to Ecuador. (Nobili). Local Distribution : A single male specimen from Monument Beach, Santa Inez Bay, Baja California, Mexico; collected April 12, 1936. Sex and Size : A male specimen with the following measurements : (the first figures given are for the specimen collected by this expedition; the second figures are for those of a normally large male collected by the author at Punta Penasco, Sonora, Mexico; May 3, 1935) length from rostrum to telson 98 mm.-128 mm., of carapace 29 mm.-38 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 12.6 mm.-17 mm., width of same 13.5 mm.-18 mm., length of major cheliped 62 mm.-74 mm., of merus 14 mm. -20 mm., of carpus 15 mm.-2Q mm., of manus 28 mm. -38 mm., of dactyl 15 mm. -21 mm., width of manus 12 mm.= 18 mm., thickness of manus 11 mm.-17.5 mm., length of eye-stalks 12.6 mim.- 17 mm. Color in Alcohol: A bluish-red. Chelipeds and ambulatories with blood- red maculations on inner and outer distal ends of meri ; fingers of chelipeds white. Eye-stalks a taupe, with a deep red, inverted, V-shaped marking at distal upper end. Antennal flagellum banded red and white. Setae on dactyl! of walking legs a red brown. Habits, Habitat: This large pagurid is somewhat sluggish in its move- ments. Most of the specimens collected in the inter-tidal zone, in the Gulf of California, were occupying the shell of Phyllonotus nigritus (Philippi), and were accompanied by a polynoid worm and commensal porcellanids. Remarks: This is the first record of the finding of this common and conspicuous crab in the waters where it was first discovered by Diguet, since Bouvier wrote its all too brief description. Genus Dardanus Paulson. Dardanus sinistripes (Stimpson). Pagurus sinistripes Stimpson. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. 7, 1859, p. 82 (type-locality, Panama) ; Bouvier, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, no. 1, 1895, p. 8; Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. R. Univ. Torino, vol. 16, no. 415, 1901, p. 23 (Ecuador). Dardanus sinistripes (Stimpson). Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, 1910, p. 556, pi. 49, fig. 2, and p. 597 ; Schmitt, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 13, no. 24, p. 382. General Range: From the Gulf of California to Peru (Rathbun). Local Distribution: A total of 27 specimens was taken off Arena Bank (Station 136) ; 14 adults and several juveniles were taken in Santa Inez Bay (Stations 141, 142 and 143 respectively) ; 2 specimens were taken off Gorda Bank (Station 150 D-3). All of the above specimens were dredged in depths ranging from 10 to 60 fathoms. In addition to these specimens, a larval form was taken (Cat. No. 36,784) from off Arena Bank (Station 136). Sex and Size: The entire series taken at the above stations is composed of 20 males, 23 females and 2 juveniles, and ranges in size from the first adult form to the largest yet to be recorded. The largest specimen, a male, has the following dimensions: length from rostrum to telson 110 mm., of 252 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII : 16 carapace 28 mm., of precervical portion 15 mm., width of same 14 mm., length of major cheliped 62 mm., of merus 14 mm., of carpus 13 mm., of manus 27 mm., width of manus 18 mm., length of eye-stalk 10 mm. Color : In alcohol, the carapace is buff with red markings. The chelipeds, purple and red, with the interior margins of the meri white; the teeth of the fingers white, bordered with yellow. The ambulatory legs are purple, their dactyli with dark brown setae, their meri and carpi blotched on a light ground with red. Habits, Habitat : The majority of the species of the genus Dardanus are inhabitants of the Indo-Pacifie region, but 3 species are recorded from the Pacific coasts of North and South America. D. sinistripes is not an inter- tidal form, so far as the records show, but occupies the zone between 10 and 60 fathoms. It occupies any sort of shell from those having a large round opening to those with a narrow aperture, such as Cqnus. Remarks : In the collection here assembled is a specimen of Glaucothbe H. M. Edwards, 1830, (Cat. No. 36,784) from off Arena Bank (Station 136). Bouvier has ably pointed out that the genus Glaucothoe, is simply the larval stage of a pagurid, being without sex, and as such I regard it, and believe it is entitled to neither individual generic nor specific standing. This specimen of larval form, or “Glaucothbe,” I refer without hesita- tion to the genus Dardanus, and believe it to be the last larval stage of Dardanus sinistripes (Stimpson). In arriving at this conclusion, I have compared the larva with a series of juvenile specimens from this and other collections of D. sinistripes, among which were several specimens that ex- hibited the first adult form, in which the chelipeds are still quite similar, the abdomen still well segmented, though not calcareous or chitonous, the telson still much longer in proportion than that of the mature form. In comparing the larva with these juveniles, the following similarities of form become apparent: the eyes are similar in shape and size; the hands are similar in size, the fingers opening in the same plane; the 4th and 5th legs are similar, namely, subchelate and chelate; in both the abdomen is clearly segmented, though in the juvenile it is slightly coiled and not straight as in the larva; the telsons of both are long and subsimilar in shape. Genus Calcinus Dana. Calcinus californiensis Bouvier. Calcinus californiensis Bouvier. Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, no. 8, 1898, p. 380 (type-locality, San Jose Island, Gulf of California). General Range : Gulf of California. Acapulco, Mexico. Local Distribution: A total of 13 specimens (Cat. No. 36,815) was taken off Arena Bank (Station 136) in coral ( Pocillopora ligulata) at a depth of 2% fathoms. Sex and Size : The series consists of 6 males and 7 females. The largest specimen, a male, has the following dimensions: length from rostrum to telson 25 mm., of carapace 8 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 4.2 mm., width of same 3.6 mm., length of major cheliped 14.5 mm., of merus 3.3 mm., of carpus 3 mm., of manus 6 mm., of dactyl 3.5 mm., width of manus 4 mm., length of eye-stalk 3.8 mm. Color in Alcohol: Reddish with white spots showing through on cara- pace. Chelipeds a dark brown with small bluish spots; carpus and manus margined with red. Ambulatory legs and dactyli red. Tips of fingers white. Habits, Habitat: This inter-tidal species occupies the lower half of the tidal zone, where it is very plentiful throughout its range. An active, gregarious little animal, utilizing any of the smaller shells for an abode. 1937] Glass ell: Hermit Crabs 253 Remarks’. This is the first record of C. calif orniensis having been taken since Diguet’s two specimens were described by Bouvier. Bouvier remarked that this species is closely allied to C. obscurus Stimpson, 1859, and like myself, had none of the latter species with which to compare his specimens. As a means of quick identification, I would say that this species, C. calif orniensis, may be distinguished from C. obscurus by the solid color of the ambulatory dactyli, as in the latter species the dactyli are banded. Genus Pylopagurus M. Edw. and Bouvier. Pylopagurus varians (Benedict), new combination. Eupagurus varians Benedict. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, 1892, p. 24 (type-locality, Gulf of California) ; Bouvier, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, no. 8, 1898, p. 382. General Range : So far only recorded from the Gulf of California. Local Distribution: Two specimens, one from Arena Bank (Station 136 D-24), the other from Santa Inez Bay (Station 143 D-5), with a depth range of from 18 to 50 fathoms. Sex and Size : Both specimens were males ; the largest, from Santa Inez Bay, has the following measurements: length from rostrum to telson 34 mm., of carapace 8.3 mm. (carapace with a deep V-shaped notch in posterior margin), of precervical portion of carapace 5 mm., width of same 4.8 mm., length of major cheliped 38.4 mm., of merus 6.2 mm., of carpus 9 mm., of manus 13 mm., of dactyl 8.2 mm., width of manus 6.6 mm., length of eye- stalk 4 mm. Color in Alcohol: Carapace a cream with a few red spots near cervical groove. Chelipeds a pinkish-buff, with deep red spots. Ambulatory legs banded with white and a yellow-red. Habits, Habitat : This hermit crab is one of the few that does not have to change its abode as it grows larger, for the original shell which it occupies becomes incrusted with a bryozoan growth, which the crab is able to control at the aperture by using its large hand as an operculum; thus the aperture of the shell is always smooth, while the rest of the shell takes on varied and weird shapes. Not an inter-tidal form. Remarks: It seems remarkable that Bouvier, who was the co-author of the genus Pylopagurus, retained Benedict’s genus Eupagurus for this species, when he recorded Diguet’s collection in 1898. The lack of a figure for this species is confusing. Pylopagurus cervicornis (Benedict), new combination. Eupagurus cervicornis Benedict. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, 1892, p. 25 (type-locality, Gulf of California). General Range: The Gulf of California. Local Distribution: A total of 21 adult specimens and 2 juveniles was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136) in different dredges, in from 30 to 50 fathoms. Sex and Size: This series consists of 19 males, 2 of them juvenile, and 4 females, none of them very large. The largest male in this series has the following dimensions: length from rostrum to telson 22 mm., of carapace 6 mm. (carapace with a deep V-shaped notch in posterior margin), of pre- cervical portion of carapace 3.6 mm., width of same 3.2 mm., length of major cheliped 23.2 mm., of merus 3.6 mm., of carpus 5 mm., of manus 7.6 mm., of dactyl 5 mm., width of hand 5 mm., length of eye-stalk 3 mm. 254 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :16 Color in Alcohol: Carapace a cream with a few spots of red near the cervical groove on the calcified portion. Chelipeds a pinkish-buff, with deep red spots. Ambulatory legs banded with white and a yellow-red. Habits, Habitat: This species occupies the same sort of abode as that of P. varians. One small specimen (Cat. No. 36,361) occupied a hole in a small sponge. Remarks : These two species, P. varians and P. cervicornis, may prove to be one and the same species, one a variety of the other, when it is possible to get a large series of adult forms, from both ends of the Gulf of California, together for comparison. There seems to be an intergradation which is difficult otherwise to explain. Pylopagurus coronatus (Benedict), new combination. Eupagurus coronatus Benedict. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, 1892, p. 24 (type-locality, Gulf of California). General Range: Gulf of California. Local Distribution: A single specimen was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136 D-24), in 50 fathoms. Sex and Size: A male specimen with the following dimensions: length from rostrum to telson 15 mm., of carapace 4.5 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 3 mm., width of same 2.8 mm., length of major cheliped 11.4 mm., of merus 2.4 mm., of carpus 3 mm., of manus 5 mm., of dactyl 3.5 mm., width of manus 3.5 mm., length of eye-stalk 2.7 mm. Color in Alcohol: Carapace, chelipeds and ambulatory legs have a whitish ground color, on which, in various patterns, is laid an orange-yellow and red. The pattern is sharp cut, distinctive, irregular, unblended. Habitat: Little is known of the habits of this pagurid, as all specimens so far examined have been removed from their shell. It is not a shore form, but may be expected in depths of from 25 to 100 fathoms, within its range. Remarks: This record, like several others, is the first, since the species was described nearly 45 years ago. From its scarcity in this and other dredgings examined, it appears to be a rare form. Pylopagurus guatemoci, sp. nov. Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 36,801, Department of Tropical Re- search of the New York Zoological Society; Station 175, Dredge 1; from location 5 miles west of San Jose Point, Pacific side of Baja California, 31° 25' N. Lat., 116° 42' W. Long., 45 fathoms; bottom shaley; May 24, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis: Calcified portion of carapace as broad as long, transversely convex, naked, polished, projections subequal. Major hand margined with large teeth, becoming smaller distally ; minor hand heavily toothed on outer margin. Eyes long, slightly constricted in middle, cornea dilated. Description : Anterior portion of carapace as broad as long, transversely convex, naked, polished; median projection obtuse, depressed, not extending past base of eye-scales, nor past the spinule-tipped, obtuse, lateral projec- tions. The eye-stalks are cylindrical, slightly constricted in the middle, and subequal in length to the merus of the major chela. The ophthalmic scales have broad bases and triangular apices, with margins entire; the sub- terminal spine is long, sharp, stout, and is situated just inside the point of 1937] Glassell: Hermit Crabs 255 the scale. The distal end of the second peduncle of the antennule reaches the cornea. The antennal acicle is slight, sharp-pointed, unarmed, except for a few hairs, and extends to the cornea of the eye. The third antennal peduncle extends half its length past the eye. The flagellum extends to the base of the major dactyl and is ciliated with occasional long and short hairs. The chelipeds, as in the genus, are dissimilar and unequal. In the major cheliped the merus is trigonal, crested with a few short hairs; the distal lower tip of the ischium extends nearly to the distal lower margin of the merus; the carpus is widened distally, is subequal in length to the width of the carapace, is armed on its inner margin with two large, well formed teeth, one over the hinge of the hand, the other median, these are separated by a wide sinus, the median tooth is supported posteriorly by a ridge, there is no outer margin as the surface arches from the inner border to the lower outer margin, a few setae in tufts of three or four are on this surface, on the under surface the carpus is very narrow, almost a bridge, and deeply excavated on its forward surface for the reception of the hand; the hand, on its operculiform portion, is 4/5 as wide as long, the toothed proximal border is nearly straight, the rim of teeth is uneven in size, some teeth are double, others single with their tips bent inward, these tips are corneous spinules, the distal teeth of the dactyl and pollex are much smaller and more uniform than those of the palm; the excavated surface of the hand is microscopically set with minute corneous spine-tipped granules; the fingers are crossed .at their corneous tips, joined on their upper surfaces and ex- cavated beneath, armed on their cutting edges with calcareous lobes, the under side of the hand has a few scattered setae; the minor hand extends to the base of the major dactyl; the carpus is bicristate, with the spines of the outer margin more prominent; the hand is flattened on its upper surface, twice as long as wide, with a median row of spines to the gape, the outer margin with a raised crest of spines nearly to the corneous tip of the pollex, these spines are similar, though smaller, to those on the major hand, the inner margin is unarmed, lightly setose, as is the under side of the hand. The ambulatory legs are unarmed on their upper crests, lightly setose, with a high polished surface, shorter than the major chela. The terminal segment of the abdomen is a single, undivided, semioval plate, the distal margin unarmed, entire, and projecting equally on both sides. Color : In alcohol, an ivory mottled with red. The spines of the chelipeds have a faint purple tint. The ambulatories are banded with red and a bluish- white, the latter color is distal on the joints. Measurements: Length from rostrum to telson 19 mm., of carapace 5 mm., of anterior portion of carapace 3 mm., width 3 mm., length of major chela 12.5 mm., of merus 2.3 mm., of carpus 3 mm., of flat portion of manus 5 mm., width 3.8 mm., length of minor manus 3 mm., width 1.5 mm., length of eye-stalk 2.4 mm. Range : Known only from type-locality. Remarks: This proposed species is allied to P. coronatus (Benedict), 1892, but differs in that the merus of the major cheliped is lightly rugose, instead of with a thin subserrate crest; by the carpus being uncrested on the median line, instead of with a subserrate crest; by the spines bordering the hand being tipped with minute, corneous spinules, instead of being un- tipped with spinules; by the minor hand having its outer margin serrate with teeth, instead of having a subserrate ridge. In both species the ultimate segment of the telson is similar. This species is. named for Guatemotzin, or Guatemoc, the last Aztec sovereign in Mexico. 256 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :16 Pylopagurus spiniearpus Glassell, manuscript name. Material: A total of 2 specimens was taken from Santa Inez Bay (Station 147), and Gorda Bank (Station 150), between 60 and 80 fathoms The specimens were distributed as follows: Station 147: D-2 (1 male); 60 fathoms. Station 150: D-13 (1 male) ; 70 to 80 fathoms. Genus Pagurus Fabricus. Key to species of Pagurus collected on this expedition. A. Eye-stalks short, stout; cornea dilated. B. Hand margined with spines, granulose. Antennal acicle extending past cornea. Rostrum not advanced past laterals. C. Hand about twice as long as wide. P. smithi, p. 259 C'. Hand about as long as wide. P. merimacidosus, p. 259 B’. Hand not margined with spines, granulose. C. Hand 3 times as long as wide. Antennal acicle extending past cornea. Rostrum advanced past laterals. P. gladius, p. 257 C'. Hand about twice as long as wide. Antennal acicle not extend- ing past cornea. Rostrum not advanced past laterals, or, but slightly advanced. P. albus, p. 258 A'. Eye-stalks cylindrical, stout; cornea slightly dilated. Antennal acicle not extending past cornea. B. Hand margined with spines, spinulose, setaceous; about twice as long as wide. Rostrum advanced past laterals. Pollex deeply concave. P. pollexcavus, p. 261 B'. Hand not margined with spines, granulose; about as long as wide. Rostrum not advanced past laterals. Pollex not concave. P. calif orniensis, p. 257 A". Eye-stalks expanded at their base; cornea not dilated. Antennal acicle not extending past cornea. Hand margined with spines, spinulose, setaceous ; about twice as long as wide. Rostrum advanced past laterals. P. lepidus, p. 256 Pagurus lepidus (Bouvier), new combination. Eupagurus lepidus Bouvier. Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, no. 8, 1898, p. 381 (type-locality, La Paz Bay, Baja California). General Range: Gulf of California. Local Distribution: A total of 5 specimens was taken near shore at Santa Inez Bay (Station 144 D-l), at a depth of 1 fathom. Sex and Size : This series contains 3 males and 2 ovigerous females. The largest specimen, a male, has the following dimensions : length from rostrum to telson 13.5 mm., of carapace 3.8 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 2.4 mm., width of same 2.2 mm., length of merus of major cheliped 1.8 mm., of carpus 1.6 mm., of manus 3 mm., width of same 1.5 mm., length of eye- stalk 1.6 mm. Color : In alcohol, the carapace is a buff. The merus of the chelipeds is red-brown and buff, the hands and carpus yellow, the finger tips white. Ambulatory legs cream, with all joints striated with red-brown. Flagellum of antennae with 3 or more segments red-brown separated from the next series by a white segment. 1937] Glass ell: Hermit Crabs 257 Habitat: This little hermit crab frequents the lower tidal levels, seeking shelter among marine growths. Remarks: This is the first record of this species having been taken in the Gulf of California in 40 years. It may be mentioned, however, that it is not a rare form, but obscure. Pagurus calif orniensis (Benedict). Eupagurus calif orniensis Benedict. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, 1892, p. 21 (type-locality, California) ; Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 18, 1895, p. 55, pi. 11, figs. 2-2f; Bouvier, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, 1898, p. 382. Pagurus calif orniensis (Benedict). Holmes, Occas. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., voi. 7, 1900, p. 149; Rathbun, Harriman Alaska Expedition, vol. 10, 1910, p. 161; Schmitt, Univ. Cal. Pub. Zool., vol. 23, 1921, p. 143, text-fig. 93; Boone, Zoologica, N. Y. Zool. Soc., vol. 14, no. 1, 1932, p. 9, text-fig. 3. General Range: From California to Panama. Galapagos Islands (Boone) . Local Distribution: A total of 14 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136) and Santa Inez Bay (Stations 142 and 143 respectively), at depths ranging from 25 to 50 fathoms. Sex and Size : The collection numbers 6 males and 8 females. The largest male (Cat. No. 36,790) from Santa Inez Bay (Station 143 D-4) has the following measurements : length from rostrum to telson 40 mm., of carapace 10 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 6.1 mm., width of same 5.6 mm., length of major cheliped 29 mm., of merus 7.2 mm., of carpus 7 mm., of manus 12.5 mm., of dactyl 6.3 mm., width of manus 9.8 mm., length of eye-stalk 5 mm. Habits, Habitat: In the Gulf of California, this species is only found in depths ranging from 15 to 50 fathoms, while along the California coast, in cooler waters, it is often taken at low tide. Faxon records his specimens at a depth of 66 fathoms, at Panama. Boone records her specimens as having been taken at a depth of 2% fathoms, in the cooler waters of the Galapagos Islands. Remarks: This species registers considerable variation in the smooth- ness of the upper surface of the hand, some specimens being quite tuber- culate on the distal half, others smooth. The size and shape of the inner margin of the hand also shows considerable variation in different individu- als, some being much larger than others, although the individuals may be of the same size. Pagurus gladhis (Benedict). Eupagurus gladius Benedict. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, 1892, p. 7 (type-locality, Gulf of California) ; Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. comp. R. Univ. Torino, vol. 16, no. 415, 1901, p. 22. Pagurus gladius (Benedict). Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, 1910, p. 597. General Rayige: From the Gulf of California to Ecuador (Nobili). Local Distribution: A total of 11 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136 D-14), and Santa Inez Bay (Station 143 D-2 and D-5), at depths ranging from 18 to 45 fathoms. Sex and Size : The collection numbers 6 males and 5 females, the greater number of these being half grown. As the two largest specimens in this 258 Zoologiea: Neiv York Zoological Society [XXII :16 series had lost their major chelipeds, it was thought best to give the measurements of a normal adult male, in the author’s collection, taken off Carmen Island, in Salinas Bay, Gulf of California; December 19, 1931; in 30 fathoms. The above specimen has the following dimensions : length from rostrum to telson 28 mm., of carapace 10 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 4.8 mm., width of same 6 mm., length of major cheliped 41.5 mm., of merus 11 mm., of carpus 11 mm., of manus 16.5 mm., of dactyl 6.5 mm., width of manus 4.5 mm., length of eye-stalk 4 mm. Color: In alcohol, the carapace is a dark cream maculated with red and purple. Chelipeds and ambulatories with a purple tinge and red spots; a dark purple stain on hand near dactyl ; propodus and dactyli of ambulatories banded with purple. Eye-stalks mottled. Habits, Habitat : This active pagurid apparently occupies the zone be- tween the depths of 20 and 50 fathoms; at any rate it has not so far been reported from the tidal zone. It prefers a small, fragile shell, which only partly covers its carapace. This shell, like those favored by P. splendescens Owen, 1839, becomes partly disintegrated from the action of the polyps or bryozoans Which cover the anterior portion of the shell. Remarks: As it is not known at what part of the Gulf of California the type specimen was found, it is impossible to state an extension of range, even though it be a distance of several hundred miles, until specimens are collected outside of this area. It is possible also, that Nobili had a different species to work on, for he finds differences between his specimen and Benedict’s description, which an examination of a series, such as this, from the Gulf of California, does not bear out. Pagurus albus (Benedict). Eupagurus albus Benedict. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, 1892, p. 6 (type-locality, Gulf of California). Not Pagurus albus (Benedict). Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Marine Mus., vol. 3, 1930, pp. 34-36, pi. 5. General Range: So far known only from the Gulf of California. Local Distribution: A single specimen from Santa Inez Bay (Station 144 D-7), taken at a depth of 3 fathoms. Sex and Size: A single, partly damaged, juvenile female. As this speci- men may not be suitable for measurement, I will supply the dimensions of a normal male, collected by myself on Turner Island, Gulf of California; De- cember 31, 1931; in the inter-tidal zone. The measurements are: length from rostrum to telson 26 mm., of carapace 9.5 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 5.5 mm., width of same 5.7 mm., length of major cheliped 23 mm., of merus 5.8 mm., of carpus 6.3 mm., of manus 8 mm., of dactyl 4.2 mm., width of manus 3 mm., length of eye-stalk 3.8 mm. Color in Life : The conspicuous feature of this crab is the whiteness of the hands. Habits, Habitat: This pagurid is a tidal form which may be taken at shallow depths. It is extremely active, a fast traveler, and is found racing along the bottom in a few inches of water at extreme low tide. At no collecting station, in spite of their conspicuous color, have they been observed to be very numerous. Remarks: This species appears to be closely allied to P. gladius (Bene- dict), but while P. gladius occupies the lower zone in the same region, P. albus occupies the upper. 1937] Glassell: Hermit Crabs 259 Pagurus smithi (Benedict), new combination. Eupagurus smithi Benedict. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, 1892, p. 4 (type-locality, Gulf of California) . Not Eupagurus smithii Milne Edwards and Bouvier. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 14, no. 3, 1893, p. 140, pi. 10, figs. 1-12 (type-locality, Sand Key, Florida), (= Pagurus bouvieri (Faxon), 1895). General Range: So far only known from the Gulf of California. Local Distribution : A total of 9 specimens was taken at Santa Inez Bay (Station 143 D-l, D-2, D-3 and D-5), at depths ranging from 18 to 35 fathoms. Sex and Size : This series consists of 2 males and 7 females. The largest male (Cat. No. 36,291) has the following dimensions: length from rostrum to telson 58 mm., of carapace 17 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 7.6 mm., width of same 8.5 mm., length of major cheliped 33 mm., of merus 10 mm., of carpus 8.5 mm., of manus 13.1 mm., of dactyl 7.5 mm., width of manus 7.5 mm., length of eye-stalk 7 mm. Color in Alcohol: Carapace and eye-stalks buff. Chelipeds with carpus and manus a light orange; inner margins of pollices and dactyli white. Ambulatory legs buff. Habitat: Evidently not a shore form, as they were only found at depths ranging to 35 fathoms. Remarks: Bottom conditions may have something to do with the ap- parently localized finding of this form, as they were taken at only one fetation (143). The original description gives the type-locality as Gulf of California, so that we have little information on the original finding, as to depth or distribution. This is the first record of the taking of this pagurid in 45 years. Pagurus merimaculosus, sp. nov. Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 361,126, Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; Station 136, Dredge 14; from the Gulf of California, 23° 29' 30" N. Lat., 109° 25' W. Long., 3 miles northeast of Cape Pulmo, Lower California, Mexico; 45 fathoms; bottom muddy; April 20, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis : Precervical portion of carapace about as long as wide, almost naked. Front obtuse, not extending past laterals. Eye-stalks stout, short; cornea dilated. Antennal acicle extending past eye. Carpus of major hand concave on inner side, margined with 9 or more conical spines; hand 3/5 as wide as long, heavily plated with short spined granulations. Inner and outer distal ends of meri of chelipeds and 1st and 2nd ambulatories with a distinc- tive blood-red spot. Description: Calcified portion of carapace about as long as wide, almost naked, except for a few short setae. Rostral projection obtuse, not extending past the laterals, nor much more than reaching the bases of the eye-scales; lateral projections equilateral, armed with a minute subapical spine. Eye-stalks stout, nearly 2/3 the length of the anterior portion of the carapace, cornea expanded. Ophthalmic scales distant, semioval at base, subacute, concave distally, margins entire; a small subterminal spine. The antennal acicles are long, narrow, sharp-pointed, and extent! past the eyes to a point near the base of the flagellum. The major cheliped is large, strong, wide, well margined; merus extend- ing well past the eyes, inner side straight, outer side rounding, the distal 260 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :16 posterior margins of both sides have a row of small teeth ; the upper flattened carpal margin is armed with a row of horizontal, long, sharp spines; the carpus increases in width distally, where it is more than 2/3 as wide as long; the inner margin is armed with a row of forward- and upward-pointing spines, the outer margin is well defined, granulous, and with a row of setae; the upper surface is slightly convex, rugose and granulate, more prominent distally; the surface of the outer side of the carpus is vertical, that of the inner concave; the hand is rectangular, 3/5 as wide as long; the inner and outer margins are armed with a row of regularly spaced, outward- and upward-pointing, conical teeth; the proximal margin armed with 2 conical, vertical teeth, one near the inner hinge, the other median; the upper surface is slightly convex and densely pebbled or plated with irregular, sharp-tipped granules, continued onto the pollex and dactyl, these granules have distinct margins and do not coalesce; the dactyl is crested with spines, as is the hand, and is armed on its prehensile edge with cal- careous blunt teeth, as is the pollex. The minor cheliped is slightly shorter than the major, the corneous tips of the fingers reaching to a point about midway on the major dactyl; the merus is compressed, rounded on top, and like the major merus is distally armed with spines on the upper carpal and outer distal margins, but is unarmed on the inner side; the lowrer surface of both meri is tuberculate; the carpus is of irregular shape, narrower proximally than distally, and wider ventrally than dorsally at the distal end; the outer upper margin has a crest of sharp-pointed, conical spines, those of the inner margin are much smaller; the surface between the crests is concave and lightly roughened; the hand is subcylindrical, oval in trans- verse cross-section and bends downward at the tip; the surface is similar to that of the major hand; the inner edge of the pollex is covered with a multitude of small conical teeth; the inner edge of the dactyl is unarmed except for a short pile of baleen-like material. The 1st and 2nd ambulatory legs are slightly longer than the chelipeds, sparsely crested with short setae, almost smooth, shining; the distal upper end of the carpus of the 1st legs is armed with two spinules, those of the 2nd legs with one; the dactyli are compressed, slightly contorted, smooth and shining on the posterior side and lightly setaceous anteriorly; including their corneous tip, they are nearly equal in length to the two preceding joints combined. Color : In alcohol, the eye-stalks and ambulatory legs appear to be banded with a light pink and ivory. The most distinctive markings are the blood-red spots on each side of the distal, inner and outer ends of the meri of the chelipeds and ambulatory legs; these spots persist undimmed for a long time in preservative. Measurements : Male holotype: length from rostral projection to telson 45 mm., of calcified portion of carapace 7 mm., width 7.3 mm., length of eye-stalk and cornea 5.3 mm., width of cornea 2.4 mm., length of acicle 5.1 mm., of major cheliped 34 mm., length of merus 8 mm., carpus 9 mm., distal width 7 mm., proximal width 4.5 mm., length of hand 15 mm., w;dth 9 mm., length of minor hand 11 mm., width 4.5 mm., length of dactyl 7.5 mm. Range : So far known only from the lower end of the Gulf of California. Material Examined : A series of 28 specimens, 12 males and 16 females, some ovigerous, from Arena Bank (Station 136), off Cape Pulmo, Lower California, Mexico; in from 35 to 45 fathoms; April 3 to 30, 1936. Also, a series of 16 specimens, 8 males and 8 females, from Santa Inez Bay (Station 143), Lower California, Mexico; in 40 fathoms; April 11, 1936. Both series collected by William Beebe. The types were selected from the first series. Remarks: This proposed species is allied to P. smithi (Benedict), 1892, the major chelipeds being somewhat similar in conformation; the granules of the hands and the shape of the dorsal surface of the carpus in the two 1937] Glass ell: Hermit Crabs 261 species are much alike; however, they differ in the minor hands. In P. smithi, the minor hand is similar to that of the major hand, being flattened, instead of being unrelated and subcylindrical. In P. merimaculosus , the upper crest of the carpi of the ambulatory legs has only one or two spinules at their upper distal end, while in P. smithi, the entire crest of the carpal joints is spinulose. In addition, P. smithi would appear to be a smaller form. Pagurus pollexcavus, sp. nov. Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 361,127, Department of Tropical Re- search of the New York Zoological Society; Station 150, Dredge 13; from the Gulf of California, 23° 02' N. Lat., 109° 27' 30" W. Long., off Gorda Point, Lower California, Mexico; 75-80 fathoms; bottom sandy; April 23, 1936; 4-foot Blake dredge; collected by William Beebe on Templeton Crocker’s yacht Zaca. Diagnosis: Precervical portion of carapace as long as wide; median tooth wide, triangular, slightly exceeding laterals. Eye-stalks stout, cylindri- cal; cornea slightly dilated. Antennal acicle not extending past cornea. Hands nearly twice as long as wide, margined with spines ; upper surface on proximal half heavily spined and setose; pollex and dactyl concave, naked, smooth, paved with gear-edged, coalesced granules. Ambulatory legs un- armed except for upper distal carpal spinules. Distal margin of telson toothed. Description: Calcified portion of carapace about as long as wide, naked, except for a few tufts of short setae. Posterior margin of carapace deeply indented. Rostral tooth broadly triangular, exceeding laterals and extending between bases of eye-scales; lateral projections obtuse, with a minute sub- apical spinule. Eye-stalks stout, cylindrical, subequal in length to major dactyl; cornea slightly dilated. Ophthalmic scales distant, broad at base, apex triangular, surface slightly concave between margins; a strong subterminal spine. Distal end of 2nd antennular peduncle.just reaches the cornea. The antennal acicles are slightly arcuate, unarmed, with few setae, and extend well into the cornea. The 3rd peduncle of the antennae exceeds the cornea by 1/3 its length. The flagellum exceeds the length of the major cheliped and has a few short cilia. The major cheliped is 2/3 the length of the body; the merus is armed on its distal upper edge with a single forward-pointing spine ; the upper and outer surface is lightly rugose; the inner and outer lower margins are spinulose; the under surface tuberculate; the carpus is widest distally, where it is subequal in width to the hand, its inner margin armed with a row of 6 or more forward-pointing, conical spines, inside of which are several smaller spines; the outer margin is not defined with spines; the upper surface is lightly setose, with small, scattered, sharp-tipped granules; the manus is nearly twice as long as wide, heavily spined and setose on its proximal half; the pollex is deeply concave from its upward-pointing, spined outer margin to a median longitudinal row of spines from base to tip; the concave surfaces of the pollices and dactyli of both hands are paved with smooth, closely meshed, coalesced, gear-edged granulations; the fingers are armed with calcareous lobes, and gape slightly from base to apex. The minor cheliped reaches to the base of the dactyl of the major hand; the merus is compressed and deep, it is armed on its distal, outer ventral margin with a prominent row of spines; the carpus is narrow and deep, the thickness being nearly 2/3 the length, proximally the upper surface is bicrestate, unici’ested distally on the outer margin; distally the lower outer margin is spined; the manus is somewhat similar to that of the major hand, except that the concave pave- ment extends, on the outer half, to a point near the proximal end ; the 262 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :16 remainder of the upper surface of the hand is setose, with a median row of spines which margin the paved area. The ambulatory legs are subequal in length to the major cheliped, lightly setose; the carpi armed at their distal upper ends with a single spinule; the dactyli are compressed and slightly longer than their propodi. The terminal lobes of the telson are armed on their inner margins with 4 or more well spaced, incurving spines. Color : In alcohol, the ground color is an ivory, overlaid with pink and spotted with small blood-red spots. The under side of the eye-stalks is red, the upper part a cream. The propodi of the ambulatories have a median band of pink. The setae are a straw yellow. Measurements: Male holotype: length from rostrum to telson 41 mm., of carapace 10 mm., of anterior portion of carapace 5.5 mm., width 5.5 mm., length of major cheliped 30 mm., of merus 5.8 mm., of carpus 6.5 mm., of manus 10 mm., of dactyl 5 mm., width of manus 6 mm., length of eye-stalk 4.5 mm., distance between laterals 3 mm. Material Examined : A series of 10 males and 12 females, 1 ovigerous, from Gorda Bank (Station 150), off Gorda Point, Lower California, Mexico; in from 67 to 80 fathoms; April 21 to May 3, 1936. The types were selected from this series. Three specimens, 1 male and 2 females, 1 ovigerous, from Arena Bank (Station 136), 3 miles NE of Cape Pulmo, Lower California, Mexico; in from 42 to 50 fathoms; May 1-2, 1936. All collected by this expedition. Range : So far only known from the lower end of the Gulf of California. Remarks: This proposed species is distantly allied to P. tanneri (Bene- dict), 1892, which it somewhat resembles in the shape of the carapace and general contour of the chelipeds; it differs in that the median tooth of the carapace is not so far advanced, the eyes not so stout and dilated, the antennal acicle not so long; the merus and carpus of the chelipeds are some- what similar, but the hands differ by being spined and setose on the proximal half, instead of tumid and spined in a regular pattern; the pollex is deeply concave and smoothly paved, instead of slightly concave and spinulose; by the ambulatory legs being unarmed, instead of armed on the crests of the carpus and propodus. Pagurus bunomanus Glassell, manuscript name. Material: A total of 8 specimens was taken from Arena Bank (Station 136), and Clarion Island (Station 163 D-2), in the Revilla Gigedo Group, 3 miles off Pyramid Rock, in depths ranging to 50 fathoms. The specimens were distributed as follows: Station 136: (3 males, 1 female). Station 163: D-2 (1 male, 3 females, 1 ovigerous) ; 50 fathoms. Genus Catapagurus Milne Edwards. Catapagurus diomedeae Faxon. Catapagurus diomedeae Faxon. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 24, no. 7, 1893, p. 171 (type-locality, off Cocos Island) ; and, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 18, 1895, p. 57, pi. 13, figs. 2-2d. General Range : From the Gulf of California to the Bay of Panama. Local Distribution: A total of 4 specimens was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136) and in Santa Inez Bay (Stations 146 D-l and 147 D-2 respectively) , at depths ranging from 35 to 60 fathoms. 1937] Glass ell: Hermit Crabs 263 Sex and Size : The entire series is composed of 2 males and 2 females, one a juvenile. The largest female specimen from Arena Bank, has the following measurements: length from rostrum to telson 23 mm., of carapace 7.6 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 4.5 mm., width of same 4 mm., length of cheliped 18 mm., of merus 4.8 mm., of carpus 4.8 mm., of manus 6.5 mm., of dactyl 2.7 mm., width of manus 2.1 mm., length of eye-stalk 3.4 mm. Color in Alcohol : Carapace, chelipeds and eye-stalks, a cream with light red markings. Chelipeds and ambulatory legs with yellow setae, pollex with a purple banding. Walking legs with pink or purple banding. Remarks : This record is not only an extension of range for this species, but it is also the first record of the species having been taken since Faxon described and figured it. Faxon’s specimen was taken at a depth of 182 fathoms, while the above series was collected at a depth not to exceed 60 fathoms. Genus Spiropagurus Stimpson. Spiropagurus occidentalis Faxon. Spiropagurus occidental is Faxon. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 24, no. 7, 1893, p. 172 (type-locality, off Cocos Island) ; and, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 18, 1895, p. 59, pi. 14, figs. 1-ld. General Range : From the Gulf of California to the Bay of Panama. Local Distribution: A total of 4 specimens was taken on Arena Bank (Station 136), and in Santa Inez Bay (Station 147 D-2), at depths ranging from 35 to 60 fathoms. Sex and Size : This series consists of 2 males and 2 females, one ovigerous, all of small size. The largest male from Station 136 has the following dimensions: length from rostrum to telson 16.5 mm., of carapace 5.5 mm., of precervical portion of carapace 3.5 mm., width of same 3.2 mm., length of cheliped 12.7 mm., of merus 3.2 mm., of carpus 3 mm., of manus 5.5 mm., of dactyl 2.2 mm., width of manus 2.1 mm., length of eye-stalk 2.2 mm. Color in Alcohol: Nearly all trace of color has disappeared in solution from the carapace and chelipeds, except for small purple markings along the margins of the hands and purple bands near the fingers; also there is purple on the spines of the carpus. The ambulatory legs appear to have been banded purple and white. Remarks : This record extends the range for this species from Cocos Island, off Panama, to the Gulf of California. It is also the first record of the species having been taken since its discovery. The bathymetric ranges are very similar. Hollister: Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Fishes 265 17. Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Shallow Water Fishes. II. Order Percomorphi, Suborder Percesoces: Atherinidae, Mugilidae, Sphyraenidae1 2. Gloria Hollister Department of Tropical Research. (Text-figures 1 to 14). Outline. Page Introduction 265 Key 266 Bermuda Percomorphi, Percesoces: Atherinidae: Atherina harringtonensis 267 Mugilidae: Mugil curema 271 Mugil trichodon 274 Mugil brasiliensis 274 Sphyraenidae: Sphyraena barracuda 275 Sphyraena borealis 277 Summary 278 Bibliography 279 Introduction. This is the second of a series of papers dealing with the caudal skeleton of Bermuda fishes.' This paper deals principally with the adult fishes, as does Part I on the Bermuda Isospondyli, but when young stages were avail- able these were included. In Atherinidae, Menidia notata is known from Bermuda by a single record, (Barbour, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XLVI, No. 7, page 116, 1905). The single specimen upon which it is based could not be found. This record is questionable and it is possible that Menidia does not exist in Bermuda. The account of Menidia menidia has already been shown to be Atherina harringtonensis. (Beebe and Tee-Van, Zoologica, XIII, 7, 1933, page 143). Menidia has not been taken by us and as Atherina is common, Menidia notata is not included in this study, on the assumption that the single record is the same as Atherina harringtonensis. 1 Contribution No. 532, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. Contribution from the Bermuda Biological Station for Research, Inc. 2 Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Shallow Water Fishes, I. Order Isospondyli: Elopidae, Megalo- pidae, Albulidae, Clupeidae, Dussumieriidae, Engraulidae. Zoologica, New York Zoological Society, Vol. XXI, Dec. 31, 1936. 266 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :17 Key to Caudal Fin op Bermuda Shallow Water Percesocid Fishes. (Text-figs. 1-3). P E R C 0 M 0 R P H 1 Group I Broad posterior neural and haemal spines; 21 caudal vertebrae; 43 total vertebrae; 2 epurals, rarely 1. ATHERINIDAE Atherina harringtonensis Text-figure Sub-Group A 2 epurals; epural bases anterior to neu- ral of last centrum; neural of last centrum sharply pointed; 13 caudal vertebrae; Post, haemal processes arise on anterior half of centra. Text-figure 2. Group II Slender posterior neural and haemal spines; 12 or 13 caudal vertebrae; 24 total vertebrae; 2 or 3 epurals. MUGILIDAE Mugil curema Mugil trichodon Mugil brasiliensis Sub-Group B 3 epurals; epural bases not anterior to neural of last centrum; neural of last centrum not pointed; 12 caudal vertebrae. Post, haemal processes arise on post, half of centra. Text-figure 3. SPHYRAENIDAE Sphyraena barracuda Sphyraena borealis 1937] Hollister: Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Fishes 267 In Mugilidae, Mugil curema is the common species. Mugil trichodon and Mugil brasiliensis are the uncommon species. The latter has not been taken during our seven seasons of work in Bermuda. Three specimens were presented for this study by the United States National Museum. In Sphyraenidae, Sphyraena sphyraena is omitted, being a questionable species in Bermuda. In the “Field Book of the Shore Fishes of Bermuda,” Beebe and Tee-Van, it “has twice been recorded from Bermuda. Both records are questionable and it is possible that the fish does not occur here at all.” Because of almost identical characters of the osteology of the tail, S. borealis and S. picudilla are in this paper considered as one, and the name Sphyraena borealis, is used for both. The length of specimens in this paper is standard length unless other- wise stated. For caudal fin terminology, complete bibliography, and method of pre- paring specimens for this study, refer to Part I. The symbols used in the figures are UN, uroneurals; EP, epurals; 1, 2, 3 etc., hypurals. We are indebted to the American Museum of Natural History for speci- mens of Menidia notata and to the U. S. National Museum for three speci- mens of Mugil brasiliensis. I take this opportunity to thank Dr. William Beebe, Director of this Department, for his continued encouragement, and Mr. John Tee-Van for his cooperation. The drawings are by Mr. George Swanson and the author. In the key a single figure is used to represent the three species of Mugilidae and another for the two species of Sphyraenidae. In both families the drawings are of the largest adults of the common species, Mugil curema and Sphyraena barracuda. The slight differences found in the caudal pat- tern of the other species are described in the text. Atherinidae. A therina harringtonensis Goode. (Text-figs. 4-7). Diagnostic Characters : 4 hypurals, 2 dorsal and 2 ventral in 64 mm. fishes. 5 hypurals, 3 dorsal and 2 ventral in 28 mm. and smaller fishes. Several broad posterior neural and haemal spines. 2 epurals in all specimens but one of 64 mm. Vertebral count: 21 caudal plus 22 trunk. Total 43. Material Studied. Length. KOH Cat. No. Text-fig. No. Ossification 64 mm. 654 60 mm. 855 55 mm. 654 52 mm. 654 50 mm. 205 50 mm. 656 47 mm. 206 47 mm. 1072 45 mm. 654 38 mm. 654 37 mm. 205 35 mm. 206 35 mm. 654 (2 spec.) 4 Complete. it it t( U u it u u u u u u 268 Zoological New York Zoological Society [XXII :17 Length. KOH Cat. No. Text-fig. No. Ossification. 28 mm. 654 (2 spec.). 5 Complete. 13 mm. 2106 (2 spec.). 6 Partial. 9 mm. 2106 Slight, vertebral column segmented. 6 mm. 2106 (2 spec.). 7 None, vert, column unsegmented. 5 mm. 2106 7 None. Caudal Osteology. Urostyle : Separate segments of the urostyle cannot be found in any of the specimens examined which range in size from 5 mm. to 64 mm. In the 64 mm. fishes the urostyle is very much reduced, its blunt posterior end appearing above the base of the dorsal fan-like hypural. In the 28 mm. specimen it is near the base of the 4th hypural. In the 13 mm. fish, which is not completely ossified, it is even more elongated and the tip is rounder and lies above the base of the 5th hypural. In the 5 mm. fish, which has no evidence of ossification, the vertebral segments are not developed and the urostyle extends dorsally beyond the distal margin of the 5th or dorsalmost hypural. Atherina harringtonensis. Tail of 64 mm. specimen with 3d and 4th hypurals fused and 5th hypural consolidated with the uroneural. (x 11.9). Uroneurals : In the 13 mm. specimen one pair of uroneurals is present which covers all but the anterior margin of the dorsal surface of the urostyle which is covered by the diminutive zygapophysis. In the two larger stages the uroneurals are enlarged and have become one with the base of the zygapophysis, and the depth has increased so that the area between the urostyle and the epurals is almost completely filled. In the 13 mm. fish the distal end of the uroneurals is closely connected with the dorsal surface of the dorsalmost hypural. In the larger specimens the line of junction between the two is faint and the identity of the two bones is further complicated by additional lines. But from the structure of the 13 mm. specimen it is thought that the adult has but one pair of uroneurals. 1937] Hollister: Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Fishes 269 Text-figure 5. Atherina harringtonensis. Tail of 28 mm. specimen with the five hypurals defined but the dorsal surface of the 5th united with the uroneural. (x 29.8). Text-figure 6. Atherina harringtonensis. Tail of 13 mm. specimen with the unossified areas not stippled, (x 45.6). Hypurals: There are four hypurals, two below and two above the median line, in the largest or 64 mm. specimens. In the 28 mm. and smaller fishes there are five hypurals, two below and three above the median line. In 270 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII: 17 all specimens there remains evidence of a one-time division of the second hypural which is indicated by a small hole near the base. In the 28 mm. fish the heavy spine of the 1st hypural has been omitted in the illustration in order to show the base of the 2nd hypural with the hole and the double nature of the arch portion. (Text-fig. 5). In all of the Bermuda Isospondyli there are three hypurals below the median line, instead of two found in the Bermuda Percesoces. Text-figure 7. Atherina harringtonensis. Tail of 5 mm. specimen which is unossified. The column is unsegmented into vertebrae, (x 93.2). In the 64 mm. Atherina the 3rd and 4th hypurals have united to form a large fan-shaped bone similar to the one below the median line. The com- plete outline of the 5th hypural is difficult to trace in specimens over 28 mm. in length when it becomes united dorsally with the uroneurals. In the younger stages it is clearly defined both in position and outline. Eptirals: There are two epurals in all specimens examined except one 64 mm. long. In the 13 mm. fish the epurals are not ossified and their outline can only faintly and incompletely be traced. In all larger specimens the epurals are long flat bones and the anterior one is always longer and broader, having a larger area to fill. Specialized Neural Processes : The spine of the neural process on the terminal posterior centrum is greatly reduced, with a blunt distal portion which, in the large specimens, overlaps the zygapophysis of the urostyle and extends almost to the base of the anterior epural. The neural arches, as well as the haemal arches, have complicated superstructures which do not appear in the two other families of this suborder. 1937] Hollister: Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Fishes 271 Caudal Fin Ray Count : 64 mm. 9 + 10 = 19 (Text-fig. 4) 9 + 9 = 18 28 mm. 9 + 8 = 17 (Text-fig. 5) 9 + 8 = 17 13 mm. 10 + 9 = 19 (Text-fig. 6) 9 + 8 = 17 9 mm. 17 16 5 mm. 9 (Text-fig. 7) 8 Mugilidae. 1. Mugil curema Cuvier and Valenciennes. Diagnostic Characters : 4 hypurals, 2 dorsal and 2 ventral in 10 mm. and larger fishes. 6 hypurals indicated in the unossified 6 mm. specimen. Narrow posterior neural and haemal spines. 2 epurals whose bases are anterior to the tip of the neural of the last centrum. Neural spine of the last centrum sharply pointed. Haemal processes arising on the anterior half of the caudal centra. Vertebral count: 13 caudal plus 11 trunk. Total 24. Material Studied. Specimens ranging in size from 4 mm. to 23 mm., taken in Haiti, were used for additional study but not tabulated below. One is included in this study which is a stage not found in our Bermuda material. Length. Cat. No. KOH Cat. No. Text-fig. No. Ossification. 202 mm. 9474 979 Complete. 149 mm. 25041 1045 it 70 mm. 25042 1044 8 a 49 mm. 593 u 32 mm. 593 tt 32 mm. 503 30 mm. 503 it 30 mm. 2094 it 28 mm. 2094 it 25 mm. 2094 it 12 mm.* 16465 594 9 Partial. 10 mm. 7306 (Haiti). 2093 10 Partial, column segmented. 6 mm.t 19757b 2107 11 Slight, column unsegmented *Dip net 5 miles off shore, t Surface net 3 miles off Gurnets. Caudal Osteology. Urostyle : The urostyle segment looks like a perfect half centrum. No separate elements can be seen in the reduced urostyle of specimens which range in length from 202 mm. to 12 mm. In a 10 mm. fish the upturned urostyle is more prolonged than in the 12 mm. specimen and extends to the 272 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :17 Text-figure 8. Mugil curema. Tail of 70 mm. specimen which represents all larger stages in our collection, (x 8.7). EP Text-figure 9. Mugil curema. Tail of 12 mm. specimen showing remnants of the urostyle, immature epurals and uroneurals and partially ossified skeleton. (x43.2). dorsal margin of the base of the upper fan-shaped hypural. Extending beyond is the remnant of the unossified notochord. The 6 mm. specimen, which has only slight ossification in the center of the developing centra and 1937] Hollister: Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Fishes 273 Text-figure 10. Mugil curema. Tail of 10 mm. specimen only partially ossified, hypural bases free from upturned urostyle, margins of centra in conjunction, no epurals and skeleton only partially ossified, (x 53.7). Text-figure 11. Mugil curema. Tail of 6 mm. specimen which is only slightly ossified and the vertebral column as yet unsegmented. The urostyle is prolonged beyond the margin of the hypurals. The bases of six hypurals are distinct, (x 73.2). the neural and haemal arches, has a prolonged notochord which curves dorsally beyond the margin of the dorsalmost hypural. Uroneurals: There is one pair of uroneurals, the two bones of which are club-shaped ventrally and taper dorsally to a slender tip. In the 70 mm. specimen they extend almost to the dorsal margin of the 4th hypural. In this and larger specimens the ventral half of the uroneurals overlaps the side of the 4th hypural. In smaller specimens there is definite space between the two bones. In 12 mm. and 10 mm. fishes the dorsal tip reaches half and 274 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :17 a little more than half the length of their respective hypurals. In the slightly ossified 6 mm. specimen there is no evidence of the uroneurals. Hypurals : There are four hypurals, two below and two above the median line in all specimens of 10 mm. and larger. There is indication of six hypurals in the 6 mm. specimen, none of which is ossified. Here the bases are deeply cleft but these do not extend through the distal margin to divide the bone into two hypurals. With growth the clefts gradually disappear and only a small hole remains at the base. This condition is also seen in Atherina. As in Atherina and Sphyraena there are two large fan-shaped hypurals, one dorsal and one ventral to the median line. Epurals : Two epurals are present in all specimens ranging from 12 mm. to the largest. Both are long, flat bones which are slightly larger at the ventral end. The epurals are first seen in the 12 mm. fish and here the ventral ends are more slender than the dorsal. But with growth the ventral ends become larger. The bases of both epurals are anterior to the posterior tip of the last neural spine. Specialized Neural Processes: The spine of the neural process on the terminal posterior centrum is reduced but more spine-like than in Atherinidae and Sphyraenidae. It differs from the neural process of both families in being long and slender and its pointed distal tip extending posteriorly and dorsally beyond the ventral bases of both epurals. The illustrations show the progressive growth of this bone. Caudal Fin Ray Count : 149 mm. 5 + 10 — 15 6 + 10 = 16 70 mm. 5 + 10 = 15 (Text-fig. 8). 6 + 10 = 16 49 mm. 4 + 10 = 14 6 + 9 = 15 32 mm. 6 -f- 8 = 14 7 + 8 = 15 25 mm. 7 + 8 = 15 8 + 8 = 16 6 mm. 13 13 Additional Characters Worthy of Note : The bases of the posterior caudal haemal arches arise anterior to the center of their centra and, on the posterior half of the centra, form a deep-cut U. This pattern is distinc- tive and does not exist in Atherinidae or Sphyraenidae. In the latter the haemal arches arise posterior, instead of anterior, to the center of the centra. 2. Mug si trichodon Poey. 3. Mugil brasiliensis Agassiz. The caudal patterns of Mugil trichodon and Mugil brasiliensis are almost identical and are not noticeably different from Mugil curema. The vertebral count is the same in the three species; 13 caudal plus 11 trunk. Total 24. In Mugil trichodon the scales are larger and the body more slender and the skeleton more slender and the reverse is true in Mugil brasiliensis. 1937] Hollister : Caudal Skeleton of Ber muda Fishes 275 Mugil trichodon. Material Studied. Length. 165 mm. KOH Cat. 2167 No. Cat. No. Caudal Fin Ray Count. 4 + 10 = 14 3 + 9 12 48 mm. 2168 4 + 10 = 14 4 + 10 = 14 46 mm. 2168 6 + 9 15 4 + 10 = 14 Mugil brasiliensis. Material Studied. 190 mm. 2169 2128 3 + 10 — 13 U. S. Nat. Mus. 5 + 9 = 14 92 mm. 2170 66247 U. S. Nat. Mus. 35 mm. 2171 86914 5 + 9 — 14 U. S. Nat. Mus. 4 + 9 — 13 Sphyraenidae. 1. Sphyraena barracuda (Walbaum). (Text-figs. 12-14). Diagnostic Characters : 4 hypurals, 2 dorsal and 2 ventral in two largest fishes. 6 hypurals, 3 dorsal and 3 ventral in 115 mm. fish. Narrow posterior neural and haemal spines. 3 epurals with bases of posterior two back of neural of the last centrum. Neural of last centrum blunt. Haemal processes arising on the posterior half of the caudal centra. Vertebral count: 12 caudal plus 12 trunk. Total 24. Material Studied. Length. KOH Cat. No. Text-fig. No. Ossification. 750 mm. (2 spec.) . 2117 12 Complete. 503 mm. 598 13 Complete. 115 mm. 2089 14 Complete. Caudal Osteology. Urostyle : In the 750 mm. specimens, which are the largest in our collec- tion, the urostyle appears completely consolidated with the bases of the 4th and 5th hypurals. On close examination the extremity of the urostyle can be seen as an inconspicuous tip about midway on the surface of the dorsalmost hypural. In the two smaller specimens the complete outline of the urostyle segment can be traced and in the 115 mm. fish it is more elongated, slender and separated from the surrounding bones. Uroneurals : There are two pairs of uroneurals. Both are easily traced in the 115 mm. fish but the posterior pair is indistinct in the 503 mm. and 276 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :17 Text-figure 12. Sphyraena barracuda. Tail of 750 mm. specimen showing fused hypurals, urostyle, and uroneurals. (x .8). Text-figure 13. Sphyraena barracuda. Tail of 503 mm. specimen showing only the trace of the urostyle and uroneurals. (x 1.38). 750 mm. specimens. Only the tip is evident near the distal end of the upper- most hypural with which it has become fused. Hypurals: There are four hypurals, two below and two above the median line in the two largest fishes. But in each specimen a slight cleft is visible near the median line, in both of the large fan-shaped hypurals. In the 115 mm. specimens there are six complete hypurals. The clefts between the hypurals of the larger fishes are all that remain of the two additional 1937] Hollister: Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Fishes 277 Text-figure 14. Sphyraena barracuda. Tail of 115 mm. specimen showing form of six hypurals, the urostyle and two pairs of uroneurals. (x 6.5). bones present in the younger stages. As in Atherina and Mugil the two median bones are large and fan-shaped. Epurals: There are three epurals in all four specimens. The three epurals are club-shaped at the base and considerably narrower at their dorsal extremity. The anterior epural is the longest and the posterior one the smallest. Specialized Neural Processes: The neural process of the terminal posterior centrum is blunt and heavy in form and the posterior neural end is never pointed. Caudal Fin Ray Count : 750 mm. 10 + 8 = 18 (2 spec.). 10 + 9 = 19 503 mm. 7 + 10 = 17 (Text-fig. 13) 6 + 10 = 16 115 mm. 9 + 8 — 17 9 + 9 = 18 Additional Characters Worthy of Note: The bases of the posterior caudal haemal arches arise posterior to the center of their respective centra. This is a conspicuous difference from Mugilidae. 2. Sphyraena borealis De Kay. Diagnostic Characters : The caudal pattern of Sphyraena borealis is almost identical with that of Sphyraena barracuda. The caudal centra in S. borealis are slightly smaller in proportions and the dorsal and ventral raylets are more slender and do not extend as far forward as in S. barracuda. Also, the shape of the posterior end of the reduced last neural appears more rounded in all the S. barracuda but wider with a square-shaped end in S. borealis. 278 Zoologica: Netv York Zoological Society [XXII :17 Sphyraena borealis. Material Studied. Length. KOH Cat. No. Caudal Fin Ray Count. Vertebral Count. 124 mm. 2087 8 + 10 = 18 7 + 9 = 16 12 + 12 = 24 114 mm. 2088 7 + 10 = 17 5 + 9 = 14 109 mm. 2087 7 + 11 = 18 8 + 8 = 16 Sphyraena picudilla. Material Studied. 260 mm. 515 7 + 10 - 17 7 + 10 = 17 230 mm. 514 8 + 10 = 18 8 + 9 = 17 120 mm. 2090 7 + 10 = 17 5 + 9 = 14 The Sphyraena picudilla material which has been studied and con- sidered as one with S. borealis is for the sake of clarity listed above in order to show the similarity of two characters, at least, in the vertebral count and the caudal fin ray count. Summary. There is a marked similarity in external characters of the species of Atherinidae, Mugilidae, and Sphyraenidae, which are grouped together under the suborder Percesoces, but the study of their skeletons shows that these families are not as closely related as their external similarities indi- cate. For example, Atherinidae, considered the most primitive of living Percesoces, has a total vertebral count and a caudal count of almost twice the number found in Mugilidae and Sphyraenidae. According to the caudal osteological pattern, Atherina seems to be less specialized and stands apart from the other Bermuda Percesoces. On the other hand Mugilidae and Sphyraenidae are drawn together. Hypurals: In young specimens of the three families a 3d ventral hypural is present which is directly below the median line and similar in shape and position to the corresponding hypural in all the Bermuda Isospondyli. In the fully adult percesocids this bone becomes one with the 2nd hypural and in all species the pattern is similar in having two large median fan-shaped hypurals. It will be seen in the table that the species of Bermuda Percesoces, including the young, have fewer hypurals than the Bermuda Isospondyli. Urostyle: In all species of Bermuda Percesoces the urostyle appears consolidated and there is no evidence of separate segments which are found in all of the Bermuda Isospondyli. Ray-scales: There are no specialized ray-scales. These are prominent in the more generalized Bermuda Isospondyli: Elops, Tarpon, and Albula, and less obvious in the other Isospondyli. The table sums up caudal counts and indicates similarities and differ- ences in the species of Percesoces. This opportunity is taken to tabulate the counts of the Isospondyli of Part I for the purpose of comparison. 1937] Hollister: Caudal Skeleton of Bermuda Fishes 279 TABLE I. Caudal counts, comparing families of Percesoces and the Isospondyli. Percomorphi Hypurals. Uroneurals. V ertebral Count. Caudal Fin Ray Count. Percesoces Adult. Young. Atherinidae 4, 2 2 5, 2 3 1 43 (22 + 21) 19 18 Mugilidae 4, 2 2 6, 3 3 1 24 (11 + 13) 15 16 Sphyraenidae 4, 2 2 6, 3 3 2 24 (12 + 12) 18, 17 19 16 Isospondyli Elopidae 9, 5 4 4 72 to 81 (49to57 + 24to26) 18, 19 16 16 Megalopidae 8, 5 3 3 57 (33 + 24) 16, 16 13 14 Albulidae 7, 4 3 7, 4 3 2 adult. 4 young. 69 (42 + 27) 18 16 Dussumieriidae 7. 4 3 7, 4 3 3 43 (27 + 16) 14 12 Engraulidae 7, 4 3 3 40 to 42 (20to21 + 20to21) 18 17 Clupeidae 7, 4 3 3 37 to 40 (12tol4 + 25to26) 19 16 Bibliography. (For full bibliography refer to Part I). Agassiz, Alexander. 1878 On the Young Stages of Some Osseous Fishes. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences, 1878. n. s., vol. V, whole series, vol. XIII, 2 plates, 32 figs. (Plate II includes figures of four young Atherina, 5, 9, 10, and 11 mm.) . Starks, E. C. 1899 The Osteological Characters of the Fishes of the Suborder Percesoces. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 20, pages 1-10. Whitehouse, R. H. 1910 The Caudal Fin of the Teleostomi. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1910, vol. II. (Includes short description of Atherina boyeri and Mugil capito, and also a few general remarks on the Percesoces). King & Saphir: Feeding Methods of Vampire Bat 281 18. Some Observations on the Feeding Methods of the Vampire Bat. Barry G. King & Robert Saphir Department of Physiology, Columbia University (Plates I-III). Many superstitions and curious beliefs have been associated with the vampire bat. Anaesthetic, depilatory and anti-coagulant properties have been attributed to the saliva of the vampire. Even at this date the true vampires, Desmodus, Diaemus and Diphylla, are described in dictionaries and encyclopedias as “blood-sucking” animals. In recent years the work of Dunn (1), Clark (2), Urich (3) and Ditmars (4) has done much to afford scientific information as to the habits of the vampire and to discredit erro- neous statements as to its behavior. For the past five years Ditmars has been making a detailed study of Desmodus rotundus in New York City. Observation by him in the natural locale of Desmodus gave an opportunity for viewing the results of its work. When humans were bitten during the night, blood stains were always ap- parent. Ditmars reports a case of a ten year old boy bitten during sleep five times within a week. “He had bled profusely and the earthen floor be- neath his slatted bed was blood stained each morning.” Cattle frequently showed large blood stains on their hides. “Ropes” of coagulated blood were seen hanging from the necks of horses attacked in their stalls. Such obser- vations were indicative of profuse bleeding. The possibility that saliva of the vampire bat contained an anti-coagulant which might be used for study- ing some aspects of the phenomena of blood coagulation seemed worthy of consideration. It is well known that certain of the hematophages secrete such substances. Bier (5), in 1932, reported a fibrinolytic and anti-coagulant action of an alkaline alcohol-ether extract of macerated salivary gland of Desmodus. He states that a similar extract of the salivary glands of a single specimen of Phyllostoma did not reveal such properties. Bier states that aqueous ex- tracts of the glands of Desmodus had no anti-coagulant properties. Samples of rabbit blood to which the aqueous extract were added showed the same coagulation time as the control samples. This does not appear to afford a strong evidence for the implied significance of his observations. During the preparation of this article the attention of the authors was called to a paper by Pawan (6) in which he states: “Bleeding may be pro- fuse, probably due to an anti-coagulant, which was found present in both the dry and fresh powdered salivary gland substance, and which is capable of hindering coagulation of human blood in greater dilution than 1 in 1,000.” Pawan does not give the details of preparation of this extract. An opportunity for further observation on the method of feeding was made possible by the availability of four specimens of Desmodus at the New 282 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :18 York Zoological Park. Four additional specimens were obtained from Trini- dad for the investigation of the possible anti-coagulant properties of their saliva, through the kindness of Professor Urich. The vampires were housed in a large cage, well protected from drafts, without any special attention to maintenance of a constant temperature. The cage was kept scrupulously clean. A fresh supply of drinking water was constantly at hand. The bats were fed defibrinated blood two or three times a week. On the remaining days, except on Sundays when they were starved, they were allowed to feed upon either live fowl, rabbits, guinea pigs or a goat. There was ample room in the cage to permit putting the various animals in with the bats, and yet allow the bats sufficient space to take flight and attain a safe roost if their host became restless. In oi’der to determine whether an anti-coagulant was normally present in the saliva of Desmodus while it was feeding, (1) coagulation time was determined for samples of blood from the bat wounds, (2) the bleeding time of the wounds was noted, (3) the effect of washings from the bats’ mouths was tested on freshly drawn cat’s blood and (4) the mouths of the bats were examined for clots following the feeding of human blood by means of an eye-dropper. Method of Obtaining Samples for Determination of Coagulation Time. The method of presenting the experimental animal to the bats varied for the species. Where fowl were used the initial practice was to bind the wings and legs. The movements of rabbits and guinea pigs were restricted by bandaging them to an animal board. A halter was placed on the goat to prevent it from throwing its head back and injuring the bats with its horns. It soon became apparent, however, that the vampires were well able to take care of themselves. They were able, in all except a few instances, to bite and feed without disturbing their hosts. Fowl were completely in- different to their enforced role so that the binding was soon discontinued. In one instance when feeding was interrupted by turning on the light, a rooster got on its feet and walked a few steps, while a bat, standing on its hind legs, its thumbs braced against the leg of the rooster, continued to lap blood from the wound. The goat displayed some curiosity as to the bats when they were moving about, but showed no indication of being aware of being bitten. Occasionally, during the feeding, the goat would contract its panniculus carnosus muscle, causing its hide to quiver, as it might do to shake off flies. Since rabbits and guinea pigs are fairly active in the dark, it was deemed advisable to continue restricting their movements. After placing the host in the bat cage, the lights were extinguished and a sufficient time was allowed for the bats to get under way with their feeding. Feeding was then interrupted and the animal removed from the cage. An attempt was then made to secure a sample of freely flowing blood either in a small phial or in a capillary tube such as is ordinarily used for determination of coagulation time. At the outset, it was apparent that the presence of an anti-coagulant would be indicated only if coagulation were delayed for relatively long periods. The experimental conditions were far from ideal. The wounds were frequently contaminated with hair and other foreign material during the process of feeding. In addition there was considerable unavoidable varia- tion between the actual time of the bite, which could not be accurately determined, and the time of collecting the samples. Control experiments for comparison of coagulation time could be of only minor significance since the bites could not be adequately imitated. 1937] King & Saphir: Feeding Methods of Vampire Bat 283 Fowl. The results on fowl were equivocal. All but one of the samples of blood taken from two fowl clotted in 3 to 7 minutes. Blood from a wound made by cutting a small crater with a scalpel clotted in 2 to 6 minutes. One sample from the bat wound did not clot for 50 minutes. Such a result might indicate either that there was a sufficient quantity of active saliva to retard coagulation in only one sample or that there was something un- usual in that sample. Blood of fowls does not contain cephalin, and clotting depends upon the addition of tissue cephalin so that there exists the possi- bility of obtaining samples without “contamination” of the tissue fluid. The use of fowls was discontinued for this type of test so as to rule out such a possibility. The results of observations made on other species are summarized in Table I. TABLE I. Range of coagulation times for the samples of guinea pig, rabbit and goat blood. Animal. No. of Animals. No. of Experiments. No. of Samples. Source of Samples. Range of Coagula- tion times (Min.). Guinea Pig. i l 5 Incised marginal ear vein. 4-5 3 Bat wounds. 3-8 Rabbit. 2 2 10 Incised marginal ear vein. 3-10 6 Bat wounds. 3-10 1 From blood dripping on wax paper from incision on toe. 5-17 1 From blood on wax paper from bat wound. 9-20 Goat. 1 3 19 * From bat wounds. 1-10 A typical protocol of a test on the goat is given below. 7 P.M. Goat placed in cage; lights extinguished. 9:40 P.M. Feeding interrupted. Two bats were seen feeding on the goat. One old wound on its side had been reopened. Another fresh wound had been made on its back. The old wound was oozing blood; the wound on the back was relatively clean and dry with only a minute amount of blood in the crater-like wound. Samples were taken from site of old wound. Sample. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Clotting Time. 3'45" 3'50" 6'45" 6'20" 5'17" 5'01" 3'50" 3'50" 284 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :18 10 P.M. Wound on back showed small amounts of clot around edges of crater; no bleeding. The wound was opened by gentle massage of the surrounding area. Sample. Clotting Time. 1 2' 2 1T0" After the bats had been feeding, small pools of blood were seen on the floor of the cage ; frequently the pelage of the host was streaked with blood. In spite of the evidence of a free flow of blood during feeding, the efforts to obtain adequate blood samples for determination of coagulation time were frequently unsuccessful. On removing the animal from the cage the wounds were usually either relatively dry or showed a slow oozing which filled the crater of the bite, but did not drip from the wound. Occasionally, however, the oozing was sufficient to result in some dripping. When the flow was inadequate for sampling, gentle massage around the area of the wound would reestablish a slight flow. Clots formed, in the undisturbed wounds and in wounds in which the flow had been reestablished by massage, in 4 to 35 minutes. In contrast to these results, a wound, inflicted by inducing a leech to feed on the goat, bled for more than an hour. Samples collected from the leech wound showed coagulation times of 7 to 13 minutes. The Effects of Washings from the Mouths of Desmodus on Coagula- tion Time of Cat’s Blood. After repeated handling the bats would remain quiet when held lightly in a gloved hand. Occasionally they would bite the glove once or twice and then become quiet and feed contentedly from a pipette. When they had become accustomed to handling, washings were obtained from their mouths with the view that if an anti-coagulant were present, it might be possible to obtain a solution of their saliva of sufficient concentration to retard or prevent coagulation of freshly drawn blood. 5 cc. of distilled water was measured into a small container. A few drops were taken up in an eye-dropper and injected into the mouth of a bat. The washings were recovered from the mouth or the lips, returned to the original 5 cc. container and the dropper rinsed in the mixture. The process was repeated six to ten times for each of the four bats. A half-hour TABLE II. Coagulation time: cat’s blood (carotid artery) and washings from mouths of Desmodus. Sample. CC. of Blood. Solution Added. Am’t Solution. Coagulation Time. i 3 Saline “washings.” yy yy 5 drops 4'28" 2 3 3 ” 3'33" 3 3 yy yy 1 ” 3'50" 4 3 Distilled Water “Washings.” 5 ” 2'31" 5 3 Distilled Water “Washings.” 1 ” 4'53" 6 3 Saline only. 5 ” 5'03" 7 3 >y yy 1 ” 6'47" 8 3 NONE (clean & dry;. yy yy yy 5'51" 9 3 6'08" 1937] King & Saphir: Feeding Methods of Vampire Bat 285 rest period was allowed and the process was repeated, using 5 cc. of saline solution. Small portions of the 5 cc. of saline washings and the 5 cc. of distilled water washings were added to 3 cc. of freshly drawn cat’s blood. Coagulation time was taken when the test tubes could be inverted without spilling the mixture. The results are summarized in Table II. It is ap- parent that the addition of washings decreased the coagulation time. Similar results have been obtained with human and dog saliva, by Beilis, Birnbaum and Scott (7). Human saliva reduced coagulation time when added to blood in proportions of 1 to 400. Results of Examination of the Mouths of Desmodus after Feeding Freshly Drawn Blood with Pipettes. To obtain freshly drawn blood for the feedings, the fingers of one of the observers were washed thoroughly with soap and water and then alcohol. Time was allowed for the fingers to dry and a puncture was made with a blood lancet to a depth to permit a generous flow of blood. A portion of the blood was drawn into a clean dropper and transferred to the mouth of a bat. If the bat fed rapidly, two or three portions could be transferred to the bat’s mouth in about a half a minute. A clean dropper was then taken, a fresh puncture was made and the process was repeated. The mouths of the bats were forced open gently at frequent intervals and examined for clots. Residts : April 17. Pipetted blood from finger puncture into mouth of bat. Surface of finger was repeatedly cleaned, using a new drop of blood and a clean pipette after 2 or 3 feedings. Bat’s mouth gently forced open with forceps. Several small clots were noted and removed. May 4. Male bat fed on blood from finger punctures. No clots were seen on examination of buccal cavity. A small clot was allowed to form on a finger puncture and was offered to the bat. He ate it readily. Female — Did not feed well. Only occasional movement of tongue. Swal- lowing infrequent. As a result some blood collected in mouth. Examination revealed some fluid blood in the rugae palatinae. Small clots were seen on the tongue, hard palate and on the buccal surfaces of the cheeks. May 10. Male — Fed blood from finger puncture. Examination re- vealed small clots in mouth. May 15. Male — Fed blood from finger puncture. Examination revealed good clot after first 3 feedings (less than 1 minute). Female — Fed for 3 minutes. Clot seen in mouth. May 20. Two bats fed on blood from finger puncture. Clots seen in mouths after feeding. Depth of the Bat Bites. Tissues surrounding wounds at which bats had been feeding were removed and fixed for sectioning and histological examination. Sections were made of the wounds in a pigeon, a chicken and a guinea pig. The bite in the guinea pig extended through the four layers of the epidermis and the two layers of the dermis but did not involve the pan- niculus adiposus. Thus, the bite may be said to be skin deep. The combined thickness of the dermal and epidermal layers in the guinea pig are from two to four times as thick as they are in the pigeon. The panniculus adiposus in the guinea pig was of a fairly constant depth but in the pigeon it was variable although always present in some degree. In the pigeon the panniculus adiposus and even a few of the outermost muscle bundles were removed. Although a greater number of differentiated 286 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :18 layers were removed in the pigeon, the bite was of approximately the same depth as in the guinea pig. The bite in the chicken extended into the stratum reticularis of the dermis. As the dermis of the chicken in that area was thicker than that of either the guinea pig or the pigeon, a bite of approximately the same depth did not reach the adipose layer. Conclusions. While it has been reported that extracts of the salivary glands of Desmodus have anti-coagulant properties, the results of these experiments fail to reveal any evidence that an anti-coagulant plays a part in the normal feeding process of the vampire. The difficulty in obtaining adequate samples of the blood, the relatively rapid clot formation in the wounds after feeding has been interrupted, and the presence of clots in the mouths after dropper feedings, are strong indications that the rapid flow of blood during feeding is due to the nature of the bite and the massage by the tongue. The view that since vampire bats are hematophages they are supplied with a saliva having anti-coagulant action may have arisen through teleo- logical reasoning. Slicing the highly vascular dermis insures a fairly good flow of blood. If the flow is free, the bat laps the blood scarcely touching the tissues; if scant, the bat licks the wounds (1). The blood stains on the pelage and on the ground may be accounted for by dripping of the wound when the flow is kept going during the feeding. Acknowledgement is due Dr. R. L. Ditmars for his whole-hearted co- operation in carrying out these studies. Dr. Ditmars offered his own speci- mens of Desmodus rotundus for the preliminary observations in which he collaborated; he assisted in helping obtain the additional specimens from Trinidad and made many helpful suggestions as to their handling and care. The authors also wish to express their indebtedness to Professor Ernest L. Scott for the photographs and to Mr. William Bridges for his encourage- ment and helpful suggestions. 1937] King & Saphir: Feeding Methods, of Vampire Bat 287 Bibliography. (1) Dunn, L. H. 1932. Experiments in Transmission of Trypanosoma hippicum Darling with the Vampire Bat, Desmodus rotundas murinus Wagner, as a Vector in Panama. Journ. Prev. Med., Vol. 6, 415-424. (2) Clark, H. C. 1934. Personal communication. See Ditmars & Greenhall, 1935, cited below. (3) Urich, F. W. 1934. Reports of the Board of Agriculture of Trinidad and Tobago, May and June reports. (4) Ditmars, R. L. & Greenhall, A. M. 1935. The Vampire Bat. Zoologica, Vol. XIX, No. 2, 53-76. (5) Bier, O. G. 1932. Action Anticoag-ulante et Fibrinolytique de l’extrait des Glandes Salivaires d’une Chauvesouris Hematophage (Desmodus rufus). C. R. Soc. Biol. Paris, Vol. 110, 129-131. (6) Pawan, J. L. 1936. Transmission of paralytic rabies in Trinidad by the Vampire bat, Desmodus rotundus murinus Wagner. Ann. Trop. Med., 30, 101-130. (7) Bellis, Birnbaum & Scott. 1932. Effect of Saliva on Coagulation of the Blood. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol, and Med., XXIX, 1107-1108. 288 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate I. Fig. 1. Training a vampire bat to feed from a medicine dropper, using defibri- nated blood. The bat is held lightly between the thumb and the first two fingers. Fig. 2. The bat feeds contentedly from the dropper. It may be noted that the mouth is open and the lips are not in contact with the pipette. The tip of the tongue may be seen touching the end of the dropper. Plate II. Fig. 3. Lapping blood from the site of a blood puncture. The bat evidences no annoyance at the handling. All his efforts are directed toward obtaining the blood. Fig. 4. Finishing the drop of blood. The spear-shaped tongue is well extended in lapping the blood. Plate III. Fig. 5. Microphotograph of a vampire bat bite in the guinea pig. The bite extended through the epidermis and the dermis. Fig. 6. Microphotograph of a bite in the pigeon. The epidermis, dermis, panni- culus adiposus and even a few of the outermost muscle bundles were removed. KING a SAPHIR. PLATE I. FIG. 1. FIG. 2. SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE FEEDING METHODS OF THE VAMPIRE BAT. KING & S A PH I R. PLATE II. FIG. 3. FIG. 4. SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE FEEDING METHODS OF THE VAMPIRE BAT. iir KING a SAPHIR. PLATE III. FIG. 6. FIG. 5. SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE FEEDING METHODS OF THE VAMPIRE BAT. Townsend: Growth of Galapagos Tortoises 289 19. Growth of Galapagos Tortoises, Testudo vicina, from 1928 to 1937. Charles Haskins Townsend New York Aquarium. (Plate I). The colonies of Galapagos tortoises ( Testudo vicina) established by the writer under the auspices of the New York Zoological Society may be re- ported as in prosperous condition. The tortoises are now in eight groups. Those within the limits of the United States were originally a little more widely distributed. During the nine years they have been under our observation, the animals have made notable growth. When distributed for observation in 1928, the average weight of the 100 tortoises considered in this paper was a little more than 18 pounds. At present it is more than 134 pounds. A dozen individuals weigh nearly 200 pounds each, and a score weigh more than 160 pounds. In the table showing growth we have not included all the tortoises originally reported upon (see Zoologica, Vol. IX, No. 13; June 1, 1931). A few lost the copper numbers used to identify them, and a few are temporarily out of reach. The 100 herein reported upon have individual records without error. TABLE I. Growth of Testudo vicina at all stations. Place. Number of Tortoises. Total lbs., 1928. Average lbs., 1928. Total lbs., 1937. Average lbs., 1937. San Diego, Cal. 18 425 23.61 2,492 138.44 San Antonio, Tex. 7 99 14.14 1,078 154.00 Houston, Tex. 8 72 9.00 1,312 164.00 New Orleans, La. 7 100 14.28 1,010 144.28 N. Miami, Fla. 39 908 23.28 5,305 136.02 Bermuda 9 56 6.22 864 96.00 Honolulu, T. H. 6 177 29.50 1,129 188.16 Sydney, Australia 6 19 3.16 306 51.00 100 1,856 13,496 Being widely scattered, the tortoises have not all been treated alike. Their food has varied somewhat from place to place, and some have still to be housed in winter. There were losses from feeding vegetables on sandy ground, post-mortem examinations showing sand impacted in the colon. 290 Zoologica: Neiv York Zoological Society [XXII :19 The following records made at Houston, Texas, for the years 1928 and 1936 show the growth in dimensions as well as weight. TABLE II. Increase in dimensions and weight of eight Testudo vicina at Houston, Texas, between 1928 and 1936. 1928. No. Length, Straight. Inches. Curved. Width, Straight. Inches. Curved. Height. Inches. Weight, lbs. 1928. 90 i3y8 17% n 17% 7% 13 91 12% 15% 9% 14% 5% 10 92 n% 14% 8% 13% 5% 7 93 12 15% 9% 14% 6 8 94 11% 14% 8% 14 5% 7 95 12% 15% 9% 15 6 10 98 10% 13% 8% 13 5% 7 99 12% 15% 9% 15% 6% 10 72 1936. No. Length Straight. Inches. Curved. Width, Straight. Inches. Curved. Height. Inches. Weight, lbs. 1936. 90 25 40 27 40 20 179 91 24 38 24 40 20 154 92 23 35 21 38 19 150 93 23 35% 22 38 19 149 94 23% 37 22% 39% 19% 162 95 24 38 24 38 19 155 98 24 41 26 42 21 183 99 25 40 24 41 20% 180 1,312 The tortoises housed in winter, and uniformly dark-colored, developed very rapidly a conspicuous white growth-ring on the border of each horny plate when turned out on grass. This treatment produced a new ring each year, indicating age; growth slow in winter, rapid in summer. Tortoises in southern Florida, having access to grassy ranges at all times, were never lacking a very faint whitish ring. However, tortoises of similar size and weight had equal numbers of rings, regardless of treatment. For photo- graphs of growth rings, see Zoologica, Vol. IX, No. 13, page 469. The horny plates of the tortoises expand with the growth of the animal, by adding rings of new material around their margins. In the younger animals, at least, age is indicated by number of rings. In tortoises of large size the rings tend to flatten and are hard to count. At- 1937] Townsend: Growth of Galapagos Tortoises 291 tempts at counting rings on tortoises exceeding 160 pounds in weight indi- cate that they are about 20 years old. All males of that size or a little over have within the past three years partly acquired the concave plastron that must precede breeding age. This hollowing out is still increasing and we assume that maturity is near. Giant tortoises are long-lived. There are records of a few that exceeded 150 years. The breeding age may not be attained until they are between 20 and 25 years old. 292 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate I. Fig. 1. Testudo vicina. Specimen No. 10 at North Miami, Florida. Weight, 165 pounds. As nearly as can be judged by ring growth, this tortoise is about 20 years old and the hollowing of the plastron, indicating an approach to breeding age, is quite noticeable. TOWNSEND. PLATE I. FIG. 1. GROWTH OF GALAPAGOS TORTOISES, TESTUDO VICINA, FROM 1928 TO 1937. Smith & Nigrelli: Lymphocystis Disease in Angelichthys 293 20. Lymphocystis Disease in Angelichthys. G. M. Smith Department of Anatomy, Yale School of Medicine & R. F. Nigrelli New York Aquarium. (Plates I-III). A cutaneous disease in fishes, particularly in flounders, characterized by the formation of small, irregular, solitary or confluent nodules of grayish-white color has been studied by a number of investigators (Wood- cock, 1904; Awerinzew, 1909; Weissenberg, 1914; Benisch, 1937). Earlier studies indicated that this peculiar disease in fishes was caused by some form of Cnidosporidia. More recent studies tend toward an explanation that an unknown virus may be the principal causative factor (Weissenberg, 1914; Benisch, 1937). The small nodules forming the visible features of the disease lie directly below the epithelium of the skin. Histologically the lesions exhibit an immense hypertrophy of individual cells of the host. Hypertrophied cells may show a diameter many times the normal. The cytoplasm of such cells is surrounded by a dense cell membrane. The cell nucleus is also enlarged and stains paler than normal. Cell inclusions of various sizes, shape, and arrangement can be demonstrated in the cyto- plasm, and these are regarded as the evidence of the activity of a living though invisible virus which has initiated striking structural changes in the cells. Two instances of lymphocystis disease occurring in the adult common angelfish ( Angelichthys isabelita ) have come under observation recently at the New York Aquarium. These fishes occupied a large salt-water tank with about ten other angelfishes of the same species. The victims of the disease were apparently in good health at the time they were received at the Aquarium, and it is our impression that the onset of the infection took place during the period of their captivity. On inspection both angelfishes presented numerous dark grayish patches and nodules on the surface of the skin, most conspicuous in the region of the base of fins and at the base of the tail. In some areas the individual nodules were as much as one and one-half centimeters in diameter. Plate I, Figure 1, shows one of these nodules, somewhat enlarged, which was re- moved for biopsy from the region of the dorsal fin, and in the photograph the mass is seen as attached to one of the rays of this fin. Plate I, Figure 2, shows the same specimen cleared in cedar oil, which permits a transil- lumination of the specimen, in order to show the small pin-point black dots covering the surface of the tumor and often giving it a dark hue. Each black dot represents a single or a group of corial melanophore cells of the 294 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :20 skin overlying the growth. On cross-section of the tumor, the tissue is found to be grayish-white in color, and very soft. The nodules are confined strictly to the skin, and do not invade the deeper lying muscles. The tumor tissues removed for biopsy were preserved in 10% formalin, and the sec- tions were prepared by the paraffin method. The stains employed were eosin and methylin blue and hematoxylin and eosin. It is realized that other forms of fixation and staining will have to be used in future studies, in order to insure a more satisfactory analysis of cytological detail, particu- larly from the standpoint of cell inclusions. Plate II, Figure 3, and Plate III, Figure 5, are the photomicrographs of the structure of one of the skin nodules. The overlying epithelium is considerably thickened and hyperplastic, attaining a depth of from fifteen to twenty cells. Numerous mucous cells are found in the epithelium, and in some fields they are greatly distended, almost cystic in appearance. Below the epithelium lies a thickened corium, containing scattered melanophores. It is just below this point that the characteristic lesion of lymphocystis disease becomes apparent. The tissue here assumes the appearance of a spongy network of fibrous compartments containing hypertrophied cells varying greatly in size and contour. These enormous cells (Plate II, Figure 4, and Plate III, Figure 6) lie in a thickened tissue framework composed of elongated connective tissue cells, at times hyaline in appearance. The hypertrophied cells contain a fine granular cytoplasm with some basophilic material at the periphery. In many sections cut at the proper level, a pale- staining nucleus with one or two nucleoli can be distinguished. The larger cells, measuring often as much as 468 microns, show irregular and pale nuclei with beaded and festooned chromatin collections at the periphery. Of great interest was the finding of bright-staining eosinophilic hyaline-like bodies in some of these distorted nuclei. Such red-staining intranuclear masses resemble inclusion bodies characteristic of certain virus diseases. Further studies with different fixations and staining technique will be neces- sary to determine this point. Where the fixation of the tissues has been uniform and satisfactory, it is seen that the largely hypertrophied cell has a distinctly thickened cell membrane. In many areas the cytoplasm of large diseased cells has shrunk away from its surrounding fibrous structures. An impression is gained that a low grade inflammation accompanies this hypertrophic process affecting the cells of the host, as there are many collections of lymphocytes in the various microscopic fields examined, such as is seen for example in Plate III, Figure 5. Summary. Lymphocystis disease occurring in the angelfish ( Angelichthys isa- belita) is described, and structural arrangement of the characteristic cutaneous nodules is discussed. Bibliography. Awerinzew, S. 1909 Studien uber parasitische Protozoen. II Lymphocystis johnstonei Woodc. Arch. /. Protistenk. Bd 14. Benisch, J. 1937 Uber das Auftreten der Lymphocystis — Krankheit bei einigen Koral- lenfischarten. Wochenschrift fur Aquarien und Terrarienkunde. 26/27, 34. Jahrgang, Braunschweig, page 380. Weissenberg, R. 1914 Uber infektiose Zellhypertrophy bei Fischen ( Lymphocystiserkrank- ung). Sitzungsberichte der Konigliche Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. XXX: 792. 1937] Smith & Nigrelli: Lymphocystis Disease in Angelichthys 295 Woodcock, H. M. 1904 Note on a remai'kable parasite of the Plaice and Flounders. Rep. Lancashire Sea-fisheries for 1903. 296 Zoologica: Neiv York Zoological Society EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate I. Fig. 1. A nodule of lymphocystis tissue removed for biopsy, enlarged eight times. It is attached to a fragment of the dorsal fin ray. Fig. 2. The same nodule, slightly lower magnification, cleared in cedar oil, transilluminated to show the minute black dots representing melanophore cells of the skin overlying the tumor, x 7. Plate II. Fig. 3. Section of spongy network of lymphocystis disease lying below thickened epithelium. Hypertrophic cells are seen lying in fibrous tissue compart- ments. x 65. Fig. 4. A single hypertrophied cell, x 250. Plate III. Figs. 5 and 6. Hypertrophied lymphocystis cells, x 125. SMITH a NIGRELLI. PLATE I. FIG. 2. LYMPHOCYSTIS DISEASE IN ANGELICHTHYS. ;.v SMITH a NIGRELLI. PLATE II. FIG. 4. LYM PHOCYSTIS DISEASE IN ANGELICHTHYS. SMITH a NIGRELLI. PLATE III FIG. 6. FIG. 5. LYM PHOCYSTI S DISEASE IN ANGELICHTHYS. ileto §9orfe Zoological Society General Office: 90 Broad Street, New York City (Officers! President, W. Redmond Cross Vice-Presidents, Kermit Roosevelt and Alfred Ely Chairman, Executive Committee, W. Redmond Cross Treasurer, Cornelius R. Agnew Secretary, Fairfield Osborn Scientific Staff Zoological ijparfc W. Reid Blair, Director Raymond L. Ditmars, Curator of Mammals and Reptiles Lee S. Crandall, Curator of Birds Charles R. Schroeder, Veterinarian Claude W. Leister, Ass’t to the Director and Curator, Educational Activities H. C. Raven, Prosector Edward R. Osterndorff, Photographer William Bridges, Editor and Curator of Publications Aquarium Charles H. Townsend, Director C. M. Breder, Jr., Assistant Director JOepartmont of ®ropical SkeSeartlj William Beebe, Director and Honorary Curator of Birds John Tee-Van, General Associate Gloria Hollister, Research Associate Jocelyn Crane, Technical Associate Cbitorial Committee W. Reid Blair William Beebe William Bridges Charles H. Townsend George Bird Grinnell ZOOLOGICA SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY VOLUME XXII Part 4 Numbers 21-28 PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY THE ZOOLOGICAL PARK, NEW YORK December 31, 1937 CONTENTS PAGE 21. The Histological Structure of the Normal and the Hyper- plastic Thyroid in Rasbora lateristriata (Bleeker). By G. M. Smith & C. W. Coates. (Plates I-III) 297 22. Lymphocystis in the Hogfish, Lachnolaimus maximus. By R. Weissenberg, R. F. Nigrelli & G. M. Smith. (Text-figure 1). 303 23. Position of Wires in the Display of the Twelve- wired Bird of Paradise. By Lee S. Crandall. (Text-figures 1-3). 307 24. Display of the Magnificent Rifle Bird. By Lee S. Crandall & Claude W. Leister. (Text-figure 1). 311 25. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. XII. Sergestidae (Crustacea Decapoda) from the Lower Californian Region, with Descriptions of Two New Species and Some Remarks on the Organs of Pesta in Sergestes. By Martin D. Burkenroad. (Text-figures 1-12) 315 26. Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expedi- tions. Family Serrivomeridae. Part II: Genus Platu- ronides. By William Beebe & Jocelyn Crane. (Text-figures 1-14). 331 27. Deep-sea Fishes of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expedi- tions. Family Nemichthyidae. By William Beebe & Jocelyn Crane. (Text-figures 1-22). 349 28. Caudal Skeleton of the Bermuda Shallow Water Fishes. III. Order Iniomi: Synodontidae. By Gloria Hol- lister. (Text-figures 1-18) _ 385 Index to Volume XXII 401 Smith & Coates: Thyroid in Rasbora lateristriata 297 21. The Histological Structure of the Normal and the Hyperplastic Thyroid in Rasbora lateristriata (Bleeker). G. M. Smith Department of Anatomy , Yale School of Medicine & C. W. Coates New York Aquarium (Plates I-III). In an earlier publication (Smith, Coates & Strong) it was noted that hyperplastic conditions of the thyroid among small tropical fishes of the New York Aquarium occurred only in rare instances. Among approximately 400 species there were two examples of thyroid growths in the course of a period of observation lasting five years. These conspicuously enlarged goitres occurred in Rasbora lateristriata (Bleeker) and in Heterandria formosa Agassiz. They were sporadic forms of the disease and progressive in nature. Death occurred between six and eight weeks after the thyroid tumors were first observed. In order to study in greater detail the altera- tions in the diseased thyroid, a complete serial section of the entire head of a specimen of Rasbora lateristriata with thyroid hyperplasia has since been made. In addition, complete serial sections of four normal adult fishes of the same species, two male and two female, were prepared for purpose of comparison. The histologic observations on the normal and the hyper- plastic thyroids are recorded and illustrated in the present paper. A large part of the thyroid studies in fishes has been done on the Salmonidae, as these fishes are subject at times to a diseased enlargement of this gland, usually in the form of a benign hyperplasia, yet occasionally showing morphologic changes suggesting malignancy. A number of years ago, Gudernatsch (1911) described the normal structure of the thyroid gland in twenty-nine species of teleosts. By a systematic comparison of all these species this author found that there exists a wide variation in the thyroid gland of fishes, with a continuous series of transitions from one form to another. The thyroid gland of fishes, often invisible to the eye, is usually detected by microscopic examination. The actual position of the thyroid gland is described by Gudernatsch as lying below the floor of the pharynx, in the body of the tongue, between the gill arches, extending posteriorly near the origin of the third and fourth branchial arteries as they arise from the ventral aorta. The paired muscles of the sterno- hyoideus extend below the gland, while above the gland lie the bony and soft parts of the floor of the pharynx. The thyroid, therefore, lies in a relatively closed compartment whose separate structures are subject to con- 298 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :21 siderable variation. It is not sui’prising that the thyroid tissue itself was found to possess differences in size and distribution in individuals of the same species. For example, Gudernatsch found that in twelve weak-fish ( Cynoscion ), all differed in the extent and position of their respective thyroids. It is well known that the thyroid gland of fishes cannot be regarded as a solid compact encapsulated organ as in higher vertebrates, but rather as a collection or grouping of follicles. The more densely arranged follicles lie in the neighborhood of the aorta or the branchial arteries particularly where these branches arise from the aortic stem. In Gudernatsch’s studies, the thyroid follicles were most abundant in the region of the second gill arteries. The roots of the last gill branches seemed to have the least number of follicles. Usually the thyroid tissue lies ventral to the aorta, yet in some fishes dense clusters of follicles are located both dorsal and ventral to the aorta. Near the periphery, follicles are more commonly scattered in their arrangement. It is of considerable anatomic interest that thyroid tissue in fishes follows a distribution along the main blood channels running between the heart and the respiratory tissue of the gills. It is believed that in the fish embryo, thyroid tissue lying originally between the first and the second gill branches later in development migrates in caudal, cephalic, and lateral directions to assume various other new yet permanent positions along the region of the aorta. This embryological migratory tendency along blood vessels exhibited by thyroid tissue may account for certain displaced thyroid follicles being found later in life in the domain of the more distant blood vessels of the gills. Such a distribution is not at all uncommon in the case of the trout under apparently normal conditions. The finding of normal thyroid tissue in the gills has offered considerable difficulty in interpreting the meaning of the larger hyperplastic thyroid masses involving gill struc- tures when the thyroid gland as a whole responds to a stimulus causing a diffuse overgrowth. At the time of Gudernatsch’s paper on the normal thyroid in teleosts, a great deal of interest was manifest in the enlarged thyroid or goitre occurring in the trout. This disease made its appearance in this country and in Europe in epidemic and sporadic form. The lesions of fish goitre were extensively studied by Gaylord and Marsh (1914), Marine and Lehn- hart (1910), Plehn (1902), Pick (1905), Pick and Poll (1903). The gross lesion makes its appearance as a pinkish globular swelling below the floor of the mouth, and later as a conspicuous swelling on the ventral surface in the region of the gills. Such goitres were known to regress, yet at times they showed a progressive course with a fatal issue. Various causative factors were suggested as important in their production, such as dietetic insufficiencies, lack of iodine, undetermined bacterial or virus infection from sluggish or contaminated water. As the disease in some of the fishes, as already stated, proved to be a progressive one and the goitre became a conspicuous tumor at times involving, microscopically, cartilage, bone, muscle or epithelium, some investigators attributed neoplastic fea- tures to this atypical form of growth, and the term “so-called carcinoma of the thyroid” came into descriptive use. It was pointed out that such thyroid tumors remained strictly localized. The few instances of associated isolated secondary growths described for the mandibular, gill or anal region, could be interpreted as embryologically displaced thyroid tissue in a state of hyperplasia. The evidence now points to the fact that nearly all types of fish tumors remain localized, irrespective of the histological character- istics, or the organ involved, and that secondary growths or metastases do not occur with the frequency among fishes that they do in the case of tumors in birds and mammals. 1937] Smith & Coates: Thyroid in Rasbora lateristriata 299 In our own investigation of the thyroid in Rasbora lateristriata, com- prising four normal fishes, two male and two female, and the one case of thyroid hyperplasia, the entire head was fixed in 10 percent, formalin, and after decalcification, serial sections were prepared by the paraffin method. The stain used was hematoxylin and eosin. The normal thyroid gland of this small “tropical fish” measuring about 3 cm. is invisible to the naked eye, but can be definitely located micro- scopically in the region anterior to the heart in close relation to the aorta. As is usual in the teleost, thyroid tissue does not form a compact gland. It consists in this fish of a very few small follicles, about 10 to 12 in number, strung along the main vascular trunk or its immediate branches. (Plate I, Figs. 1-4). The follicles are complete and do not communicate with each other. They are oval or circular in cross section and contain a small amount of eosinophilic staining colloid material, in places shrunken away from the lining epithelium as a result of the action of the fixative. The epithelium is a delicate one of a very low columnar or flattened type. The cytoplasm is clear, at times slightly vacuolated, while the nucleus of the cell is round or oval and not deeply stained. The epithelium is sup- ported by fine fibrillar connective tissue showing here and there a narrow elongated nucleus. This fine fibrous tissue may send out processes uniting follicles to each other or to the extremely thin wall of adjacent blood ves- sels. No colloid droplets are visible in the epithelium or neighboring tissue spaces, blood, or lymph vessels. The larger thyroid follicles measure from 50 to 90 microns in diameter. There seem to be no clusters or nests of thyroid epithelium. No clues are suggested as to the manner of growth or regression of the thyroid follicle in this small fish. A few small blood vessels are found near thyroid tissue and an occasional small nerve trunk. No thyroid tissue was distributed in the substance of the gills. There was no essential difference between the male and the female thyroid. Contrasting with the normal thyroid tissue, the hyperplastic thyroid growth offered a wide difference in appearance and distribution of its structural elements. The thyroid tumor itself measures 2.5 mm. in diameter, whereas the thyroid follicles in the normal fish occupy an area estimated as not much more than .1 mm. The goitre forms a somewhat irregular- shaped mass without a capsule. (Plate II, Fig. 5). The mass is composed in part of small compact thyroid follicles, in part of a diffuse continuous collection of larger follicles in various stages of distention with colloid. (Plate II, Fig. 6). The largest follicles measure as much as 550 x 190 microns. A rough estimate indicated that in the normal fish not more than 10 follicles were present in a cross section, whereas the thyroid tumor possessed perhaps as many as 3,000 follicles in a transverse section through its widest diameters. In the most compact part of the tumor, epithelial cells are very small with a small light-staining nucleus, while follicles dis- tended with colloid are lined by very low columnar or flat cells. The ir- regular infolding of epithelium seen in human exophthalmic goitre is not present. Occasionally there is a papillary fold of epithelium supported by a delicate core of connective tissue which projects from the wall of a dis- tended or cystic follicle into the colloid containing lumen. There are a few places where a point of communication exists between two adjacent cystic follicles (Plate III, Fig. 12). The rule is that where follicles are once formed, they remain globular and complete without any evidence of branch- ing. For the most part follicles lie in contact, with a small amount of very fine connective tissue interposed. There is no evidence of fibrosis. Whereas in the normal fish lymphoid cells are practically absent, in the hyperplastic specimen scattered collections of lymphoid cells are not un- common. Such areas of lymphoid cells suggest the existence of an asso- ciated mild chronic inflammation. We found no inclusion bodies either nuclear or cytoplasmic. 300 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :21 Conspicuous in the diseased thyroid is the greatly increased vascularity. In all parts of the thyroid tumor are found small deeply engorged veins, representing a blood supply greatly increased over the normal. (Plate II. Fig. 6). There appeared to be no evidence that lymphatic vessels were cor- respondingly increased in number. The thyroid tumor does not show suffi- cient mitoses to indicate a rapid growth, nor are there changes suggesting degenerative processes or actual necrosis. Infiltration of muscles, cartilage and bone is frequently encountered. (Plate III, Figs. 9, 10). The destructive assault upon gill tissues is par- ticularly noteworthy (Plate II, Figs. 7, 8), as in the normal fishes no traces of thyroid tissue could be identified as occupying gill structures. In the caudal direction, the thyroid mass encroaches on the aorta near the heart (Plate III, Fig. 11). Here as in the gills, mechanical pressure caused by the thyroid mass might seriously impair the function of important vascular structures. It seems extremely doubtful that with such advanced replace- ment of gill tissues a complete regression and restoration to normal could be expected even if the necessary physiological conditions were ever re-estab- lished as, for example, by the experimental supply of sufficient iodine. Whether or no destructive invasion of normal tissues associated with the advancing thyroid growth represents in any sense a low grade of neoplasia is a matter of individual interpretation. Further studies of sporadic forms of thyroid growth in these small fishes would help to determine this point. Summary. The histology of the normal thyroid of Rasbora lateristriata is de- scribed and contrasted with an instance of massive hyperplasia of the thyroid occurring in the same species. The disease of the thyroid occurred in sporadic form. It was progressive and fatal in the course of two months. The excessive growth of the thyroid in this species of small fish destroyed and replaced gill structures, thus impairing the function of this important tissue. Bibliography. Gaylord, H. R. 1910. An Epidemic of Carcinoma of the Thyroid Gland Among Fish. J. Am. Med. Assoc., 54: 227. Gaylord, H. R. and Marsh, M. C. 1914. Carcinoma of the thyroid in Salmonoids. Publications from the State Institute of Malignant Disease, Buffalo. Gudernatsch, J. F. 1910. The Structure, Distribution and Variation of the Thyroid Gland in Fish. J. Am. Med. Assoc., 54: 227. Gudernatsch, J. F. 1911. The Thyroid Gland of the Teleosts. J. of Morphology, 21: 709. Marine, D. and Lenhart, C. H. 1910. On the Occurrence of Goitre (Active Thyroid Hyperplasia) in Fish. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 21 : 95. Marine, D. and Lenhart, C. H. 1910. Observations and Experiments on the so-called Thyroid Carcinoma of Brook Trout ( Salvelinus fontinalis) and its Relation to Ordinary Goitre. J. Exper. Med., 12: 311. Pick, L. and Poll, H. 1903. Ueber einige bemerkenswerthe Tumorbildungen aus der Thierpatho- logie, insbesondere fiber gutartige und krebsige neubildungen bei Kalt- blfitern. Berlin. Klin. Woch. 24: 547. 1937] Smith & Coates: Thyroid in Rasbora lateristriata 301 Pick, L. 1905. Der Schildriisenkrebs der Salmoniden (Edelfische). Berlin. Klin. Woch. 46: 1435, 47: 1477, 48: 1498, 49: 1532, 1542. Plehn, M. 1902. Bosartiger Kropf ( Adenocarcinom der Thyreoidea) bei Salmoniden. Allgemein. Fischerei-Zeitung. 7 : 117. Smith, G. M., Coates, C. W. and Strong, L. C. 1936. Neoplastic diseases in small tropical fishes. Zoologica 21 : 219. 302 Zoologica: Nezv York Zoological Society EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate I. Fig. 1. Section through the head of normal Rasbora lateristriata made at the level of the eyes. The small compartment containing thyroid tissue is indicated by the circle, O. M, floor of the mouth, x 15. Compare with the hyperplastic mass of thyroid seen in Fig. 5, Plate II. Fig. 2. Four normal thyroid follicles, 1, 2, 3, 4, lying slightly dorsal to the aorta, A, near the origin of the branchial arteries, X and Y. x 125. Fig. 3. Cluster of ten normal colloid-containing follicles dorsal to the aorta, A. x 200. Fig. 4. Three normal thyroid follicles attached to a vein, V. A marks the aorta, x 500. Plate II. Fig. 5. Low power magnification of hyperplastic thyroid mass, T. x 13. The section is taken through the head at the level of the optic nerves. Com- pare with the normal thyroid area seen in Fig. 1, Plate I. Fig. 6. Hyperplastic tissue with follicles of various sizes, with blood vessels at V and V'. x 175. Fig. 7. Hyperplastic thyroid mass replacing gill tissue, G and G'. x 45. Fig. 8. Thyroid follicles occupying gill structures, x 125. Plate III. Fig. 9. Hyperplastic thyroid invading muscle fibres, M. x 250. Fig. 10. Hyperplastic thyroid infiltrating bony structures, B. x 125. Fig. 11. Thyroid mass encroaching upon the aorta, A, near the region of the heart, x 58. Fig. 12. Hyperplastic follicles with vacuoles in the colloid. Colloid material in follicles A and B appeared to be continuous through a break in the septum, S. x 250. SMITH a COATES. PLATE I. THE HISTOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE NORMAL AND THE HYPERPLASTIC THYROID IN RASBORA LATERISTRI ATA (BLEEKER). SMITH & COATES. PLATE II. FIG. 5. FIG. 7. FIG. 6. FIG. 8. THE HISTOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE NORMAL AND THE HYPERPLASTIC THYROID IN RASBORA LATER1STRIATA (BLEEKER). SMITH a COATES. PLATE III. FIG. 10. FIG. 11. FIG. 12. THE HISTOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF THE NORMAL AND THE HYPERPLASTIC THYROID IN RASBORA LATERISTRIAT A (BLEEKER). Weissenberg, Nigrelli & Smith: Lymphocystis in Hog fish 303 22. Lymphocystis in the Hogfish, Lachnolaimus maximus. R. Weissenberg Department of Cytology Washington University Medical School R. F. Nigrelli New York Aquarium G. M. Smith Department of Anatomy Yale School of Medicine (Text-figure 1). One of several hogfish ( Lachnolaimus maximus) received at the New York Aquarium in July, 1937, developed soon after arrival a number of small cutaneous tumors. With the use of a magnifying lens these tumors suggested lymphocystis disease, because they consisted of groups of small grayish-white colored nodules. These were distributed along the sides of the body, and on the dorsal, pectoral and tail fins. The microscopic study of an excised piece from the border of a fin showed, both in total preparations and in the paraffin sections, that these lesions were clearly lymphocystis disease. It is in the connective tissue of the fin host that the characteristic large lymphocystis cells were seen. These cells are similar to those noted by Weis- senberg (1914, 1920, 1922) in two European species of fishes, the flounder ( Pleuronectes flesus ) and the ruffe ( Acerina cernua ), and more recently in America by Smith and Nigrelli (1937) in the angelfish ( Angelichthys isabelita) . The lymphocystis cells have several conspicuous points of distinction. The cells, possessing only one nucleus, reach gigantic size; they are sur- rounded by a thick hyaline cell membrane; and finally, the cytoplasm con- tains very striking inclusion bodies which consist of a delicate network staining like the basophilic chromatin of the nucleus. Text-figure 1 shows these characteristics in a relatively young lympho- cystis cell, sketched from a total preparation stained with Delafield’s hema- toxylin. This oval-shaped cell measured 120 x 100 microns. It is sur- rounded by small connective tissue cells (f) and pigment cells (p). The enlarged nucleus (n) contains fine chromatin granules, one large nucleolus (1) and several smaller nucleoli (s). The cytoplasm, surrounded by the thick membrane, contains thirteen inclusion bodies of various sizes and form. These were sketched from different optical levels in relation to the nucleus. The dark bodies (i 2) lie in a plane above the nucleus, the 304 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :22 light gray (i 1) below the nucleus. Cell inclusions showing reticulated formation were chiefly demonstrable at about the level of the nucleus (i 3). Because of the fact that there are numerous inclusion bodies, the lymphocystis cells in the hogfish more closely resemble those of the flounder. However, the reticulated bodies of the hogfish differ from those of the flounder lymphocystis cells of similar size in that they are of a more compact form. In the lymphocystis cells of Acerina, on the other hand, only one network of inclusion bodies surrounds the nucleus. Text-figure 1. Total preparation of lymphocystis nodule of hogfish, Lachnolaimus maximus. Stained with Delafield’s hematoxy- lin. x 600. See text for explanation. The smallest lymphocystis cells found in the tumors of the hogfish have a diameter of 120 microns, while the largest reach a size of 530 microns. The increase in size of the lymphocystis cells is usually accompanied by an increase in the number of inclusion bodies. As to the interpretation of lymphocystis cells, Weissenberg (1914) has shown that they are not protozoa, but hypertrophied connective tissue cells of the host, probably stimulated to gigantic growth by the action of an intra-cellular virus. It is interesting to point out here that the two species of fishes ( Angelichthys isabelita and Lachnolaimus maximus) in which this disease has been recently found were collected at Key West, Florida. 1937] Weissenberg, Nigrelli & Smith: Lymphocystis in Hog fish 305 References. Weissenberg, R.: 1914. tlber infektiose Zellhypertrophie bei Fischen (Lymphocystiserkrank- ung). Sitzungsberichte der Koniglich Preussichen Akademie der Wis- senschaften. 30: 792. 1920. Lymphocystisstudien. (Infektiose Hypertrophie von Stiitzgewebszellen bei Fischen). Archiv f. Mikroskopische Anatomie. 94: 55. 1921. Lymphocystiskrankheit der Fisehe. Handbuch der Pathogenen Protozoen von v. Prowazek-Noller. 3 : 1344. Smith, G. M., & Nigrelli, R. F.: 1937. Lymphocystis Disease in Angelichthys. Zoologica. 22: 293. Crandall: Bird of Paradise Display 307 23. Position of Wires in the Display of the Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise. Lee S. Crandall Curator of Birds New York Zoological Park (Text-figures 1-3). In a recent description1 of the display of the Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise [Seleucides melanoleucus melanoleucus (Daudin) ], I made no men- tion of the position of the wires. This was because the wires of the bird under observation had become so worn and broken that they could not function normally. Since the time when the original notes were made (March, 1937), the bird has been through a complete molt and the wires are now perfect. It might be noted that this is a most unusual condition, since in most captive birds of this species, these appendages are broken off almost as soon as they develop. The wires, which rise from the inner sides of the flank plumes, and appear to be specialized feathers of this group, emerge between the tips of the plumes, immediately beyond the end of the tail. Just after emergence, each curves sharply, six to the right and six to the left. The two inner wires, which are shorter and more delicate than the others, show less tendency to curve. When the bird is perching normally, the wires extend outward and slightly downward, apparently without strict regard to order. In display, with the feathers of the abdomen tightly compressed and the flank plumes slightly expanded in the perpendicular plane, there appears to be muscular pull or tension, which causes the wires to rotate slightly. This rotation has the effect of bringing the wires into set alignment, the outer ones extending to right and left in the horizontal plane, at about the level of the bird’s extended body, the curve causing a distinct forward tendency. This plan is carried out in the inner pairs, each extending out- ward, downward and forward, with the outward tendency decreasing in each pair as the center is approached. In the delicate central pair, the direction is almost entirely downward and forward. This leaves the twelve wires, approximately evenly spaced, extending forward, around and beneath the bird’s body, none rising higher than its level. The three text-figures on the following pages represent the positions of the wires when the bird is at rest, and when displaying. The figures were drawn from life by Mr. Joel Stolper. 1 Zoologica, Vol. XXII, Part 2, pp. 193-195, 1937. Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :23 Text-figure 1. Position of the wires of the Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise, Seleucides melanoleucus melanoleucus, when the bird is at rest. 1937] Crandall: Bird of Paradise Display 309 Position of the wires of the Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise, Seleucides melanoleucus melanoleucus, in display. Side view. 310 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society Position of the wires of the Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise, Seleucides melanoleucus melcmoleucus, in display. Viewed from the front and below. Crandall & Leister: Display of Rifle Bird 311 24. Display of the Magnificent Rifle Bird. Lee S. Crandall Curator of Birds New York Zoological Park & Claude W. Leister. Curator of Educational Activities New York Zoological Park (Text-figure 1). Although in captivity for over a year, our Magnificent Rifle Bird ( Cras - pedophora magnifica inter cedens) has not been observed in display until a month previous to this writing (October 25, 1937). The authors have seen the display performances of fifteen species of the Paradisaeidae and agree that this species, through its use of a markedly different method of execu- tion, achieves an astounding, unexpected result, the most magnificent display so far observed for the entire group. Without any particular preparation the full display is entered into almost instantly, and whereas the long-plumed birds of paradise usually present an aesthetic, gentle wav- ing of these pleasingly-colored plumes, here we have something entirely different, a decidedly virile display. The display of the rifle bird has been adequately described by Selous.1 After viewing the display, as given dozens of times, it is evident that a certain amount of variation can enter without materially changing the char- acter of the performance. It is, therefore, deemed advisable to record the display as observed at the New York Zoological Park, calling attention to apparent discrepancies in or deviations from Selous’ account. After the first-observed display of our Rifle Bird, hours were spent awaiting subsequent performances. A week or more went by and we were unable to observe satisfactorily a complete display. Finally, a mounted female was borrowed from The American Museum of Natural History and placed just outside of the cage occupied by our male bird. The response was immediate and we (or, more strictly speaking, the stuffed female), were presented with a half-dozen displays in forty minutes. There are but few preliminaries at the most, for while the bird occa- sionally precedes a display with characteristic vertical extensions of the head and neck, or a feigned indifference, as evidenced by active preenings and pecking of the feet, just as frequently a full display is achieved with- out any preliminary actions whatsoever. Whatever the procedure, the ob- server is always taken by surprise. 1 Selous, Edmund C. Realities of Bird Life, 1927, p. 284-285. 312 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :24 There are two forms of the display, a long one and a short one. The short display was noted several times previous to the introduction of the stuffed female. Afterward, the long display was in vogue. The Short Form of the Display. The bird enters into either form of the display while sitting upright upon a slightly ascending branch. Frequently the display is preceded by a few abrupt, jerky, vertical movements of the head and neck. With this slight warning the wings are then thrown slightly forward and opened wide, to their fullest extent. Simultaneously, the neck is extended and the head moved to one side and brought to rest just behind the bend of the outstretched wing. The head is then moved from side to side, first in a period of about two seconds but immediately and regularly increased in speed until brought to an abrupt stop in the middle after about a dozen movements. This is a remarkably rhythmic performance and the last few movements are executed with such rapidity that it is practically impos- sible to determine their extent. Apparently they become shorter as the speed is increased. As the head movements cease the wings are folded and the display ended. The Long Form of the Display. At the start of the display the wings are usually opened so abruptly as to produce a rustling “plop.” As the head is being moved from one side to the other the bird rises on his perch and slightly elevates (thereby relaxing) the extended wings. Simultaneously, as the head reaches the opposite side, the body is lowered on the perch and the wings are snapped back to their fully-extended position. This again produces a sharp, rustling sound which is, of course, repeated with every similar movement of the wings, throughout the performance. All these movements are repeated in unison, again and again. The wings-extended-head-to-the-side position for the first few movements is held rigidly for about three seconds. The time of movement then decreases to about three-quarters of a second and is maintained to the end of the display. During the longest and most regu- larly-executed of the displays observed the head was moved from side to side thirty-five times, punctuated, in perfect rhythm, by the rustling snap of the extended wings. No two displays are exactly alike, for they are varied by changing the regular, rhythmic beat of these coordinated movements. Action may be slowed down for a few seconds, then speeded up to the original beat. It has also been noted that at times, as the bird rises and falls on his perch, he may move up or down the perch but this appears to be due rather to incidental relaxing of the grip than to a definite dance motive. Tail and plumes seem to play no important part in the performance. During the display the tail is held up in the rear in a fairly horizontal position. While it may be spread a trifle and moved slightly from side to side, such movements apparently serve only to assist the bird in maintaining his balance. The plumes extend around and below the body and serve prin- cipally to obscure its junction with the extended wings. The foregoing merely describes the action of the display and gives but little indication of the remarkable effect secured. The observer is com- pletely taken by surprise when, directly in front of him, the wings of the Rifle Bird are suddenly extended to form a dark concavity, the black inner surface of primaries and secondaries meeting perfectly, with no visible break, to their very tips. Then, too, because of the shortened outer primaries, the shape of the extended wings is unusual, almost bat-like but more sym- metrical and graceful. In contrast to this velvety background-drop the scin- tillating green gorget now moves rapidly from side to side. The observer’s 1937J Crandall & Leister: Display of Rifle Bird 313 Text-figure 1. Magnificent Rifle Bird ( Craspedophora magniflca intercedens) . A. Normal pose. B. Attitude at end of short form of display, just before wings are closed. Drawings by Joel Stolper. eye is riveted to this oscillating dart of glowing green, so much so that he can see little else, and the display must be watched over and over again before he is able to note the other actions involved. The effectiveness of the display seems to be dependent upon the qual- ity and amount of light. The colors of the gorget are a more brilliant green on a dull, cloudy day and are set off to better advantage against the velvety black of wings and body. On a bright, sunshiny day the gorget does not appear to be green at all, but blue, and on such days the display is less striking. A small area on the inner tips of the flight feathers has a peculiar 314 Zoological New York Zoological Society glazed appearance and under certain light conditions reflects a light blue- green color. During the display a band of this color is thus shown along the lower edge of the deep black of the extended wings. This color area is indicated in the accompanying drawing. Voice seems to pay no part in the display and, unlike Selous, we have never heard a vocal sound during dozens of closely-observed displays. We have never noted the mouth to be held open, and in this species the brightly colored lining of the buccal cavity would seem to possess no significance in connection with courtship display. Between display periods our Rifle Bird frequently utters his loud call notes and likewise a pleasing, low-pitched version of the same, almost con- versational in tone. While it has been stated that the call notes are never uttered more than a few times in succession, our bird has called a dozen times without a break. Burkenroad: Sergestidae 315 25. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. XII. Sergestidae (Crustacea Decapoda) from the Lower Californian Region, with Descriptions of Two New Species and Some Remarks on the Organs of Pesta in Sergestes ? Martin D. Burkenroad Bingham Oceanographic Laboratory , Yale University (Text-figures 1-12). [Note: This is the twelfth of a series of papers dealing with the speci- mens collected on the Twenty-fourth or Templeton Crocker Expedition of the Department of Tropical Research of the New York Zoological Society; William Beebe, Director. For data on dredges, localities, dates, etc., concerning the cap- ture of specimens treated in this paper, refer to the present volume of Zoologica, No. 2, pp. 33 to 46.] Contents. Introduction Sergestes : Organs of Pesta described 1. Sergestes pestafer, sp. nov. ; described 2. Sergestes halia Faxon; differentiated from S. armatus 3. Sergestes similis Hansen; synonomy discussed 4. Sergestes phorcus Faxon; female described Petalidium: generic diagnosis amended 5. Petalidium suspiriosum, sp. nov.; described 6. Lucifer typus H. M. Edwards Citations Page . 315 . 316 . 318 . 320 . 321 . 323 . 324 . 325 . 328 . 328 Introduction. Of the six sergestids included in the present collection, two appear to be undescribed species; while two others, named forms which seem to be limited to the American Pacific, have never been completely diagnosed. I am deeply indebted to Dr. Beebe for the privilege of examining this material. 1 Contribution No. 545, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. Figures from camera lucida drawings by the author. 316 Zoologica: Neiv York Zoological Society [XXII :25 A list of sergestids recorded from the American Pacific but not included in the present collection is presented below : 1. Sergestes inous Faxon, 1893 and 1895; Hansen, 1919 (cf. Hansen, 1903, p. 69; and Illig, 1927, pp. 292-297). S. profundus Bate, 1888, p. 429, part (cf. Hansen, 1903, p. 69) ? 2. Sergestes edwardsii Kroyer; Faxon, 1895, part (cf. p. 321 below. S. oculatus Kr., Faxon, 1895. S. orientalis Hansen, Cecchini, 1928?). 3. Sergestes longispinus Bate (the mastigopus of S. cornutus Kr. ac- cording to Hansen, 1922), Faxon, 1895. 4. Sergestes longicollus Bate, 1888, p. 422, part; Hansen, 1922, p. 92. 5. Acetes binghami Burkenroad, 1934. 6. Lucifer orientalis Hansen, Cecchini, 1928; Boone, 1930. Sergestes H. M. Edwards. In previous considerations of the genus, one set of structures of very considerable systematic importance has been neglected, namely the internal cephalothoracic organs briefly noted by Pesta, 1918 (quoted by Hansen, 1922, p. 21), in S. corniculum, S. arcticus and S. vigilax. As Pesta observes, the form of these structures [which may be termed the organs of Pesta ] suggests for them a luminescent function; but whether this is actually the case I am unable to say inasmuch as varied manipulations of several living specimens of different species of Sergestes which possess the organs were not effective in inducing the production of light. If the organs are indeed luminescent, they seem to be the only ones known among Crustacea which have been developed from endodermal tissue (cf. Dahlgren, 1916, p. 821 : “They [rods of the photophores of euphausiids] thus stand, as one factor, in the evidence that these light cells . . . have, in common with most other light-cells, an ectodermal origin.”) The organs of Pesta seem from the study of dissections to be modified areas of the surface of the gastric gland (which is in almost all of the species of Sergestes a structure of relatively enormous size) ; these modified areas total altogether perhaps a tenth or twentieth of the bulk of the gland. The modified portions of the gland consist of groups of about 8 to 30 or more ventrally directed tubules, the terminal portions of which are con- structed of a dense layer of columnar tissue bright Antwerp blue in color in the living animal. The dorsal, or more proximal, portions of the modi- fied tubules are white and are more loosely constructed than the terminal parts, and merge (in the case of groups of modified tubules not pinched off from the body of the gastric gland) with tubules of more ordinary type, although tissue connected with the modified tubules seems to differ from that of the mass of the gastric gland by an increased density of granulation and in other ways. That part of the tunic of the gastric gland which covers the dorsal parts of the areas of modified tubules bears a dense layer of carmine chromatophores, and similar pigment surrounds the necks of the distal parts of the modified tubules themselves and lies between these tubules and the ordinary ones, so that each of the modified areas has in life the appearance of a fringe, cluster or spherule of blue (opaque yellow or white in preserved material) ellipsoidal bodies covered dorsally with a carmine cap and lying more or less near to or embedded in the translucent gastric gland. The modified areas always include a pair at the anterior end of the gastric gland and almost completely separated from it, which seem the most highly developed of the organs. In addition to these there are always some modified tubules at the posterior end of the gland, variously organized as an undivided lateral and posterior fringe, a single posterior organ, a pair of posterolateral organs with or without an additional posteromedian area. 1987] Burkenroad: Sergcstidae 317 pr even two posterolateral pairs plus an unpaired posteromedian one. The posterior organs also vary considerably from species to species in degree of consolidation. Finally, there may be an unpaired anteromedian area, and also a small pair of organs lying in the middle of the sides of the gastric gland. The modified areas or organs of Pesta of the anterior pair lie just above the dorsal wall of the branchial chamber, behind the dorsal end of the base of the mandible; and their ventrally directed uncapped surfaces are exposed to the exterior through the doubled but transparent integument overlying them. The organs at the posterior end of the gland are in part plainly exposed through the gap in the lateral musculature just above the branchial area of the thirteenth somite. The posteromedian, anteromedian, paired midlateral and anterior pair of posterolateral (when the postero- lateral areas are subdivided) organs are however, when present, more or less invisible from the exterior (and were indeed overlooked by Pesta, who mentions only two pairs in S. corniculum which actually possesses ten dis- tinct organs). The anteromedian area in particular, dorsally and pos- teriorly hooded by its pigment layer, faces through a layer of muscle into the densely pigmented posterior wall of the foregut. Organs of Pesta appear to be present in all members of the genus other than the S. mollis, S. tenuiremus, S. robustus and S', challengeri super- species of Hansen’s “Group I.” In available specimens of these latter four groups (which include altogether about half, or sixteen species of the genus), no portion of the gastric gland seems to be conspicuously modified. In compensation, however, numerous small complex photophores occur in the dermal layer of S. challengeri and related forms; and in S. robustus and its close relatives there are numerous small simple subcuticular bodies (Illig, 1914, p. 3542; Hansen, 1919, p. 10; Sund, 1920, pp. 11, 15, 18; Hansen, 1922, p. 21; and below, p. 324) the appearance of which suggests a luminous function particularly in fresh-caught material where ( S . crassus Sund taken in the Straits of Florida during a recent expedition of the Bingham Oceano- graphic Foundation) these bodies appear as lenticular transparent struc- tures invested on their inner sides by a layer of vermilion pigment. Sur- ficial and presumably ectodermal or mesodermal photophores of these types, which have no structural relation at all to the endodermal organs of Pesta, seem to be absent in all of the species in which the latter occur. As regards the systematic significance of the organs of Pesta, aside from their value as specific or superspecific diagnostics (which is in prac- tice reduced by the fact that their elucidation requires a certain amount of damage to the specimen) their greatest interest lies in the possibility that their presence or absence marks the genus off into two natural groups the members of which seem in many other features as well to display more resemblance to one another than they do to the members of the other group. Without detailing the evidence or venturing at this time to modify Hansen’s system, it may be stated that the distribution of certain characters among the species equipped with the organs of Pesta suggests that enlargement of the third maxillipedes may possibly have occurred independently in two dif- ferent stocks, so that the form of these appendages may perhaps not be so significant of degree of relationship as Hansen’s method of subdivision of the genus implies. A more extensive consideration of the matters introduced above may be deferred until an exhaustive review of Sergestes has been completed. As will be shown on a subsequent page, the characters heretofore relied upon for separation of Sergestes from Petalidium are not diagnostic, and the major as well as the minor features of relationship within the subfamily therefore seem to be in need of further study. 2 Illig finds these bodies present in S. robustus Smith and in “S. kroyeri Bate.” It is believed by Hansen. 1922, p. 91, that by S. kroyeri Illig refers to the S. tenuiremus Kr. of Hansen : how- ever, no such rows of glandular patches seem to occur on the appendages of S. tenuiremus, and it would therefore appear that Illig refers, in part at least, to some other species. 318 [XXII :25 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society Sergestes pestafer, sp. nov. Text-figures 1-3. Type : Holotype, Cat. No. 361,031, Department of Tropical Research, New York Zoological Society. Taken at Station 165 T-3; 20° 36' N. Lat., 115° 07' W. Long., 145 miles N. of Clarion Island, eastern Pacific; meter net at 500 fathoms; May 17, 1936. Paratype: Cat. No. 361,030, Station 130 T-l, 25° 17' N. Lat., 113° 25' W. Long., 68 m. WNW. of Cape San Lazaro, Lower California; meter net at 400 fathoms; March 28, 1936. Range : Eastern Pacific off Lower California, the Cocos, and the Gala- pagos Islands. Midwater at levels of 400-600 fathoms or less, in depths of 500-2,000 fathoms. Material : Two specimens were taken in the Pacific off Lower California in depths of 400-600 fathoms, as follows: Station 130: T-l (1 $) ; Station 165: T-3 (1 2). Cat. Nos. 361,030, 361,031. Three males and three females from the collection of the Department of Tropical Research taken at Arc- turus stations 74 and 86 have also been examined. Dimensions and Sexual Condition : Female, adult, with ripening ovaries, of carapace 9.5 mm., total length 28 mm. Male, adult, of carapace 7 mm., total length 22 mm. Text-figures 1-3. Sergestes pestafer, sp. nov. 1. Thelycum; adult 2, TYPE, D. T. R. 361,030, x 18. 2. Petasma (left endopod, anterior view of distal part) ; adult $ TYPE, D. T. R. 361,031, x 37. 3. Third maxil- lipede (of the left side, median view of dactyl and distal part of propodus) ; as in 1, x 18. 1937J Bur/cenroad: Sergestidae 319 Diagnosis: Organs of Pesta present, consisting of only five areas (a highly developed anterior pair almost completely isolated from the gastric gland; a well-developed ovoid posterior pair distinctly set off from the gland; and a small and less well differentiated posteromedian area). Supra- orbital and hepatic spines present; telson with only a single pair of dorso- lateral spinules, and with a terminal point. Distal article of antennular peduncle relatively long and slender in both sexes, although shorter than the basal segment. Third maxillipedes very long and basally much swollen ; propodus much longer than dactyl and these two distal segments with many spines on one margin, a few only on the other; dactyl divided into five subsegments of which the inner margin of the ante-penultimate bears in males eight, in females eleven or twelve spines of all sizes. Ischium of the first and second legs with a spine on its outer margin; carpus of the first legs much shorter than the propodus; chelae of the second and third legs with fixed finger conspicuously shorter than the mobile one and palm with a longitudinal series of long setae; the two distal segments of the fifth legs setose on both margins. Ciliated portion of the external margin of the exopod of the uropods about one and one-half times as long as the un- ciliated part, and not separated from it by a tooth or spinule. Neck of the capitulum of the petasma long; processus uncinatus not reduced and with distal hook; processus ventralis not reduced and armed, in addition to a row of simple spinules, with one to three large stellate spines; lobus armatus curved medially and not extending to more than three-fifths the length of processus ventralis, its median margin armed with several hooked spinules; lobus terminalis bearing a small slender lobus internus closely applied to its median edge, and with the distal third of its lateral edge armed with a row of hooked spinules. The posteroproximal corner of the precoxa of the third legs of the females bears a conspicuous laterally directed spur; the coxa is armed on its posteromedian edge with two teeth, the distal of which is, although much smaller than the proximal, decidedly produced, so that the margin of the coxa proximal to it appears concave. Remarks: Sergestes pestafer is very closely related to the S. sargassi Ortmann of Hansen, 1922, p. 148, and is distinguished from it only in a few minute but apparently rather constantly different details. In adults of S. sargassi, according to figures by Hansen and by Sund, 1920, p. 26, (sub S. henseni Ortmann) which are in agreement with North Atlantic speci- mens in the Bingham Oceanographic Collection, the inner margin of the antepenultimate subjoint of the dactyl of the third maxillipedes bears only four or five spines. Lobus armatus of the petasma reaches to two-thirds or more the length of processus ventralis; the latter bears five or more large stellate spinules ; lobus terminalis is armed only with a single spinule at the tip, and lobus internus is relatively larger than in S. pestafer and divergent from lobus terminalis. The distal of the two pairs of projections arming the posteromedian edge of the coxa of the third legs of the female usually appears more like a sharp angle than a produced tooth, and the margin of the coxa proximal to it is more or less straight so that the portion of the margin lying between the tips of the two teeth often appears > -shaped rather than ID -shaped as in S. pestafer; the degree of development of the distal tooth in S. sargassi seems however to be somewhat variable. It may be noted that the supraorbital spines seem sometimes to be absent in S. sar- gassi. The precise synonymy and the specific relationships of the S. sargassi group of species are in a state of some confusion, and it is particularly difficult to interpret the descriptions of Illig, 1927, of S. pectinatus Sund, S. henseni Ortmann, and S. nudus Illig (a form which as described for the second time, from adults, would seem to combine characters of the S'. edwardsii with those of the S. sargassi superspecies in a very peculiar fashion). However, S. pestafer appears to be quite distinct from any of the material figured by Illig under these names. It seems possible that 320 Zoologica: New York Zoological Society [XXII :25 the mastigopus of 7.8 mm. from north of the Galapagos, recorded as Sergestes sargassi Ortmann by Cecchini, 1928, p. 38, refers to S. pestafer. No attention seems heretofore to have been bestowed upon the great resemblance in critical features of the S. sargassi to the S. corniculum super- species, which is particularly marked as regards the peculiar form of the second and third chelae, as well as in the unique combination of various other characters. These two superspecies seem, indeed, to be distinguished from one another only as regards the form of the third maxillipedes, among characters of more than specific significance. In the present incomplete state of the resurvey of the genus, it appears possible that the S. sargassi superspecies and the S. vigilax, S. edtvardsi superspecies may respectively be linked by way of the S. corniculum and the S. atlanticus to the S', arcticus superspecies, which last seems the nearest of all these forms to the group of superspecies which lacks the organs of Pesta. Sergestes halia Faxon. Text-figures 4, 5. Sergestes halia, Faxon, 1893, p. 217. Sergestes edwardsi Kr., part, Faxon, 1895, p. 212. Sergestes halia, Hansen, 1896, pp. 950, 960, 962. Range: Gulf of Panama; off southeastern and southwestern Lower California. Midwater at levels above 300-500 fathoms. Material : A total of 9 specimens (two being males) was taken off the southwest (Station 134) and the southeast (Stations 156, 158 and 159) coasts of Lower California, in 235 to ;550 fathoms, as follows: Station 134: T-3 (1 8, 1 2) ; Station 156: D-2 (1 juvenile); Station 158: T-4 (2 2); Station 159: T-l (2 2), T-2 (1 8), T-3 (1 2). Cat. Nos. 361,032, 361,033, 361,034, 361,035, 361,036, 361,037. Dimensions and Sexual Condition: Females ranging in carapace length from 9.5 mm. to 15 mm., total length 25.5 mm. to 39 mm. Ripening ovaries are present in all of carapace 11 mm. or more. Males, adult, of carapace length 10 mm., total 28 mm. The juvenile specimen has a carapace length of 5.5 mm. Text-figures 4 & 5. Sergestes halia Faxon. 4. Petasma (left endopod, anterior view) ; adult 3, D. T. R. 361,032, x 26. 5. Carapace (lateral view of anterior part) ; as in 4, x 13. 1937] Burkenroad: Sergestidae 321 Remarks : In 1895 Faxon concluded that his S. halia, described in 1893, represented “large and mature individuals of S. edwardsi,” especially as Kroyer had recorded a variety of that species with rostrum larger than the typical. Faxon therefore identified his three specimens of S. halia with other smaller individuals taken by the Albatross which he referred to S. edwardsi Kr. In 1896, Hansen pointed out (p. 947) that Kroyer’s “variety” of S. edwardsi is a species (S. diapontius Bate, to which, indeed, Illig, 1914, p. 365, suggests that Faxon’s species may refer) related to S. vigilax and quite distinct from the type; and he proposed (p. 963) to re- vive S. halia, as a valid species closely related to S. armatus Kr. of the S. vigilax group. The present material of S. halia seems to differ from S. armatus (ac- cording to Atlantic specimens of the latter in the Bingham Oceanographic Collection and to the figures by Hansen, 1922) most conspicuously as l’egards the form of the anteroinferior corner of the carapace, which is almost rec- tangular in S. halia instead of gently rounded as in S. armatus and related forms. The anterior part of the ventral margin of the carapace is naked, not setose as in S. armatus. The faii’ly conspicuous tubercle of the distomedian edge of the ocular peduncle of S. armatus is hardly indicated in S. halia. The third maxillipede, uropodal exopod, thelycum of the female, and various other features of S. halia seem to differ only very slightly from these struc- tures in S. armatus. The petasma of S. halia presents a few minute but characteristic differences from S. armatus; thus, the distal part of lobus internus of the capitulum of the petasma extends much higher than does lobus connectens in large specimens of S. halia, and lobus terminalis is mitten-shaped instead of finger-like; both of these features are indicated in somewhat exaggerated form in Faxon’s Plate LI, figure le (sub “S. edwardsii”) . Of other petasmal differences, the armature of lobus terminalis is more extensive in S. halia and is placed upon the latero- instead of medio- distal edge; and lobus connectens bears only six or eight spinules upon its anterior face which are more or less concentrated toward the lateral side, instead of a dozen distributed over the entire anterior face. The juvenile specimen of the present collection, perhaps better termed a late mastigopus, has eyes of a pale chocolate color, and a rostrum stretched out into a long slender tip, nearly one-third as long as the cara- pace; otherwise it nearly resembles the adults. Hansen, 1922, p. 188, remarks that “Les donnees de Faxon (1895) sur l’occurence de S. edwardsi dans le Pacifique tropical oriental doivent etre tenues pour extremement douteuses, surtout parce que le grand specimen figure par lui . . . doit appartenir a une espece tres differente mais encore inconnue.” However, although the large specimens are indeed of another species, it seems probable that the smaller of the specimens recorded by Faxon as X » ) »> > pjpa £» > lOP® »> J>J3Si L^» C2|g| 3» i)j>ypm i^oonspa l>3) yjf»0